ANTIGUA FUNDING CORP
S-3/A, 1996-09-03
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: CYBERMEDIA INC, 8-A12G, 1996-09-03
Next: GENESIS FINANCIAL GROUP INC VA, SB-1, 1996-09-03



<PAGE>
   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 3, 1996
    
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-08465
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                   ---------
   
                          AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FORM S-3
    
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                 --------------
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
                       (ISSUER WITH RESPECT TO THE NOTES)
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
             NEW YORK                      APPLIED FOR
  (State or other jurisdiction of       (I.R.S. Employer
  incorporation or organization)         Identification
                                             Number)
</TABLE>
 
                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
                (ORIGINATOR OF THE OWNER TRUST DESCRIBED HEREIN)
 
                               C/O CT CORPORATION
                               1209 ORANGE STREET
                           WILMINGTON, DELAWARE 19801
                                 (302) 658-7581
              (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
       including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                                 CT CORPORATION
                               1209 ORANGE STREET
                           WILMINGTON, DELAWARE 19801
                                 (302) 658-7581
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                                ----------------
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
             OWEN C. MARX                          RICHARD M. SCHETMAN
         Dorsey & Whitney LLP                 Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft
           250 Park Avenue                           100 Maiden Lane
       New York, New York 10177                  New York, New York 10038
            (212) 415-9285                            (212) 504-6906
</TABLE>
 
                                ----------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
                                ----------------
 
    If  the  only securities  being registered  on this  Form are  being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the  following
box: / /
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, check the following box: / /
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering: / /
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the  earliest effective registration statement
for the same offering: / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box: / /
                                ----------------
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PROPOSED MAXIMUM
                                                                PROPOSED MAXIMUM     AGGREGATE
           TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                AMOUNT TO       OFFERING PRICE       OFFERING         AMOUNT OF
        SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED           BE REGISTERED(1)    PER UNIT (2)       PRICE (2)      REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                           <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
 Receivable-Backed Notes....................   $3,000,000,000    $3,000,000,000    $3,000,000,000   1,034,482.76(3)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(1) The  Notes  are  also  being registered  for  the  purpose  of market-making
    transactions.
    
   
(2) Estimated solely  for  the  purposes of  calculating  the  registration  fee
    pursuant to Rule 457.
    
   
(3) A  total of $344.83 has been previously paid and $1,034,482.76 is being paid
    herewith.
    
                                ----------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION  8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
    This registration statement contains two forms of prospectus: one to be used
in  connection with  an offering in  the United States  (the "U.S. Prospectus"),
together with  certain separate  pages of  the  U.S. Prospectus  to be  used  in
connection  with offers and sales relating  to market making transactions in the
Notes by affiliates of the registrant, and  one to be used in connection with  a
concurrent  international offering outside the United States (the "International
Prospectus"). The International Prospectus is substantially the same as the U.S.
Prospectus except  for  the  front  cover page  and  the  pages  reflecting  the
"Underwriting"  section. The form of the  U.S. Prospectus is included herein and
is followed by the pages  related to the market  making U.S. Prospectus for  the
Notes.  All other pages of the U.S. Prospectus for the Notes are also to be used
for the market making U.S. Prospectus. The pages to be used in the International
Prospectus which differ  from those  in the  U.S. Prospectus  follow the  market
making U.S. Prospectus pages. Each of the pages for the International Prospectus
is  labeled "Alternate  Page for International  Prospectus." Each  of the market
making pages  for the  U.S. Prospectus  is labeled  "Alternate Page  for  Market
Making  U.S.  Prospectus." Each  of the  U.S.  Prospectus and  the International
Prospectus will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to
Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
   
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 3, 1996
    
                                  $
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
 
                $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A
                $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS B
                $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS C
 
                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
 
                            AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION
                                    SERVICER
 
    Capita Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1 (the "Owner Trust") will be formed
pursuant  to  a  Trust  Agreement  between  Antigua  Funding  Corporation   (the
"Depositor"),  which  is  to  be  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  AT&T Capital
Corporation ("TCC") following  the consummation of  the Merger, and
        ,  as Owner Trustee  (the "Owner Trustee").  The Receivable-Backed Notes
(the "Notes") will be issued  by the Owner Trust  pursuant to an Indenture  (the
"Indenture")  between the Owner Trust and                 , as Indenture Trustee
(the "Indenture Trustee"). The  property of the  Owner Trust (collectively,  the
"Trust  Assets"), from the date of issuance of the Notes (the "Closing Date") to
the Merger Consummation Date,  will consist of the  proceeds of the Notes,  plus
additional   cash,  which  will  be  held  (and  invested  in  certain  Eligible
Investments) in an Escrow Account, and will be sufficient to redeem the Notes at
the Special Redemption Price on the Special Redemption Date if the Merger is not
consummated on or before  September    , 1996. The cash  in the Escrow  Account,
together  with the proceeds of the Equity Certificates to be issued by the Owner
Trust to the Depositor (which will thereafter be disposed of by the Depositor in
a transaction unrelated  to the  issuance of  the Notes),  will be  used on  the
Merger  Consummation  Date to  acquire a  pool of  equipment leases  (the "Lease
Contracts") and installment sale contracts, promissory notes, loan and  security
agreements and similar types of receivables (the "Loan Contracts," and, together
with  the Lease Contracts, the "Contracts") and the interest of the Depositor in
certain equipment related to such Contracts (the "Equipment"). TCC will  service
the  Contracts pursuant  to a Transfer  and Servicing Agreement,  expected to be
entered into  among the  Depositor, TCC,  the Indenture  Trustee and  the  Owner
Trust.  Of the Notes being offered, $         , $          and $         initial
principal amount  of  the Class  A  Notes, Class  B  Notes and  Class  C  Notes,
respectively,  are  being offered  initially in  the United  States by  the U.S.
Underwriters and $         , $          and $         , respectively, are  being
offered  initially outside the United States  by the International Managers. The
Initial Public Offering Price  and Underwriting Discount  will be identical  for
both offerings.
 
                                                   (CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
 
         FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS RELATING TO THIS OFFERING,
                     SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 16 HEREIN.
                                 -------------
 
    THE  NOTES  WILL  REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS  OF  THE  OWNER TRUST  AND  WILL NOT
REPRESENT INTERESTS  IN  OR OBLIGATIONS  OF  ANTIGUA FUNDING  CORPORATION,  AT&T
CAPITAL CORPORATION OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE
       SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE   SECURITIES
       COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS
          PROSPECTUS. ANY    REPRESENTATION TO  THE CONTRARY IS  A
                               CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    INITIAL PUBLIC                UNDERWRITING              PROCEEDS TO
                                  OFFERING PRICE (1)              DISCOUNT (2)          THE DEPOSITOR (1)(3)
                            ------------------------------  ------------------------  ------------------------
<S>                         <C>                             <C>                       <C>
Per Class A Note..........                %                            %                         %
Per Class B Note..........                %                            %                         %
Per Class C Note..........                %                            %                         %
Total.....................                $                            $                         $
</TABLE>
 
- ----------------
(1) Plus  accrued  interest,  if  any, at  the  applicable  Interest  Rate, from
                 , 1996.
(2) The Depositor has agreed to indemnify the U.S. Underwriters against  certain
    liabilities,  including liabilities  under the  Securities Act  of 1933. See
    "Underwriting."
(3) Before  deducting  expenses  payable  by  the  Depositor,  estimated  to  be
    $         .
 
                              GLOBAL COORDINATORS:
NOMURA INTERNATIONAL                                        GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
    The  Notes  are offered  severally by  the  U.S. Underwriters,  as specified
herein, subject to  prior sale and  subject to the  U.S. Underwriters' right  to
reject  orders in whole or in part. It  is expected that the Notes will be ready
for delivery in book-entry form through  the facilities of The Depository  Trust
Company  in New York, New  York, Cedel Bank, societe  anonyme, and the Euroclear
System against  payment therefor  in  immediately available  funds on  or  about
September   , 1996.
 
    Application  has  been  made  to  list the  Notes  on  the  Luxembourg Stock
Exchange.
 
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                                  -----------
 
               THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS SEPTEMBER   , 1996
<PAGE>
(CONTINUED FROM PRECEDING PAGE)
 
   
    The Owner Trust will  also issue two classes  of certificates of  beneficial
interest,  the Equity Certificates and the  Equipment Certificate, which are not
being offered  hereby. The  Equipment Certificate  will represent  an  undivided
interest  in,  and be  payable solely  from, the  Equipment and  certain amounts
derived from the sale or other  disposition of the Equipment upon expiration  or
termination  (including  an early  termination  or liquidation)  of  the related
Contracts and certain other amounts as described herein. Proceeds from the  sale
or  other disposition  of the  Equipment upon  expiration or  termination of the
related Contracts will not be available for payment of interest and principal on
the Notes,  except  under the  limited  circumstances described  herein.  It  is
expected  that the  Equity Certificates  will initially  represent the  right to
receive principal in  an amount equal  to approximately 4%  of the Cut-Off  Date
Contract  Pool Principal  Balance, together with  interest thereon  at     % per
annum.
    
    The Notes  and the  Equity Certificates  will be  payable solely  from,  and
secured  by,  the Amount  Available  on each  Payment  Date (which  will consist
primarily of the  Scheduled Payments  due under the  Contracts, certain  amounts
received  upon the  prepayment or  purchase of Contracts  or (to  the extent not
payable on  the Equipment  Certificate) liquidation  of the  related  Equipment,
investment  earnings on amounts deposited  in the Collection Account established
pursuant to the  Indenture, in  each case subject  to prior  application to  pay
certain fees and expenses, and amounts permitted to be withdrawn therefor from a
Cash Collateral Account) in the order of priority described herein.
   
    THE  LIKELIHOOD  OF PAYMENT  OF  INTEREST ON  EACH  CLASS OF  NOTES  WILL BE
ENHANCED BY  THE APPLICATION  OF THE  AMOUNT AVAILABLE  TO THE  PAYMENT OF  SUCH
INTEREST  PRIOR TO THE  PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL ON  ANY OF THE  NOTES OR THE EQUITY
CERTIFICATES, AS WELL AS BY  THE PREFERENTIAL RIGHT OF  THE HOLDERS OF NOTES  OF
EACH  SUCH CLASS TO RECEIVE SUCH INTEREST (1)  IN THE CASE OF THE CLASS A NOTES,
PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT OF ANY INTEREST ON THE CLASS B NOTES, THE CLASS C NOTES  OR
THE  EQUITY CERTIFICATES,  (2) IN THE  CASE OF THE  CLASS B NOTES,  PRIOR TO THE
PAYMENT OF ANY INTEREST ON THE CLASS C NOTES OR THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES, AND (3)
IN THE CASE OF THE CLASS  C NOTES, PRIOR TO THE  PAYMENT OF ANY INTEREST ON  THE
EQUITY  CERTIFICATES. LIKEWISE, THE  LIKELIHOOD OF PAYMENT  OF PRINCIPAL ON EACH
CLASS OF NOTES  WILL BE ENHANCED  BY THE  PREFERENTIAL RIGHT OF  THE HOLDERS  OF
NOTES  OF EACH SUCH CLASS TO RECEIVE SUCH PRINCIPAL, TO THE EXTENT OF THE AMOUNT
AVAILABLE AFTER PAYMENT OF INTEREST ON THE NOTES AND THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES  AS
AFORESAID,  (I) IN THE  CASE OF THE CLASS  A NOTES, PRIOR TO  THE PAYMENT OF ANY
PRINCIPAL ON  THE CLASS  B NOTES,  THE CLASS  C NOTES  OR (EXCEPT  AS  DESCRIBED
HEREIN) THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES, (II) IN THE CASE OF THE CLASS B NOTES, PRIOR TO
THE  PAYMENT  OF ANY  PRINCIPAL ON  THE CLASS  C NOTES  OR (EXCEPT  AS DESCRIBED
HEREIN) THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES,  AND (III) IN  THE CASE OF  THE CLASS C  NOTES,
PRIOR  TO THE  PAYMENT OF  ANY PRINCIPAL ON  THE EQUITY  CERTIFICATES, EXCEPT AS
DESCRIBED HEREIN. SEE "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES."
    
   
    To the extent the Amount Available  is sufficient therefor, interest at  the
rate  per annum noted above for  each of the Class A,  Class B and Class C Notes
(the applicable "Interest Rate") will be paid to Holders of each Class of Notes,
and principal will be  paid on the applicable  Class of Notes, on  the   day  of
each  month (or,  if such  day is  not a  Business Day,  on the  next succeeding
Business Day), commencing October   , 1996 (each, a "Payment Date"). The  Stated
Maturity  Date for the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes is
             ,              , and              , respectively, but final payment
of any Class of Notes could occur significantly earlier than the Stated Maturity
Date of such Class.
    
    The Notes  are subject  to redemption  in whole  as described  herein  under
"Description  of the Notes  -- Special Redemption" and  "-- Optional Purchase of
Contracts."
    There is  currently  no secondary  market  for the  Notes  and there  is  no
assurance  that one will develop. The U.S.  Underwriters expect, but will not be
obligated, to make a market in the Notes in the United States. The International
Managers expect,  but will  not be  obligated, to  make a  market in  the  Notes
outside  the United States. There  is no assurance that  either such market will
develop, or if either such market does develop, that such market will  continue.
See "Risk Factors."
    It  is a condition of  issuance of the Notes that  each of Standard & Poor's
Ratings Services, Moody's Investors Service,  Inc., Duff & Phelps Credit  Rating
Co.  and Fitch Investors Service, L.P. (i) rate the Class A Notes in its highest
rating category, (ii) rate the Class B Notes "       ," "       ," "       " and
"       ," respectively, and (iii) rate the Class C Notes "       ," "        ,"
"       " and "       ," respectively. See "Ratings of the Notes."
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS AND/OR INTERNATIONAL
MANAGERS  MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT TRANSACTIONS  WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE
MARKET PRICE OF THE NOTES AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN
THE OPEN MARKET.  SUCH STABILIZING,  IF COMMENCED,  MAY BE  DISCONTINUED AT  ANY
TIME.
    Upon  receipt of  a request  by an investor  who has  received an electronic
Prospectus from any Underwriter or  a request by such investor's  representative
within  the period during which there is  an obligation to deliver a Prospectus,
such Underwriter  will  promptly deliver,  or  cause to  be  delivered,  without
charge, to such investor a paper copy of the Prospectus.
    The  Depositor has not  authorized any offer  of Notes to  the public in the
United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations
1995 (the  "Regulations"). The  Notes may  not lawfully  be offered  or sold  to
persons  in the United Kingdom except in circumstances which do not result in an
offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the  Regulations
or otherwise in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Regulations.
    The Depositor does not intend to register the Notes under the Securities and
Exchange  Law of Japan (the "SEL"). Accordingly, the Notes may not be offered or
sold directly or indirectly in Japan, and this Prospectus may not be distributed
or circulated in Japan, except in circumstances that do not constitute an  offer
to the public within the meaning of the SEL.
<PAGE>
                           INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
 
    All  documents filed by the Servicer, on behalf of the Owner Trust, pursuant
to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,  as
amended (the "Exchange Act"), after the date of this Prospectus and prior to the
termination  of the offering of the Notes  shall be deemed to be incorporated by
reference into this Prospectus. Any statement contained herein or in a  document
incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to
be  modified or superseded for purposes of  this Prospectus to the extent that a
statement contained herein or in any  subsequently filed document which also  is
to  be incorporated by  reference herein modifies  or supersedes such statement.
Any such statement so modified or superseded  shall not be deemed, except as  so
modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.
 
    The  Depositor will provide without charge to  each person to whom a copy of
this Prospectus is delivered, on the written  or oral request of such person,  a
copy of any or all of the documents incorporated herein by reference, except the
exhibits  to  such documents.  Requests for  such copies  should be  directed to
Antigua Funding  Corporation, 1209  Orange Street,  Wilmington, Delaware  19801,
Attention: Secretary.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    The   Depositor,  as  the  originator  of  the  Owner  Trust,  has  filed  a
Registration Statement  under  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended  (the
"Securities   Act"),   with  the   Securities   and  Exchange   Commission  (the
"Commission") on behalf  of the Owner  Trust with respect  to the Notes  offered
pursuant  to this Prospectus. For further  information, reference is made to the
Registration Statement and amendments thereof and to the exhibits thereto, which
are available for inspection without  charge at the public reference  facilities
maintained  by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549;
7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048; and Northwest Atrium
Center, 500 Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of the  Registration
Statement  and amendments thereof and exhibits  thereto may be obtained from the
Public Reference Section of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,
D.C.  20549 at prescribed rates. The Commission  also maintains a World Wide Web
site which provides on-line access to reports, proxy and information  statements
and  other information regarding  registrants that file  electronically with the
Commission at the address "http://www.sec.gov."
 
                             REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS
 
   
    Unless and  until Definitive  Notes are  issued, monthly  unaudited  reports
containing information concerning the Owner Trust, and prepared by the Servicer,
will  be sent by the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Owner Trust only to Cede
& Co., as nominee of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and registered  holder
of  the Notes, and to the Luxembourg Paying Agent. See "Description of the Notes
- --  Book-Entry  Registration."  Such  reports  will  not  constitute   financial
statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
See  "Description  of  the  Notes  --  Reports  to  Noteholders"  for additional
information concerning periodic reports to Noteholders. Note Owners may  receive
such  reports, upon  written request to  the Indenture Trustee,  together with a
certification that they are Note Owners, and payment of any expenses  associated
with  the distribution of such  reports. Any such request  should be made to the
Indenture Trustee at the following  address:
            . Neither TCC nor the Depositor intends to send any of its financial
reports  to Note Owners. The  Servicer, on behalf of  the Owner Trust, will file
with the Commission periodic  reports concerning the Owner  Trust to the  extent
required  under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder. However,  in accordance  with the  Exchange Act  and the  rules  and
regulations of the Commission thereunder, the Depositor expects that the Trust's
obligation to file such reports will be terminated at the end of 1996.
    
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                                                       PAGE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<S>                                                                                                         <C>
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE................................................................................          i
AVAILABLE INFORMATION.....................................................................................          i
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS....................................................................................          i
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY........................................................................................          1
RISK FACTORS..............................................................................................         16
  Limited Assets of the Trust.............................................................................         16
  Subordination of the Class B and Class C Notes..........................................................         16
  Bankruptcy and Insolvency Risks.........................................................................         16
  Yield and Prepayment Considerations.....................................................................         18
  Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts..................................................................         18
  No Gross-Up for Withholding Tax.........................................................................         20
  Limited Liquidity.......................................................................................         20
  Book-Entry Registration.................................................................................         20
THE MERGER................................................................................................         20
THE DEPOSITOR AND THE OWNER TRUST.........................................................................         21
  The Depositor...........................................................................................         21
  The Owner Trust.........................................................................................         22
  Capitalization of the Owner Trust.......................................................................         23
  The Owner Trustee.......................................................................................         23
AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION..................................................................................         23
THE ORIGINATORS...........................................................................................         24
  AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc......................................................................         24
  AT&T Credit Corporation and NCR Credit Corp.............................................................         25
  AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation.....................................................................         26
  Underwriting and Servicing..............................................................................         26
THE CONTRACTS.............................................................................................         31
  Description of the Contracts............................................................................         31
  Representations and Warranties Made by TCC..............................................................         33
  Certain Statistics Relating to the Preliminary Contract Pool............................................         36
  Certain Statistics Relating to Delinquencies and Defaults...............................................         41
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES..................................................................................         44
  General.................................................................................................         44
  Distributions...........................................................................................         44
  Class A Interest........................................................................................         46
  Class B Interest........................................................................................         46
  Class C Interest........................................................................................         46
  Principal...............................................................................................         47
  Special Redemption of the Notes.........................................................................         47
  Subordination of Class B and Class C Notes and Equity Certificates......................................         48
  Cash Collateral Account.................................................................................         48
  Liquidated Contracts....................................................................................         49
  Optional Purchase of Contracts..........................................................................         49
  Trust Accounts..........................................................................................         49
  Reports to Noteholders..................................................................................         50
  Book-Entry Registration.................................................................................         51
  Definitive Notes........................................................................................         54
  Modification of Indenture Without Noteholder Consent....................................................         54
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                                                       PAGE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<S>                                                                                                         <C>
  Modification of Indenture With Noteholder Consent.......................................................         55
  Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default.........................................................         55
  Certain Covenants.......................................................................................         56
  Annual Compliance Statement.............................................................................         57
  Indenture Trustee's Annual Report.......................................................................         57
  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.................................................................         57
  The Indenture Trustee...................................................................................         57
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.......................................................         58
  Transfer and Assignment of Contracts and Equipment......................................................         58
  Collections on Contracts................................................................................         58
  Servicing...............................................................................................         59
  Amendment...............................................................................................         62
  Termination of the Agreement............................................................................         62
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS....................................................................         62
  Enforcement of Security Interests in the Equipment......................................................         62
  Insolvency Matters......................................................................................         64
UNITED STATES TAXATION....................................................................................         65
  Treatment of the Notes..................................................................................         65
  Treatment of the Owner Trust............................................................................         65
  Payments of Interest....................................................................................         65
  Original Issue Discount.................................................................................         66
  Market Discount.........................................................................................         66
  Amortizable Bond Premium................................................................................         66
  Sale, Exchange or Retirement of Notes...................................................................         67
  Tax Consequences to United States Alien Holders.........................................................         67
  Backup Withholding......................................................................................         68
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS......................................................................................         69
RATINGS OF THE NOTES......................................................................................         70
USE OF PROCEEDS...........................................................................................         70
UNDERWRITING..............................................................................................         71
LEGAL MATTERS.............................................................................................         73
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION....................................................................................         73
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS..................................................................................         74
APPENDIX A:
GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES.............................................        A-1
  Initial Settlement......................................................................................        A-1
  Secondary Market Trading................................................................................        A-1
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS................................................        A-3
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      iii
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    The  following  summary is  qualified in  its entirety  by reference  to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Certain capitalized
terms used in this Prospectus Summary  are defined elsewhere in this  Prospectus
on the pages indicated in the "Index of Principal Terms."
 
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
ISSUER..............  A   trust,   referred  to   as  the   "Capita  Equipment
                      Receivables Trust 1996-1" (the  "Owner Trust"), will  be
                      formed  by the  Depositor pursuant to  a Trust Agreement
                      (the "Trust Agreement"), dated as of September   , 1996,
                      among the Depositor and                            ,  as
                      Owner Trustee. See "The Depositor and the Owner Trust --
                      The Owner Trust."
 
DEPOSITOR...........  Antigua  Funding  Corporation  (the  "Depositor"), which
                      will be  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  AT&T  Capital
                      Corporation  ("TCC") following  the consummation  of the
                      Merger.  The  Depositor  is  expected  to  acquire   the
                      Contracts  and the Originators'  interest in the related
                      Equipment on the Merger Consummation Date pursuant to  a
                      Purchase  and Sale Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement"),
                      expected to be dated as of September   , 1996, among the
                      Depositor, TCC and the  Originators, and will  thereupon
                      transfer  the Contracts and  the Depositor's interest in
                      the related Equipment to the  Owner Trust pursuant to  a
                      Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement  (the  "Transfer and
                      Servicing  Agreement"),  expected  to  be  dated  as  of
                      September      ,  1996,  among  the  Depositor,  TCC, as
                      Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trust. See
                      "The Depositor and the Owner Trust -- The Depositor."
 
SERVICER............  TCC  will,  pursuant  to  the  Transfer  and   Servicing
                      Agreement,  act as  Servicer of  the Contracts following
                      their transfer to the  Owner Trust. See "Description  of
                      the  Transfer and Servicing Agreement -- Servicing." TCC
                      is a  full-service,  diversified equipment  leasing  and
                      finance  company that operates principally in the United
                      States. See "AT&T Capital Corporation."
 
INDENTURE TRUSTEE...  , in its  capacity as  trustee under  an Indenture  (the
                      "Indenture"),  dated as of  September    , 1996, between
                      the Owner Trust and the Indenture Trustee.
 
OWNER TRUSTEE.......  , in its capacity as trustee under the Trust Agreement.
 
THE NOTES...........  The Owner Trust will  issue $       aggregate  principal
                      amount  of     % Receivable-Backed  Notes, Class  A (the
                      "Class A Notes"), $   aggregate principal amount of    %
                      Receivable-Backed Notes, Class B (the "Class B  Notes"),
                      and  $           aggregate  principal  amount of       %
                      Receivable-Backed Notes, Class C  (the "Class C  Notes")
                      (collectively,  the "Notes"), pursuant to the Indenture.
                      The Owner Trust will also issue the Equity  Certificates
                      and   the   Equipment  Certificate   (collectively,  the
                      "Certificates") to the  Depositor. The Certificates  are
                      not  being  offered  hereby.  See  "Description  of  the
                      Notes."
</TABLE>
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
INTEREST............  Interest on  the outstanding  principal balance  of  the
                      Notes of each Class will accrue at the interest rate for
                      such   Class  specified  on  the   cover  page  of  this
                      Prospectus (the "Interest Rate" for such Class) from and
                      including  September       ,  1996,  to  but   excluding
                      October    , 1996  (in the  case  of the  first interest
                      period), and thereafter for each successive Payment Date
                      from and including the most recent prior Payment Date to
                      which interest  has been  paid,  to but  excluding  such
                      Payment  Date.  To the  extent  the Amount  Available is
                      sufficient therefor, the amount  of interest to be  paid
                      on  the Notes on  each Payment Date  will equal 30 days'
                      interest (or, in the case of the first interest  period,
                      interest  accrued from and including  September   , 1996
                      to but excluding October   , 1996). See "Description  of
                      the Notes."
 
PRINCIPAL...........  To   the  extent  the  Amount  Available  is  sufficient
                      therefor after payment of interest on the Notes and  the
                      Equity  Certificates, the aggregate  amount of principal
                      to be paid on the  Notes and the Equity Certificates  on
                      each  Payment  Date  will  equal  the  Monthly Principal
                      Amount. Principal payable on the  Notes will be paid  in
                      respect  of the Class A Notes on each Payment Date until
                      the Class A Principal Balance has been reduced to  zero,
                      then  in respect of principal on the Class B Notes until
                      the Class B Principal Balance has been reduced to  zero,
                      and  then in respect  of principal on  the Class C Notes
                      until the Class C Principal Balance has been reduced  to
                      zero.  Commencing  on the  first Payment  Date, however,
                         % of the Monthly Principal Amount will be payable  on
                      the  Equity Certificates  until the  aggregate amount so
                      paid equals $       . See  "Description of the Notes  --
                      Principal."
 
                      The "Monthly Principal Amount" for any Payment Date will
                      equal:
 
                          (i)  the difference between (a) the aggregate of the
                        Contract Principal  Balances  of  the  Contracts  (the
                        "Contract  Pool Principal Balance") as of the last day
                        of the Collection Period relating to the prior Payment
                        Date (or, in the case  of the first Payment Date,  the
                        Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal Balance), and (b)
                        the Contract Pool Principal Balance as of the last day
                        of  the  Collection  Period relating  to  such Payment
                        Date, plus
 
                          (ii) any portion of the Monthly Principal Amount for
                        the prior  Payment Date  that was  not distributed  in
                        respect  of  principal  on  the  Notes  or  the Equity
                        Certificates, as  appropriate, on  such prior  Payment
                        Date.
</TABLE>
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      The  "Contract Principal Balance" of  any Contract as of
                      the last day of any Collection Period is:
 
                          (1) in the  case of  a Lease  Contract, the  present
                        value  of the  unpaid Scheduled  Payments due  on such
                        Lease Contract after such  last day of the  Collection
                        Period  (excluding  all Scheduled  Payments due  on or
                        prior to, but not  received as of,  such last day,  as
                        well as any Scheduled Payments due after such last day
                        and  received on or prior thereto), discounted monthly
                        at the rate of    % per annum (and assuming that  each
                        Scheduled  Payment  is  due  on the  last  day  of the
                        applicable Collection Period); and
 
                          (2) in the case of a Loan Contract, the  outstanding
                        principal  balance of such  Loan Contract after giving
                        effect to Scheduled Payments due  on or prior to  such
                        last  day  of the  Collection  Period, whether  or not
                        paid, as well as any Scheduled Payments due after such
                        last day and received on or prior thereto.
 
                      The Contract Principal  Balance of  any Contract  which,
                      during a Collection Period, became a Liquidated Contract
                      or  was required to be purchased by TCC as of the end of
                      such   Collection   Period   due   to   a   breach    of
                      representations  and warranties,  will, for  purposes of
                      computing the Monthly Principal  Amount for the  related
                      Payment Date, be deemed to be zero on and after the last
                      day  of such Collection  Period. A "Liquidated Contract"
                      is any Contract (a) with  respect to which the  Servicer
                      has  repossessed and disposed  of the related Equipment,
                      or  otherwise  collected  all  proceeds  which,  in  the
                      Servicer's   judgment,  can  be   collected  under  such
                      Contract, or (b) which is  delinquent 180 days or  more.
                      See "Description of the Notes -- Principal."
 
                      The "Collection Period" for any Payment Date will be the
                      calendar month preceding the month in which such Payment
                      Date occurs.
 
                      The  "Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal Balance" will
                      equal:
 
                          (I) the aggregate of the Contract Principal Balances
                        of the Contracts as of the Cut-Off Date, plus
 
                          (II) the aggregate amount  of Scheduled Payments  on
                        the  Contracts due prior  to, but not  received as of,
                        the Cut-Off Date.
 
                      The aggregate of the  initial principal balances of  the
                      Notes  and the Equity  Certificates will be  equal to or
                      less than  the  Cut-Off  Date  Contract  Pool  Principal
                      Balance.
</TABLE>
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
STATED MATURITY
 DATES..............  If   and  to   the  extent  not   previously  paid,  the
                      outstanding principal  balance of  each Class  of  Notes
                      will  be  payable on  the Stated  Maturity Date  of such
                      Class.  The  Class  A  Stated  Maturity  Date  will   be
                                  ,              ; the Class B Stated Maturity
                      Date will be             ,             ; and the Class C
                      Stated Maturity Date will be             ,             .
 
DENOMINATIONS.......  The  Notes   will   be   available   for   purchase   in
                      denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
 
CLOSING DATE........  On or about September   , 1996.
 
CUT-OFF DATE........  September 1, 1996.
 
PAYMENT DATES AND
 RECORD DATES.......  Interest  and principal on the Notes will be paid on the
                        day of each month (or, if such   day is not a Business
                      Day, the next  succeeding Business  Day), commencing  in
                      October  1996, to Holders of  record on the Business Day
                      immediately preceding such Payment Date (so long as  the
                      Notes  are held  in book-entry  form), or  to Holders of
                      record on the last day  of the preceding calendar  month
                      (if Definitive Notes have been issued).
 
SUBORDINATION.......  The  likelihood of payment of  interest on each Class of
                      Notes will be enhanced by the application of the  Amount
                      Available  to the payment of  such interest prior to the
                      payment of principal on any  of the Notes or the  Equity
                      Certificates,  as well  as by the  preferential right of
                      the Holders of Notes of each such Class to receive  such
                      interest  (1) in the case of the Class A Notes, prior to
                      the payment of any  interest on the  Class B Notes,  the
                      Class  C Notes  or the  Equity Certificates,  (2) in the
                      case of the Class B Notes,  prior to the payment of  any
                      interest   on   the  Class   C   Notes  or   the  Equity
                      Certificates, and (3) in the case of the Class C  Notes,
                      prior  to  the payment  of  any interest  on  the Equity
                      Certificates. Likewise,  the  likelihood of  payment  of
                      principal on each Class of Notes will be enhanced by the
                      preferential  right of the Holders of Notes of each such
                      Class to receive  such principal, to  the extent of  the
                      Amount  Available after payment of interest on the Notes
                      and the  Equity Certificates  as aforesaid,  (i) in  the
                      case  of the Class A Notes,  prior to the payment of any
                      principal on the  Class B  Notes, the Class  C Notes  or
                      (except  as described  herein) the  Equity Certificates,
                      (ii) in the  case of  the Class  B Notes,  prior to  the
                      payment of any principal on the Class C Notes or (except
                      as  described herein) the Equity Certificates, and (iii)
                      in the case of the Class  C Notes, prior to the  payment
                      of  any principal on the  Equity Certificates, except as
                      described herein. See "Description of the Notes."
</TABLE>
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
RATINGS.............  It is a condition of issuance of the Notes that each  of
                      Moody's  Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), Standard &
                      Poor's  Ratings   Services  ("S&P"),   Fitch   Investors
                      Service,  L.P.  ("Fitch")  and  Duff  and  Phelps Credit
                      Rating Co. ("Duff & Phelps" and, together with  Moody's,
                      S&P and Fitch, the "Rating Agencies") rate (i) the Class
                      A Notes in its highest rating category, (ii) the Class B
                      Notes "            ," "            ," "            " and
                      "                ," respectively, and  (iii) the Class C
                      Notes "            ," "            ," "            " and
                      "             ," respectively. The rating of each  Class
                      of  Notes  by Moody's  addresses  the likelihood  of the
                      ultimate payment of principal and interest on such Class
                      of Notes.  The rating  of each  Class of  Notes by  S&P,
                      Fitch  and Duff & Phelps addresses the likelihood of the
                      timely receipt  of  interest  and  ultimate  payment  of
                      principal  on such  Class of  Notes. A  rating is  not a
                      recommendation to buy, sell  or hold securities and  may
                      be  subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the
                      assigning Rating Agency. The ratings of the Notes do not
                      address the  possibility  of the  imposition  of  United
                      States withholding tax with respect to non-U.S. persons.
                      See "Ratings of the Notes."
 
USE OF PROCEEDS.....  If  the Merger is  consummated on or  prior to September
                        , 1996, the proceeds from the offering and sale of the
                      Notes,  together  with  the  proceeds  derived  by   the
                      Depositor   from   its   disposition   of   the   Equity
                      Certificates, will be used  by the Depositor to  acquire
                      the  Contracts  and  the  Originators'  interest  in the
                      Equipment and to pay  expenses payable by the  Depositor
                      in  connection with  the issuance  of the  Notes and the
                      Equity Certificates. See "The Merger."
 
THE MERGER..........  It is  expected that  TCC will  be merged  with  Antigua
                      Acquisition  Corporation, a  wholly owned  subsidiary of
                      Hercules Limited, on the Merger Consummation Date. As  a
                      result  of the Merger, the Depositor (which currently is
                      a  wholly  owned   subsidiary  of  Antigua   Acquisition
                      Corporation)  will become  a wholly  owned subsidiary of
                      TCC (which will be the surviving company in the Merger).
 
                      On the  Merger  Consummation Date,  the  Depositor  will
                      transfer  the Contracts,  its interest  in the Equipment
                      and the other Trust Assets  to the Owner Trust, and  the
                      proceeds  of the Escrow Account  (which will include the
                      proceeds of the sale of the Notes) will be released  to,
                      or  upon  the  order  of,  the  Depositor.  See  "Use of
                      Proceeds" above.  If the  Merger is  not consummated  by
                      September   , 1996, all of the Notes will be redeemed at
                      the  Special Redemption Price  on the Special Redemption
                      Date. See  "Special Redemption"  below. Consummation  of
                      the  Merger is  subject to  certain regulatory approvals
                      and other preconditions. See "The Merger."
 
MERGER CONSUMMATION
 DATE...............  The date on which  the Merger is consummated,  currently
                      anticipated to be September 17, 1996.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
SPECIAL
 REDEMPTION.........  If  the Merger has not been consummated by September   ,
                      1996, all of  the Notes  shall be redeemed  and paid  in
                      full  on September   , 1996,  or on such earlier date as
                      the  Depositor  may  elect  upon  giving  the  Indenture
                      Trustee  written notice  thereof at  least five Business
                      Days prior to such date (the "Special Redemption Date"),
                      at a redemption price  (the "Special Redemption  Price")
                      which  is equal to (i) in respect of any Class of Notes,
                      the initial offering  price of  such Class  of Notes  as
                      shown  on the cover  page of this  Prospectus, plus (ii)
                      interest on such  offering price,  from (and  including)
                      the   Closing  Date  to  (but  excluding)  such  Special
                      Redemption  Date,  at   the  rate  of   10%  per   annum
                      (calculated  on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of
                      twelve 30-day months). The  Special Redemption Price  in
                      respect  of the Notes  will be paid  from the amounts on
                      deposit in the Escrow Account as described under  "Trust
                      Assets" below, which amounts will be sufficient (without
                      regard  to any proceeds of the investment thereof) to so
                      pay  such  Special  Redemption  Price  on  the   Special
                      Redemption   Date.  A  public   notice  of  the  Special
                      Redemption, if any, will  be provided by publication  in
                      Luxembourg.  See  "Description of  the Notes  -- Special
                      Redemption of the Notes."
 
TRUST ASSETS........  From the  Closing  Date until  the  Merger  Consummation
                      Date,  the  Trust  Assets  will  consist  solely  of the
                      proceeds of the Notes, plus additional cash, which  will
                      be  deposited and held (and invested in certain Eligible
                      Investments at the  direction of the  Depositor) in  the
                      Escrow  Account  maintained  by  the  Indenture  Trustee
                      pursuant to  the  Indenture  until (i)  applied  by  the
                      Indenture Trustee to the special redemption of the Notes
                      as  described under "Special  Redemption" above, or (ii)
                      paid over to the Depositor  and used as described  under
                      "Use  of Proceeds" above. See  "Description of the Notes
                      -- Special Redemption of the Notes."
 
                      The Trust Assets, from and after the Merger Consummation
                      Date, will consist of:
 
                          (i) a  pool of  equipment lease  contracts (each,  a
                        "Lease  Contract")  and  installment  sale  contracts,
                        promissory notes,  loan  and security  agreements  and
                        other  similar  types  of receivables  (each,  a "Loan
                        Contract")  (all   such  Lease   Contracts  and   Loan
                        Contracts being referred to herein as the "Contracts")
                        with  various  lessees,  borrowers  or  other obligors
                        thereunder (each, an  "Obligor"), including the  right
                        to  receive  all  Scheduled  Payments  and Prepayments
                        received thereon  from  and  after  the  Cut-Off  Date
                        (including  all Scheduled  Payments due  prior to, but
                        not received as  of, the Cut-Off  Date, but  excluding
                        any  Scheduled Payments due on  or after, but received
                        prior to, the Cut-Off Date);
 
                          (ii) the interest of the Depositor in the  equipment
                        subject  to  such Contracts  (the  "Equipment"), which
                        interest is either an ownership interest or a security
                        interest;
</TABLE>
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                          (iii)  amounts   on   deposit   in   (and   Eligible
                        Investments allocated to) certain accounts established
                        pursuant   to  the  Indenture  and  the  Transfer  and
                        Servicing Agreement, including the Collection Account;
                        and
 
                          (iv) certain  other property  and assets  as  herein
                        described.
 
                      A portion of the Trust Assets will secure payment of the
                      Notes.  See "Source  of Payment and  Security" below and
                      "The Depositor and the Owner Trust -- The Owner Trust."
 
SOURCE OF PAYMENT
 AND SECURITY.......  Principal of and  interest on the  Notes and the  Equity
                      Certificates  will be  paid on each  Payment Date solely
                      from, and secured  by, the "Amount  Available" for  such
                      Payment Date, which is equal to:
 
                          (1) the sum of (a) those Pledged Revenues on deposit
                        in  the Collection Account as of the last Business Day
                        preceding the related Determination Date (the "Deposit
                        Date") (i) which were received by the Servicer  during
                        the  related  Collection  Period  or  which  represent
                        amounts paid  by  TCC  or the  Depositor  to  purchase
                        Contracts  and related Equipment as of the end of such
                        Collection Period ("Related Collection Period  Pledged
                        Revenues"),  or (ii)  to the  extent necessary  to pay
                        interest on the Notes  and the Equity Certificates  on
                        such Payment Date, which were received by the Servicer
                        during   the   current  Collection   Period  ("Current
                        Collection Period Pledged Revenues"), plus (b) amounts
                        permitted to  be  withdrawn  therefor  from  the  Cash
                        Collateral   Account,   as   described   under   "Cash
                        Collateral Account" below, less
 
                          (2) the related Servicing Fee as described in clause
                        (i) under "Priority of Payments" below.
 
                      "Pledged Revenues" will consist of:
 
                          (i) "Scheduled  Payments"  on the  Contracts  (which
                        will consist of all payments under the Contracts other
                        than  those portions of such payments which, under the
                        Contracts, are to  be (A) applied  by the Servicer  to
                        the  payment of insurance premiums, maintenance, taxes
                        and other similar obligations, or (B) retained by  the
                        Servicer  in payment of  Administrative Fees) received
                        on or after the Cut-Off  Date and due during the  term
                        of the Contracts, without giving effect to end-of-term
                        extensions   or   renewals   thereof   (including  all
                        Scheduled Payments due prior  to, but not received  as
                        of,  the  Cut-Off  Date, but  excluding  any Scheduled
                        Payments due on or after,  but received prior to,  the
                        Cut-Off Date);
 
                          (ii)   any  voluntary   prepayments  ("Prepayments")
                        received on  or  after  the  Cut-Off  Date  under  the
                        Contracts,  provided that the amount, if any, by which
                        any such Prepayment exceeds the Required Payoff Amount
                        of the related  Contract will  not constitute  Pledged
                        Revenues;
 
                          (iii)  any amounts paid by TCC to purchase Contracts
                        and  the  related  Equipment   due  to  a  breach   of
                        representations
</TABLE>
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                        and warranties with respect thereto as described under
                        "Mandatory  Purchase of Certain Contracts" below or by
                        the  Depositor  to  purchase  the  Contracts  and  the
                        related   Equipment   as  described   under  "Optional
                        Purchase of Contracts" below,  in each case  excluding
                        those  portions thereof attributable to the Book Value
                        of the Equipment;
 
                          (iv)  certain  of  the  proceeds  derived  from  the
                        liquidation   of   the  Contracts   and   the  related
                        Equipment, as described  under "Liquidated  Contracts"
                        below; and
 
                          (v)  any  earnings  on  the  investment  of  amounts
                        credited to the Collection Account.
 
ORIGINATORS OF THE
 CONTRACTS..........  The Contracts that  are expected to  be included in  the
                      Trust  Assets on and after  the Merger Consummation Date
                      have been originated or, in some cases, acquired by four
                      wholly owned subsidiaries of  TCC: AT&T Capital  Leasing
                      Services,   Inc.   ("Leasing  Services"),   AT&T  Credit
                      Corporation ("Credit  Corp."),  NCR Credit  Corp.  ("NCR
                      Credit"),  and the Portland  division of AT&T Commercial
                      Finance Corporation (such division is referred to herein
                      as "CFC") (collectively,  the "Originators"). See  "AT&T
                      Capital Corporation" and "The Originators."
 
THE CONTRACTS.......  The aggregate of the Contracts and the related Equipment
                      expected  to be held  by the Owner Trust  as part of the
                      Trust Assets, as of any particular date, is referred  to
                      as the "Contract Pool," and the Contract Pool, as of the
                      Cut-Off  Date,  is referred  to  as the  "Final Contract
                      Pool." The  Depositor  has prepared  certain  statistics
                      relating  to the pool of Contracts which, subject to the
                      exception  noted  below,   will  constitute  the   Final
                      Contract  Pool.  These  statistics  are  based  on  such
                      Contracts as of August 1, 1996 (the "Preliminary Cut-Off
                      Date"). The  Final Contract  Pool will  consist of  such
                      Contracts,  less that portion  of the Contract Principal
                      Balances which are paid or prepaid from the  Preliminary
                      Cut-Off  Date  to  the  Cut-Off  Date.  Accordingly, the
                      statistics relating to such pool of Contracts as of  the
                      Preliminary  Cut-Off  Date  (the  "Preliminary  Contract
                      Pool") will  differ  somewhat from  the  Final  Contract
                      Pool;  however,  the  statistics relating  to  the Final
                      Contract Pool will be included in the final Prospectus.
 
                      As of  the  Preliminary Cut-Off  Date,  the  Preliminary
                      Contract  Pool had the following characteristics (unless
                      otherwise  noted,  percentages  are  by  Contract   Pool
                      Principal  Balance  as  of such  date  (the "Preliminary
                      Cut-Off  Date   Contract   Pool   Principal   Balance"),
                      determined  for this  purpose using  an assumed discount
                      rate of 8.5%):
 
                        (i)  the  Preliminary   Cut-Off  Date  Contract   Pool
                        Principal Balance was $3,310,975,000.21;
 
                        (ii) there were 294,311 Contracts;
 
                        (iii)  the  average  Contract  Principal  Balance  was
                        approximately $11,250;
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                        (iv) of such  Contracts, approximately  81% were  true
                        leases  and  approximately  19%  were  other  types of
                        Contracts;
 
                        (v) approximately 39.6% of  such Contracts related  to
                        telecommunications  equipment; approximately  22.5% of
                        such   Contracts   related   to   manufacturing    and
                        construction  equipment;  and  approximately  18.9% of
                        such Contracts related to computers and  point-of-sale
                        equipment;
 
                        (vi)  the  Obligors  on  approximately  12.8%  of  the
                        Contracts were  located in  California,  approximately
                        10.8%  were located in  New Jersey, approximately 9.0%
                        were located  in  New York,  approximately  6.6%  were
                        located   in  Florida,  and  approximately  6.0%  were
                        located in Texas, and no other state represented  more
                        than 5% of the Contracts;
 
                        (vii)  approximately 90.8%  of the  Contracts had been
                        originated by the Originators with the remaining  9.2%
                        of  the  Contracts  having  been  originated  by third
                        parties and purchased by one of the Originators;
 
                        (viii) the remaining term of  the Contracts as of  the
                        Preliminary  Cut-Off Date  ranged from 6  months to 97
                        months; and
 
                        (ix)  the  weighted  average  remaining  term  of  the
                        Contracts   was  approximately  38  months.  See  "The
                        Contracts  --  Certain  Statistics  Relating  to   the
                        Preliminary Contract Pool."
 
                      TCC  will  make certain  representations  and warranties
                      regarding  each  Contract,  and  will  be  obligated  to
                      purchase  any Contract in  the event of  a breach of any
                      such representation  or  warranty  that  materially  and
                      adversely  affects  the  value  of  such  Contract.  See
                      "Mandatory Purchase of Certain Contracts" below.
 
CONTRACT
 PREPAYMENTS........  TCC will represent  and warrant that  none of the  Lease
                      Contracts  permit the  Obligor thereunder  to prepay the
                      amounts due  under  such  Lease  Contract  or  otherwise
                      terminate  the  Lease  Contract prior  to  its scheduled
                      expiration date (except for a de minimis number of Lease
                      Contracts  which  allow  for   a  prepayment  or   early
                      termination  upon payment of an amount which is not less
                      than the Required Payoff Amount). Under the Transfer and
                      Servicing Agreement, the Servicer  will be permitted  to
                      allow  Prepayments of any of  the Lease Contracts to the
                      extent that the amount of  the prepayment on such  Lease
                      Contract is at least equal to the Required Payoff Amount
                      for such Lease Contract.
 
                      The  Loan  Contracts  permit the  Obligor  thereunder to
                      prepay the Loan Contract,  in whole or  in part, at  any
                      time at par plus accrued interest. Approximately 3.9% of
                      the Contracts (by Preliminary Cut-Off Date Contract Pool
                      Principal Balance) were Loan Contracts.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      The  "Required  Payoff  Amount,"  with  respect  to  any
                      Collection Period for any Contract, is equal to the  sum
                      of:
 
                          (i)  the  Scheduled Payment  due in  such Collection
                        Period, together with  any Scheduled  Payments due  in
                        prior Collection Periods and not yet received, plus
 
                          (ii) the Contract Principal Balance of such Contract
                        as  of the last  day of such  Collection Period (after
                        taking into account the Scheduled Payment due in  such
                        Collection Period).
 
                      In  no event will Pledged Revenues include (nor will the
                      Notes or the  Equity Certificates  otherwise be  payable
                      from)  any portion of  a Prepayment on  a Contract which
                      exceeds the Required Payoff Amount for such Contract.
 
LIQUIDATED
 CONTRACTS..........  Liquidation  Proceeds   received  with   respect  to   a
                      Liquidated  Contract  and the  related  Equipment (which
                      will be  reduced by  any related  liquidation  expenses)
                      will  be allocated as follows:   (i) with respect to any
                      Loan Contract,  all such  Liquidation Proceeds  will  be
                      allocated to the Notes and the Equity Certificates; and
 
                      (ii)   with   respect  to   any  Lease   Contract,  such
                      Liquidation Proceeds  will be  allocated on  a pro  rata
                      basis  between  the  Equipment Certificate,  on  the one
                      hand, and the Notes and the Equity Certificates, on  the
                      other, based respectively on (a) the "Book Value" of the
                      Equipment (which is a fixed amount equal to the value of
                      the  Equipment  as  shown on  the  accounting  books and
                      records of  TCC as  of  the Cut-Off  Date) and  (b)  the
                      Required Payoff Amount for such Lease Contract; provided
                      that in no event will the amount of Liquidation Proceeds
                      allocated  to  the  Notes  and  the  Equity Certificates
                      exceed the Required Payoff Amount.
 
                      All Liquidation Proceeds which  are so allocable to  the
                      Notes  and the Equity Certificates  will be deposited in
                      the Collection Account  and constitute Pledged  Revenues
                      to  be applied to the  payment of interest and principal
                      on the Notes and  the Equity Certificates in  accordance
                      with   the  priorities  described   under  "Priority  of
                      Payments" below.
 
NO SUBSTITUTION.....  Under the  Trust Agreement,  the  Owner Trustee  is  not
                      permitted  to  accept (from  the  Depositor, TCC  or any
                      other party)  any  lease,  contract or  other  asset  or
                      property  in  substitution  for any  part  of  the Trust
                      Assets, including any of the Contracts.
 
SERVICING...........  The  Servicer   will   be  responsible   for   managing,
                      administering,  servicing and making  collections on the
                      Contracts. Compensation to the  Servicer will include  a
                      monthly fee (the "Servicing Fee"), which will be payable
                      to  the  Servicer  from  the  Amount  Available  on each
                      Payment Date,  in  an amount  equal  to the  product  of
                      one-twelfth  of   % per annum multiplied by the Contract
                      Pool Principal Balance determined as of the last day  of
                      the  second preceding Collection Period (or, in the case
                      of the  Servicing Fee  with  respect to  the  Collection
                      Period
</TABLE>
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      commencing  on  the  Cut-Off  Date,  the  Contract  Pool
                      Principal Balance as of the Cut-Off Date), plus any late
                      fees,  documentation   fees,  insurance   administration
                      charges    and   other   administrative   charges   (the
                      "Administrative Fees")  collected  with respect  to  the
                      Contracts  during  the  related  Collection  Period. The
                      Servicer may  be terminated  as Servicer  under  certain
                      circumstances, in which event a successor Servicer would
                      be appointed to service the Contracts. See "AT&T Capital
                      Corporation"   and  "Description  of  the  Transfer  and
                      Servicing Agreement -- Servicing -- Events of  Servicing
                      Termination."
 
MANDATORY PURCHASE
 OF CERTAIN
 CONTRACTS..........  TCC  will  make certain  representations  and warranties
                      with respect to each Contract and the related Equipment,
                      as  more   fully   described  in   "The   Contracts   --
                      Representations   and  Warranties  Made   by  TCC."  The
                      Indenture Trustee  will be  entitled to  require TCC  to
                      purchase  any Contract  and the related  Equipment, at a
                      price equal to (i) the Required Payoff Amount, plus (ii)
                      the Book  Value of  the  related Equipment  (which  Book
                      Value   amount  will  be   allocated  to  the  Equipment
                      Certificate), if the value of the Contract is materially
                      and  adversely  affected  by   a  breach  of  any   such
                      representation  or warranty which is  not cured within a
                      specified period.
 
EQUITY
 CERTIFICATES.......  The Owner  Trust  will issue  the  Equity  Certificates,
                      representing  a  beneficial  ownership  interest  in the
                      Owner Trust, to the  Depositor. The Equity  Certificates
                      will  be  transferred  by the  Depositor  in  a separate
                      transaction. The  Equity  Certificates will  be  payable
                      from  Pledged Revenues  in the  priority described under
                      "Priority of Payments"  below. It is  expected that  the
                      Equity  Certificates initially will  represent the right
                      to receive principal in an amount equal to approximately
                      4% of the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal  Balance,
                      together  with interest  thereon at an  interest rate of
                        % per  annum. Commencing  on the  first Payment  Date,
                         %  of the Monthly Principal Amount will be payable on
                      the Equity Certificates  until the  aggregate amount  so
                      paid equals $       .
 
EQUIPMENT
 CERTIFICATE........  The  Owner Trust  will issue  the Equipment Certificate,
                      representing a  beneficial  ownership  interest  in  the
                      Owner Trust, to the Depositor. The Equipment Certificate
                      will represent an undivided interest in:
 
                      (i)  all related Equipment or  the proceeds thereof upon
                      the  expiration  of  the  initial  term  of  any   Lease
                        Contracts;
 
                      (ii) any amount in excess of the amounts described under
                        "Contract  Prepayments"  above  which  are  paid  by a
                        Lessee in  connection  with the  prepayment  or  early
                        termination  of a Lease Contract  and are allocated to
                        the Notes and the Equity Certificates, which excess is
                        intended to  represent  the  value  of  the  Equipment
                        related thereto;
</TABLE>
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      (iii) a portion of the Liquidation Proceeds derived from
                      the   liquidation  of  the  Contracts  and  the  related
                        Equipment, as described  under "Liquidated  Contracts"
                        above; and
 
                      (iv) that portion of the purchase price allocable to the
                      Book  Value of the related Equipment  (a) paid by TCC to
                        purchase any Contract and the related Equipment due to
                        a  breach  of   any  of   TCC's  representations   and
                        warranties  with respect  thereto (as  described under
                        "Mandatory Purchase of  Certain Contracts" above),  or
                        (b)  paid by the  Depositor pursuant to  its option to
                        repurchase all of  the outstanding  Contracts and  the
                        related   Equipment  (as   described  under  "Optional
                        Purchase of Contracts" below).
 
                      Amounts payable in respect of the Equipment  Certificate
                      are  not available to pay, and will not provide security
                      for the payment of, interest  or principal on the  Notes
                      or the Equity Certificates.
 
COLLECTION
 ACCOUNT............  The Indenture Trustee will establish and maintain one or
                      more  separate  accounts (collectively,  the "Collection
                      Account"). All Scheduled  Payments and Prepayments  from
                      Obligors  that are received by the Servicer on behalf of
                      the Owner  Trust will  be  deposited in  the  Collection
                      Account  no  later  than  five  Business  Days following
                      receipt thereof by  the Servicer. The  Servicer will  be
                      permitted  to  use any  alternative  remittance schedule
                      which is acceptable to the Rating Agencies if the effect
                      thereof will not result in a qualification, reduction or
                      withdrawal of any of the ratings then applicable to  the
                      Notes.  See "Description  of the  Transfer and Servicing
                      Agreement -- Collections on Contracts."
</TABLE>
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
CASH COLLATERAL
 ACCOUNT............  A "Cash Collateral  Account" will be  established on  or
                      prior   to  the   Merger  Consummation   Date  and  will
                      thereafter be available  to the  Indenture Trustee.  The
                      Cash  Collateral Account will initially  be funded in an
                      amount equal to      %  of the  Contract Pool  Principal
                      Balance  as of the Cut-Off Date (approximately $      ).
                      Amounts on  deposit  from  time  to  time  in  the  Cash
                      Collateral  Account (up  to, but  not in  excess of, the
                      Requisite Amount described below, and not including  any
                      investment earnings on such funds) shall be used to fund
                      the  amounts specified  below in the  following order of
                      priority (to the extent that  amounts on deposit in  the
                      Collection   Account   as  of   any  Deposit   Date  are
                      insufficient  therefor  and   provided  that  any   such
                      insufficiency has resulted, directly or indirectly, from
                      delinquencies and/or defaults on the Contracts):
 
                      (i)  to  pay  interest  on  the  Notes  and  the  Equity
                      Certificates in the following order of priority:
 
                      (a) interest on the Class A Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon),
 
                      (b) interest on the Class B Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon),
 
                      (c) interest on the Class C Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon), and
 
                      (d) interest on the  Equity Certificates (including  any
                          overdue interest and interest thereon);
 
                      (ii)  to pay  any Principal Deficiency  Amount (equal to
                      the lesser of:
 
                      (a) the Current Realized Losses on Liquidated  Contracts
                          for the related Collection Period or
 
                      (b)  the excess, if any,  of (A) the aggregate principal
                          balance of  the Notes  and the  Equity  Certificates
                          (after  giving effect to  all other distributions of
                          principal  on  such  Payment  Date),  over  (B)  the
                          aggregate  of  the Required  Payoff Amounts  for all
                          Contracts  as  of  the  last  day  of  the   related
                          Collection Period); and
 
                      (iii)   to  pay  principal  on   the  Notes  and  Equity
                      Certificates at  the  applicable  Stated  Maturity  Date
                        thereof.
</TABLE>
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      If  and to the extent that  the amount on deposit in the
                      Cash Collateral Account as of  any Payment Date is  less
                      than  the Requisite Amount (which is defined as being an
                      amount equal  to approximately  $         ,  subject  to
                      certain  adjustments),  then  such deficiency  is  to be
                      restored from  the  remaining  Amount  Available,  after
                      payment  of interest and principal  on the Notes and the
                      Equity Certificates  as  described  under  "Priority  of
                      Payments"  below.  Any  amount on  deposit  in  the Cash
                      Collateral Account in  excess of  the Requisite  Amount,
                      and  all  investment  earnings  on  funds  in  the  Cash
                      Collateral Account,  will  be  released  from  the  Cash
                      Collateral  Account and paid to or upon the order of the
                      Depositor, and will not be available to make payments on
                      the Notes or the  Equity Certificates. See  "Description
                      of the Notes -- Cash Collateral Account."
 
PRIORITY OF
 PAYMENTS...........  On  each  Payment Date,  the  Indenture Trustee  will be
                      required to make the following payments, first, from the
                      Related Collection Period  Pledged Revenues, second,  to
                      the   extent  the  Related   Collection  Period  Pledged
                      Revenues are insufficient to  pay interest on the  Notes
                      and  the Equity  Certificates on such  Payment Date, the
                      amount necessary  to cure  such insufficiency  from  the
                      Current  Collection Period  Pledged Revenues,  and third
                      (but only as  to amounts  described in  clause (ii)  and
                      certain  amounts included in clause (iii)), from amounts
                      permitted to  be  withdrawn  from  the  Cash  Collateral
                      Account  as  described under  "Cash  Collateral Account"
                      above, in the following order of priority:
 
                      (i) the Servicing Fee to the Servicer;
 
                      (ii) interest on the  Notes and the Equity  Certificates
                      in the following order of priority:
 
                      (a) interest on the Class A Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon),
 
                      (b) interest on the Class B Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon),
 
                      (c) interest on the Class C Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon), and
 
                      (d)  interest on the  Equity Certificates (including any
                          overdue interest and interest thereon);
 
                      (iii) an amount equal to the Monthly Principal Amount as
                      of such  Payment Date  in respect  of principal  on  the
                        Notes  and  the  Equity Certificates  in  the priority
                        described under "Principal" above; and
 
                      (iv) the  remainder,  if  any, to  the  Cash  Collateral
                      Account,  to be  applied in  the manner  described under
                        "Cash Collateral Account" above.
</TABLE>
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF
 CONTRACTS..........  The Depositor may purchase all of the Contracts and  the
                      related Equipment on any Payment Date following the date
                      on  which the unpaid principal  balance of the Notes and
                      the Equity Certificates is equal  to 10% or less of  the
                      Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal Balance, subject to
                      certain    provisions   as    described   herein   under
                      "Description  of  the  Notes  --  Optional  Purchase  of
                      Contracts."  The purchase price to be paid in connection
                      with such purchase shall be at least equal to the unpaid
                      principal  balance   of  the   Notes  and   the   Equity
                      Certificates as of such Payment Date plus interest to be
                      paid  on the Notes  and the Equity  Certificates on such
                      Payment Date, plus the Book Value of the Equipment.  The
                      proceeds  of  such  purchase shall  be  applied  on such
                      Payment Date  (i)  as  to such  proceeds  in  an  amount
                      necessary to pay the principal and interest on the Notes
                      and  the  Equity  Certificates, to  the  payment  of the
                      remaining principal balance on the Notes and the  Equity
                      Certificates, together with interest thereon, and (2) as
                      to  the  balance of  such  proceeds, to  the  payment of
                      amounts on the Equipment Certificate.
 
U.S. TAXATION.......  In the  opinion  of counsel  to  the Depositor  and  the
                      opinion  of counsel to the  Underwriters, the Notes will
                      be characterized  as indebtedness  and the  Owner  Trust
                      will   not  be  characterized  as  an  "association"  or
                      "publicly traded partnership"  taxable as a  corporation
                      for federal income tax purposes. Each Noteholder, by its
                      acceptance  of a Note, will agree  to treat the Notes as
                      indebtedness for  federal, state  and local  income  tax
                      purposes.  Prospective investors are  advised to consult
                      their own tax advisors regarding the federal income  tax
                      consequences  of the purchase, ownership and disposition
                      of Notes,  and the  tax consequences  arising under  the
                      laws  of  any state  or  other taxing  jurisdiction. See
                      "United States Taxation."
 
                      In the opinion of  counsel, under United States  federal
                      income tax law in effect as of the date hereof, payments
                      of  principal  and interest  on  the Notes  to  a United
                      States Alien Holder will not be subject to United States
                      federal withholding tax (subject to the exceptions noted
                      in "United States Taxation -- Tax Consequences to United
                      States Alien Holders"). If such law were to change  and,
                      as  a result thereof, United States withholding tax were
                      imposed on such payments,  a United States Alien  Holder
                      would receive such payments net of such withholding tax,
                      and  neither the Owner Trust, the Depositor, TCC nor any
                      other party would have any obligation to "gross-up" such
                      payments to compensate for such withholding tax.
</TABLE>
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
ERISA
 CONSIDERATIONS.....  If the Notes are  considered to be indebtedness  without
                      substantial equity features under a regulation issued by
                      the  United States Department  of Labor, the acquisition
                      or holding of Notes  by or on behalf  of a Benefit  Plan
                      will  not cause the assets of  the Owner Trust to become
                      plan   assets,   thereby   generally   preventing    the
                      application  of certain prohibited  transaction rules of
                      the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,  as
                      amended,  and  the  Internal Revenue  Code  of  1986, as
                      amended, that  otherwise could  possibly be  applicable.
                      The  Depositor believes that the Notes should be treated
                      as indebtedness without substantial equity features  for
                      purposes of such regulation. See "ERISA Considerations."
 
REGISTRATION,
 CLEARANCE AND
 SETTLEMENT OF
 NOTES..............  Each of the Notes will be registered in the name of Cede
                      &  Co., as the  nominee of The  Depository Trust Company
                      ("DTC"), and  will be  available  for purchase  only  in
                      book-entry  form on the records of DTC and participating
                      members thereof. Notes will be issued in definitive form
                      only under  the  limited circumstances  described  under
                      "Description  of  the  Notes --  Definitive  Notes." All
                      references herein  to "Holders"  or "Noteholders"  shall
                      reflect  the rights  of beneficial owners  of Notes (the
                      "Note Owners"),  as they  may indirectly  exercise  such
                      rights  through DTC  and participating  members thereof,
                      except as otherwise  specified herein. See  "Description
                      of  the Notes  -- Book-Entry  Registration." Noteholders
                      may elect to hold their Notes through DTC (in the United
                      States)  or  Cedel  Bank   or  Euroclear  (in   Europe).
                      Transfers  will be made in accordance with the rules and
                      operating procedures described in Appendix A hereto.
 
LISTING.............  Application has  been  made to  list  the Notes  on  the
                      Luxembourg Stock Exchange.
 
GOVERNING LAW.......  The   Transfer  and   Servicing  Agreement,   the  Trust
                      Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Indenture and the
                      Notes will be governed by the  laws of the State of  New
                      York.
</TABLE>
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    Prospective  Noteholders should consider the following factors in connection
with the purchase of the Notes:
 
   
LIMITED ASSETS OF THE TRUST
    
 
   
    The Notes are secured by the payments  to be derived from the Contracts  but
not any payments constituting proceeds from the disposition of Equipment (except
in  the case of a Liquidated Contract), which amounts will be paid solely to the
holder of  the  Equipment  Certificate.  Moreover, from  and  after  the  Merger
Consummation Date, the Owner Trust will have no assets other than the Contracts,
the  Equipment, amounts on deposit  from time to time  in the Collection Account
and the accounts established  pursuant to the  Transfer and Servicing  Agreement
and  the right to certain amounts in the Cash Collateral Account. The Notes will
represent obligations solely of the Owner Trust,  and none of the Notes will  be
insured  or  guaranteed,  directly or  indirectly,  by TCC,  the  Depositor, the
Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee (or any affiliate of any of them) or  any
other person or entity. Consequently, Holders of the Notes must rely for payment
of  interest  and  principal thereon  on  a  given Payment  Date  on  the Amount
Available for such Payment Date.
    
 
   
SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS B AND CLASS C NOTES
    
 
   
    To  the  extent  described  herein  under  "Description  of  the  Notes   --
Distributions" and "-- Subordination," (i) payments of interest and principal on
the  Class B Notes will  be subordinated in priority  of payment to interest and
principal, respectively, on  the Class A  Notes, (ii) payments  of interest  and
principal  on the Class C  Notes will be subordinated  in priority of payment to
interest and principal, respectively, on the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes
and (iii) payments of interest and principal on the Equity Certificates will  be
subordinated  in priority of payment to interest and principal, respectively, on
the Class  A Notes,  the Class  B  Notes and  the Class  C Notes.  In  addition,
payments  of principal on the Notes will  be subordinated in priority of payment
to payments of  interest on the  Notes and the  Equity Certificates. The  Equity
Certificates  initially  will represent  the right  to  receive principal  in an
amount equal to 4% of the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal Balance, but such
amount will be  reduced as a  result of  principal payments made  on the  Equity
Certificates  (see "Description of  the Notes --  Principal"), which will reduce
the benefit to the Notes of the subordination of the Equity Certificates.
    
 
   
    Delinquencies and defaults on the  Contracts could eliminate the  protection
afforded  the  Class  C  Noteholders  by the  Cash  Collateral  Account  and the
subordination of  the Equity  Certificates, and  the Class  C Noteholders  could
incur losses on their investment as a result. Further delinquencies and defaults
on  the  Contracts  could  eliminate  the  protection  offered  to  the  Class B
Noteholders by the subordination of the  Class C Notes, and could eliminate  the
protection  afforded the Class A Noteholders by the subordination of the Class B
Notes, and such  Noteholders could also  incur losses on  their investment as  a
result.
    
 
BANKRUPTCY AND INSOLVENCY RISKS
 
    The  Depositor believes that the transfer of the Contracts and the Equipment
from the Originators to the Depositor constitutes a sale or absolute assignment,
rather than a pledge to secure indebtedness of TCC or the Originators; and  that
in  the event  that TCC  or any of  the Originators  were to  become bankrupt or
otherwise insolvent, a  trustee in  bankruptcy would be  unable to  successfully
challenge  the transfer of the  Contracts and the Equipment  to the Depositor or
the Owner  Trust or  otherwise to  interfere  with the  timely transfer  to  the
Depositor,  the Owner Trust  or the Indenture Trustee  of payments received with
respect to the  Contracts. However, if  TCC or  any of the  Originators were  to
become  a debtor under  the federal bankruptcy code  or similar applicable state
laws (collectively, "Insolvency Laws"), a  creditor or trustee in bankruptcy  of
TCC  or  such  Originator,  or TCC  or  such  Originator or  either  of  them as
debtor-in-possession, might argue that  such transfer of  the Contracts and  the
Equipment   from  the   Originators  to   the  Depositor   was  (or   should  be
recharacterized as) a pledge of such assets rather than a sale. If this position
were accepted by  a court, any  Lease Contracts considered  to be "true"  leases
under  the applicable Insolvency  Laws, and any other  Contract considered to be
executory under  such Insolvency  Laws, could  be rejected  by such  trustee  in
bankruptcy or by TCC or such Originator as debtor-in-
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
   
possession,  which would result  in the termination  of Scheduled Payments under
any  such  Contracts  and  reductions  in  distributions  to  Noteholders,   and
Noteholders  could incur a  loss on their  investment as a  result. Even if such
Contracts were not so rejected, the Owner Trust and the Indenture Trustee  could
experience  a delay in or reduction of  collections on all of the Contracts, and
Noteholders could incur a loss on their investment as a result. In addition,  in
the event of an insolvency of an originator other than one of the Originators, a
court  could attempt to recharacterize the sale  of the Contracts by such third-
party  originator  to  the  applicable  Originator  as  a  borrowing  from   the
Originator,  secured  by  a pledge  of  such  Contracts and  the  rights  in the
Equipment.
    
 
   
    A case decided by the United States  Court of Appeals for the Tenth  Circuit
contains   language  to  the  effect  that  accounts  sold  by  an  entity  that
subsequently became  bankrupt  remained  property  of  the  debtor's  bankruptcy
estate.  Although the Contracts constitute  chattel paper or general intangibles
rather than accounts  under the Uniform  Commercial Code (the  "UCC"), sales  of
chattel  paper, like sales of accounts, are governed by Article 9 of the UCC. If
TCC or any of the Originators were  to become a debtor under any Insolvency  Law
and  a court were to follow the reasoning  of the Tenth Circuit Court of Appeals
and apply  such  reasoning to  chattel  paper, the  Owner  Trust (and  thus  the
Indenture  Trustee) could experience  a delay in or  reduction of collections on
the Contracts,  and Noteholders  could incur  a loss  on their  investment as  a
result.
    
 
   
    If any of the Originators or TCC were to become debtors in a bankruptcy case
and  a  creditor  or  trustee-in-bankruptcy  or TCC  itself  were  to  request a
bankruptcy court to order that the Depositor be substantively consolidated  with
TCC,  delays in  and reductions  in the  amount of  distributions to Noteholders
could  occur.  However,  the  Depositor  has  taken  steps  in  structuring  the
transactions  described herein  that are  intended to  prevent the  voluntary or
involuntary application  for  relief  by  TCC  under  any  Insolvency  Law  from
resulting  in the consolidation  of the assets and  liabilities of the Depositor
with those of  TCC. Such  steps include the  maintenance of  separate books  and
records and the insistence on arm's-length terms in all agreements with TCC, the
Originators  and  affiliates thereof.  Nevertheless, there  can be  no assurance
that, in the event  of a bankruptcy  or insolvency of TCC  or any Originator,  a
court  would  not  order  that  the  Depositor's  or  Owner  Trust's  assets and
liabilities be consolidated with those of TCC or such Originator. Any such order
would adversely affect  the Owner  Trust's and Noteholders'  ability to  receive
payments  on  the  Contracts,  and  Noteholders  could  incur  a  loss  on their
investment as a result.
    
 
   
    Under federal or state fraudulent transfer laws, a court could, among  other
things, subordinate the rights of the Noteholders in the Contracts and Equipment
to  the rights of creditors of TCC or  the Originators, if a court were to find,
among other things, that  TCC or the Originators  received less than  reasonably
equivalent  value or fair consideration for the Contracts and the Equipment and,
at the time of any transfers, was insolvent, and Noteholders could incur a  loss
on their investment as a result.
    
 
   
    While  TCC is  the Servicer,  cash collections held  by TCC  may, subject to
certain conditions, be commingled and used for  the benefit of TCC prior to  the
date  on which  such collections  are required to  be deposited  in a Collection
Account as described under "Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreement
- -- Collections on Contracts" and, in the event of the insolvency or receivership
of  TCC or,  in certain  circumstances, the lapse  of certain  time periods, the
Owner Trust may  not have  a perfected ownership  or security  interest in  such
collections, and Noteholders could incur a loss on their investment as a result.
    
 
    The  Depositor has  taken certain steps  to minimize the  likelihood that it
will become bankrupt or otherwise insolvent. The Depositor is prohibited by  its
organizational  documents and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement from engaging
in activities (including the  incurrence or guaranty of  debt) other than  those
set  forth in the Transfer  and Servicing Agreement. See  "The Depositor and the
Owner Trust -- The  Depositor." Its certificate  of incorporation also  contains
restrictions  on  the  Depositor's  ability  to  commence  a  voluntary  case or
proceeding under any  Insolvency Law  without the  affirmative vote  of all  its
directors, including its independent directors. The Indenture Trustee, on behalf
of the Noteholders,
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
will  covenant not to subject the  Depositor to bankruptcy proceedings until the
Notes have been paid in full and one year and one day has elapsed. The Depositor
believes that such  actions substantially  mitigate the risk  of an  involuntary
bankruptcy petition being filed against it.
 
   
    TCC   will  make  certain  representations   and  warranties  regarding  the
Contracts, the  Equipment  and certain  other  matters (see  "The  Contracts  --
Representations  and  Warranties  Made by  TCC").  In  the event  that  any such
representation or warranty with  regard to a specific  Contract is breached,  is
not  cured within a specified period of time,  and the value of such Contract is
materially and  adversely affected  by such  breach, TCC  shall be  required  to
purchase  the Contract  and the related  Equipment at  a price equal  to (i) the
Required Payoff  Amount of  such Contract,  plus  (ii) the  Book Value  of  such
Equipment.  In the  event of  a bankruptcy or  insolvency of  TCC, the Indenture
Trustee's right to  compel a  purchase would  both be  impaired and  have to  be
satisfied  out of the available assets, if  any, of TCC's bankruptcy estate, and
Noteholders could incur a loss on their investment as a result.
    
 
    From and after the Merger Consummation Date, substantially all of the equity
capital of TCC  will be owned  by HoldCo.,  and the capitalization  of TCC  will
differ from the capitalization of TCC prior to the Merger. See "The Merger."
 
   
YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
    
 
   
    The  weighted average life of  the Notes will be  reduced by prepayments and
early terminations of  the Contracts.  Prepayments may result  from payments  by
Obligors,  certain amounts received as a  result of default or early termination
of a Contract, the receipt of proceeds from the physical damage to the Equipment
to the  extent described  herein  under "The  Contracts,"  purchases by  TCC  of
Contracts  and the related Equipment as a  result of certain uncured breaches of
the representations and  warranties made by  it with respect  thereto (see  "The
Contracts  --  Representations and  Warranties Made  by  TCC") or  the Depositor
exercising its option  to purchase all  of the remaining  Contracts and  related
Equipment  (see "Description of  the Notes --  Optional Purchase of Contracts").
Generally, none of the Lease Contracts permit a prepayment or early  termination
thereof.  Nevertheless,  TCC  historically has  permitted  lessees  to terminate
leases early,  either  in  connection with  the  execution  of a  new  lease  of
replacement  equipment or  upon payment of  a negotiated  prepayment premium, or
both. The Transfer and Servicing Agreement  will permit the Servicer to allow  a
voluntary  prepayment of a Lease  Contract by an Obligor at  any time so long as
the amount paid thereon is at least equal to the Required Payoff Amount for such
Lease Contract. Approximately   % of the Contracts (by Preliminary  Cut-Off-Date
Contract  Pool Principal Balance) were Loan  Contracts, which permit the Obligor
to prepay  the Contract,  in whole  or  in part,  at any  time. The  amounts  so
received  in respect of such prepayments are to be added to the Amount Available
and  applied  in  the  priority  described  in  "Description  of  the  Notes  --
Distributions." No assurance can be given as to the rate of prepayments or as to
whether there will be a substantial amount of prepayments, nor can any assurance
be given as to the level or timing of any prepayments that do occur. As the rate
of  payment  of  principal of  the  Notes will  depend  on the  rate  of payment
(including prepayments) on  the Contracts,  final payment  of a  Class of  Notes
could  occur significantly earlier than the  Stated Maturity Date of such Class.
The Noteholders will  bear all reinvestment  risk resulting from  the timing  of
payments of principal on the Notes.
    
 
   
    If  the Merger is not consummated (see "The  Merger") by September   , 1996,
all of the  Notes will be  redeemed on the  Special Redemption Date  at a  price
equal  to the  Special Redemption  Price. While the  Depositor has  no reason to
believe  that  the  regulatory  approvals  which  are  a  precondition  to   the
consummation  of the Merger  will not be  obtained on or  prior to its scheduled
date (September  17, 1996)  or that  any of  the other  conditions will  not  be
satisfied,  there  can  be  no  assurances  that  the  Merger  will  in  fact be
consummated by September   , 1996.
    
 
   
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS
    
 
    The transfer of the Contracts by the Originators to the Depositor and by the
Depositor to the Owner Trust, the perfection of the interest of the Owner  Trust
in  the  Contracts and  the right  to  receive payments  thereon, and  the Owner
Trust's and  the Indenture  Trustee's  interest in  such  Contracts and  in  the
Equipment  are subject to the  requirements of the UCC as  in effect in New York
and the states where the
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
various Originators are located and, with  respect to certain of the  Equipment,
in  the various states in which the Equipment subject to the applicable Contract
is located from time to time. The Depositor will take or cause to be taken  such
actions  as  are required  to perfect  the transfer  to the  Owner Trust  of the
Depositor's rights in the Contracts and the right to receive payments thereunder
and to  perfect the  security interest  of the  Indenture Trustee  in the  Owner
Trust's rights in the Contracts and the right to receive payments thereunder.
 
    It  has been the general  policy of TCC, depending  on the dollar amount and
type of the particular Contract, the perceived credit quality of the  particular
Obligor   and  the  estimated  repossession  value  of  the  particular  related
Equipment, not to file or (in certain cases) not to obtain or file UCC financing
statements with respect to the Equipment relating to certain Contracts. See "The
Originators -- Underwriting and Servicing."  It is estimated that  approximately
  %  of  the  Contracts  (by Preliminary  Cut-Off-Date  Contract  Pool Principal
Balance) relate to  Equipment as to  which no UCC  financing statement has  been
filed. With respect to any such Contracts that were deemed to be loans or leases
intended  for security, a  purchaser from the applicable  Obligor of the related
Equipment would acquire  such Equipment free  and clear of  the interest of  the
applicable Originator in such Equipment, and a creditor of the Obligor which has
taken  a security interest in such Equipment and filed a UCC financing statement
with respect thereto or a trustee in  the bankruptcy of such Obligor would  have
priority  over the interest of the  applicable Originator in such Equipment. Any
such purchaser,  creditor or  trustee would  have an  interest superior  to  the
interest  of the Owner Trust  in such Equipment, which  interest is derived from
the transfer  and conveyance  of a  security interest  in the  Equipment by  the
Depositor  to the Owner  Trust. All of  the Contracts prohibit  the Obligor from
selling or pledging the related Equipment to third parties.
 
    Due to the  administrative burden  and expense,  no assignments  of the  UCC
financing  statements evidencing the security interest of the Originators in the
Equipment (to the extent that such financing statements have been filed  against
the  Obligor, as discussed above) will be  filed to reflect the Depositor's, the
Owner Trust's or  the Indenture  Trustee's interests therein.  While failure  to
file  such  assignments  does  not  affect the  Owner  Trust's  interest  in the
Contracts or perfection of  the Indenture Trustee's  interest in such  Contracts
(including the related Originator's security interest in the related Equipment),
it  does expose  the Owner  Trust (and  thus Noteholders)  to the  risk that the
Originator could release its ownership or security interest in the Equipment  of
record,  and it could complicate the  Owner Trust's enforcement, as assignee, of
the Originator's security interest  in the Equipment. In  addition, also due  to
the administrative burden and expense, no UCC financing statement reflecting the
security  interest of the  Owner Trust or  the Indenture Trustee  in the related
Equipment will  be  filed  in  the  jurisdictions  (other  than  the  States  of
Massachusetts,  New Jersey  and Oregon) where  the Equipment is  located. In the
absence of such filings, the Owner Trust and the Indenture Trustee may not  have
a  perfected security interest in such Equipment. As a result, if the Originator
were to sell or  grant a security  interest in any Equipment  to a third  party,
such  third party might acquire such Equipment free and clear of the interest of
the Indenture Trustee in such Equipment and a subsequent secured party or  other
lienholder  might obtain an  interest in the  Equipment superior to  that of the
Indenture Trustee.  While  these  risks  should not  affect  the  perfection  or
priority  of the interest of the Indenture Trustee in the Contracts or rights to
payment thereunder, they may adversely affect the right of the Indenture Trustee
to receive proceeds  of disposition  of the  Equipment subject  to a  Liquidated
Contract,  which are to be allocated to the  payment of the Notes and the Equity
Certificates,  as  described  under  "Description  of  the  Notes  --   Contract
Defaults."  Additionally, statutory liens for repairs  or unpaid taxes and other
liens arising by operation  of law may have  priority even over prior  perfected
security interests in the name of the Indenture Trustee in the Equipment.
 
    The Servicer will hold the Contracts and certain related documents on behalf
of  the  Owner Trust  and Indenture  Trustee. To  facilitate servicing  and save
administrative costs, the documents will not be physically segregated from other
similar  documents  that  are  in  the  Servicer's  possession.  UCC   financing
statements  will be filed  in the appropriate  jurisdictions reflecting the sale
and assignment of  the Contracts  by the Originators  to the  Depositor, by  the
transfer  and assignment by the  Depositor to the Owner  Trust and the pledge by
the Owner Trust to the Indenture Trustee, and the Servicer's accounting  records
and  computer  systems will  also reflect  such  sale, assignment,  transfer and
pledge. The Contracts will
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
not, however, be stamped or otherwise marked to reflect that such Contracts  and
Equipment  have been sold  to the Depositor,  transferred to the  Owner Trust or
pledged to the Indenture Trustee. If, through inadvertence or otherwise, any  of
the  Contracts were sold to  another party (or a  security interest therein were
granted to another party) that purchased (or took a security interest in) any of
such Contracts in the  ordinary course of business  and took possession of  such
Contracts,  the purchaser  (or secured party)  would acquire an  interest in the
Contracts superior to the interest of  the Owner Trust and Indenture Trustee  if
the  purchaser (or secured party) acquired (or  took a security interest in) the
Contracts for new  value and without  actual knowledge of  the Owner Trust's  or
Indenture Trustee's interest.
 
NO GROSS-UP FOR WITHHOLDING TAX
 
    In  the opinion of  counsel, under current United  States federal income tax
law in effect as of the date  hereof, payments of principal and interest on  the
Notes  to a  United States  Alien Holder  will not  be subject  to United States
federal withholding  tax (subject  to  the exceptions  noted in  "United  States
Taxation  -- Tax Consequences to United States Alien Holders"). If such law were
to change and, as a result thereof, United States withholding tax was imposed on
such payments, a United States Alien  Holder would receive such payments net  of
such  withholding tax; and neither  the Owner Trust, the  Depositor, TCC nor any
other party has any  obligation to gross  up such payments  to account for  such
withholding tax.
 
   
LIMITED LIQUIDITY
    
 
   
    There  is currently no  market for the Notes.  The U.S. Underwriters expect,
but will not be obligated, to make a market for the Notes in the United  States;
and  the International  Managers expect,  but will not  be obligated,  to make a
market for the Notes outside the United States. There can be no assurance that a
secondary market for the Notes will develop or, if it does develop, that it will
provide the Holders of such Notes with liquidity of investment or will  continue
for  the life  of such  Notes. Although it  is expected  that the  Notes will be
listed on the Luxembourg  Stock Exchange, there can  be no assurances that  such
listing will increase the liquidity of the Notes.
    
 
   
BOOK ENTRY REGISTRATION
    
 
   
    The Notes will be issued in book-entry, rather than physical, form and, as a
result,  in certain circumstances,  the liquidity of the  Notes in the secondary
market and  the ability  of the  Noteholders  to pledge  them may  be  adversely
affected.  See  "Underwriting"  and  "Description  of  the  Notes  -- Book-Entry
Registration." The Notes will be registered in the name of a nominee of DTC  and
will  not be registered in the names of the beneficial owners or their nominees.
As a  result,  unless and  until  Definitive Notes  are  issued in  the  limited
circumstances  described under "Description  of the Notes  -- Definitive Notes,"
beneficial  owners  will  not  be   recognized  by  the  Indenture  Trustee   as
Noteholders,  as that  term is  used in the  Indenture. Hence,  until such time,
beneficial owners  will only  be  able to  exercise  the rights  of  Noteholders
indirectly  through DTC  and its  participating organizations.  In addition, the
laws of some states require that certain purchasers of securities take  physical
delivery  of such securities in certificated form. Such limits and such laws may
impair the ability to transfer beneficial interests in the Notes.
    
 
                                   THE MERGER
 
    On June 5, 1996,  Antigua Acquisition Corporation,  a newly formed  Delaware
corporation ("MergerCo."), executed an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger
Agreement")  with Hercules  Limited, a  newly formed  Cayman Islands corporation
("HoldCo."), TCC and  AT&T Corp. ("AT&T"),  which provides for  the merger  (the
"Merger")  of MergerCo. with and into TCC and pursuant to which each outstanding
share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Common Stock"), of TCC (other
than shares owned by TCC, HoldCo.,  MergerCo., or their respective wholly  owned
subsidiaries  or by any stockholders  properly exercising their appraisal rights
under Delaware law  ("Excluded Shares"))  will be  converted into  the right  to
receive   $45  in  cash  per  share,   without  interest  thereon  (the  "Merger
Consideration"). In addition,  pursuant to  the terms of  the Merger  Agreement,
each  outstanding option on  shares of Common Stock  (the "Options"), other than
those management options (the "Management  Options") held by certain members  of
management  of TCC  (the "Management Offerees")  which may be  exchanged for new
options to purchase common stock of the surviving corporation, will be  canceled
upon
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
consummation of the Merger in exchange for cash in an amount equal to the excess
of the Merger Consideration over the Option exercise price per share. The Merger
is  subject to certain regulatory approvals  and other conditions precedent (set
out below). Upon  consummation of the  Merger, the current  stockholders of  TCC
will  cease to be stockholders of TCC,  except that the Management Offerees will
be offered the opportunity to maintain all or a portion of their current  equity
investment  in  TCC and  may  be granted  new options  for  common stock  of the
surviving corporation. All of the outstanding equity capital of MergerCo.  will,
save  for the Management  Offerees, be owned  by HoldCo. All  of the outstanding
equity capital of HoldCo. is  owned by a group of  companies led by GRS  Holding
Company  Limited. The  Depositor is a  wholly owned subsidiary  of MergerCo. and
will, upon consummation of the Merger, be a wholly owned subsidiary of TCC  (see
"The Depositor and the Owner Trust -- The Depositor").
 
    Under   the  Merger  Agreement,  the   respective  obligations  of  HoldCo.,
MergerCo., AT&T and TCC to consummate the Merger are subject to the  fulfillment
or  waiver,  where  permissible, of  the  following  conditions at  or  prior to
September 17, 1996:  (i) the  expiration or  termination of  the waiting  period
applicable  to the Merger under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act
of 1976, as amended; (ii) the  receipt of all required consents,  registrations,
approvals,  permits and  authorizations in full  force and effect;  and (iii) no
court or  governmental  entity of  competent  jurisdiction shall  have  enacted,
issued,   promulgated,  enforced  or  entered  any  statute,  rule,  regulation,
judgment, decree, injunction  or other order  that is in  effect and  restrains,
enjoins or otherwise prohibits consummation of the Merger Agreement.
 
    The  obligation of HoldCo.  to consummate the  Merger is further conditioned
on: (i) the truth and accuracy  in all material respects of the  representations
and  warranties  made  by  TCC  and  AT&T  in  the  Merger  Agreement;  (ii) the
performance in all material  respects of all obligations  of TCC and AT&T  under
the  Merger  Agreement; (iii)  the receipt  by TCC  and AT&T  of the  consent or
approval of each person whose consent or approval is required, except for  those
for  which the  failure to  obtain such  consent or  approval is  not reasonably
likely to have a material adverse effect on TCC; (iv) the receipt by HoldCo.  of
the  resignations of each director  of TCC; and (v)  AT&T and TCC having entered
into a transitional services agreement.
 
    The obligations  of  TCC and  AT&T  to  consummate the  Merger  are  further
conditioned  on: (i)  the truth  and accuracy  in all  material respects  of the
representations  and  warranties  made  by  HoldCo.  and  MergerCo.;  (ii)   the
performance  in  all  material  respects  of  all  obligations  of  HoldCo.  and
MergerCo.; and (iii) the receipt by HoldCo.  of the consent or approval of  each
person  whose consent  or approval  is required,  except for  those consents for
which the failure to obtain such consent or approval is not reasonably likely to
have a  material  adverse effect  on  the ability  of  HoldCo. or  MergerCo.  to
consummate  the Merger.  HoldCo. has  received an  unconditional and irrevocable
undertaking from Nomura International plc to underwrite an international capital
markets issue on behalf of HoldCo.  to satisfy its obligations under the  Merger
Agreement.
 
    The  consummation of  the Merger  is currently  scheduled for  September 17,
1996. It is currently anticipated that all regulatory approvals will be obtained
on or around September 17, 1996. If  the Merger is not consummated by  September
  ,  1996,  all  of  the Notes  will  be  redeemed and  prepaid  on  the Special
Redemption Date  as  described  under  "Description  of  the  Notes  --  Special
Redemption."
 
                       THE DEPOSITOR AND THE OWNER TRUST
 
THE DEPOSITOR
 
    Antigua  Funding Corporation is incorporated under  the laws of the State of
Delaware. Prior to the  Merger Consummation Date, all  of the equity capital  of
the  Depositor will be owned  by MergerCo. All of  the initial equity capital of
MergerCo. will be owned by HoldCo. See "The Merger." On the Merger  Consummation
Date,  MergerCo. and  TCC will merge,  the corporate entity  resulting from, and
surviving, such merger  will be TCC,  and the  Depositor will then  be a  wholly
owned  subsidiary of TCC. On the Merger  Consummation Date, all of the Contracts
and the interests of the Originators in the related
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
Equipment  will  be  transferred  by   the  Originators  to  the  Depositor   in
consideration  for  which the  Depositor shall  pay to  the Originators  the net
proceeds received  from  the offering  and  sale of  the  Notes and  the  Equity
Certificates.
 
    On  the Merger Consummation Date, the  Depositor will transfer and convey to
the Owner  Trust  all of  the  Contracts and  the  Depositor's interest  in  the
Equipment  related thereto in consideration  for (i) all amounts  at the time on
deposit in the Escrow Account  (including any investment earnings thereon),  and
(ii)  the proceeds derived by  the Depositor from the  disposition of the Equity
Certificates. All of the Notes  will be sold to  third parties pursuant to  this
Prospectus, the Equity Certificates will be issued to the Depositor and disposed
of by it in a separate transaction, and the Equipment Certificate will be issued
to  and retained by  the Depositor. On  the Closing Date,  the Depositor and the
Owner Trustee will  execute and deliver  the Trust Agreement  (with effect  from
such  date), and  the Owner  Trust and  the Indenture  Trustee will  execute and
deliver  the  Indenture  (with  effect  from  such  date),  and  on  the  Merger
Consummation  Date, the Depositor and the Servicer shall execute and deliver the
Transfer and  Servicing Agreement  (with  effect from  such  date). If  for  any
reason,  the Merger Consummation  Date has not  occurred by September    , 1996,
then the Notes shall be redeemed at the Special Redemption Price on the  Special
Redemption Date.
 
    The  Depositor has been  formed solely for the  purposes of the transactions
described in  this Prospectus;  and under  its incorporation  documents and  the
Transfer  and Servicing Agreement,  the Depositor is not  permitted to engage in
any activity  other  than (i)  acquiring  the  Contracts and  interests  of  the
Originators  in the Equipment  related thereto, (ii)  transferring and conveying
such Contracts  and  interests  in  the Equipment  to  the  Owner  Trust,  (iii)
executing  and performing its  obligations under the  Purchase Agreement and the
Transfer and  Servicing  Agreement,  (iv) holding  or  transferring  the  Equity
Certificates   and  the  Equipment  Certificate,   and  (v)  engaging  in  other
transactions, including entering into  agreements, that are necessary,  suitable
or convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected
therewith.  The Depositor  is prohibited  from incurring  any debt,  issuing any
obligations  or  incurring  any  liabilities,  except  in  connection  with  the
formation of the Owner Trust and the issuance of the Notes. The Depositor is not
liable,  responsible or  obligated, directly or  indirectly, for  payment of any
principal, interest or any other amount in respect of any of the Notes.
 
THE OWNER TRUST
 
    The Owner Trust will  be created pursuant to  the Trust Agreement. Prior  to
the  Closing Date, the Owner Trust will have no assets, property or obligations.
From the Closing Date to the Merger  Consummation Date, the assets of the  Owner
Trust  (the "Trust Assets")  will consist solely  of the proceeds  of the Notes,
plus additional cash, which will be deposited and held (and invested in  certain
Eligible  Investments at the  direction of the Depositor)  in the Escrow Account
maintained by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture until (i)  applied
by  the Indenture Trustee  to the special  redemption of the  Notes as described
under "Description of  the Notes --  Special Redemption of  the Notes," or  (ii)
paid  over to the Depositor and used  to acquire the Contracts, the Originators'
interest in the Equipment and the other property described below.
 
   
    From and after the Merger Consummation  Date, the Trust Assets will  consist
of:
    
 
   
    (1)  a  pool  of  equipment  lease  contracts  (the  "Lease  Contracts") and
installment sale contracts, promissory notes,  loan and security agreements  and
other  similar types of receivables (the "Loan Contracts" and, together with the
Lease Contracts,  the  "Contracts"),  with various  lessees  or  other  obligors
thereunder  (each, an "Obligor"),  including, without limitation,  all monies at
any time  paid or  payable thereon  or in  respect thereof  from and  after  the
Cut-Off  Date (whether  in the form  of (i) Scheduled  Payments (including those
Scheduled Payments due prior to, but not  received as of, the Cut-Off Date,  but
excluding  those Scheduled Payments due on or  after, but received prior to, the
Cut-Off Date), (ii) Prepayments, (iii) payments made after the original term  of
such  Contracts, (iv) payments to  be applied by the  Servicer to the payment of
insurance  premiums,  maintenance,  taxes  or  other  similar  obligations,  (v)
payments  to be retained by  the Servicer in payment  of Administrative Fees, or
otherwise), all rights of the lessor or  the secured party, as the case may  be,
in any insurance policies and any other
    
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
   
security for the payment of amounts due under the Contracts, all items contained
in the related Contract Files, any and all other documents that are kept on file
in  accordance with the applicable Originator's customary procedures relating to
the Contracts, and all proceeds of the foregoing;
    
 
   
    (2) the interest  of the  Depositor in the  equipment subject  to each  such
Contract  (the "Equipment"), which interest is either an ownership interest or a
security interest,
    
 
   
    (3) amounts on deposit  in (and Eligible  Investments allocated to)  certain
accounts  established pursuant to  the Indenture and  the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement, including the Collection Account,
    
 
   
    (4) the Depositor's rights under the Purchase Agreement; and
    
 
   
    (5) the Depositor's  rights (but not  its obligations) with  respect to  the
Cash Collateral Account.
    
 
    The  Owner Trust  will not  engage in any  business activity  other than (i)
issuing the Notes and the Certificates, (ii) holding and dealing with (including
disposing of) the Owner Trust Assets, (iii) making payments on the Notes and the
Certificates, (iv) entering into and performing the duties, responsibilities and
functions required under  the Transfer and  Servicing Agreement, the  Indenture,
the Contracts, and related documents, and (v) matters related to the foregoing.
 
CAPITALIZATION OF THE OWNER TRUST
 
    The  following table illustrates the capitalization of the Owner Trust as of
the Cut-Off  Date, as  if the  issuance and  sale of  the Notes  and the  Equity
Certificates offered hereby had taken place on such date:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Class A Receivable-Backed Notes.................................  $
Class B Receivable-Backed Notes.................................  $
Class C Receivable-Backed Notes.................................  $
Equity Certificates.............................................  $
                                                                  ---------
    Total.......................................................  $
</TABLE>
 
THE OWNER TRUSTEE
 
                       will  be the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement. The
Owner Trustee is a                banking corporation and its principal  offices
are located at          ,          ,          . The Owner Trustee's liability in
connection  with the issuance and sale of  the Notes and the Equity Certificates
is limited solely to the express obligations  of the Owner Trustee set forth  in
the Trust Agreement and the Indenture.
 
    The  Owner Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Depositor will
be obligated to appoint a successor Owner Trustee. The Depositor may also remove
the Owner Trustee if the Owner Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such
under the  Trust  Agreement or  if  the  Owner Trustee  becomes  insolvent.  Any
resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee and appointment of a successor Owner
Trustee  will  not become  effective until  acceptance of  the appointment  of a
successor Owner Trustee.
 
                            AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
    AT&T Capital Corporation  ("TCC") is a  full-service, diversified  equipment
leasing  and finance company that operates  principally in the United States and
also has operations in Europe, Canada, the Asia/Pacific region, Mexico and South
America. TCC is one  of the largest equipment  leasing and finance companies  in
the United States, based on the aggregate value of equipment leased or financed,
and is the largest lessor of telecommunications equipment in the United States.
 
    TCC, through its various subsidiaries, leases and finances a wide variety of
equipment,  including  general  office,  manufacturing  and  medical  equipment,
telecommunications  equipment  (such  as  private  branch  exchanges,  telephone
systems  and voice processing units),  information technology equipment (such as
personal computers, retail point of sale systems and automatic teller  machines)
and  transportation equipment  (primarily vehicles).  In addition,  TCC provides
inventory financing for equipment dealers,
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
franchise financing for franchisees and financing collateralized by real estate.
TCC's leasing and financing services are marketed to (i) customers of  equipment
manufacturers,   distributors  and  dealers  with  which  TCC  has  a  marketing
relationship for financing services and (ii) directly to end-users of equipment.
TCC's approximately 500,000 customers include large global companies, small  and
mid-sized  businesses  and  federal,  state  and  local  governments  and  their
agencies.
 
    During its 10 year history, TCC  has achieved significant growth in  assets,
finance  volume (aggregate dollar amount of equipment and other items financed),
revenues and  net  income.  At  December  31,  1995,  TCC's  total  assets  were
approximately  $9.5  billion,  an increase  of  18.9% over  the  prior year-end;
finance volume for 1995 was $4.6 billion,  an increase of 7.4% over 1994;  total
revenues  for 1995 were  $1.6 billion, an  increase of 13.9%  over 1994; and net
income of $127.6  million for 1995  was 27.1%  greater than the  net income  for
1994.  Total assets at the end of  the second quarter of 1996 were approximately
$      billion representing a    % increase over total assets at the end of  the
second quarter of 1995, and net income of $31.0 million for the first six months
of  1996  represented  an  increase  of  47.7%  over  the  net  income  for  the
corresponding period in 1995.
 
    TCC's predecessor was founded in 1985  by AT&T as a captive finance  company
to  assist  its  equipment  marketing  and  sales  efforts  by  providing AT&T's
customers with sophisticated financing. In 1993,  AT&T sold 14% of TCC's  common
stock  in an initial public  offering. TCC's common stock  has traded on the New
York Stock Exchange under the symbol  "TCC." While it is anticipated that  TCC's
common  stock will  be delisted  upon the consummation  of the  Merger (see "The
Merger"), TCC  will, from  time to  time, continue  to issue  securities in  the
public market and, accordingly, will continue to be subject to the informational
requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file reports
and other information with the Commission.
 
    On  September 20, 1995,  AT&T announced plans to  separate itself into three
publicly traded companies  (AT&T, Lucent  Technologies Inc.  ("Lucent") and  NCR
Corporation  ("NCR")) and  to sell  its remaining  equity interest  in TCC  in a
public or private sale. See "The Merger."
 
    TCC has an experienced management team; its six executive officers have been
in management positions with TCC for an  average of 10 years and, on a  combined
basis,  have more than 100 years experience in the equipment leasing and finance
industry. At June  30, 1996, TCC  and its subsidiaries  had approximately  2,850
members  (employees). The principal  executive offices of TCC  are located at 44
Whippany Road, Morristown, New Jersey 07962.
 
    The Contracts comprising the Trust Assets  have been originated or, in  some
cases,  purchased from third  parties by four wholly  owned subsidiaries of TCC:
AT&T  Capital  Leasing   Services,  Inc.  ("Leasing   Services"),  AT&T   Credit
Corporation  ("Credit Corp."), NCR Credit Corp.  ("NCR Credit") and the Portland
division of AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation (such division is referred to as
"CFC") (collectively, the "Originators").
 
                                THE ORIGINATORS
 
AT&T CAPITAL LEASING SERVICES, INC.
 
    Leasing Services provides leasing  and financing programs for  manufacturers
and distributors as well as leasing and financing to existing customers. Leasing
Services  (formerly  known as  Eaton Financial  Corporation)  was acquired  by a
predecessor of Credit Corp. in March 1989, and became a wholly owned  subsidiary
of  a predecessor of TCC in connection  with TCC's reorganization in March 1990.
It thereafter became a wholly owned  subsidiary of TCC in connection with  TCC's
restructuring in March 1993.
 
    Leasing Services is headquartered in Framingham, Massachusetts and employed,
as  of June 30, 1996, approximately 425 people in a network of four full service
offices throughout the  United States and  a support office  in Framingham.  Its
portfolio includes office automation and general-purpose business equipment such
as  copiers  and  computers,  as well  as  industry-specific  equipment  such as
printing, machine  tools and  medical/dental equipment.  At June  30, 1996,  the
Leasing Services portfolio (which
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
includes  both contracts  owned by  Leasing Services  and contracts  serviced on
behalf of others) was comprised of the following equipment types: computers   %,
copiers   %, machine tool manufacturing equipment   %, medical/dental  equipment
  %, printing equipment   %, automobile test/repair equipment   % and other   %.
 
    At  June 30, 1996,    % of Leasing  Services' portfolio consisted of leases.
Approximately    % of  such leases include  fair market  value purchase  options
exercisable  by the applicable  lessee upon expiration  of the applicable lease.
The balance of the  leases contain fixed price  or nominal purchase options.  At
June 30, 1996,    % of Leasing Services' portfolio consisted of loans, which are
prepayable,  in whole or  in part, at any  time, and under  which the obligor is
responsible for all maintenance, insurance and taxes.
 
    Leasing Services' total portfolio, consisting of over        customers as of
June 30,  1996, is  comprised mainly  of small  and medium-sized  companies.  In
addition  to a large customer base, the  portfolio is broadly diversified; as of
June 30, 1996, the ten  largest customers comprised only     % of the  aggregate
portfolio. As of June 30, 1996, the average exposure per customer for the entire
portfolio was approximately $      . In terms of geographical distribution, five
states  (California    %,  Florida   %, New  York   %, Texas    % and New Jersey
  %) accounted for approximately   %  of outstanding receivables as of June  30,
1996.
 
    Leasing Services' credit and collections operations are decentralized within
its  network  of  four full-service  offices  located in  the  Atlanta, Georgia;
Dallas, Texas; San Francisco, California; and Boston, Massachusetts metropolitan
areas. As of  June 30, 1996,  Leasing Services had      members responsible  for
credit and contract approval and collections activities.
 
AT&T CREDIT CORPORATION AND NCR CREDIT CORP.
 
    Credit  Corp.  supports  the sales  of  AT&T,  Lucent and  NCR  equipment by
providing leasing and financing options to customers who have selected equipment
manufactured or  supplied  by  these vendors.  Credit  Corp.'s  predecessor  was
established as a captive finance company of AT&T in 1985. The predecessor of NCR
Credit, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Credit Corp., was established as a
captive  finance  company of  NCR  in 1980.  In  1992, when  AT&T  acquired NCR,
ownership of NCR Credit was  transferred to TCC. At  that time Credit Corp.  and
NCR Credit operated as separate business units of TCC. In 1995, TCC consolidated
the  operations  of  NCR  Credit  and Credit  Corp.;  relocated  the  credit and
collections operations  supporting  NCR  Credit from  Dayton,  Ohio,  to  Credit
Corp.'s  executive offices in Parsippany, New Jersey; ceased using NCR Credit to
originate new financings; and began using Credit Corp. to originate business  in
that  market segment. As  of June 30, 1996,  Credit Corp. employed approximately
   members.
 
    Substantially all  of  Credit  Corp.'s transactions  are  generated  through
Lucent  and NCR,  which currently  are subsidiaries  of AT&T.  See "AT&T Capital
Corporation". Lucent manufactures and distributes telecommunications and related
equipment,  and  NCR   manufactures  and   distributes  information   technology
(including  retail point-of sale systems, automated teller machines ("ATMs") and
computers). At June  30, 1996, the  combined portfolio of  Credit Corp. and  NCR
Credit  was  comprised  of  the  following  equipment  types: telecommunications
equipment    %, computer equipment    %, retail point-of-sale systems    %, ATMs
   %, and other    %.
 
    At June 30,  1996,    %  of Credit  Corp.'s portfolio  consisted of  leases.
Approximately    % of such leases  include fair market value purchase options in
favor of the  applicable lessee  upon expiration  of the  applicable lease.  The
balance  of the leases contain fixed price  or nominal purchase options. At June
30, 1996,     %  of  Credit Corp.'s  portfolio  consisted of  loans,  which  are
prepayable,  in whole or  in part, at any  time, and under  which the obligor is
responsible for all maintenance, insurance and taxes.
 
    Transactions generated from the sales  of Lucent equipment historically  are
small  ticket transactions (   customers; average transaction size  of $       ;
   % of the combined portfolio) and middle  market transactions (     customers;
average  transaction  size of  $          ;      %  of the  combined portfolio).
Transactions generated from the sales  of NCR equipment historically are  middle
market
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
transactions  (    customers; average transaction size of $        ;    % of the
combined portfolio). In terms of geographical distribution, the top five  states
(        ) accounted for approximately    % of the outstanding receivables as of
June 30, 1996.
 
    Credit Corp.'s credit and collection operations are handled on a centralized
basis through its executive  offices in Parsipanny, New  Jersey. As of June  30,
1996,  Credit Corp. had approximately      members in New Jersey responsible for
credit and contract approvals, documentation and collections. Substantially  all
of  these members  work in  teams that are  focused on  distinct market segments
(e.g., by vendor (Lucent or NCR), by size of transaction (small ticket or middle
market) or by geographic region).  Other members provide company-wide  oversight
of  the credit, contract and collections processes associated with the portfolio
originated by Credit  Corp. and NCR  Credit. In  addition, as of  June 30,  1996
Credit  Corp. had approximately      account  managers located in Lucent offices
throughout  the  United   States  to  help   process  credit  applications   and
documentation packages.
 
AT&T COMMERCIAL FINANCE CORPORATION
 
    CFC   provides  financing   and  leasing  programs   for  manufacturers  and
distributors of material handling and construction equipment. CFC was formed  in
1990  in connection with the acquisition of  substantially all the assets of two
divisions of Pacificorp Credit, Inc.
 
    CFC is headquartered in Portland, Oregon  and employed as of June 30,  1996,
  members,  including   regionally  deployed sales representatives. CFC's credit
and collection operations are located in Portland, Oregon. As of June 30,  1996,
CFC had   members responsible for credit and collections activity.
 
    At  June 30, 1996, the CFC portfolio (which includes both contracts owned by
CFC and contracts serviced on behalf  of others) was comprised of the  following
equipment  types:       . At June  30, 1996,   % of CFC's portfolio consisted of
lease contracts and    % consisted of loan contracts.  Approximately   % of  the
lease  contracts  include fair  market value  purchase options  in favor  of the
applicable lessee upon expiration  of the applicable lease.  The balance of  the
lease  contracts  contain fixed  price or  nominal  options. The  loan contracts
included within CFC's  portfolio are  prepayable, in whole  or in  part, at  any
time, and require the obligor to pay for all maintenance, insurance and taxes.
 
    CFC's  retail portfolio, consisting  of over       customers  as of June 30,
1996, is  comprised  of  businesses  of  varying sizes  in  a  wide  variety  of
industries.  As of June 30, 1996, the average exposure per end user customer was
approximately $       . The ten largest end user customers comprised   % of  the
aggregate  portfolio. The CFC portfolio  is also diversified geographically with
five states (           ,            ,            ,            and             )
accounting for approximately   % of outstanding receivables as of June 30, 1996.
 
UNDERWRITING AND SERVICING
 
    CREDIT MANAGEMENT PHILOSOPHY
 
   
    TCC  strives  to  manage  certain risks  in  connection  with  its business,
including credit risk and  residual value risk  associated with the  acquisition
and  holding of receivables such as the Contracts. The management of these risks
is critical to each strategic business unit within TCC (an "SBU"). As such,  TCC
has  in place policies, controls  and procedures (including sophisticated credit
scoring systems  in  several of  its  SBUs  which support  the  credit  approval
process,  credit limit assignment and collections)  intended to manage and limit
such risks, promote early problem recognition  and corrective action as well  as
facilitate   consistent  portfolio  performance   measurements.  Such  policies,
controls and procedures are subject to periodic review by TCC's Risk  Management
Department,  which  includes legal,  credit and  asset management  personnel, by
TCC's internal auditors and TCC's Audit Committee. In addition, TCC's  executive
officers,  acting as a  committee (the "CLT"),  regularly monitors TCC's overall
risk profile.
    
 
    The control of credit losses is an important element of TCC's business.  TCC
seeks  to minimize its  credit risk through diversification  of its portfolio by
customer, industry segment, equipment type, geographic location and  transaction
maturity.   TCC's  financing   activities  have   been  spread   across  a  wide
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
range of equipment types (E.G., general equipment, telecommunications equipment,
office equipment, information technology and transportation equipment) and  real
estate and a large number of end-users located throughout the United States and,
to a lesser extent, abroad.
 
    Each  SBU has a senior  credit officer and a  Credit Committee that together
are responsible for overseeing the  quality, integrity and performance of  their
respective  credit portfolios.  Before any transaction  can be  committed to, it
must first be credit approved by one of TCC's proprietary credit scoring  models
or by a duly authorized credit officer. Portfolio quality is monitored regularly
to  assess  the  overall  condition  of the  portfolio  and  identify  the major
exposures within the portfolio.  Each SBU Credit Committee  is charged with  the
responsibility  of establishing credit policies appropriate for its business and
periodically reviewing its credit personnel's  exercise of credit authority  for
adherence  to  the  established  credit  policies.  Credit  authorities  are  an
important tool that TCC  uses to manage and  control its portfolio risk.  Credit
authorities  are set in order to enable individual credit officers (and SBUs) to
handle approximately 80-85% of the  transactions flowing to them. This  approach
results  in approximately  15-20% of the  transactions being  reviewed by higher
credit authorities. This ensures oversight  of an individual's judgment,  credit
skills  and compliance with credit policy  by more senior credit officials. Each
SBU Credit Committee is empowered to establish credit authorities for  qualified
members  of  their credit  staff  for up  to  $250,000. Approval  of  new credit
authorities up to $1,000,000 require the approval of TCC's Chief Credit  Officer
or  its Chief  Risk Management Officer  in addition  to the approval  of the SBU
Credit Committee. Approval  of new  credit authorities in  excess of  $1,000,000
also  require the  approval of  the CLT  or TCC's  Chief Executive  Officer. The
existing credit  authorities allow  the  SBU senior  credit officer  to  approve
transactions  up to $4.5 million in the case of Credit Corp., up to $2.0 million
in the case of Leasing  Services, up to $2.0 million  in the case of NCR  Credit
and  up to $1.5 million in the case of CFC. In addition, approval by TCC's Chief
Credit Officer, Chief Risk Management Officer, Corporate Business Leader or  CLT
is  required for transactions  in excess of  the SBU's credit  authority and for
certain other matters. The credit authority granted to approve transactions  may
not  be delegated.  TCC utilizes  the "one  obligor concept"  in computing total
credit exposure;  this means  that the  level of  credit authority  required  to
approve  an incremental transaction must be sufficient to approve the customer's
total credit  exposure.  TCC tracks  credit  exposure in  an  automated  fashion
aggregating  all  SBUs' exposure  to each  customer including  its subsidiaries,
affiliates and  commonly  controlled companies.  Unless  otherwise  specifically
approved, credit approvals are valid for up to 180 days.
 
    UNDERWRITING -- GENERAL
 
    TCC's   underwriting  standards  are  intended  to  evaluate  a  prospective
customer's credit  standing and  repayment ability.  Credit decisions  are  made
based  upon the  credit characteristics of  the applicant,  loss experience with
comparable customers,  the  amount and  terms  and conditions  of  the  proposed
transaction  and the type of equipment to  be leased or financed. For almost all
transactions under  $50,000 originated  by Leasing  Services and  Credit  Corp.,
sophisticated  credit scoring systems (where a computer makes the initial credit
decision after consideration of many variables from the credit application  data
and  credit bureau information, based on a statistical model of TCC's prior loss
experience) are utilized to make credit decisions. TCC's credit scoring  system,
which  was first developed in  1989 and has been  subsequently upgraded with the
development of new models, is designed to improve credit decisions on new  lease
applications,  expedite response times to customers and increase business volume
and portfolio profitability  while maintaining credit  quality. With respect  to
credit  decisions  for those  transactions which  are  not credit  scored, TCC's
credit  officers  conduct  various  credit  investigations  including  reference
calling  and the procurement and analysis of data from credit reporting agencies
such as Dun & Bradstreet,  TRW and other credit bureaus.  In the case of  larger
sized  transactions (generally over $100,000), TCC's credit officers will obtain
and analyze financial statements from  the customer. Analysis will be  conducted
to  determine the reliability  of the financial statements  and to ascertain the
financial condition and operating performance  of the potential customer.  Asset
quality  is  carefully  reviewed  and stated  liabilities  are  compared  to the
information obtained from reference  checking and credit  reports. Cash flow  is
checked for reliability and adequacy to service funded debt maturities and other
fixed  charges. The financial  analysis would typically involve  a review of the
potential
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
   
customer's leverage, profitability, liquidity and cash flow utilizing a  variety
of  financial ratios and  comparing the company  to other companies  its size in
similar businesses. In this connection,  various reference sources are  utilized
such   as  Robert   Morris  Associates  Financial   Ratio  Guide.  Additionally,
information may be  obtained from rating  agencies, securities firms,  Bloomberg
and  numerous other sources. A  written analysis is then  prepared by the credit
officer summarizing the amount and terms of the credit request and setting forth
the  credit  officer's   recommendation  for   disposition  including   detailed
supporting  rationale. Alternative exit strategies  including an analysis of the
value of the equipment as well as its essentiality of use are also considered in
the event the customer fails to honor its payment obligations, but TCC does  not
impose  rigid  loan-to-value ratios  in its  underwriting processes.  The credit
approval will also  set forth  any conditions of  approval such  as personal  or
corporate guarantees, shorter lease terms, more advance payments or other credit
enhancements,  and it will  dictate the necessary  documentation. Any subsequent
modification of approval terms or required documentation must be re-approved  by
one  of TCC's authorized credit officers. TCC also requires the credit personnel
of each  SBU  to rate  the  creditworthiness of  each  of such  unit's  customer
accounts  over  $100,000  and, in  connection  therewith, to  take  into account
certain other factors  affecting the  credit risk of  a particular  transaction,
such as collateral value, credit enhancement and duration of the credit.
    
 
    UNDERWRITING -- ADVANCED CREDIT SCORING SYSTEMS
 
    In   1992,  TCC  commissioned  the  Bell  Laboratories  Operations  Research
Department ("Bell  Labs")  to design  decision  support systems  and  associated
strategies  for credit risk management  throughout the customer's financing life
cycle. This life cycle approach, while commonplace in the consumer credit field,
is not common in commercial leasing. Three sets of decision support systems were
developed and implemented, covering each stage of the small ticket leasing  life
cycle;  front-end  credit  decisions,  credit  line  management,  and delinquent
account collections.  Leasing  Services  utilized  this  methodology  initially,
followed  by Credit  Corp., which had  previously worked  with commercial credit
scoring vendors and consultants since 1989.  Credit Corp. is now installing  the
behavioral  collection scoring technology company-wide,  which it has been using
on a limited test basis in several of its operating units for most of 1996. Each
system is comprised of a suite of statistically derived risk prediction  models,
a  sequential decision strategy  which determines the  model to be  used in each
instance, and a risk based strategy which determines the optimal decision  based
upon the model results.
 
    Front-end  credit decisioning systems  improve the accuracy,  speed and cost
effectiveness of the credit  evaluation of new  credit applications. The  system
follows  a series of  steps including the selection  and electronic retrieval of
credit bureau information, the quantification of credit risk and the decision to
accept, reject  or manually  review  the credit  applicant. While  both  Leasing
Services  and Credit  Corp. have  been using  credit application  scoring models
since 1991  and 1989,  respectively, Leasing  Services implemented  an  improved
decisioning  system in March 1993, while Credit Corp. implemented such system in
May 1995.  Separate  credit  line  management models  have  been  developed  and
implemented  within Credit Corp. in May 1995 and are currently being implemented
within Leasing Services. The credit scoring systems are monitored using  various
reporting mechanisms and have been continually upgraded over time to incorporate
the  value of  more recent  data and to  take advantage  of improved statistical
techniques. Overrides of credit scoring decisions by authorized credit  officers
are  permitted, but are  discouraged unless additional  information is uncovered
which  materially   strengthens  the   transaction  or   if  sufficient   credit
enhancements  can  be obtained  to mitigate  the  risk. Overrides  are carefully
tracked by operating unit  by month, and  are more common  at Credit Corp.  than
they  are at Leasing Services. Such advanced credit scoring systems are not used
by CFC and  NCR Credit because  the Contracts  originated by each  of them  have
larger original balances.
 
    DOCUMENTATION
 
    Prior   to   funding  leasing   and   financing  transactions,   a  complete
documentation  package  (including  generally   a  credit  application,   signed
lease/installment   sale  or   financing  agreement,   vendor  invoice,  initial
lease/advance  payment,  proof  of  insurance  (where  relevant),  delivery  and
acceptance   acknowledgements  and  appropriate  UCC  financing  statements)  is
required. Filing of UCC  financing statements typically  is required by  Leasing
Services   unless   the  underlying   equipment  has   a   cost  of   less  than
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
$10,000 (or $30,000 in  the case of  a lease contract with  a fair market  value
purchase  option); by Credit Corp. unless the underlying equipment has a cost of
less than $20,000 (or $50,000 in the case of a lease contract with a fair market
value purchase option); by NCR Credit unless the underlying equipment has a cost
of less than $25,000; and by CFC in all transactions.
 
    BILLING
 
    Billing for the Originators is handled  by third parties, which prepare  and
mail  monthly invoices. All customers are  assigned a billing cycle and invoices
are sent either 19 days before the due date in the case of Credit Corp., 30 days
before the due date in the case of Leasing Services, 20 days before the due date
in the case of CFC, or  25 days before the due date  in the case of NCR  Credit.
From  time to  time to facilitate  customer needs, the  Originators will provide
manual  invoices.  Monthly  invoices  include  the  scheduled  payment,   taxes,
insurance  and late charges, if any. The  vast majority of contracts provide for
level payments  throughout  their  term.  Substantially  all  customers  forward
payments to lockboxes with certain financial institutions.
 
    PORTFOLIO MONITORING
 
    Delinquency  is  tracked and  calculated  monthly for  each  major portfolio
segment, including segmentation by classification of days past due. In addition,
non-accruals are tracked monthly, including the portion which is deemed to be at
risk by the SBU  credit officials. Similarly, credit  losses are monitored  each
month  and  are compared  with credit  losses  for the  previous months  and the
corresponding  month  in  the  prior  years.  TCC  also  employs   sophisticated
techniques  in the analysis and oversight of  its portfolio. For that portion of
the portfolio  assets  consisting  of  transactions  under  $25,000,  roll  rate
analysis  (a type of portfolio analysis examining  the rate at which accounts in
various stages of  delinquency become,  or "roll" into,  losses) and  a type  of
vintage  analysis (another type of portfolio  analysis in which TCC's assets are
classified by age and then compared across different years (e.g., comparing loss
experience for  two-year-old portfolio  in 1996  with that  in 1995))  are  used
together with other types of analyses (such as historical experience and various
industry indices) which are used broadly in evaluating TCC's portfolio.
 
    In  addition  to  providing  an initial  credit  review,  the  credit review
procedures are designed to identify at  an early stage those customers that  may
be  experiencing  financial  difficulty. Once  identified,  these  customers are
monitored by credit personnel, who periodically make recommendations to the  SBU
Credit  Committee and/or  the CLT about  what remedial actions  should be taken,
what portion, if any, of total credit exposures should be written off or whether
a specific allocation of TCC's loss reserves should be made.
 
    In establishing  allowances for  credit  losses, TCC's  management  reviews,
among  other things, the aging of TCC's portfolio, all non-performing leases and
receivables and prior collection experience,  as well as TCC's overall  exposure
and changes in credit risk.
 
    COLLECTIONS
 
    TCC  collects overdue  payments using  several different  methods. At Credit
Corp. and  Leasing Services,  sophisticated computerized  collection  management
systems  have been developed  and deployed. Credit  Corp. utilizes sophisticated
technology in  its  collection  activities  with  the  exception  of  behavioral
scoring,  which is now being implemented company-wide following a testing period
in several of Credit Corp.'s units  for most of 1996. The collection  management
systems  prioritize delinquent  accounts into automated  queues using delinquent
account scoring  systems (also  referred to  as behavioral  scoring).  Telephone
calls  to delinquent accounts are automatically dialed by the system eliminating
no answer and busy line calls (which are automatically rescheduled).
 
    Accounts are ranked using a  suite of statistically derived risk  prediction
indicators  for  handling in  order of  risk  weighted exposure.  The collection
management systems  will entail  different account  collection strategies  as  a
function  of risk level  and account balance. Accounts  with low balances and/or
low risk  would be  assigned to  a  low impact  collection strategy  which  will
involve  fewer letters  and telephone  calls. Also,  the number  of days between
actions would be greater for a low risk account than
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
in the case of a high risk  account. A high impact collection strategy would  be
assigned  to accounts with high balances and/or  high risk scores. In this case,
telephone calls  would  be  commenced  sooner  in  the  collection  process  and
collection actions would be more closely spaced.
 
    At  NCR Credit and CFC, account collections  are undertaken in a more manual
fashion with prioritization being principally driven by the number of days  past
due.  Accounts  are typically  assigned  to individuals  or  groups who  will be
responsible to  ensure  appropriate  collection  activities  are  undertaken  to
effectuate customer payment. The collection process is undertaken using computer
generated  reminder notices  which are generally  sent once an  account is 10-15
days past due, individually tailored  collection letters and telephone  contact,
as appropriate.
 
    Outside  collection agencies and attorneys are frequently used to supplement
collection activity. Typically an account  is placed with an outside  collection
agency  or attorney when it is 180 days or more past due. However, accounts past
due less  than 180  days may  be placed  with a  collection agency  or  attorney
depending   upon  the  circumstances  of   its  delinquency.  Equipment  may  be
repossessed at any time after the contracted default but repossession  typically
is not made until the account is past due between 70 and 180 days.
 
    NON-ACCRUAL AND WRITE-OFF POLICY
 
   
    TCC  maintains non-accrual and write-off policies  which are followed by all
SBUs. The policies  require that all  accounts which  are 90 days  past due  (or
sooner in the event of a bankruptcy or other appropriate evidence of impairment)
be  placed on non-accrual,  and be written  off or specifically  reserved at 180
days past due. Smaller transactions (generally $100,000 or less) will be written
off at  such  time. Larger  transactions  (generally more  than  $100,000)  will
utilize  specific reserves  to appropriately  reduce the  carrying value  of the
equipment to an amount which may be "covered" by collateral value.
    
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
                                 THE CONTRACTS
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACTS
 
    THE FORMS OF CONTRACTS
 
   
    The  Contracts  which  are included  in  the Preliminary  Contract  Pool (as
defined under "--Certain Statistics Relating to the Preliminary Contract Pool"),
as of  the Preliminary  Cut-Off  Date (as  defined under  "--Certain  Statistics
Relating  to the Preliminary Contract Pool"), consist primarily of the following
types  of  instruments:  approximately  96.1%  of  such  instruments  are  Lease
Contracts, and approximately 3.9% of such instruments are Loan Contracts. All of
the  Contracts  are  commercial,  rather than  consumer,  leases  or  loans. The
following description of the Contracts generally describes the material terms of
the Contracts  included  in  the  Contract Pool,  although  a  small  number  of
Contracts may differ in one or more provisions from the description below.
    
 
    The  Lease Contracts are generally  in one of two  forms: (a) a master lease
agreement containing  all of  the  general terms  and  conditions of  the  lease
transaction  or transactions, with schedules setting forth the specific terms of
each lease transaction with that particular Obligor (a "Master Form Lease"), and
(b) specific lease agreement forms containing all of the terms and conditions of
the lease transaction (a "Specific Lease Form"). Credit Corp. generally uses the
Master Form Lease for lease transactions in excess of $100,000 and in connection
with smaller transactions in which the Obligor has previously executed a  Master
Form  Lease; NCR Credit uses the Master  Form Lease for substantially all of its
transactions; CFC uses both a Specific Lease  Form and a Master Form Lease;  and
Leasing  Services generally uses  a Specific Lease  Form but uses  a Master Form
Lease for certain vendor customers. In certain cases, the Lease Contract may  be
written  on  another form  which was  created by  one of  the Originators,  by a
customer or by a  third-party originator. The Loan  Contracts are documented  on
installment  sale  contract,  promissory  note,  chattel  mortgage  or  loan and
security agreement forms.
 
    PAYMENTS GENERALLY
 
    Generally, the Contracts included in  the Preliminary Contract Pool  require
that  the Obligor  make periodic  payments on  either a  monthly or  a quarterly
basis, while  a number  of  Contracts (which,  in  relation to  the  Preliminary
Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal Balance, is not material) provide for semi-
annual  or  annual payments.  The payments  under  all of  the Contracts  in the
Preliminary Contract Pool are required to  be made in United States dollars  and
are  fixed and  specified payments,  rather than  payments which  are tied  to a
formula or are otherwise  at a floating rate.  Payments under the Contracts  are
ordinarily  payable in advance,  although a small  percentage (including most of
those originated by NCR Credit) provide for payments in arrears.
 
    EXPENSES RELATING TO EQUIPMENT
 
    All of the Contracts included in  the Preliminary Contract Pool require  the
Obligor  to  assume  the  responsibility  for payment  of  all  expenses  of the
Equipment including (without  limitation) any  expenses in  connection with  the
maintenance and repair of the Equipment, the payment of any and all premiums for
casualty  and liability insurance and  the payment of all  taxes relating to the
Equipment.
 
    INSURANCE; REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
 
    Each Lease  Contract (except  for  a small  number  of Contracts  which,  in
relation to the Preliminary Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal Balance, is not
material)  requires the Obligor to maintain  liability insurance which must name
the lessor as  additional insured.  Lease Contracts and  Loan Contracts  require
Obligors  to procure property  insurance against the  loss, theft or destruction
of, or  damage to,  the Equipment  for its  full replacement  value, naming  the
lessor (or lender) as loss payee. This requirement is, from time to time, waived
by  the  Originator for  a  small number  of  transactions and,  for  some Lease
Contracts, the  Obligor is  permitted  to self-insure  the Equipment  under  the
Obligor's already existing self-insurance program.
 
    For transactions involving leased Equipment with a cost of $100,000 or less,
the  Lessee  is  generally  provided  with  written  information  concerning its
property insurance obligations under the Lease Contract and the Originator's own
property insurance  coverage  that  will  be provided  at  the  expense  of  the
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
Lessee  if the Lessee does not provide the Originator with satisfactory evidence
of its own insurance coverage.  The Lessee is given  a specified time period  in
which  to  provide  such  evidence.  Proper  evidence  of  coverage  is verified
independently and tracked by a third party tracking company and licensed broker.
If the  Originator provides  the insurance  coverage, the  Lessee is  charged  a
monthly  fee  covering the  insurance premium  and other  related administrative
charges. If, at any time, the Lessee provides evidence of its own coverage, such
monthly charges cease. The Lessee has the ability to "opt out" of the program by
providing evidence of its own coverage.
 
    For transactions  involving Equipment  with a  cost of  more than  $100,000,
insurance   coverage  generally  is  verified  and  tracked  by  the  respective
Originator and the failure  to maintain such insurance  constitutes an event  of
default  under the applicable Lease Contract.  Generally, either pursuant to the
Specific Lease  Form  or the  Master  Form Lease,  the  Obligor also  agrees  to
indemnify  the Originator for  all liability and expenses  arising from the use,
condition or ownership of the Equipment.
 
    Under each Lease  Contract, if the  Equipment is damaged  or destroyed,  the
Obligor  is  required to  (i)  repair such  Equipment,  (ii) make  a termination
payment to the lessor in an amount not less than the Required Payoff Amount,  or
(iii)  in some  cases, replace  such damaged  or destroyed  Equipment with other
equipment of  comparable  use  and  value.  Under  the  Transfer  and  Servicing
Agreement,  the Servicer  is permitted  (in the case  of the  destruction of the
Equipment related to a particular Lease Contract) either to allow the Lessee  to
replace  such  Equipment (provided  that the  replacement  equipment is,  in the
judgment of the Servicer, of comparable use and at least equivalent value to the
value of the Equipment which was destroyed) or to accept the termination payment
referred to above.
 
    ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS
 
    All of the Contracts in the Preliminary Contract Pool permit the  assignment
of  the  Contract by  the lessor  or secured  party without  the consent  of the
Obligor, except for a  small number of Contracts  which require notification  of
the  assignment to, or the  consent of, the Obligor  (and TCC will represent and
warrant in the  Purchase Agreement that  such notices have  been given, or  such
approvals  will have been received, not more  than ten days following the Merger
Consummation Date).  None of  the  Contracts in  the Preliminary  Contract  Pool
permit  the assignment of the Contract (or the Equipment related thereto) by the
Obligor without the  prior consent of  the lessor or  secured party, other  than
Contracts which (i) may permit assignments to a parent, subsidiary or affiliate,
(ii) permit the assignment to a third party, provided the Obligor remains liable
under  the Contract, or (iii)  permit assignment to a  third party with a credit
standing (determined  by TCC  in  accordance with  its underwriting  policy  and
practice  at the time for an equivalent contract type, term and amount) equal to
or better than the original Obligor. Under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement,
the Servicer may permit an assignment  of a particular Contract from an  Obligor
to  a  third party  only  if the  Servicer  (utilizing the  current underwriting
criteria for its contract origination activities generally) determines that such
third party is of sufficient credit quality that the Servicer would permit  such
third  party  to become  an obligor  with respect  to a  lease or  loan contract
originated by the Servicer generally.
 
    HELL-OR-HIGH-WATER LEASE CONTRACTS
 
    All  of  the  Lease   Contracts  in  the   Preliminary  Contract  Pool   are
"hell-or-high-water"  contracts which require all payments thereunder to be made
regardless of  the  condition  or  suitability  of  the  related  Equipment  and
notwithstanding  any defense, set-off or counterclaim  that the Obligor may have
against the lessor.
 
    EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
 
    Events of default under the Contracts  generally include the failure to  pay
all  amounts required by  the Contract when  due, the failure  of the Obligor to
perform its agreements  and covenants  under the  applicable Contract,  material
misrepresentations  made by  the Obligor,  the bankruptcy  or insolvency  of the
Obligor or the appointment  of a receiver  for the Obligor  and, in some  cases,
default  by  the Obligor  under  other contracts  or  agreements. Some  of these
default provisions are, in some instances, subject to notice provisions and cure
periods. Remedies available to the lessor  or secured party upon the  occurrence
of  an event of default by the Obligor  include the right to cancel or terminate
in the case of a
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
   
Lease Contract, or to  accelerate payments in  the case of  a Loan Contract,  to
recover  possession of the related Equipment,  and to receive an amount intended
to make the lessor or  secured party (as the case  may be) whole plus costs  and
expenses  (including legal fees)  incurred by the  lessor or secured  party as a
result of such  default. Notwithstanding  such events of  default and  remedies,
under  the Transfer and  Servicing Agreement, the Servicer  is permitted to take
such  actions,  with  respect  to  delinquent  and  defaulted  Contracts,  as  a
reasonably   prudent  creditor   would  do  under   similar  circumstances.  See
"Description  of  the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement  --  Servicing."  The
Originators  will provide payment extensions (generally  of 3 months or less) to
customers experiencing  payment slowness  due to  cash flow  shortages or  other
reasons.  However,  it is  not intended  that  extensions be  used to  provide a
temporary solution for a delinquent account. Rather, extensions are intended  to
be  used when, in the judgment of  the relevant credit authority, it will permit
the permanent resolution of the delinquency.
    
 
    PREPAYMENTS AND EARLY TERMINATION
 
    None of the Lease  Contracts permit the prepayment  or early termination  of
the  Lease, except in a de minimis number  of cases which allow for a prepayment
or early termination upon payment of an amount which is calculated in accordance
with a formula  which results in  an amount  not less than  the Required  Payoff
Amount.  Notwithstanding that fact, the Servicer is permitted under the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement to accept a  prepayment as part of an early  termination
of  the applicable  Lease Contract  if the amount  paid by  or on  behalf of the
Obligor is at least equal to the Required Payoff Amount for such Lease Contract.
All or substantially  all of the  Loan Contracts permit  the Obligors, at  their
option,  to  prepay such  Loans  at any  time  in an  amount  equal to  the then
outstanding principal  balance  plus  accrued  interest  to  the  date  of  such
prepayment  plus any applicable unpaid charges. See "Description of the Notes --
Application of Prepayments."
 
    DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES
 
    Each of  the  Lease Contracts  included  in the  Preliminary  Contract  Pool
contains  provisions whereby the  lessor (or the Originator,  as assignee of the
lessor) disclaims  all warranties  with respect  to the  Equipment and,  in  the
majority  of  cases, the  lessor assigns  the  manufacturer's warranties  to the
Lessee for  the  term of  the  Lease. Under  the  Lease Contracts,  the  Obligor
"accepts"  the Equipment under the  applicable Lease Contract following delivery
and an opportunity to inspect the related Equipment.
 
    ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
 
    Some of  the Lease  Contracts in  the Preliminary  Contract Pool  constitute
leases  of "additional equipment" with existing  Obligors. Pursuant to the terms
of the original Lease Contract between the lessor and the Obligor, these  leases
for "additional equipment" (generally costing $25,000 or less) are documented on
a written form prepared by the lessor and delivered to (but not executed by) the
Obligor,  which written form describes all of  the terms of the lease. Under the
terms of  the Lease  Contract, the  Obligor  agrees that  unless it  objects  in
writing  within a specified  period of time,  it is deemed  to have accepted the
lease of such "additional equipment."
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES MADE BY TCC
 
    Under the Purchase  Agreement, TCC will  make the following  representations
and  warranties regarding each Contract (and  the related Equipment) included in
the Final Contract Pool as of the Cut-Off Date:
 
    (A)Each Contract (i)  constitutes a valid,  binding and enforceable  payment
       obligation  of the Obligor in accordance with its terms (except as may be
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting the
enforceability of creditors' rights generally and the availability of  equitable
remedies),  (ii) has been duly  and properly sold, assigned  and conveyed by the
applicable Originator under the Purchase Agreement to the Depositor and has been
duly and properly transferred and conveyed  by the Depositor to the Owner  Trust
pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, (iii) was originated by one of
the Originators in the ordinary course of such Originator's business, or (in the
case  of any Contract purchased by one  of the Originators) was acquired by such
Originator for proper consideration and was validly assigned to such  Originator
by the seller of such Contract, and
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
(iv)   contains  customary   and  enforceable  provisions   adequate  to  enable
realization against  the  Obligor  and/or the  related  Equipment  (although  no
representation or warranty is made with respect to the perfection or priority of
any security interest in such related Equipment);
 
    (B)No   selection   procedures  adverse   to   the  Noteholders   or  Equity
       Certificateholders were utilized  in selecting the  Contracts from  those
lease and loan contracts owned by the Originators on the Cut-Off Date;
 
    (C)All  requirements  of  applicable  Federal,  state  and  local  laws, and
       regulations thereunder, in  respect of  all of the  Contracts, have  been
complied with in all material respects;
 
    (D)There  is  no  known  default,  breach,  violation  or  event  permitting
       cancellation or termination of the Contract by the lessor (in the case of
Lease Contracts) or by the secured party  (in the case of Loan Contracts)  under
the terms of any Contract (other than Scheduled Payment delinquencies (in excess
of  10% of the Scheduled Payment due) of not more than 59 days), and (except for
payment extensions and waivers of  Administrative Fees in accordance with  TCC's
servicing  policies) there has been no waiver of any of the foregoing; and as of
the Cut-Off Date, no related Equipment had been repossessed;
 
    (E)Immediately prior to the sale, assignment and conveyance of each Contract
       by an Originator to the Depositor, such Originator had good title to such
Contract conveyed to the Depositor and was  the sole owner thereof, free of  any
Lien;  and immediately prior to the transfer  and conveyance of the Contracts to
the Owner Trust, the  Depositor had good  title thereto and  was the sole  owner
thereof, free of any Lien created by the applicable Originator;
 
    (F)No  person has  a participation  in or  other right  to receive Scheduled
       Payments under any  Contract, and neither  the Depositor nor  any of  the
Originators  nor TCC has taken any action to convey any right to any person that
would result in such person having  a right to Scheduled Payments received  with
respect to any Contract;
 
    (G)Each  Contract was originated or purchased  by an Originator and was sold
       by  such   Originator   to   the   Depositor   without   any   fraud   or
misrepresentation on the part of such Originator;
 
    (H)Each Obligor (i) is located in the United States, and (ii) is not (a) the
       United  States of America or any State or local government or any agency,
department, subdivision  or instrumentality  thereof or  (b) the  Depositor,  an
Originator, TCC or any subsidiary thereof;
 
    (I)No  Contract  was  originated in,  or  is  subject to  the  laws  of, any
       jurisdiction the laws of which would make unlawful, void or voidable  the
sale,  transfer  and assignment  of  such Contract  to  the Depositor  under the
Purchase Agreement or  the transfer  and conveyance  from the  Depositor to  the
Owner Trust under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement;
 
    (J)All  filings and other actions required to be made, taken or performed by
       any person in any jurisdiction to  give the Owner Trust a first  priority
perfected lien or ownership interest in the Contracts will have been made, taken
or performed;
 
    (K)There  exists  a  Contract File  pertaining  to each  Contract,  and such
       Contract File contains the Contract or a facsimile copy thereof;
 
    (L)There is only one  original executed copy of  each Contract or, if  there
       are  multiple originals, all such originals  are in the possession of the
Originator or the signed original in  the possession of the Originator is  noted
thereon as being the only copy that constitutes chattel paper;
 
    (M)The  Contracts constitute chattel paper within  the meaning of the UCC as
       in effect in the  States of New Jersey,  Massachusetts and Oregon  (other
than  those Contracts  in which the  lessor is financing  the Obligor's software
license or  maintenance  contract  for leased  Equipment,  which  Contracts,  in
proportion  to  the  Cut-Off  Date  Contract  Pool  Principal  Balance,  are not
material);
 
    (N)Each Contract was entered  into by an Obligor  who, at the Cut-Off  Date,
       had not been identified on the records of TCC or the Originators as being
the subject of a current bankruptcy proceeding;
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
    (O)The  computer tape containing  information with respect  to the Contracts
       that was made  available by the  Depositor to the  Owner Trustee and  the
Indenture  Trustee on the Closing Date and was used to select the Contracts (the
"Computer Tape") was complete  and accurate in all  material respects as of  the
Cut-Off Date and includes a description of the same Contracts that are described
in the Schedule of Contracts to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement;
 
    (P)By  the Merger Consummation  Date, the portions  of the electronic master
       record of TCC and the Depositor (the "Electronic Ledger") relating to the
Contracts will  have been  clearly and  unambiguously marked  to show  that  the
Contracts  constitute part of the Trust Assets  and are owned by the Owner Trust
in accordance with the terms of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement;
 
   
    (Q)No Contract has a Scheduled Payment delinquency (in excess of 10% of  the
       Scheduled  Payment due) of more  than 59 days past  due as of the Cut-Off
Date (although some Contracts may  have experienced such delinquencies prior  to
the Cut-Off Date);
    
 
    (R)Each  Contract may be sold, assigned and transferred by the Originator to
       the Depositor, and may  be assigned and transferred  by the Depositor  to
the  Owner  Trust  without  the  consent of,  or  prior  approval  from,  or any
notification to,  the  applicable  Obligor, other  than  (i)  certain  Contracts
(which, in proportion to the aggregate of all of the Contracts, is not material)
that  require notification of the assignment  to the Obligor, which notification
will have been given by the Servicer not more than 10 days following the  Merger
Consummation  Date and (ii) Contracts which  require the consent of the Obligor,
which consent will have been obtained not more than 10 days following the Merger
Consummation Date;
 
    (S)Each Contract prohibits the sale, assignment or transfer of the Obligor's
       interest therein, the assumption of the  Contract by another person in  a
manner  that would release the Obligor thereof from the Obligor's obligation, or
any sale, assignment  or transfer of  the related Equipment,  without the  prior
consent  of the lessor (in the case of Lease Contracts) or the secured party (in
the case  of  Loan  Contracts),  other  than  Contracts  which  may  (i)  permit
assignment to a subsidiary, corporate parent or other affiliate, (ii) permit the
assignment  to  a third  party, provided  the Obligor  remains liable  under the
Contract, or (iii)  permit assignment to  a third party  with a credit  standing
(determined  by TCC in  accordance with its underwriting  policy and practice at
the time for an equivalent  contract type, term and  amount) equal to or  better
than the original Obligor;
 
    (T)The  Obligor under each Contract is  required to make payments thereunder
       (i) in United States dollars, and (ii) in fixed amounts and on fixed  and
predetermined dates;
 
    (U)Each  Contract requires the Obligor  to assume responsibility for payment
       of all expenses  in connection  with the  maintenance and  repair of  the
related  Equipment, the payment of all  premiums for insurance of such Equipment
and the payment of all taxes (including sales taxes) relating to such Equipment;
 
    (V)Each Contract  requires  the Obligor  thereunder  to make  all  scheduled
       payments  thereon under all circumstances and regardless of the condition
or suitability of the related Equipment and notwithstanding any defense, set-off
or counterclaim that the  Obligor may have against  the manufacturer, lessor  or
lender (as the case may be);
 
    (W)Under  each Lease Contract, if the Equipment is damaged or destroyed, the
       Obligor is required  to either  (i) repair  such Equipment,  (ii) make  a
termination payment to the lessor in an amount not less than the Required Payoff
Amount, or (iii) in some cases, replace such damaged or destroyed Equipment with
other equipment of comparable use and value;
 
    (X)None  of the  Lease Contracts  permit the  Lessee to  terminate the Lease
       Contract prior to the Final Scheduled Payment Date or to otherwise prepay
the amounts due and payable thereunder, other than certain Lease Contracts which
do permit an early termination or prepayment, but in such cases the amount to be
paid in connection  with such  termination or prepayment  is not  less than  the
Required Payoff Amount;
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
    (Y)Each  Loan Contract permits the prepayment  of the amount due thereunder,
       at the option of the  Obligor, but any prepayment in  full must be in  an
amount not less than the principal amount then outstanding plus accrued interest
thereon to the date of such prepayment; and
 
    (Z)It  is not  a precondition  to the  valid transfer  or assignment  of the
       Depositor's interest in any of the Equipment related to any Contract that
title to such  Equipment be transferred  on the records  of any governmental  or
quasi-governmental agency, body or authority.
 
    The above-described representations and warranties of TCC will be made as of
the Merger Consummation Date and will survive the transfer and assignment of the
related  Contracts and other Trust Assets to the Owner Trust but will speak only
as of the date made.
 
    In the event of a breach of any such representation or warranty with respect
to a Contract that materially and  adversely affects the value of such  Contract
(any such breach being a "Repurchase Event"), TCC, unless it cures the breach by
the  60th day after the date  on which TCC or the  Depositor becomes aware of or
receives written  notice from  the Indenture  Trustee or  the Servicer  of  such
breach,  will be obligated  to purchase the  Contract from the  Owner Trust. Any
such purchase  shall be  made on  the Business  Day preceding  the Payment  Date
immediately  following such  60th day  at a price  equal to  the Required Payoff
Amount applicable to such Contract. This purchase obligation may be enforced  by
the  Indenture Trustee  on behalf  of the  holders of  the Notes  and the Equity
Certificates, and will constitute the  sole remedy available to the  Noteholders
and  the  Equity Certificateholders  against TCC  for  any such  uncured breach,
except that pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, TCC will indemnify
the  Indenture   Trustee,  the   Owner  Trustee,   the  Owner   Trust  and   the
Securityholders  against losses,  damages, liabilities  and claims  which may be
asserted against any of them  as a result of  third-party claims arising out  of
the facts giving rise to such breach.
 
    Upon  the  purchase  by  TCC  of a  Contract  (and  related  Equipment), the
Indenture Trustee will release its liens thereon and the Owner Trust will convey
such Contract and the related Equipment to TCC.
 
CERTAIN STATISTICS RELATING TO THE PRELIMINARY CONTRACT POOL
 
    GENERAL
 
    The Depositor  has  prepared certain  statistics  relating to  the  pool  of
Contracts which, subject to the exception noted below, will constitute the Final
Contract Pool. These statistics are based on such Contracts as of August 1, 1996
(the  "Preliminary Cut-Off Date"),  and the Final Contract  Pool will consist of
such Contracts, less that portion of  the Contract Principal Balances which  are
paid  or prepaid  from the  Preliminary Cut-Off Date  to September  1, 1996 (the
"Cut-Off Date"). Accordingly, the statistics relating to such pool of  Contracts
as of the Preliminary Cut-Off Date (the "Preliminary Contract Pool") will differ
somewhat  from the Final Contract Pool;  however, the statistics relating to the
Final Contract Pool will be included in the final Prospectus.
 
   
    For purpose of the tables presented below, all unpaid Scheduled Payments due
on the Contracts included  in the Preliminary Contract  Pool from and after  the
Preliminary Cut-Off Date (including all Scheduled Payments due prior to, but not
received  as  of,  the Preliminary  Cut-Off  Date, but  excluding  any Scheduled
Payments due on or after, but  received prior to, the Preliminary Cut-Off  Date)
have been discounted monthly at an assumed rate of 8.5% per annum to calculate a
"Preliminary  Cut-Off  Date Contract  Pool  Principal Balance."  The Preliminary
Cut-Off Date  Contract Pool  Principal Balance  was $3,310,975,000.21,  and  the
total  number  of  Contracts  in  the  Preliminary  Contract  Pool  was 294,311.
Accordingly, the average Contract Pool Principal Balance of the Contracts in the
Preliminary Contract Pool, as of the Preliminary Cut-Off Date, was approximately
$11,250. Within  the Preliminary  Contract  Pool, 90.84%  of the  Contracts  (by
Preliminary Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal Balance) were originated by the
Originators  (or by  other affiliates  of TCC) and  9.16% of  such Contracts (by
Preliminary Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal Balance) were purchased by  the
Originators (or by other affiliates of TCC) from unrelated third parties.
    
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
                  COMPOSITION OF THE PRELIMINARY CONTRACT POOL
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      WEIGHTED              WEIGHTED                   AVERAGE
                              PRELIMINARY              AVERAGE               AVERAGE                  CONTRACT
                             CUT-OFF DATE             ORIGINAL              REMAINING                 PRINCIPAL
                             CONTRACT POOL              TERM                  TERM                     BALANCE
NUMBER OF CONTRACTS        PRINCIPAL BALANCE           (RANGE)               (RANGE)                   (RANGE)
- -----------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------  -------------------  -----------------------------
<S>                      <C>                    <C>                    <C>                  <C>
294,311                    $3,310,975,000.21         55.7 months           38.2 months               $11,249.92
                                                  (6 to 163 months)     (6 to 97 months)       ($   to $12,910,860.00)
</TABLE>
    
 
    TYPE OF CONTRACTS
 
    The  following table shows the distribution of the Preliminary Contract Pool
between true leases  (defined for  purposes of this  table as  a Contract  under
which  the  Obligor has  a right  to  purchase the  related Equipment  only upon
payment of the fair  market value thereof) and  all other Contracts  (comprising
both  Loan Contracts  and Lease Contracts  with fixed price  or nominal purchase
options) by indicating the number of  Contracts in each category, the  aggregate
Contract  Principal Balance of such Contracts,  and the percentage (by number of
Contracts and  by  aggregate  Contract  Principal  Balance)  of  such  Contracts
relative to all of the Contracts in the Preliminary Contract Pool:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       % OF
                                                                                                    PRELIMINARY
                                                             % OF TOTAL                            CUT-OFF DATE
                                                NUMBER OF    NUMBER OF     AGGREGATE CONTRACT      CONTRACT POOL
TYPE OF CONTRACT                                CONTRACTS    CONTRACTS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE    PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ---------------------------------------------  -----------  ------------  ---------------------  -----------------
<S>                                            <C>          <C>           <C>                    <C>
True Leases..................................     229,807        78.08%   $    2,668,915,039.09         80.61%
All Other Contracts..........................      64,504        21.92           642,059,961.12         19.39
                                               -----------  ------------  ---------------------       -------
      Total..................................     294,311       100.00%   $    3,310,975,000.21        100.00%
                                               -----------  ------------  ---------------------       -------
                                               -----------  ------------  ---------------------       -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    GEOGRAPHICAL DIVERSITY
 
   
    The  following  table shows  the geographical  diversity of  the Preliminary
Contract Pool, by  indicating the  number of Contracts,  the aggregate  Contract
Principal  Balance of such Contracts and  the percentage (by number of Contracts
and by aggregate Contract Principal Balance)  of such Contracts relative to  all
of  the Contracts in the Preliminary Contract  Pool by reference to the State in
which the Obligors on such Contracts are located:
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             % OF PRELIMINARY
                                                                               CUT-OFF DATE
                                       % OF TOTAL          AGGREGATE          CONTRACT POOL
                       NUMBER OF       NUMBER OF            CONTRACT            PRINCIPAL                             NUMBER OF
       STATE           CONTRACTS       CONTRACTS       PRINCIPAL BALANCE         BALANCE              STATE           CONTRACTS
- -------------------  --------------  --------------  ----------------------  ----------------  -------------------  --------------
<S>                  <C>             <C>             <C>                     <C>               <C>                  <C>
Alabama                      3,189          1.08%    $        37,840,335.04          1.14%     Montana                        553
Alaska                         303          0.10               2,362,192.03          0.07      Nebraska                       770
Arizona                      4,836          1.64              53,870,913.73          1.63      Nevada                       1,561
Arkansas                     1,357          0.46              13,436,532.27          0.41      New Hampshire                1,986
California                  39,053         13.27             423,927,505.30         12.80      New Jersey                  20,380
Colorado                     5,816          1.98              52,081,140.44          1.57      New Mexico                   1,449
Connecticut                  4,328          1.47              51,190,204.12          1.55      New York                    25,847
Delaware                       803          0.27               6,506,870.71          0.20      North Carolina               7,105
District of
Columbia                     1,750          0.59              21,988,038.66          0.66      North Dakota                   218
Florida                     20,664          7.02             218,430,190.40          6.60      Ohio                         9,951
Georgia                      9,106          3.09             111,758,811.82          3.38      Oklahoma                     1,954
Hawaii                         415          0.14               4,096,665.33          0.12      Oregon                       3,346
Idaho                          926          0.31               8,490,221.17          0.26      Pennsylvania                12,464
Illinois                    13,740          4.67             133,974,909.21          4.05      Puerto Rico                      1
Indiana                      4,044          1.37              39,843,756.45          1.20      Rhode Island                 1,498
Iowa                         1,707          0.58              22,285,485.77          0.67      South Carolina               3,105
Kansas                       1,488          0.51              18,760,751.02          0.57      South Dakota                   335
Kentucky                     2,204          0.75              23,558,191.83          0.71      Tennessee                    4,896
Louisiana                    2,557          0.87              26,218,612.82          0.79      Texas                       18,630
Maine                        1,029          0.35              10,342,286.01          0.31      Utah                         2,040
Maryland                     5,444          1.85              55,950,849.19          1.69      Virginia                     7,066
Massachusetts               12,714          4.32             138,836,841.12          4.19      Vermont                        692
Michigan                    10,420          3.54             107,849,190.97          3.26      Washington                   6,297
Minnesota                    4,002          1.36              48,234,274.29          1.46      West Virginia                1,203
Mississippi                  1,615          0.55              14,224,772.74          0.43      Wisconsin                    3,346
Missouri                     3,739          1.27              60,741,265.72          1.83      Wyoming                        370
                                                                                                                    --------------
                                                                                               Total. . . .               294,311
                                                                                                                    --------------
                                                                                                                    --------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                             % OF PRELIMINARY
                                                               CUT-OFF DATE
                       % OF TOTAL          AGGREGATE          CONTRACT POOL
                       NUMBER OF            CONTRACT            PRINCIPAL
       STATE           CONTRACTS       PRINCIPAL BALANCE         BALANCE
- -------------------  --------------  ----------------------  ----------------
<S>                  <C>             <C>                     <C>
Alabama                     0.19%    $         4,280,393.05          0.13%
Alaska                      0.26               8,008,395.04          0.24
Arizona                     0.53              16,280,805.70          0.49
Arkansas                    0.67              20,005,870.94          0.60
California                  6.92             357,579,979.30         10.80
Colorado                    0.49              11,750,061.58          0.35
Connecticut                 8.78             296,560,700.05          8.96
Delaware                    2.41              71,203,945.92          2.15
District of
Columbia                    0.07               1,463,222.81          0.04
Florida                     3.38             103,499,709.89          3.13
Georgia                     0.66              25,748,710.88          0.78
Hawaii                      1.14              30,469,875.00          0.92
Idaho                       4.23             118,625,124.18          3.58
Illinois                    0.00                   1,393.79          0.00
Indiana                     0.51              15,773,617.62          0.48
Iowa                        1.06              35,505,438.53          1.07
Kansas                      0.11              10,231,937.42          0.31
Kentucky                    1.66              51,319,221.46          1.55
Louisiana                   6.33             197,915,291.85          5.98
Maine                       0.69              28,932,925.83          0.87
Maryland                    2.40              61,675,603.65          1.86
Massachusetts               0.24               5,765,002.27          0.17
Michigan                    2.14              59,586,859.78          1.80
Minnesota                   0.41               9,628,106.38          0.29
Mississippi                 1.14              60,002,347.19          1.81
Missouri                    0.13               2,359,651.96          0.07
                         -------     ----------------------       -------
                          100.00%    $     3,310,975,000.21        100.00%
                         -------     ----------------------       -------
                         -------     ----------------------       -------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Adverse economic conditions in states where a substantial number of Obligors
are located,  such as  California  and New  Jersey,  may adversely  affect  such
Obligors' ability to make payments on the related Contracts, and the Noteholders
could suffer a loss on their investment as a result.
    
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
   
    PAYMENT STATUS
    
 
   
    The  following table  shows the payment  status of  the Preliminary Contract
Pool, by indicating the  number of Contracts,  the aggregate Contract  Principal
Balance  of such  Contracts and  the percentage (by  number of  Contracts and by
aggregate Contract Principal Balance) of such  Contracts relative to all of  the
Contracts  in  the  Preliminary  Contract  Pool  by  reference  to  whether such
Contracts were current  as of the  Preliminary Cut-Off Date  or were 30-59  days
delinquent:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 % OF PRELIMINARY
                                                                                                   CUT-OFF DATE
                                                                                                     CONTRACT
                                                        % OF TOTAL         AGGREGATE CONTRACT        PRINCIPAL
PAYMENT STATUS               NUMBER OF CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS     PRINCIPAL BALANCE         BALANCE
- --------------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------  -----------------
<S>                         <C>                    <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Current                              285,101                96.87%        $    3,192,015,821.49         96.41%
30-59 Days Delinquent                  9,210                 3.13                118,959,178.72          3.59
                                    --------              -------         ---------------------       -------
      Total                          294,311               100.00%        $    3,310,975,000.21        100.00%
                                    --------              -------         ---------------------       -------
                                    --------              -------         ---------------------       -------
</TABLE>
    
 
    CONTRACTS BY EQUIPMENT TYPE
 
    The  following  table  shows the  type  of Equipment  securing  or otherwise
related to the  Contracts in  the Preliminary Contract  Pool, by  the number  of
Contracts,  the aggregate Contract Principal Balance  of such Contracts, and the
percentage (by number of Contracts and by aggregate Contract Principal  Balance)
of  such Contracts relative to all of  the Contracts in the Preliminary Contract
Pool:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       % OF
                                                                                                    PRELIMINARY
                                                                                                   CUT-OFF DATE
                                                                                                   CONTRACT POOL
                                                         % OF TOTAL         AGGREGATE CONTRACT       PRINCIPAL
TYPE OF EQUIPMENT             NUMBER OF CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS     PRINCIPAL BALANCE        BALANCE
- ---------------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------  ---------------
<S>                          <C>                    <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Telecommunications                    128,484                43.66%        $    1,310,111,959.74        39.57%
Manufacturing and
 Construction                          43,538                14.79                744,712,984.71        22.49
Computers and Point-of-Sale            67,526                22.94                625,720,305.12        18.90
General Office                         36,735                12.48                328,736,751.57         9.93
Medical                                10,049                 3.41                173,840,191.45         5.25
Printing                                7,950                 2.70                126,121,325.33         3.81
Other                                      29                 0.01                  1,731,482.29         0.05
                                     --------              -------         ---------------------      -------
      Total................           294,311               100.00%        $    3,310,975,000.21       100.00%
                                     --------              -------         ---------------------      -------
                                     --------              -------         ---------------------      -------
</TABLE>
    
 
    CONTRACT PRINCIPAL BALANCES
 
    The following table shows the distribution of the Preliminary Contract  Pool
by Contract Principal Balance by indicating the number of Contracts which have a
Contract  Principal Balance  within a defined  range and  the aggregate Contract
Principal Balance of such Contracts, and the percentage (by number of  Contracts
and  by aggregate Contract Principal Balance)  of such Contracts relative to all
of the Contracts in the Preliminary Contract Pool:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 % OF PRELIMINARY
                                                                                                   CUT-OFF DATE
                                                                                                     CONTRACT
                                       NUMBER OF        % OF TOTAL         AGGREGATE CONTRACT     POOL PRINCIPAL
CONTRACT PRINCIPAL BALANCE             CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS     PRINCIPAL BALANCE         BALANCE
- ------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------------  ---------------------  -----------------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>                    <C>                    <C>
$        0 to $   5,000.00..........     176,117            59.84%        $      348,786,182.38         10.53%
$  5,000.01 to $  25,000.00.........      92,252            31.35              1,011,460,786.87         30.55
$ 25,000.01 to $  50,000.00.........      15,059             5.12                522,629,509.41         15.78
$ 50,000.01 to $ 100,000.00.........       7,048             2.39                482,385,816.25         14.57
$100,000.01 to $ 500,000.00.........       3,517             1.19                598,162,427.77         18.07
$500,000.01 to $1,000,000.00........         225             0.08                155,131,575.66          4.69
Over $1,000,000.00..................          93             0.03                192,418,701.88          5.81
                                      -----------         -------         ---------------------       -------
      Total.........................     294,311           100.00%        $    3,310,975,000.21        100.00%
                                      -----------         -------         ---------------------       -------
                                      -----------         -------         ---------------------       -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
    REMAINING TERMS OF CONTRACTS
 
    The following  table  shows the  remaining  term  of the  Contracts  in  the
Preliminary  Contract Pool  from the Preliminary  Cut-Off Date  to the scheduled
expiration date of such  Contracts, by indicating the  number of Contracts,  the
aggregate  Contract Principal Balance of such  Contracts, and the percentage (by
number of  Contracts  and  by  aggregate Contract  Principal  Balance)  of  such
Contracts relative to all of the Contracts in the Preliminary Contract Pool:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 % OF PRELIMINARY
                                                                                                   CUT-OFF DATE
                                        NUMBER                                                     CONTRACT POOL
                                          OF            % OF TOTAL         AGGREGATE CONTRACT        PRINCIPAL
REMAINING TERM OF CONTRACTS            CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS     PRINCIPAL BALANCE         BALANCE
- ------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------------  ---------------------  -----------------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>                    <C>                    <C>
One Month to 12 Months..............      70,885            24.09%        $      175,445,061.79          5.30%
13 Months to 24 Months..............      78,652            26.72                550,771,159.36         16.63
25 Months to 36 Months..............      72,859            24.76                804,458,557.21         24.30
37 Months to 48 Months..............      40,854            13.88                798,723,214.33         24.12
49 Months to 60 Months..............      29,701            10.09                846,896,321.41         25.58
Over 60 Months......................       1,360             0.46                134,680,686.10          4.07
                                      -----------         -------         ---------------------       -------
      Total.........................     294,311           100.00%        $    3,310,975,000.21        100.00%
                                      -----------         -------         ---------------------       -------
                                      -----------         -------         ---------------------       -------
</TABLE>
    
 
    TYPES OF OBLIGOR
 
   
    The Contracts with a single Obligor (or group of affiliated Obligors) having
the  largest aggregate Contract Principal Balance  as of the Preliminary Cut-Off
Date represented no more than 2%  of the Preliminary Cut-Off Date Contract  Pool
Principal  Balance. The following table shows  the types of Obligor on Contracts
within the Preliminary Contract Pool, by the number of Contracts, the  aggregate
Contract  Principal Balance of such Contracts,  and the percentage (by number of
Contracts and  by  aggregate  Contract  Principal  Balance)  of  such  Contracts
relative to all of the Contracts in the Preliminary Contract Pool:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 % OF PRELIMINARY
                                                                                                   CUT-OFF DATE
                                                                                                   CONTRACT POOL
                                                        % OF TOTAL         AGGREGATE CONTRACT        PRINCIPAL
TYPE OF OBLIGOR              NUMBER OF CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS     PRINCIPAL BALANCE         BALANCE
- --------------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------  -----------------
<S>                         <C>                    <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Service Organizations.....           148,704                 50.53%       $    1,407,599,130.06          42.51%
Manufacturing and
 Construction.............            41,579                 14.13               765,851,997.24          23.13
Printing and Copy
 Centers..................             6,418                  2.18                93,430,691.95           2.82
Professionals.............            20,059                  6.82               114,896,447.70           3.47
Retail and Wholesale
 Trade....................            39,280                 13.35               425,781,161.67          12.86
Medical...................             7,560                  2.57                88,608,199.79           2.68
Financial Services........            15,646                  5.32               195,886,215.23           5.92
Other.....................            15,065                  5.12               218,921,156.57           6.61
                                    --------               -------        ---------------------        -------
      Total...............           294,311                100.00%       $    3,310,975,000.21         100.00%
                                    --------               -------        ---------------------        -------
                                    --------               -------        ---------------------        -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
CERTAIN STATISTICS RELATING TO DELINQUENCIES AND DEFAULTS
 
    DELINQUENCIES
 
    The following table sets forth statistics relating to Delinquencies on lease
and/or loan contracts within the Originators' portfolios (on an aggregate basis)
as  of December  31, 1991,  December 31, 1992,  December 31,  1993, December 31,
1994, December 31, 1995 and June  30, 1996. For these purposes, a  "Delinquency"
means  that the  obligor on  the lease  or loan  contract has  failed to  make a
required Scheduled Payment in an  amount equal to at  least 90% of the  required
Scheduled  Payment on  the date required  and for a  specified period thereafter
(which period is  set forth  below under  "Defaults"). For  these purposes,  any
payment  made  by the  obligor on  a lease  or loan  contract subsequent  to the
required payment date is applied to  the earliest payment which was unpaid.  The
statistics  set forth  below relate  to the entire  portfolio of  lease and loan
contracts serviced by the Originators as of  the date specified, and not to  the
Contracts  in either the  Preliminary Contract Pool or  the Final Contract Pool;
and,  accordingly,  such  statistics   should  not  necessarily  be   considered
indicative  of the  future performance  of the  Contracts in  the Final Contract
Pool. The following table is  based, where indicated, on  the book value of  the
lease  and loan contracts, as it appears on  the accounting records of TCC as of
the date set forth below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      PERCENTAGE OF AGGREGATE BOOK VALUE OF CONTRACTS WHICH
                                                                         WERE DELINQUENT
                                     AGGREGATE BOOK   ------------------------------------------------------
                                        VALUE OF        31 TO 60      61 TO 90     91 TO 120      OVER 120
DATE OF CALCULATION                    CONTRACTS          DAYS          DAYS          DAYS          DAYS        TOTAL
- ----------------------------------  ----------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ---------
<S>                                 <C>               <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
12/31/91..........................    $                         %             %             %             %
12/31/92..........................    $                         %             %             %             %
12/31/93..........................    $                         %             %             %             %
12/31/94..........................    $                         %             %             %             %
12/31/95..........................    $                         %             %             %             %
 6/30/96..........................    $                         %             %             %             %
</TABLE>
 
    DEFAULTS
 
    The following  table sets  forth statistics  relating to  Defaults on  lease
and/or loan contracts within the Originators' portfolios (on an aggregate basis)
as  of, and  for the  12-month periods ending,  December 31,  1991, December 31,
1992, December 31, 1993, December 31, 1994, December 31, 1995 and as of, and for
the six-month period  ending, June  30, 1996.  For these  purposes, a  "Default"
means  that, (i) during such 12-month period,  the obligor on the relevant lease
or loan contract failed to make payments in  an amount at least equal to 90%  of
the required Scheduled Payment for at least 90 days beyond the date required, or
commenced  a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding,  and (ii) in either event that
the applicable Originator  or TCC declared  a default under  such lease or  loan
contract  and pursued one or more  remedies thereunder. The statistics set forth
below relate to  the portfolio of  lease and/or loan  contracts serviced by  the
Originators  for the  period specified  and not to  the Contracts  in either the
Preliminary Contract Pool  or the  Final Contract Pool;  and, accordingly,  such
statistics  should not  necessarily be  considered as  indicative of  the future
performance of the Contracts in the Final Contract Pool. The following table  is
based,  where indicated, on the book value of the lease and loan contracts as it
appears on the records of TCC as of the date specified below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        AGGREGATE BOOK           PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                     VALUE OF CONTRACTS IN  AGGREGATE BOOK VALUE OF
                                                                         ORIGINATORS'        CONTRACTS WHICH WERE
DATE OF CALCULATION                                                        PORTFOLIO               DEFAULTED
- -------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------  -----------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>                    <C>
12/31/91...........................................................      $                                 %
12/31/92...........................................................      $                                 %
12/31/93...........................................................      $                                 %
12/31/94...........................................................      $                                 %
12/31/95...........................................................      $                                 %
 6/30/96...........................................................      $                                 %
</TABLE>
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
    LOSSES AND RECOVERIES
 
    The following  table sets  forth  statistics relating  to gross  losses  and
losses  net  of recoveries  on  Defaulted lease  and  loan contracts  within the
Originators' portfolios  (on  an aggregate  basis)  during the  12-month  period
ending  December 31,  1991, December 31,  1992, December 31,  1993, December 31,
1994 and December 31, 1995 and during the six-month period ending June 30, 1996.
For these purposes,  "gross losses"  means                , and  "losses net  of
recoveries"  means              . The  statistics set forth  below relate to the
portfolio of lease  and loan contracts  serviced by the  Originators during  the
period  indicated and  not to the  Contracts in either  the Preliminary Contract
Pool or the Final  Contract Pool; and, accordingly,  such statistics should  not
necessarily  be considered indicative of the future performance of the Contracts
in the Final Contract Pool.
 
                               [TABLE TO FOLLOW]
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
   
    It has been the Originators'  experience that, unlike consumer  receivables,
collections  from the obligors constitute a significant portion of recoveries on
defaulted receivables,  in addition  to  the proceeds  from liquidation  of  the
related  equipment. The  resale value  of individual  items of  Equipment, which
would be collected by the Servicer in  the event of a default under the  related
Contract,  will vary  substantially, depending on  such factors  as the expected
remaining useful  life of  the Equipment  at the  time of  the default  and  the
obsolescence  of the Equipment. It  is possible that the  resale values for some
Equipment would  be  negligible  or insufficient  to  justify  repossession  and
resale.
    
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
 
GENERAL
 
    The  Notes will be issued pursuant to the  terms of the Indenture, a form of
which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. A copy of  the
Indenture will be filed with the Commission following the issuance of the Notes.
The  following summary describes  certain terms of the  Notes and the Indenture.
The summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is  qualified
in  its  entirety by  reference  to, all  the provisions  of  the Notes  and the
Indenture.                   , a national  banking association headquartered  in
              , will be the Indenture Trustee.
 
    The  Owner Trust  will issue  $        aggregate  principal amount  of     %
Receivable-Backed Notes,  Class A  (the "Class  A  Notes"), $          aggregate
principal amount of    % Receivable-Backed Notes, Class B (the "Class B Notes"),
and  $      aggregate principal amount  of    % Receivable-Backed Notes, Class C
(the "Class C  Notes"), pursuant to  the Indenture.  The Class A  Notes will  be
senior  in right of payment  to the Class B  and Class C Notes,  and the Class B
Notes will be senior in right of payment  to the Class C Notes. The Owner  Trust
will  also issue two classes of  certificates of beneficial interest, the Equity
Certificates and the Equipment Certificate, which are not being offered  hereby.
The  Equipment  Certificate  will represent  an  undivided interest  in,  and be
payable solely from, the Equipment and certain amounts derived from the sale  or
other  disposition of the Equipment upon expiration or termination (including an
early termination or  liquidation) of  the related Contracts  and certain  other
amounts  as described herein. Amounts payable  on the Equipment Certificate will
not be available  for payment  of interest  and principal  on the  Notes. It  is
expected  that the  Equity Certificates  will initially  represent the  right to
receive principal in  an amount equal  to approximately 4%  of the Cut-Off  Date
Contract  Pool Principal  Balance, together with  interest thereon  at     % per
annum, payable  from  Pledged  Revenues  in the  priority  described  under  "--
Distributions" below.
 
    Payments  on the Notes will be made by the Indenture Trustee on each Payment
Date to persons in whose names the Notes are registered as of the related Record
Date (the "Holders" or  "Noteholders"). The Payment Date  for the Notes will  be
the     day of each  month (or if  such    day is  not a Business  Day, the next
succeeding Business Day), commencing  in October 1996. The  Record Date for  any
Payment Date will be the Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date (so
long as the Notes are held in the book-entry form), or the last day of the prior
calendar month (if Definitive Notes have been issued).
 
    A  "Business Day"  is any day  (other than  a Saturday and  Sunday) on which
commercial banks in New York City and          are open for regular business.
 
    Each Class of  Notes initially  will be represented  by one  or more  global
Notes  (the  "Global  Notes") registered  in  the  name of  the  nominee  of DTC
(together with any successor depository  selected by the Indenture Trustee,  the
"Depository"),  except as set forth below. Beneficial interests in each Class of
Notes will be  available for  purchase in  minimum denominations  of $1,000  and
integral  multiples of  $1,000 in  excess thereof  in book-entry  form only. The
Depositor has  been informed  by  DTC that  DTC's nominee  will  be Cede  &  Co.
Accordingly,  Cede & Co.  is expected to be  the Holder of  record of the Notes.
Unless and until  Definitive Notes  are issued under  the limited  circumstances
described herein, no Note Owner acquiring an interest in any Class of Notes will
be  entitled to receive a certificate representing such Note Owner's interest in
such Notes. Until such time, all references herein to actions by Noteholders  of
any  Class  of  Notes  will  refer  to  actions  taken  by  the  Depository upon
instructions from its participating organizations  and all references herein  to
distributions,  notices, reports and  statements to Noteholders  of any Class of
Notes will  refer  to distributions,  notices,  reports and  statements  to  the
Depository  or its nominee, as the registered Holder of the Notes of such Class,
for  distribution  to  Note  Owners  of  such  Class  in  accordance  with   the
Depository's  procedures. See  "-- Book-Entry  Registration" and  "-- Definitive
Notes."
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    Principal of and interest on the  Notes and the Equity Certificates will  be
paid  on each Payment Date solely from, and secured by, the Amount Available for
such Payment Date, which is equal to: (1) the sum
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
of (a) those Pledged  Revenues on deposit  in the Collection  Account as of  the
last  Business Day preceding the related Determination Date (the "Deposit Date")
(i) which were received by the Servicer during the preceding calendar month (the
"Collection Period") or which represent amounts paid by TCC or the Depositor  to
purchase Contracts and related Equipment as of the end of such Collection Period
("Related  Collection Period Pledged Revenues"), or (ii) to the extent necessary
to pay interest on the Notes and  the Equity Certificates on such Payment  Date,
which  were  received by  the Servicer  after  such Collection  Period ("Current
Collection Period Pledged  Revenues" and, together  with the Related  Collection
Period  Pledged Revenues,  the "Available  Pledged Revenues"),  plus (b) amounts
permitted to  be  withdrawn  therefor  from  the  Cash  Collateral  Account,  as
described  under  "--  Cash  Collateral Account"  below,  less  (2)  the related
Servicing Fee as described in clause (i) of the second succeeding paragraph.
 
    "Pledged Revenues" will consist of (i) "Scheduled Payments" on the Contracts
(which will  consist  of all  payments  under  the Contracts  other  than  those
portions  of such payments which, under the  Contracts, are to be (A) applied by
the Servicer to the payment of insurance premiums, maintenance, taxes and  other
similar   obligations,  or   (B)  retained  by   the  Servicer   in  payment  of
Administrative Fees) received on  or after the Cut-Off  Date and due during  the
term  of  the  Contracts, without  giving  effect to  end-of-term  extensions or
renewals thereof  (including  all  Scheduled  Payments due  prior  to,  but  not
received as of, the Cut-Off Date, but excluding any Scheduled Payments due on or
after,  but received prior to, the Cut-Off Date); (ii) any voluntary prepayments
("Prepayments") received  on or  after  the Cut-Off  Date under  the  Contracts,
provided  that the  amount, if  any, by  which any  such Prepayment  exceeds the
Required Payoff  Amount of  the  related Contract  will not  constitute  Pledged
Revenues;  (iii) any amounts paid  by TCC to purchase  Contracts and the related
Equipment due  to  a  breach  of representations  and  warranties  with  respect
thereto,  as described  under "The  Contracts --  Representations and Warranties
Made by TCC,"  or by the  Depositor to  purchase the Contracts  and the  related
Equipment, as described under "-- Optional Purchase of Contracts" below, in each
case  excluding those  portions thereof  attributable to  the Book  Value of the
Equipment, (iv) certain  of the  proceeds derived  from the  liquidation of  the
Contracts   and  the  related  Equipment,  as  described  under  "--  Liquidated
Contracts" below; and (v) any earnings on the investment of amounts credited  to
the Collection Account.
 
    On  each Payment Date,  the Indenture Trustee  will be required  to make the
following payments,  first, from  Related  Collection Period  Pledged  Revenues,
second,  to  the  extent  the Related  Collection  Period  Pledged  Revenues are
insufficient to pay interest on the  Notes and the Equity Certificiates on  such
Payment  Date,  the amount  necessary to  cure  such insufficiency  from Current
Collection Period Pledged Revenues and third  (but only as to amounts  described
in  clause  (ii) and  certain amounts  included in  clause (iii)),  from amounts
permitted to be withdrawn  from the Cash Collateral  Account as described  under
"-- Cash Collateral Account" below, in the following order of priority:
 
     (i)
       the Servicing Fee to the Servicer;
 
     (ii)
       interest  on the Notes and the Equity Certificates in the following order
       of priority:
 
       (a) interest on the  Class A  Notes (including any  overdue interest  and
           interest thereon),
 
       (b) interest  on the  Class B Notes  (including any  overdue interest and
           interest thereon),
 
       (c) interest on the  Class C  Notes (including any  overdue interest  and
           interest thereon), and
 
       (d) interest  on the Equity Certificates  (including any overdue interest
           and interest thereon);
 
    (iii)
       an amount equal to the Monthly Principal Amount, as of such Payment Date,
       in respect of principal on the  Notes and the Equity Certificates in  the
       priority described under "-- Principal" below; and
 
    (iv)
       the  remainder, if any, to the Cash  Collateral Account, to be applied in
       the manner described under "-- Cash Collateral Account" below.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
CLASS A INTEREST
 
    Interest will be paid to  the Holders of the Class  A Notes on each  Payment
Date,  to the extent the Amount Available is sufficient therefor, at the Class A
Interest Rate on  the then outstanding  Class A Principal  Balance, and will  be
calculated  on the basis of  a 360-day year consisting  of twelve 30-day months.
Such interest so paid on such Payment  Date will be equal to one-twelfth of  the
product  of (i) the Class A Interest Rate and (ii) the related Class A Principal
Balance as of  the immediately preceding  Payment Date (after  giving effect  to
reductions  in  the  related  Class  A  Principal  Balance  on  such immediately
preceding Payment Date).  Interest on  the Class A  Notes will  accrue from  and
including  September   , 1996, to but excluding  October  , 1996 (in the case of
the first interest period), and thereafter for each successive Payment Date from
and including the  most recent  prior Payment Date  to which  interest has  been
paid, to but excluding such Payment Date.
 
    In the event that, on a particular Payment Date, the Amount Available is not
sufficient to make a full distribution of interest to the Holders of the Class A
Notes,  the amount  of such  deficiency, together  with interest  thereon at the
Class A Interest  Rate, to the  extent permitted by  law, will be  added to  the
amount  such Holders will be entitled to receive as interest on the next Payment
Date.
 
CLASS B INTEREST
 
    Interest will be paid to  the Holders of the Class  B Notes on each  Payment
Date,  to the extent  the remaining Amount Available  (after taking into account
any prior applications described under  "-- Distributions" above) is  sufficient
therefor, at the Class B Interest Rate on the then outstanding Class B Principal
Balance,  and will be  calculated on the  basis of a  360-day year consisting of
twelve 30-day months. Such interest so paid  on such Payment Date will be  equal
to  one-twelfth of  the product of  (i) the Class  B Interest Rate  and (ii) the
Class B Principal Balance  as of the immediately  preceding Payment Date  (after
giving effect to reductions in the Class B Principal Balance on such immediately
preceding  Payment Date).  Interest on  the Class B  Notes will  accrue from and
including September   , 1996, to but  excluding October  , 1996 (in the case  of
the first interest period), and thereafter for each successive Payment Date from
and  including the  most recent  prior Payment Date  to which  interest has been
paid, to but excluding such Payment Date.
 
    In the  event that,  on  a particular  Payment  Date, the  remaining  Amount
Available  is not  sufficient to  make a  full distribution  of interest  to the
Holders of Class B Notes, the amount of such deficiency, together with  interest
thereon  at the Class B  Interest Rate, to the extent  permitted by law, will be
carried forward and added to the amount such Holders will be entitled to receive
as interest on the next Payment Date.
 
CLASS C INTEREST
 
    Interest will be paid to  the Holders of the Class  C Notes on each  Payment
Date,  to the extent  the remaining Amount Available  (after taking into account
any prior applications described under  "-- Distributions" above) is  sufficient
therefor, at the Class C Interest Rate on the then outstanding Class C Principal
Balance,  and will be  calculated on the  basis of a  360-day year consisting of
twelve 30-day months. Such interest so paid  on such Payment Date will be  equal
to  one-twelfth of the  product of (i) the  Class C Interest  Rate, and (ii) the
Class C Principal Balance  as of the immediately  preceding Payment Date  (after
giving effect to reductions in the Class C Principal Balance on such immediately
preceding  Payment Date).  Interest on  the Class C  Notes will  accrue from and
including September  , 1996 to but excluding October  , 1996 (in the case of the
first interest period), and thereafter for each successive Payment Date from and
including the most recent prior Payment Date to which interest has been paid, to
but excluding such Payment Date.
 
    In the  event that,  on  a particular  Payment  Date, the  remaining  Amount
Available  is not  sufficient to  make a  full distribution  of interest  to the
Holders of Class C Notes, the amount of such deficiency, together with  interest
thereon  at the Class C  Interest Rate, to the extent  permitted by law, will be
carried forward and added to the amount such Holders will be entitled to receive
as interest on the next Payment Date.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
PRINCIPAL
 
    To the extent the remaining Amount Available (after taking into account  any
prior  applications  described  under "--  Distributions"  above)  is sufficient
therefor, the  amount of  principal  to be  paid on  the  Notes and  the  Equity
Certificates  on  each Payment  Date will  equal  the Monthly  Principal Amount.
Principal payable on the Notes will be paid  in respect of the Class A Notes  on
each  Payment Date until the Class A Principal Balance has been reduced to zero,
then in respect of principal  on the Class B Notes  until the Class B  Principal
Balance  has been reduced to zero, and then in respect of principal on the Class
C Notes until the Class C Principal Balance has been reduced to zero. Commencing
on the first Payment Date, however,    % of the Monthly Principal Amount will be
payable on the  Equity Certificates until  the aggregate amount  so paid  equals
$         .
 
    The  "Monthly  Principal Amount"  for any  Payment Date  will equal  (i) the
difference between (a) the aggregate of  the Contract Principal Balances of  the
Contracts  (the "Contract  Pool Principal  Balance") as of  the last  day of the
Collection Period relating to  the prior Payment  Date (or, in  the case of  the
first  Payment Date, the Cut-Off Date  Contract Pool Principal Balance), and (b)
the Contract Pool Principal Balance as of the last day of the Collection  Period
relating  to such Payment Date,  plus (ii) any portion  of the Monthly Principal
Amount for  the  prior Payment  Date  that was  not  distributed in  respect  of
principal on the Notes or the Equity Certificates, as appropriate, on such prior
Payment Date.
 
    The  "Contract Principal Balance" of any Contract  as of the last day of any
Collection Period is (1) in the case  of a Lease Contract, the present value  of
the  unpaid Scheduled Payments due on such Lease Contract after such last day of
the Collection Period (excluding all Scheduled Payments due on or prior to,  but
not  received as of, such last day, as  well as any Scheduled Payments due after
such last day and received on or  prior thereto) discounted monthly at the  rate
of     % per annum (and assuming  that each Scheduled Payment is due on the last
day of  the  applicable Collection  Period),  and (2)  in  the case  of  a  Loan
Contract,  the remaining scheduled principal balance of such Loan Contract after
giving effect to  Scheduled Payments due  on or prior  to such last  day of  the
Collection  Period, whether or not  paid, as well as  any Scheduled Payments due
after such last  day and received  on or prior  thereto. The Contract  Principal
Balance  of any Contract which, during  a Collection Period, became a Liquidated
Contract or was required to be purchased by TCC as of the end of such Collection
Period due to a breach of representations and warranties, will, for purposes  of
computing  the Monthly Principal Amount for  the related Payment Date, be deemed
to be zero on and after the last day of such Collection Period.
 
    A "Liquidated  Contract" is  any  Contract (a)  with  respect to  which  the
Servicer  has repossessed  and disposed of  the related  Equipment, or otherwise
collected all proceeds which, in the Servicer's judgment, can be collected under
such Contract, or (b) which is delinquent 180 days or more.
 
    The "Collection Period"  for any  Payment Date  will be  the calendar  month
preceding the month in which such Payment Date occurs.
 
    The  "Cut-Off  Date Contract  Pool Principal  Balance"  will equal:  (I) the
aggregate of the Contract Principal Balances of the Contracts as of the  Cut-Off
Date,  plus (II) the aggregate amount of Scheduled Payments on the Contracts due
prior to, but not received as of, the Cut-Off Date. The aggregate of the initial
principal balances of the Notes and the Equity Certificates will be equal to  or
less than the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal Balance.
 
SPECIAL REDEMPTION OF THE NOTES
 
    If  the Merger has  not been consummated by  September   ,  1996, all of the
Notes shall be  redeemed and paid  in full  on September    , 1996,  or on  such
earlier  date  as the  Depositor  may elect  upon  giving the  Indenture Trustee
written notice  thereof at  least five  Business Days  prior to  such date  (the
"Special  Redemption  Date"), at  a  redemption price  (the  "Special Redemption
Price") which is  equal to (i)  in respect of  any Class of  Notes, the  initial
offering  price  of such  Class of  Notes as  shown  on the  cover page  of this
Prospectus  plus  (ii)  interest  on  such  initial  offering  price  from  (and
including)  the Closing Date to (but  excluding) the Special Redemption Date, at
the rate of 10% per annum (calculated  on the basis of a 360-day year  comprised
of    twelve    30-day    months).    The    Special    Redemption    Price   in
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
respect of the  Notes will be  paid from the  amounts on deposit  in the  Escrow
Account  as described  under "The  Depositor and  the Owner  Trust --  The Owner
Trust," which amounts will be sufficient (without regard to any proceeds of  the
investment  thereof)  to so  pay  the Special  Redemption  Price on  the Special
Redemption Date.
 
    If the  Merger is  consummated  on or  prior  to September     ,  1996,  the
Contracts, the Depositor's interest in the related Equipment and the other Trust
Assets  will be transferred  by the Depositor  to the Owner  Trust on the Merger
Consummation Date and the amounts on deposit in the Escrow Account will be  paid
over to the Depositor as described under "Use of Proceeds."
 
    In the event of a Special Redemption, for so long as the Notes are listed on
the  Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the Servicer shall provide public notice of such
redemption in Luxembourg by publication in a newspaper of general publication in
Luxembourg, expected  to  be  the  "Luxembourg Wort,"  as  soon  as  practicable
following  the Special Redemption Date  but in no event  more than five Business
Days thereafter.
 
SUBORDINATION OF CLASS B AND CLASS C NOTES AND EQUITY CERTIFICATES
 
    The likelihood  of  payment of  interest  on each  Class  of Notes  will  be
enhanced  by the  application of  the Amount  Available to  the payment  of such
interest prior to the  payment of principal  on any of the  Notes or the  Equity
Certificates,  as well as by  the preferential right of  the Holders of Notes of
each such Class to receive such interest (1)  in the case of the Class A  Notes,
prior  to the payment of any interest on the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes or
the Equity Certificates,  (2) in the  case of the  Class B Notes,  prior to  the
payment of any interest on the Class C Notes or the Equity Certificates, and (3)
in  the case of the Class  C Notes, prior to the  payment of any interest on the
Equity Certificates. Likewise, the  likelihood of payment  of principal on  each
Class  of Notes  will be enhanced  by the  preferential right of  the Holders of
Notes of each such Class to receive such principal, to the extent of the  Amount
Available  after payment of interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates as
aforesaid, (i) in the  case of the Class  A Notes, prior to  the payment of  any
principal  on the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes or (except as described under
"-- Principal" above) the Equity Certificates, (ii)  in the case of the Class  B
Notes,  prior to the payment of any principal on the Class C Notes or (except as
described under "-- Principal" above) the Equity Certificates, and (iii) in  the
case  of the Class C Notes, prior to  the payment of any principal on the Equity
Certificates, except as described under "-- Principal" above.
 
CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT
 
    The Cash Collateral Account  will be established on  or prior to the  Merger
Consummation Date and will thereafter be available to the Indenture Trustee. The
Cash  Collateral Account will initially be funded in an  amount equal to    % of
the Contract  Pool  Principal Balance  as  of the  Cut-Off  Date  (approximately
$       ).  Amounts on deposit from time to  time in the Cash Collateral Account
(up to, but  not in excess  of, the  Requisite Amount described  below, and  not
including  any investment  earnings on  such funds)  shall be  used to  fund the
following amounts in the following order of priority (to the extent that amounts
on deposit in  the Collection Account  as of any  Deposit Date are  insufficient
therefor  and provided  that any  such insufficiency  has resulted,  directly or
indirectly, from delinquencies  and/or defaults  on the Contracts):  (i) to  pay
interest  on the  Notes and  the Equity Certificates  in the  following order of
priority: (a) interest on the Class A Notes (including any overdue interest  and
interest  thereon), (b)  interest on  the Class  B Notes  (including any overdue
interest and interest thereon), (c) interest on the Class C Notes (including any
overdue  interest  and  interest  thereon),  and  (d)  interest  on  the  Equity
Certificates  (including any overdue interest and interest thereon); (ii) to pay
any Principal Deficiency Amount (equal to the lesser of (a) the Current Realized
Losses on Liquidated  Contracts for  the related  Collection Period  or (b)  the
excess,  if any,  of (A) the  aggregate principal  balance of the  Notes and the
Equity Certificates (after giving effect to all other distributions of principal
on such Payment Date), over (B) the aggregate of the Required Payoff Amounts for
all Contracts as of the last day of the related Collection Period), and (iii) to
pay principal on  the Notes  and Equity  Certificates at  the applicable  Stated
Maturity Date thereof.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
    "Current  Realized Losses" means, as to any Liquidated Contract, the excess,
if any, of (1) the  Required Payoff Amount of such  Contract as of the month  in
which  such Contract became a Liquidated Contract,  over (2) that portion of the
Liquidation Proceeds for such Liquidated Contract allocated to the Notes and the
Equity Certificates as described under "-- Liquidated Contracts" below).
 
    The "Required Payoff Amount," with respect to any Collection Period for  any
Contract,  is  equal  to the  sum  of: (i)  the  Scheduled Payment  due  in such
Collection Period, together with any Scheduled Payments due in prior  Collection
Periods  and not yet received, plus (ii)  the Contract Principal Balance of such
Contract as of the last day of such Collection Period (after taking into account
the Scheduled Payment due in such Collection Period).
 
    If and to  the extent  that the  amount on  deposit in  the Cash  Collateral
Account  as of  any Payment  Date is  less than  the Requisite  Amount (which is
defined as being an amount equal  to approximately $       , subject to  certain
adjustments),  then such deficiency is to  be restored from the remaining Amount
Available, after payment of interest and  principal on the Notes and the  Equity
Certificates  as described under "-- Distributions" above. Any amount on deposit
in the  Cash Collateral  Account in  excess  of the  Requisite Amount,  and  all
investment  earnings on funds  in the Cash Collateral  Account, will be released
from the Cash Collateral Account and paid to or upon the order of the Depositor,
and will  not  be  available  to  make payments  on  the  Notes  or  the  Equity
Certificates.
 
    The  Cash  Collateral Account  must  be an  Eligible  Account, and  funds on
deposit in the Cash Collateral Account will be invested in Eligible  Investments
(each as defined under "-- Trust Accounts" below).
 
LIQUIDATED CONTRACTS
 
    Liquidation  Proceeds received with respect to a Liquidated Contract and the
related Equipment (which will  be reduced by  any related liquidation  expenses)
will  be allocated as follows:  (i) with respect to  any Loan Contract, all such
Liquidation Proceeds will be allocated to the Notes and the Equity Certificates;
and (ii) with respect to any  Lease Contract, such Liquidation Proceeds will  be
allocated  on a  pro rata  basis between the  Equipment Certificate,  on the one
hand,  and  the  Notes  and  the  Equity  Certificates,  on  the  other,   based
respectively  on (a) the "Book Value" of  the Equipment (which is a fixed amount
equal to the value of the Equipment as shown on the accounting books and records
of TCC as of the Cut-Off Date) and (b) the Required Payoff Amount for such Lease
Contract; provided that  in no  event will  the amount  of Liquidation  Proceeds
allocated  to the Notes  and the Equity Certificates  exceed the Required Payoff
Amount. All Liquidation  Proceeds which are  so allocable to  the Notes and  the
Equity  Certificates will be deposited in  the Collection Account and constitute
Pledged Revenues to be applied to the  payment of interest and principal on  the
Notes  and the Equity  Certificates in accordance  with the priorities described
under "-- Distributions" above.
 
OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF CONTRACTS
 
    The Depositor may purchase all of the Contracts and the related Equipment on
any Payment Date following the date on which the unpaid principal balance of the
Notes and the Equity Certificates  is equal to 10% or  less of the Cut-Off  Date
Contract  Pool Principal  Balance. The purchase  price to be  paid in connection
with such purchase shall be  at least equal to  the unpaid principal balance  of
the  Notes and the Equity Certificates as  of such Payment Date plus interest to
be paid on the Notes and the Equity Certificates on such Payment Date, plus  the
Book  Value of the Equipment. The proceeds  of such purchase shall be applied on
such Payment Date  (1) as to  such proceeds in  an amount necessary  to pay  the
principal  and interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates, to the payment
of the remaining  principal balance on  the Notes and  the Equity  Certificates,
together  with interest thereon, and (2) as  to the balance of such proceeds, to
the payment of amounts on the Equipment Certificate.
 
TRUST ACCOUNTS
 
    The Indenture  Trustee  will  establish and  maintain  under  the  Indenture
segregated  trust accounts (which need not  be deposit accounts, but which shall
constitute "Eligible Accounts"), consisting of the
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
"Collection  Account"  and  the  "Escrow  Account"  (collectively,  the   "Trust
Accounts").  An "Eligible  Account" means  any account  which is  (i) an account
maintained with an Eligible Institution (as  defined below); (ii) an account  or
accounts  the deposits in which  are fully insured by  either the Bank Insurance
Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund of the FDIC; (iii) a  "segregated
trust  account" maintained with  the corporate trust department  of a federal or
state chartered depository institution  or trust company  with trust powers  and
acting in its fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee, which
depository  institution or  trust company has  capital and surplus  (or, if such
depository institution  or trust  company  is a  subsidiary  of a  bank  holding
company  system, the bank holding  company has capital and  surplus) of not less
than $50,000,000  and the  securities of  such depository  institution or  trust
company  (or, if such depository institution or trust company is a subsidiary of
a bank  holding  company  system  and such  depository  institution's  or  trust
company's  securities are not rated, the securities of the bank holding company)
have an acceptable credit rating from each  of the Rating Agencies (if rated  by
such Rating Agency); or (iv) an account that will not cause any Rating Agency to
downgrade  or withdraw its  then-current rating assigned to  the Notes or Equity
Certificates,  as  confirmed  in  writing  by  such  Rating  Agency.   "Eligible
Institution"  means any depository  institution organized under  the laws of the
United States or any state, the deposits of which are insured to the full extent
permitted by  law by  the Bank  Insurance Fund  (currently administered  by  the
Federal  Deposit Insurance Corporation), whose  short-term deposits or unsecured
long-term debt have an acceptable credit rating from each of the Rating Agencies
(if rated  by such  Rating Agency),  and  which is  subject to  supervision  and
examination by federal or state authorities.
 
    The  Servicer,  as  agent  for  the  Indenture  Trustee,  may  designate, or
otherwise arrange for the purchase by  the Indenture Trustee of, investments  to
be  made with funds in  the Trust Accounts, which  investments shall be Eligible
Investments (as defined in  the Indenture) that will  mature not later than  the
business   day  preceding   the  applicable  monthly   Payment  Date.  "Eligible
Investments" include, among other investments, obligations of the United  States
or  of any  agency thereof  backed by the  full faith  and credit  of the United
States; federal  funds,  certificates of  deposit,  time deposits  and  bankers'
acceptances   sold  by  eligible   financial  institutions;  certain  repurchase
agreements with  eligible institutions  and other  investments which  would  not
result  in the downgrading  or withdrawal of  any rating of  the Notes or Equity
Certificates by any Rating Agency.
 
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS
 
    The Servicer  will  furnish to  the  Indenture Trustee,  and  the  Indenture
Trustee  will include  with each  distribution to  a Noteholder,  a statement in
respect of the related Payment Date setting forth, among other things:
 
           (i)
           the amount  of interest  paid on  the Class  A Notes,  including  any
           unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any remaining unpaid
           interest on the Class A Notes;
 
          (ii)
           the  amount  of interest  paid on  the Class  B Notes,  including any
           unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any remaining unpaid
           interest on the Class B Notes;
 
         (iii)
           the amount  of interest  paid on  the Class  C Notes,  including  any
           unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any remaining unpaid
           interest on the Class C Notes;
 
          (iv)
           the amount of principal paid on the Class A Notes;
 
           (v)
           the amount of principal paid on the Class B Notes;
 
          (vi)
           the amount of principal paid on the Class C Notes;
 
         (vii)
           the Principal Deficiency Amount, if any, for such Payment Date;
 
        (viii)
           the  amount of  interest and  principal (if  any) paid  on the Equity
           Certificates; and
 
          (ix)
           the Requisite Amount of the Cash Collateral Account and the amount on
           deposit in the Cash  Collateral Account (after  giving effect to  any
           deposits and withdrawals to be made on the Payment Date).
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
   
    The Notes will be registered in the name of a nominee of DTC and will not be
registered in the names of the beneficial owners or their nominees. As a result,
unless  and  until  Definitive Notes  are  issued in  the  limited circumstances
described under  "-- Definitive  Notes"  below, beneficial  owners will  not  be
recognized  by the Indenture Trustee as Noteholders, as that term is used in the
Indenture. Hence, until such  time, beneficial owners  will receive reports  and
other  information provided  for under  the Indenture only  if, when  and to the
extent provided by DTC  and its participating  organizations. The Servicer  will
file  a copy of  each such report with  the Commission on  Form 8-K. However, in
accordance with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder, the  Depositor expects  that  the Trust's  obligation to  file  such
reports will be terminated at the end of 1996.
    
 
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
 
    Each  Class of  Notes will  initially be represented  by one  or more Global
Notes registered in  the name  of the  nominee of  DTC. The  Depositor has  been
informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede & Co. Noteholders may hold their
Notes through DTC (in the United States) or Cedel Bank or Euroclear (in Europe),
which  in  turn hold  through  DTC, if  they  are participants  of  such systems
("Participants"), or indirectly through  organizations that are participants  in
such  systems. Cedel Bank and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of
the Cedel  Bank  Participants  and  the  Euroclear  Participants,  respectively,
through  customers' securities accounts in Cedel Bank's and Euroclear's names on
the books of  their respective depositories  (collectively, the  "Depositories")
which  in turn will hold such positions in customers' securities accounts in the
Depositories' names on the books of DTC.
 
    DTC is a New York-chartered limited-purpose  trust company, a member of  the
Federal  Reserve System, a "clearing corporation"  within the meaning of the UCC
in effect in the State of New York, and a "clearing agency" registered  pursuant
to  the provisions of Section 17A of  the Exchange Act. DTC holds securities for
its  Participants  ("DTC  Participants")  and  facilitates  the  clearance   and
settlement  among Participants of securities transactions, such as transfers and
pledges, in  deposited  securities  through  electronic  book-entry  changes  in
Participants'  accounts, thereby eliminating  the need for  physical movement of
securities. Participants include  securities brokers and  dealers, banks,  trust
companies,  clearing  corporations,  and certain  other  organizations. Indirect
access to the DTC system is also available to others such as securities  brokers
and  dealers,  banks,  and trust  companies  that  clear through  or  maintain a
custodial  relationship  with  a  Participant,  either  directly  or  indirectly
("Indirect  Participants"). The rules applicable to DTC and its Participants are
on file with the Commission.
 
    Transfers between DTC Participants will occur in accordance with DTC  rules.
Transfers  between Cedel Bank Participants and Euroclear Participants will occur
in the ordinary  way in  accordance with  their applicable  rules and  operating
procedures.
 
    Cross-market  transfers  between  persons  holding  directly  or  indirectly
through DTC in the United  States, on the one  hand, and directly or  indirectly
through  Cedel Bank  Participants or Euroclear  Participants on  the other hand,
will be effected  through DTC  in accordance  with DTC  rules on  behalf of  the
relevant European international clearing system by its Depository; however, such
cross-market  transactions will require delivery of instructions to the relevant
European international clearing  system by  the counterparty in  such system  in
accordance  with its rules  and procedures and  within its established deadlines
(European time). The  relevant European international  clearing system will,  if
the  transaction meets its settlement  requirements, deliver instructions to its
Depository to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering
or receiving securities in  DTC, and making or  receiving payment in  accordance
with  normal procedures for  same-day funds settlement  applicable to DTC. Cedel
Bank Participants  and  Euroclear  Participants  may  not  deliver  instructions
directly to the Depositaries.
 
    Because  of time-zone differences,  credits of securities  received in Cedel
Bank or Euroclear as a  result of a transaction with  a DTC Participant will  be
made  during the subsequent securities settlement processing, dated the business
day following the DTC settlement date,  and such credits or any transactions  in
such  securities settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant
Cedel Bank  Participant or  Euroclear  Participant on  such business  day.  Cash
received  in Cedel Bank  or Euroclear as a  result of sales  of securities by or
through  a  Cedel  Bank  Participant  or  a  Euroclear  Participant  to  a   DTC
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
Participant  will be received with value on  the DTC settlement date but will be
available in the relevant Cedel  Bank or Euroclear cash  account only as of  the
business  day following settlement in  DTC. For additional information regarding
clearance and  settlement  procedures  and with  respect  to  tax  documentation
procedures,  see "Global Clearance, Settlement and Tax Documentation Procedures"
and "Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements" in Appendix A.
 
    Note Owners that are not Participants or Indirect Participants but desire to
purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other interests in,  Notes
may  do so only through Participants and Indirect Participants. Note Owners will
receive all distributions  from the Indenture  Trustee through Participants  and
Indirect Participants. Note Owners may experience some delay in their receipt of
payments,  since such  payments will  be forwarded  by the  Indenture Trustee to
DTC's nominee.  DTC  will  forward  such payments  to  its  Participants,  which
thereafter  will  forward them  to Indirect  Participants  or Note  Owners. Note
Owners will not be recognized by  the Indenture Trustee as Noteholders and  Note
Owners  will be permitted to exercise  the rights of Noteholders only indirectly
through DTC and its Participants.
 
    Under the rules, regulations and  procedures creating and affecting DTC  and
its  operations (the "Rules"),  DTC is required to  make book-entry transfers of
Notes among Participants on whose behalf it  acts with respect to the Notes  and
to  receive  and  transmit  distributions  of  amounts  payable  on  the  Notes.
Participants and  Indirect Participants  with which  Note Owners  have  accounts
similarly  are required  to make book-entry  transfers and  receive and transmit
such payments on behalf of  their respective Note Owners. Accordingly,  although
Note  Owners will  not possess  Notes, the  Rules provide  a mechanism  by which
Participants will receive payments and will be able to transfer their interests.
 
    Because DTC can  act only  on behalf  of Participants,  who in  turn act  on
behalf  of Indirect Participants and certain banks,  the ability of a Note Owner
to pledge  Notes to  persons or  entities that  do not  participate in  the  DTC
system,  or to otherwise act  with respect to such Notes,  may be limited due to
the lack of a physical certificate for such Notes.
 
    DTC has advised the Depositor that it  will take any action permitted to  be
taken  by a Noteholder under the Indenture, only at the direction of one or more
Participants to whose  accounts with DTC  the Notes are  credited. DTC may  take
conflicting actions with respect to other undivided interests to the extent that
such  actions are  taken on behalf  of Participants whose  holdings include such
undivided interests.
 
    Except as required by law, the Depositor, the Owner Trust, and the Indenture
Trustee will not have any liability for any aspect of the records relating to or
payments made on account of beneficial  ownership interest of the Notes held  by
DTC's nominee, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating
to such beneficial ownership interests.
 
    DTC  may discontinue  providing its  services as  securities depository with
respect to the Notes at  any time by giving  reasonable notice to the  Indenture
Trustee.  Under such  circumstances, in  the event  that a  successor securities
depository is not  obtained, Definitive  Notes are  required to  be printed  and
delivered. See "-- Definitive Notes."
 
    The  information in this section concerning  DTC and DTC's book-entry system
has been obtained from sources that  the Depositor believes to be reliable,  but
the Depositor takes no responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof.
 
    Cedel Bank, societe anonyme ("Cedel Bank") is incorporated under the laws of
Luxembourg  as a  professional depository. Cedel  Bank holds  securities for its
Participants ("Cedel  Bank  Participants")  and facilitates  the  clearance  and
settlement  of securities  transactions between Cedel  Bank Participants through
electronic book-entry changes  in accounts of  Cedel Bank Participants,  thereby
eliminating  the need for  physical movement of  securities. Transactions may be
settled by Cedel Bank in  numerous currencies, including United States  dollars.
Cedel Bank provides to its Cedel Bank Participants, among other things, services
for  safekeeping,  administration, clearance  and settlement  of internationally
traded securities and  securities lending and  borrowing. Cedel Bank  interfaces
with domestic markets in several
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
countries. As a professional depository, Cedel Bank is subject to regulations by
the  Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.  Cedel  Bank  Participants  are recognized
financial institutions  around  the world,  including  underwriters,  securities
brokers  and dealers, banks, trust  companies, clearing corporations and certain
other organizations  and may  include the  Underwriters of  the Notes.  Indirect
access  to  Cedel Bank  is also  available  to others,  such as  banks, brokers,
dealers  and  trust  companies  that  clear  through  or  maintain  a  custodial
relationship with a Cedel Bank Participant, either directly or indirectly.
 
    The  Euroclear System (the  "Euroclear System") was created  in 1968 to hold
securities for participants of  the Euroclear System ("Euroclear  Participants")
and  to  clear and  settle transactions  between Euroclear  Participants through
simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against payment, thereby eliminating
the need  for  physical  movement  of  securities and  any  risk  from  lack  of
simultaneous  transfers of securities and cash.  Transactions may now be settled
in numerous currencies,  including United States  dollars. The Euroclear  System
includes  various other services, including securities lending and borrowing and
interfaces with domestic markets in  several countries generally similar to  the
arrangements  for cross-market transfers with DTC described above. The Euroclear
System is  operated by  Morgan Guaranty  Trust Company  of New  York,  Brussels,
Belgium  office (the "Euroclear  Operator" or "Euroclear"),  under contract with
Euroclear  Clearance  System,  S.C.,  a  Belgian  cooperative  corporation  (the
"Cooperative").  All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all
Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with the Euroclear  Operator, not the  Cooperative. The Cooperative  establishes
policy  for the Euroclear system on  behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear
Participants include  banks (including  central banks),  securities brokers  and
dealers  and  other professional  financial intermediaries  and may  include the
Underwriters. Indirect access to the Euroclear System is also available to other
firms that clear through or maintain  a custodial relationship with a  Euroclear
Participant, either directly or indirectly.
 
    The  Euroclear  Operator  is  the  Belgian  branch  of  a  New  York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board  of Governors of the Federal Reserve  System
and  the  New York  State Banking  Department,  as well  as the  Belgian Banking
Commission.
 
    Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear  Operator
are  governed by  the Terms  and Conditions Governing  Use of  Euroclear and the
related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian  law
(collectively,  the  "Terms and  Conditions"). The  Terms and  Conditions govern
transfers of  securities and  cash within  the Euroclear  System, withdrawal  of
securities  and cash  from the Euroclear  System, and receipts  of payments with
respect to securities in the Euroclear  System. All securities in the  Euroclear
System  are held on a fungible  basis without attribution of specific securities
to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the
Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear Participants and has no  record
of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.
 
    Distributions  with respect  to Notes held  through Cedel  Bank or Euroclear
will be credited to  the cash accounts of  Cedel Bank Participants or  Euroclear
Participants  in accordance with the relevant  system's rules and procedures, to
the extent received by its Depository. Such distributions will be subject to tax
reporting in accordance with  relevant United States  tax laws and  regulations.
Cedel  Bank or the Euroclear  Operator, as the case may  be, will take any other
action permitted to be taken by a Noteholder under the Indenture on behalf of  a
Cedel  Bank Participant or  a Euroclear Participant only  in accordance with its
relevant rules and procedures and subject to its Depository's ability to  effect
such actions on its behalf through DTC.
 
    Although  DTC,  Cedel  Bank  and  Euroclear  have  agreed  to  the foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate transfers of Notes among participants of  DTC,
Cedel Bank and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to
perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.
 
    A  paying agent shall  be maintained in  respect of the  Notes in Luxembourg
(the "Luxembourg Paying  Agent") for  so long  as the  Notes are  listed on  the
Luxembourg    Stock    Exchange.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
has been appointed as the initial Luxembourg Paying Agent.             shall  be
appointed  transfer agent in Luxembourg, with respect  to the Notes, in case the
Global Notes are replaced by Definitive Notes.
 
DEFINITIVE NOTES
 
    The Notes of each Class will  be issued in registered, certificated form  to
the  Note Owners  of such Class  or their nominees  ("Definitive Notes"), rather
than to the Depository or  its nominee, only if  (i) the Depository advises  the
Indenture  Trustee in writing that it is  no longer willing or able to discharge
properly its responsibilities as  Depository with respect to  the Notes of  such
Class,  and the Indenture Trustee is unable  to locate a qualified successor, or
(ii) Note Owners representing not less than 50% of the principal balance of such
Class advise the Indenture  Trustee and the  Depository through Participants  in
writing  that the continuation of a  book-entry system through the Depository is
no longer in the best interest of the Note Owners of such Class.
 
    Upon the  occurrence of  any  of the  events  described in  the  immediately
preceding  paragraph, the Depository  is required to  notify all Participants of
the availability through the Depository  of Definitive Notes. Upon surrender  by
the  Depository  of the  definitive certificate  representing  the Notes  of the
affected Class and  instructions for  registration, the  Indenture Trustee  will
issue  the Notes of such Class as Definitive Notes, and thereafter the Indenture
Trustee will recognize the Note Owners  of such Definitive Notes as  Noteholders
under the Indenture.
 
    Distributions  of principal and  interest on the  Notes will be  made by the
Indenture Trustee directly to Noteholders in accordance with the procedures  set
forth  herein and in the Indenture. Interest payments and any principal payments
on each Payment Date will be made  to Noteholders in whose names the  Definitive
Notes  were registered  at the  close of  business on  the related  Record Date.
Distributions will be made by check mailed to the address of such Noteholder  as
it  appears  on the  register  maintained by  the  Indenture Trustee.  The final
payment on any Note, however, will be made only upon presentation and  surrender
of  such  Note  at  the  office  or agency  specified  in  the  notice  of final
distribution to Noteholders. The Indenture  Trustee will provide such notice  to
registered  Noteholders mailed not later than the fifth day of the month of such
final distributions.
 
    Definitive Notes will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices of the
transfer agent and registrar, which initially will be the Indenture Trustee  (in
such   capacity,  the  "Transfer  Agent  and  Registrar")  and  the  offices  of
            which shall be appointed as transfer agent in Luxembourg in  respect
of  such Definitive Notes  (the "Luxembourg Transfer  Agent"). No service charge
will be imposed for any registration  of transfer or exchange, but the  Transfer
Agent  and Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or
other governmental charge  imposed in connection  therewith. The Transfer  Agent
and  Registrar will  not be  required to  register the  transfer or  exchange of
Definitive Notes for the period from the Record Date preceding the due date  for
any payment to the Payment Date with respect to such Definitive Notes.
 
MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE WITHOUT NOTEHOLDER CONSENT
 
    The  Owner  Trust and  the  Indenture Trustee  may,  without consent  of the
Noteholders, enter  into one  or more  supplemental indentures  for any  of  the
following  purposes: (i) to correct or amplify the description of the collateral
or add additional collateral;  (ii) to provide for  the assumption of the  Notes
and  the Indenture obligations by  a permitted successor to  the Owner Trust (as
described under "-- Certain Covenants");  (iii) to add additional covenants  for
the  benefit of the Noteholders,  or to surrender any  rights or power conferred
upon the Owner Trust; (iv) to  convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge  any
property  to or with the Indenture Trustee; (v) to cure any ambiguity or correct
or supplement any provision  in the Indenture or  in any supplemental  indenture
which  may be inconsistent  with any other  provision of the  Indenture; (vi) to
provide for the acceptance of the  appointment of a successor Indenture  Trustee
or  to  add to  or change  any  of the  provisions of  the  Indenture or  in any
supplemental indenture as  shall be  necessary and permitted  to facilitate  the
administration  by more than one  trustee; (vii) to modify,  eliminate or add to
the provisions of the Indenture in order to comply with the Trust Indenture  Act
of 1939, as amended; and (viii) to avoid a reduction or withdrawal of any rating
of the Notes.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE WITH NOTEHOLDER CONSENT
 
    With  the consent  of the Holders  representing a majority  of the principal
balance of each  Class of the  Notes then outstanding  (a "Note Majority"),  the
Owner  Trustee and the Indenture Trustee may execute a supplemental indenture to
add provisions  to change  in any  manner or  eliminate any  provisions of,  the
Indenture, or modify in any manner the rights of the Noteholders.
 
    Without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby,
however,  no  supplemental  indenture  may:  (i)  change  the  due  date  of any
installment of principal  of or  interest on any  Note or  reduce the  principal
amount thereof, the interest rate specified thereon or the redemption price with
respect  thereto or  change the  manner of calculating  any such  payment or any
place of  payment where,  or the  coin or  currency in  which, any  Note or  any
interest  thereon is payable;  (ii) impair the  right to institute  suit for the
enforcement of  certain provisions  of the  Indenture regarding  payment;  (iii)
reduce the percentage of each Class of the Notes then outstanding the consent of
the  Holders of which is required for any such supplemental indenture or for any
waiver of compliance  with certain  provisions of  the Indenture  or of  certain
defaults  thereunder and their consequences; (iv) modify or alter the provisions
of the Indenture  regarding the voting  of Notes  held by the  Owner Trust,  any
other  obligor on the Notes,  the Depositor or an affiliate  of any of them; (v)
reduce the  percentage of  the Notes  the consent  of the  Holders of  which  is
required  to  direct the  Indenture  Trustee to  sell  or liquidate  the Pledged
Revenues if the proceeds of such sale would be insufficient to pay the principal
amount and accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes; (vi) reduce the
percentage of each  Class of the  Notes then outstanding  required to amend  the
sections  of the Indenture which specify the applicable percentage of each Class
of the Notes then outstanding necessary to amend the Indenture or certain  other
related agreements; (vii) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on
a  parity with the lien  of the Indenture with respect  to any of the collateral
for the  Notes  or,  except  as  otherwise  permitted  or  contemplated  in  the
Indenture, terminate the lien of the Indenture on any such collateral or deprive
the Holder of any Note of the security afforded by the lien of the Indenture; or
(viii)  result in a reduction or withdrawal of  the rating of any Class of Notes
by a Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing by each Rating Agency.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT
 
    "Events of Default" under the Indenture  will consist of: (i) a default  for
five  days or more in the  payment of interest due on  any Note; (ii) failure to
pay the unpaid principal  amount of any  Class of Notes  on the Stated  Maturity
Date  for such Class;  (iii) a default  in the observance  or performance in any
material respect of any  covenant or agreement  of the Owner  Trust made in  the
Indenture,  or any  representation or  warranty made by  the Owner  Trust in the
Indenture or  in any  certificate delivered  pursuant thereto  or in  connection
therewith having been incorrect as of the time made, and the continuation of any
such  default or the failure to cure such breach of a representation or warranty
for a period of 30 days after notice thereof is given to the Owner Trust by  the
Indenture Trustee or to the Owner Trust and the Indenture Trustee by the Holders
of  at least  25% in  principal amount  of the  Notes then  outstanding; or (iv)
certain events of  bankruptcy, insolvency,  receivership or  liquidation of  the
Owner Trust.
 
    If  an Event of Default  should occur and be  continuing with respect to the
Notes, the Indenture Trustee or a Note Majority may declare the principal of the
Notes to be  immediately due and  payable. Such declaration  may, under  certain
circumstances, be rescinded by a Note Majority.
 
    If  the  Notes have  been declared  due  and payable  following an  Event of
Default, the Indenture Trustee may institute proceedings to collect amounts  due
or foreclose on Pledged Revenues, exercise remedies as a secured party, sell the
related Pledged Revenues or elect to have the Owner Trust maintain possession of
the  Pledged Revenues and continue to  apply collections on the Pledged Revenues
as if there  had been  no declaration  of acceleration.  The Indenture  Trustee,
however, will be prohibited from selling the Pledged Revenues following an Event
of  Default, unless (i) the Holders of all the outstanding Notes consent to such
sale; (ii) the proceeds of such sale are sufficient to pay in full the principal
of and the accrued  interest on all  the outstanding Notes at  the date of  such
sale; or (iii) the Indenture Trustee determines that the proceeds of the Pledged
Revenues would not be sufficient on an
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
ongoing  basis to  make all payments  on the  Notes as such  payments would have
become due if such obligations  had not been declared  due and payable, and  the
Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of the Holders of 66 2/3% of the aggregate
outstanding  amount  of the  Notes.  Following a  declaration  upon an  Event of
Default that the Notes are immediately due and payable, (i) Class A  Noteholders
will  be entitled to payment of all outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid
interest from any proceeds of liquidation  of the Pledged Revenues, followed  by
(ii)  payment of interest and principal on  the Class B Notes, followed by (iii)
payment of interest and principal on the Class C Notes, followed by (iv) payment
of interest and principal on the Equity Certificates.
 
    Subject to the  provisions of the  Indenture relating to  the duties of  the
Indenture  Trustee,  if  an  Event  of Default  occurs  and  is  continuing, the
Indenture Trustee will be under no obligation  to exercise any of the rights  or
powers  under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of
the Notes,  if  the  Indenture  Trustee  reasonably  believes  it  will  not  be
adequately  indemnified against the costs,  expenses and liabilities which might
be incurred by it in complying with such request. Subject to the provisions  for
indemnification  and  certain limitations  contained  in the  Indenture,  a Note
Majority will have the right to direct the time, method and place of  conducting
any  proceeding or  any remedy  available to the  Indenture Trustee,  and a Note
Majority may, in certain cases, waive any default with respect thereto, except a
default in the payment  of principal or  interest or a default  in respect of  a
covenant  or  provision of  the Indenture  that cannot  be modified  without the
waiver or consent of all of the Holders of such outstanding Notes.
 
    No Holder of a  Note will have  the right to  institute any proceeding  with
respect  to the Indenture,  unless (i) such  Holder previously has  given to the
Indenture Trustee written  notice of  a continuing  Event of  Default, (ii)  the
Holders  of not less than 25% in  principal amount of the outstanding Notes have
made written request of  the Indenture Trustee to  institute such proceeding  in
its own name as Indenture Trustee, (iii) such Holder or Holders have offered the
Indenture  Trustee reasonable indemnity,  (iv) the Indenture  Trustee has for 60
days failed to institute such proceeding, and (v) no direction inconsistent with
such written request has been given to the Indenture Trustee during such  60-day
period  by the  Holders of  a majority in  principal amount  of such outstanding
Notes.
 
    If an Event of Default  occurs and is continuing and  if it is known to  the
Indenture  Trustee, the Indenture Trustee will mail to each Noteholder notice of
the Event of Default  within 90 days after  it occurs. Except in  the case of  a
failure  to pay principal of or interest  on any Note, the Indenture Trustee may
withhold the  notice  if  and so  long  as  it determines  in  good  faith  that
withholding the notice is in the interests of the Noteholders.
 
    In  addition, the  Indenture Trustee and  the Noteholders,  by accepting the
Notes, will  covenant that  they will  not  at any  time institute  against  the
Depositor  or the Owner Trust any bankruptcy, reorganization or other proceeding
under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.
 
    Neither the  Indenture  Trustee nor  the  Owner Trustee  in  its  individual
capacity, nor any Holder of a Note including, without limitation, the Depositor,
nor  any of their respective owners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors,
employees, affiliates, successors or assigns will, in the absence of an  express
agreement  to the contrary, be personally liable for the payment of the Notes or
for any agreement or covenant of the Owner Trust contained in the Indenture.
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
    The Indenture will provide that the Owner Trust may not consolidate with  or
merge  into any other entity, unless (i)  the entity formed by or surviving such
consolidation or merger is organized under the laws of the United States or  any
state, (ii) such entity expressly assumes the Trust's obligation to make due and
punctual  payments upon  the Notes  and the  performance or  observance of every
agreement and covenant of the Owner Trust under the Indenture, (iii) no Event of
Default shall have occurred and be  continuing immediately after such merger  or
consolidation,  (iv) the Owner Trustee  has been advised that  the rating of the
Notes and  the  Equity Certificates  then  in effect  would  not be  reduced  or
withdrawn by
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
the  Rating Agencies as a result of  such merger or consolidation, (v) the Owner
Trustee has received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such consolidation
or merger would have no material adverse  tax consequence to the Owner Trust  or
to any Noteholder or Equity Certificateholder.
 
    The  Owner  Trust will  not,  among other  things,  (i) except  as expressly
permitted by the Indenture or the  Trust Agreement, sell, transfer, exchange  or
otherwise dispose of any of the assets of the Owner Trust, (ii) claim any credit
on  or make any deduction from the  principal and interest payable in respect of
the related Notes  (other than  amounts withheld  under the  Code or  applicable
state  law) or  assert any claim  against any  present or former  Holder of such
Notes because of the payment of taxes  levied or assessed upon the Owner  Trust,
(iii)  dissolve or liquidate  in whole or  in part, (iv)  permit the validity or
effectiveness of  the  Indenture to  be  impaired or  permit  any person  to  be
released  from any covenants or obligations with  respect to the Notes under the
Indenture except  as  may be  expressly  permitted  thereby, or  (v)  except  as
expressly  permitted by the  Indenture, the Transfer  and Servicing Agreement or
the Trust Agreement, permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security  interest,
mortgage  or other encumbrance to be created  on or extend to or otherwise arise
upon or  burden the  assets of  the  Owner Trust  or any  part thereof,  or  any
interest therein or proceeds thereof.
 
    The Owner Trust may not engage in any activity other than as specified under
"The Depositor and the Owner Trust -- The Owner Trust." The Owner Trust will not
incur,  assume or  guarantee any  indebtedness other  than indebtedness incurred
pursuant to the  Notes and  the Indenture or  otherwise in  accordance with  the
Indenture, the Trust Agreement and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
 
ANNUAL COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
 
    The Owner Trust will be required to file annually with the Indenture Trustee
a  written  statement  as  to  the  fulfillment  of  its  obligations  under the
Indenture.
 
INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S ANNUAL REPORT
 
    The Indenture Trustee will be required to mail each year to all  Noteholders
a  brief report  relating to  its eligibility  and qualification  to continue as
Indenture Trustee under the related Indenture, any amounts advanced by it  under
the   Indenture,  the  amount,  interest  rate  and  maturity  date  of  certain
indebtedness owing by the Owner Trust to the Indenture Trustee in its individual
capacity, the property  and funds physically  held by the  Indenture Trustee  as
such  and any action taken by it that  materially affects the Notes and that has
not been previously reported.
 
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
 
    The Indenture will be discharged with respect to the collateral securing the
Notes upon the delivery to the related Indenture Trustee for cancellation of all
such Notes or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with the Indenture Trustee
of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all of such Notes.
 
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
 
             will be the Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee may resign  at
any  time, in which event the Depositor will be obligated to appoint a successor
trustee. The Depositor may  also remove the Indenture  Trustee if the  Indenture
Trustee  ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the Indenture or if the
Indenture Trustee becomes insolvent. In  such circumstances, the Depositor  will
be  obligated to appoint a successor trustee.  Any resignation or removal of the
Indenture Trustee  and  appointment  of  a successor  trustee  will  not  become
effective until acceptance of the appointment by a successor trustee.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
              DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
 
TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS AND EQUIPMENT
 
    On  the  Merger  Consummation Date,  the  Originators will  transfer  to the
Depositor pursuant  to the  Purchase Agreement  all of  their right,  title  and
interest  in the  Contracts and  the related  Equipment, including  all security
interests created  thereby  and therein,  the  right to  receive  all  Scheduled
Payments  and Prepayments received on the Contracts on or after the Cut-Off Date
(including all Scheduled  Payments due  prior to, but  not received  as of,  the
Cut-Off Date, but excluding any Scheduled Payments due on or after, but received
prior  to, the Cut-Off Date), all  rights under insurance policies maintained on
the Equipment pursuant to the Contracts, all documents contained in the Contract
Files and  all proceeds  derived from  any  of the  foregoing. Pursuant  to  the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, on the Merger Consummation Date, the Depositor
will  transfer all  of the  foregoing, together  with all  its rights  under the
Purchase Agreement, to the Owner Trust.
 
    The  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement  will  designate  the  Servicer  as
custodian to maintain possession, as the Owner Trustee's agent, of the Contracts
and   all  documents   related  thereto.   To  facilitate   servicing  and  save
administrative costs, the documents will not be physically segregated from other
similar documents that are in TCC's possession. UCC financing statements will be
filed on the Merger Consummation Date in the applicable jurisdictions reflecting
the assignment  of  the Contracts  by  the  Originators to  the  Depositor,  the
transfer  by the Depositor to the Owner Trust, and the pledge by the Owner Trust
to the Indenture Trustee, and  the Originators' accounting records and  computer
systems  will also reflect such assignments  and pledge. The Contracts will not,
however, be stamped or otherwise  physically marked to reflect their  assignment
to  the Owner  Trust. If, through  fraud, negligence or  otherwise, a subsequent
purchaser were  able  to  take  physical possession  of  the  Contracts  without
knowledge  of the  assignment, the  Trust's interest  in the  Contracts could be
defeated. See "Risk Factors -- Certain Legal Aspects" and "Certain Legal Aspects
of the Contracts."
 
COLLECTIONS ON CONTRACTS
 
    The Servicer will  deposit in the  Collection Account on  a daily basis,  no
later  than the fifth Business Day after receipt thereof, the following payments
or collections received by it after the Cut-Off Date:
 
       (i) all Scheduled Payments  made by on  or behalf of  Obligors under  the
           Contracts;
 
       (ii)all  amounts paid by an Obligor  in connection with the prepayment or
           early termination of  a Contract  in respect of  the Required  Payoff
    Amount thereof;
 
       (iii)
           all amounts constituting Liquidation Proceeds on Liquidated Contracts
           to  the extent allocable to the  Notes and the Equity Certificates as
    described under "Description of the Notes -- Liquidated Contracts";
 
       (iv)any and  all  payments made  by  TCC  pursuant to  the  Transfer  and
           Servicing  Agreement in connection with the purchase of any Contracts
    and the related Equipment  as a result  of a breach  of a representation  or
    warranty  with  respect  thereto,  as  described  under  "The  Contracts  --
    Representations and  Warranties  Made  by  TCC,"  excluding  those  portions
    thereof allocable to the Book Value of the related Equipment; and
 
       (v) the  amount paid by  the Depositor to purchase  the Contracts and the
           related Equipment, as  described under "Description  of the Notes  --
    Optional Purchase of Contracts," excluding that portion thereof allocable to
    the Book Value of Equipment.
 
    The  Servicer will be  entitled to withdraw from  the Collection Account any
amounts deposited therein in error or required to be repaid to an Obligor, based
on the Servicer's  good-faith determination  that such amount  was deposited  in
error or must be returned to the Obligor.
 
    Under  the Transfer  and Servicing  Agreement, the  Servicer is  required to
establish in its own name one or  more "Insurance and Tax Accounts," into  which
are  to  be  deposited any  payments  made by  or  on behalf  of  Obligors which
constitute (a) insurance premiums  paid by an Obligor  to the lessor or  secured
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
party under a Contract (unless such payments are made directly by the Obligor to
the  applicable insurance company, or TCC  or the Originator has previously paid
such premiums), (b) any  insurance payments or recoveries  paid by an  insurance
company  or comparable third party and related  to the damage to, or destruction
of, the  Equipment  related to  such  Contract  (unless paid  directly  by  such
insurance  company or comparable  third party directly to  the Obligor), and (c)
taxes paid  by  the  Obligor and  related  to  the applicable  Contract  or  the
Equipment  related thereto (unless such payment  is made directly by the Obligor
to the applicable taxing authority or authorities, or TCC or the Originator  has
previously  paid such taxes). The Servicer  is required to withdraw amounts from
the Insurance and Tax Accounts, when and if appropriate, to pay when due (1) all
insurance premiums in the amounts received  under clause (a) above, and (2)  all
taxes  in the amounts received under clause (c) above. Amounts on deposit in the
Insurance and  Tax Accounts  which represent  amounts received  by the  Servicer
pursuant to clause (b) above shall be applied by the Servicer as follows: if the
Obligor  purchases  equipment  to  replace the  Equipment  that  was  damaged or
destroyed, and such replacement equipment is  (in the reasonable opinion of  the
Servicer)  of  comparable use  and equivalent  value to  the Equipment  that was
damaged or destroyed, the  Servicer shall release such  amount so received  from
the insurance company or comparable third party to or at the instructions of the
Obligor;  and if this replacement option is  not to be exercised by the Obligor,
then the Servicer shall treat such  amount as Liquidation Proceeds and  transfer
that  portion  thereof which  would be  allocable  to the  Notes and  the Equity
Certificates  (as  described  in  "Description   of  the  Notes  --   Liquidated
Contracts") from the Insurance and Tax Account to the Collection Account.
 
    The  Servicer will deposit in the Equipment Account, no later than the fifth
business day after receipt, all proceeds  from the disposition of Equipment,  to
the  extent allocable  to the Equipment  Certificate, including  amounts paid by
Obligors to exercise purchase  options under Lease  Contracts and the  allocable
portion of Liquidation Proceeds (as described under "Description of the Notes --
Liquidated Contracts").
 
    On  or before the    Business  Day of each month (the "Determination Date"),
the Servicer is required  to determine the amount  of Related Collection  Period
Pledged  Revenues for the  Payment Date occurring  in such month,  the amount of
interest payable on the Notes and the Equity Certificates on such Payment  Date,
the  Monthly Principal  Amount for such  Payment Date,  the Principal Deficiency
Amount (if any) for  such Payment Date,  and the amount, if  any, by which  such
Related  Collection Period Pledged Revenues, when applied in accordance with the
priorities described  under "Description  of the  Notes --  Distributions,"  are
insufficient   to  pay  the  interest  payable  on  the  Notes  and  the  Equity
Certificates on such  Payment Date  (an "Interest Shortfall").  If the  Servicer
determines  that  there is  an  Interest Shortfall  for  such Payment  Date, the
Servicer shall instruct the Indenture Trustee  to determine the total amount  of
Current  Collection Period Pledged Revenues and to apply such Current Collection
Period Pledged Revenues to the payment of  interest on the Notes and the  Equity
Certificates  to  the  extent necessary  to  cure such  Interest  Shortfall. The
Servicer shall further instruct the Indenture Trustee to withdraw from the  Cash
Collateral  Account (1) any remaining Interest Shortfall (after giving effect to
the previous application of  Available Pledged Revenues  as aforesaid), (2)  the
Principal Deficiency Amount (if any), and (3) if such Payment Date is the Stated
Maturity  Date for any Class of Notes  or the Equity Certificates, the remaining
unpaid principal  balance of  such Class  of Notes  or the  Equity  Certificates
(after  giving effect to  previous application of  Available Pledged Revenues as
aforesaid).
 
SERVICING
 
   
    Pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, TCC will be engaged to act
as Servicer on behalf  of the Owner Trust.  The Servicer is generally  obligated
under  the Transfer and Servicing Agreement to take such actions with respect to
enforcement of the Contracts  as a reasonably prudent  creditor would take.  The
Servicer  is further obligated  to service the Contracts  in a manner consistent
with its servicing of  other similar receivables which  it owns or services  for
third parties (which current servicing and collection
    
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
   
policies are described under "The Originators--Underwriting and Servicing"). The
Servicer  may delegate certain of its servicing responsibilities with respect to
the Contracts to third parties, provided that the Servicer will remain obligated
to  the  Owner  Trust  for  the   proper  performance  of  all  such   servicing
responsibilities.
    
 
    The  Servicer is  generally obligated  to act  in a  commercially reasonable
manner with respect to the disposition of Equipment following a Contract default
with a  view to  realizing proceeds  at least  equal to  the fair  market  value
thereof.  The Servicer  may, in its  discretion, choose to  dispose of Equipment
through a  new lease  or in  some  other manner  which does  not result  in  the
immediate  receipt  of  Liquidation  Proceeds equal  to  the  fair  market value
thereof. However,  in the  event that  the Liquidation  Proceeds (together  with
liquidation  expenses retained  by the  Servicer) derived  by the  Servicer with
respect to any Equipment, as of the  last day of the Collection Period in  which
the  related Contract became a Liquidated Contract, is less than the fair market
value thereof, the  Servicer will be  required to  pay an amount  equal to  such
deficiency  from its own funds. Any such amounts so paid by the Servicer will be
deemed to constitute additional Liquidation Proceeds with respect to the related
Contract and Equipment and will be allocated as described under "Description  of
the Notes -- Liquidated Contracts."
 
    Under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer is responsible for,
among  other  things:  reviewing  and certifying  that  the  Contract  Files are
complete; monitoring and  tracking any property  and sales taxes  to be paid  by
Obligors;   billing,  collection  and  recording   of  payments  from  Obligors;
communicating with and providing billing  records to Obligors; deposit of  funds
into  the Collection Account;  receiving payments as the  Owner Trust's agent on
the insurance  policies  maintained  by  the  Obligors  and  communicating  with
insurers  with respect  thereto; issuance  of reports  to the  Indenture Trustee
specified in  the  Indenture  and  in  the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement;
repossession and remarketing of Equipment following Obligor defaults; and paying
the fees and ordinary expenses of the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee.
 
   
    Under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer, subject to certain
limitations,  is  permitted  to  grant  payment  extensions  on  a  Contract  in
accordance with  its  credit  and  collection policies  and  procedures  if  the
Servicer  believes in  good faith  that such extension  is necessary  to avoid a
default on such Contract, will maximize the  amount to be received by the  Owner
Trust  with respect to such Contract, and  is otherwise in the best interests of
the Owner  Trust. Under  the  Transfer and  Servicing Agreement,  the  Servicer,
subject   to  certain  limitations,  is  permitted  to  grant  modifications  or
amendments to a Contract in accordance  with its credit and collection  policies
and procedures.
    
 
    PREPAYMENTS.   In the case  of any Lease Contract,  a Prepayment may only be
allowed by the Servicer if the amount paid by or on behalf of the Obligor is  at
least equal to the Required Payoff Amount of such Contract.
 
    EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE.  On or before March 31 of each year, the Servicer
must  deliver  to the  Indenture  Trustee a  report  of a  nationally recognized
accounting firm  stating  that such  firm  has examined  certain  documents  and
records  relating to the servicing of equipment leases and loans serviced by the
Servicer and stating that, on the  basis of such procedures, such servicing  has
been  conducted in compliance with the  Transfer and Servicing Agreement, except
for any exceptions set forth in such report.
 
    CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE  SERVICER.  The Servicer  may not resign  from
its  obligations  under  the  Transfer and  Servicing  Agreement  except  upon a
determination that  its  duties  thereunder  are  no  longer  permissible  under
applicable  law. No  such resignation  will become  effective until  a successor
servicer has assumed the  Servicer's obligations and  duties under the  Transfer
and  Servicing Agreement. The Servicer can be  removed as Servicer only upon the
occurrence of an Event of Termination as discussed below.
 
    The Servicer must  keep in  place throughout the  term of  the Transfer  and
Servicing  Agreement (i) a  policy or policies of  insurance covering errors and
omissions by the Servicer, and (ii) a fidelity bond.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
Such policy or policies and such fidelity bond shall be in such form and  amount
as  is generally customary  among persons that service  a portfolio of equipment
leases having an unpaid balance of at least $100 million and which are generally
regarded as servicers acceptable to institutional investors.
 
    SERVICING COMPENSATION  AND  PAYMENT  OF  EXPENSES.    Compensation  to  the
Servicer will include a monthly fee (the "Servicing Fee"), which will be payable
to  the Servicer from  the Amount Available  on each Payment  Date, in an amount
equal to the product of one-twelfth of   % per annum multiplied by the  Contract
Pool  Principal Balance as  of the last  day of the  second preceding Collection
Period (or, in  the case of  the Servicing  Fee with respect  to the  Collection
Period commencing on the Cut-Off Date, the Contract Pool Principal Balance as of
the   Cut-Off  Date),  plus   any  late  fees,   documentation  fees,  insurance
administration   charges   and   other    administrative   fees   and    charges
("Administrative  Fees") and  other expenses  or similar  charges collected with
respect to the Contracts during the prior Collection Period. Up to    % of  such
   % Servicing Fee will be used by the Servicer to pay certain expenses relating
to the Contracts and the Owner Trust.
 
    EVENTS  OF  TERMINATION.   An Event  of Termination  under the  Transfer and
Servicing Agreement will occur if (a) the Servicer fails to make any payment  or
deposit  required under  the Transfer and  Servicing Agreement  and such failure
continues for four  business days  after notice  from the  Indenture Trustee  or
after  discovery  by the  Servicer; (b)  the  Servicer fails  to deliver  to the
Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee the Servicer's  Certificate by the
Business  Day  prior to  the related  Payment  Date; (c)  the Servicer  fails to
observe or perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements  of
the  Servicer set forth in the Transfer  and Servicing Agreement (and, if TCC is
the Servicer,  the Purchase  Agreement),  and such  failure (i)  materially  and
adversely  affects  the  rights  of  the  Owner  Trust,  Noteholders  or  Equity
Certificateholders, and  (ii) continues  unremedied for  30 days  after  written
notice  thereof  has  been given  to  the  Servicer by  the  Owner  Trustee, the
Indenture Trustee or  any Equity  Certificateholder or  Noteholder; (d)  certain
events  of bankruptcy or insolvency  occur with respect to  the Servicer; or (e)
any representation, warranty or statement of  the Servicer made in the  Transfer
and  Servicing Agreement or  any certificate, report  or other writing delivered
pursuant thereto  proves to  be  incorrect in  any  material respect,  and  such
incorrectness  (i) has a material adverse effect on the Owner Trust, Noteholders
or Equity  Certificateholders, and  (ii)  continues uncured  for 30  days  after
written  notice thereof has been given to the Servicer by the Owner Trustee, the
Indenture Trustee or any Equity Certificateholder or Noteholder. The Servicer is
required under  the  Transfer and  Servicing  Agreement to  give  the  Indenture
Trustee,  the  Owner  Trustee and  each  Rating  Agency notice  of  an  Event of
Termination promptly after having obtained knowledge of such event.
 
    Federal bankruptcy laws limit the termination of contracts solely by  reason
of  the fact that the party obligated  to provide such performance is subject to
federal bankruptcy proceedings. In such  a circumstance, the bankruptcy  trustee
of  the  Servicer  might successfully  object  to  the exercise  of  a  right to
terminate the  Servicer  unless the  Indenture  Trustee could  demonstrate  that
independent  grounds (whether  or not  arising from  the same  facts causing the
Servicer to be subject to bankruptcy  proceedings) exist to declare an Event  of
Termination.
 
    RIGHTS  UPON  EVENT OF  TERMINATION.   So  long as  an Event  of Termination
remains unremedied, the Indenture Trustee may,  and at the written direction  of
(i)  Noteholders representing a  majority of the  aggregate principal balance of
the Notes (a "Note Majority"), or (ii) at  such time as the Notes are no  longer
Outstanding,  Equity Certificateholders representing a majority of the aggregate
principal balance of the Equity Certificates (an "Equity Certificate Majority"),
shall, terminate all  of the rights  and obligations of  the Servicer under  the
Transfer  and Servicing Agreement in and to the Contracts, whereupon a successor
servicer (which, unless and until the Indenture Trustee appoints a new servicer,
will be the Indenture Trustee) will succeed to all the responsibilities,  duties
and  liabilities of the Servicer under  the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and
will be entitled to similar  compensation arrangements; provided, however,  that
any  successor  servicer will  not assume  any obligation  of TCC  to repurchase
Contracts for  breaches of  representations and  warranties, and  any  successor
servicer will not be liable for any acts or
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
omissions  of the prior Servicer occurring prior to a transfer of the Servicer's
servicing and related functions or for any breach by such Servicer of any of its
obligations contained in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
 
AMENDMENT
 
    The Transfer and Servicing Agreement may  be amended by the parties  thereto
(i)  to cure any ambiguity, (ii) to  correct or supplement any provision therein
that may be inconsistent with any other provision therein, or (iii) to make  any
other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Transfer
and  Servicing Agreement that are not  inconsistent with the provisions thereof,
provided that such action will not adversely affect in any material respect  the
interests  of the Noteholders or the Equity Certificateholders. The Transfer and
Servicing Agreement may also be amended by the parties thereto with the  consent
of  a Note Majority and an Equity Certificate Majority for the purpose of adding
any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions
of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights
of the Noteholders or the holders of the Equity Certificates; provided, however,
that no such amendment (a) that reduces  in any manner the amount of, or  delays
the  timing of, any  payment received on  or with respect  to Contracts that are
required to be distributed  on any Note or  Equity Certificate may be  effective
without  the consent of the Holder of  each such Note and Equity Certificate, or
(b) will be  effective unless each  Rating Agency confirms  that such  amendment
will not result in a withdrawal or reduction of the ratings on the Notes and the
Equity Certificates.
 
TERMINATION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
 
    The  obligations  created  by  the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement will
terminate (after  distribution  of  all  interest  and  principal  then  due  to
Noteholders  and the  holders of  the Certificates)  on the  earlier of  (i) the
Payment Date next succeeding the later of the final payment or other liquidation
of the  last  Contract  or  the  disposition  of  all  Equipment  acquired  upon
termination  of any  Contract; or  (b) the Payment  Date on  which the Depositor
repurchases the  Contracts  as described  under  "Description of  the  Notes  --
Repurchase  Option." However, TCC's  representations, warranties and indemnities
will survive any termination of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
 
                     CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS
 
ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN THE EQUIPMENT
 
    Due to the  administrative burden  and expense,  no assignments  of the  UCC
financing statements evidencing the interest of the Originators in the Equipment
(to  the  extent that  such  financing statements  have  been filed  against the
Obligor, as discussed above) will be filed to reflect the Depositor's, the Owner
Trust's and the  Indenture Trustee's  interests therein. While  failure to  file
such  assignments does  not affect the  Owner Trust's interest  in the Contracts
(including the related Originator's interest in the related Equipment), it  does
expose the Owner Trust and the Noteholders to the risk that the Originator could
release  its ownership or security  interest in the Equipment  of record, and it
could complicate the Owner Trust's enforcement, as assignee, of the Originator's
security interest in the Equipment. In addition, also due to the  administrative
burden  and expense, no UCC financing statement reflecting the security interest
of the Owner Trust in the related  Equipment will be filed in the  jurisdictions
(other  than  the States  of  Massachusetts, New  Jersey  and Oregon)  where the
Equipment is located. In the  absence of such filings,  the Owner Trust and  the
Indenture  Trustee may not have a perfected security interest in such Equipment.
As a  result, a  third  party purchaser  of the  Equipment  for value  from  the
Originator  may purchase such  Equipment free and  clear of the  interest of the
Owner Trust in such Equipment and a subsequent secured party or other lienholder
may obtain an interest in the Equipment  superior to that of the Owner Trust  or
the  Indenture Trustee.  While these risks  should not affect  the perfection or
priority of the interest of the Indenture Trustee in the Contracts or rights  to
payment thereunder, they may adversely affect the right of the Indenture Trustee
to  receive proceeds  of disposition  of the  Equipment subject  to a Liquidated
Contract, which are to be allocated to  the payment of the Notes and the  Equity
Certificates, as
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
described  under "Description of the Notes--Liquidated Contracts." Additionally,
statutory liens for repairs or unpaid taxes and other liens arising by operation
of law may  have priority even  over prior perfected  security interests in  the
name of the Indenture Trustee in the Equipment.
 
    In  the event of a default by the  Obligor under a Contract, the Servicer on
behalf of the Owner Trust may  take action to enforce the Originator's  interest
in  the  related  Equipment  by  repossession  and  resale  or  re-lease  of the
Equipment. Under the UCC in most states, a creditor can, without prior notice to
the debtor,  repossess assets  securing a  defaulted contract  by the  Obligor's
voluntary  surrender, or  by "self-help"  repossession that  does not  involve a
breach of the  peace and  by judicial  process. In  the event  of bankruptcy  or
insolvency  of  the  Obligor these  remedies  may  require the  permission  of a
bankruptcy court or may otherwise not be immediately available.
 
    In the event of  a default by the  Obligor, some jurisdictions require  that
the  Obligor be notified of the default and  be given a time period within which
it may  cure  the  default  prior to  repossession.  Generally,  this  right  of
reinstatement  may be exercised on a limited number of occasions in any one-year
period.
 
    The UCC  and other  state  laws place  restrictions on  repossession  sales,
including requirements that the secured party provide the debtor with reasonable
notice  of the  date, time and  place of any  public sale and/or  the date after
which any private sale of the collateral may  be held and that any such sale  be
conducted in a commercially reasonable manner.
 
    Under most state laws, an Obligor has the right to redeem collateral for its
obligations  prior to  actual sale  by paying  the lessor  or secured  party the
unpaid balance  of the  obligation plus  reasonable expenses  for  repossessing,
holding and preparing the collateral for disposition and arranging for its sale,
plus,  to  the extent  provided for  in  the written  agreement of  the parties,
reasonable attorneys' fees.
 
    In addition, because the  market value of equipment  of the type subject  to
the  Contracts generally  declines with  age, because  of obsolescence,  the net
disposition proceeds of Equipment at any  time during the term of the  Contracts
may  not equal or exceed the Contract Principal Balance on the related Contract.
Because of this, and because other creditors may in certain cases have rights in
the related Equipment superior to those of the Owner Trust, the Servicer may not
be able to recover the  entire amount due on a  defaulted Contract in the  event
that the Servicer elects to repossess and dispose of such Equipment at any time.
 
    Under  the UCC and laws applicable in most states, a creditor is entitled to
obtain a deficiency judgment from an Obligor for any deficiency on  repossession
and  resale of the asset securing the unpaid balance of such Obligor's Contract.
However, some states impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency judgments.
In most jurisdictions, the courts, in interpreting the UCC, would impose upon  a
creditor  an obligation to repossess the  equipment in a commercially reasonable
manner and to "mitigate damages" in the event of an Obligor's failure to cure  a
default.  The creditor  would be  required to  exercise reasonable  judgment and
follow acceptable  commercial practice  in seizing,  selling or  re-leasing  the
equipment  and to offset the net proceeds of such disposition against its claim.
In addition, an Obligor may successfully invoke an election of remedies  defense
to  a deficiency claim in the event that the Servicer's repossession and sale of
the Equipment  is found  to be  a  retention discharging  the Obligor  from  all
further  obligations under the  UCC. If a deficiency  judgment were granted, the
judgment would be a personal judgment against the Obligor for the shortfall, but
a defaulting Obligor  may have  limited assets  or sources  of income  available
following repossession. Therefore, in many cases, it may not be useful to seek a
deficiency  judgment or, if one is obtained,  it may be settled at a significant
discount.
 
    Many states have adopted a version of Article 2A of the UCC ("Article  2A").
Article  2A purports to codify many  provisions of existing common law. Although
there  is  little  precedental  authority  regarding  how  Article  2A  will  be
interpreted,   it  may,  among   other  things,  limit   enforceability  of  any
"unconscionable" provision in a Lease  Contract, provide a Lessee with  remedies
including  the  right to  cancel the  Lease  Contract for  any lessor  breach or
default, and may  add to or  modify the  terms of "consumer  leases" and  leases
where  the Lessee is a "merchant  lessee." However, each Lease Contract contains
an acknowledgement by the  Lessee that the Equipment  was acquired for  business
purposes. Article 2A,
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
moreover,  recognizes  typical  commercial  lease "hell  or  high  water" rental
payment clauses and  validates reasonable liquidated  damages provisions in  the
event  of lessor or Lessee  defaults. Article 2A also  recognizes the concept of
freedom of  contract and  permits the  parties in  a commercial  context a  wide
latitude to vary provisions of the law.
 
INSOLVENCY MATTERS
 
    Certain  statutory provisions,  including federal  and state  bankruptcy and
insolvency laws, may  also limit the  ability of the  Servicer to repossess  and
resell  or re-lease Equipment or  obtain a deficiency judgment.  In the event of
the bankruptcy  or  reorganization of  an  Obligor, various  provisions  of  the
Bankruptcy  Code of 1978 (the "Bankruptcy  Code") and related laws may interfere
with or  eliminate the  ability of  the Servicer  to enforce  the Owner  Trust's
rights   under  the   Contracts.  For   example,  although   the  bankruptcy  or
reorganization of an  Obligor would constitute  an event of  default under  such
Contract,  the Bankruptcy  Code provides  generally that  rights and obligations
under an  unexpired lease  or an  executory contract  may not  be terminated  or
modified  solely  because of  a  provision in  the  lease or  executory contract
conditioned upon  the commencement  of  a case  under  the Bankruptcy  Code.  If
bankruptcy  proceedings were  instituted in respect  of an Obligor  under such a
Contract, the Owner Trust could be prevented from continuing to collect payments
due from or on behalf of such Obligor or exercising any remedies assigned to the
Owner Trust without the approval of the bankruptcy court, and, with respect to a
Loan Contract or  a Lease Contract  intended as security,  the bankruptcy  court
could  permit the Obligor, as  owner of the Equipment, to  use or dispose of the
Equipment and provide the Owner Trust  with a lien on substitute collateral,  so
long  as the  court held that  such substitute  collateral constituted "adequate
protection" within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
    In the  case of  a Lease  Contract  that is  deemed not  to be  intended  as
security,   the  Bankruptcy  Code  grants  to  the  bankruptcy  trustee  or  the
debtor-in-possession a right to elect to assume or reject any executory contract
or unexpired lease.  Any rejection  of such a  lease or  contract constitutes  a
breach  of such lease or contract, entitling  the non-breaching party to a claim
for breach of contract.  The net proceeds from  any resulting judgment would  be
deposited  by  the Servicer  into the  Collection Account  and allocated  to the
Noteholders and Equity Certificateholders as described under "Description of the
Notes -- Liquidated Contracts."
 
    In the event that,  as a result  of the bankruptcy  or reorganization of  an
Obligor, the related Contract becomes a defaulted Contract, the amount available
to  be withdrawn from, or drawn on, the Cash Collateral Account has been reduced
to zero and the Contract has become  a defaulted Contract without breach of  any
representation  or  warranty  of TCC  or  the  Depositor, no  recourse  would be
available  against  TCC  or  the  Depositor  and  the  Noteholders  and   Equity
Certificateholders could suffer a loss with respect to such Contract.
 
    These UCC and bankruptcy provisions, in addition to the possible decrease in
the  value of a repossessed item of  Equipment, may limit the amount realized on
the sale  of  Equipment securing  the  Contracts to  less  than the  amount  due
thereunder.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
                             UNITED STATES TAXATION
 
    The  following  discussion is  a summary  of  certain United  States federal
income tax considerations relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of
the Notes  by  the  holders  thereof.  Dorsey &  Whitney  LLP,  counsel  to  the
Depositor,  and  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft,  counsel  to  the Underwriters
(collectively, "Counsel"), are each  delivering their opinion regarding  certain
federal income tax matters discussed below. The opinions of Counsel address only
those  issues specifically identified  below as being  covered by such opinions;
however, the opinions of Counsel also  state that the additional discussion  set
forth  below accurately sets forth Counsel's advice with respect to material tax
issues. The opinions of Counsel are not binding on the Internal Revenue  Service
(the  "IRS"). There can be no assurance that the IRS will take a similar view of
such issues, and no assurance can be given that the opinions of Counsel would be
sustained if challenged by  the IRS. No  ruling on any  of the issues  discussed
below will be sought from the IRS.
 
    This summary does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential
federal  income  tax  consequences  relating  to  the  purchase,  ownership  and
disposition of the Notes. Moreover, the discussion does not address all  aspects
of  taxation that  may be  relevant to particular  purchasers in  light of their
individual circumstances (including the  effect of any  foreign, state or  local
tax  laws) or to  certain types of purchasers  (including dealers in securities,
insurance companies, financial institutions and tax-exempt entities) subject  to
special  treatment under United  States federal income  tax laws. The discussion
below assumes that the Notes are held as capital assets.
 
    The discussion  of the  United States  federal income  tax consequences  set
forth  below is based upon currently existing provisions of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as  amended (the "Code"),  judicial decisions, and  administrative
interpretations.  Because individual circumstances  may differ, each prospective
purchaser of the Notes  is strongly urged  to consult its  own tax advisor  with
respect to its particular tax situation and the tax effects of any state, local,
foreign, or other tax laws and possible changes in the tax laws.
 
    As  used herein, the term "United States Holder" means a beneficial owner of
a Note who or which is for United States federal income tax purposes either  (i)
a  citizen or resident of the United  States, (ii) a corporation, partnership or
other entity created or organized in or  under the laws of the United States  or
of  any political subdivision thereof, or (iii) an estate or trust the income of
which is subject  to United  States federal  income taxation  regardless of  its
source.  The term  also includes  certain former  citizens of  the United States
whose income and gain on the Notes will be subject to United States taxation. As
used herein, the term "United States Alien Holder" means a beneficial owner of a
Note that is not a United States Holder.
 
TREATMENT OF THE NOTES
 
    In the opinion  of Counsel, the  Notes will be  treated as indebtedness  for
United  States federal income tax purposes. Under the terms of the Notes and the
Indenture, each  Noteholder agrees  and acknowledges  upon its  purchase of  the
Notes  and by  acceptance of  the Notes  that it  will also  treat the  Notes as
indebtedness for such purposes.
 
TREATMENT OF THE OWNER TRUST
 
    In the opinion of Counsel, the Owner  Trust will not be characterized as  an
"association"  or "publicly traded partnership" taxable as a corporation. If the
Owner Trust  were  treated  as  either  an  association  or  a  publicly  traded
partnership  taxable as a corporation, the  resulting entity would be subject to
federal income taxes at corporate tax  rates on its taxable income generated  by
ownership of the Contracts, and certain distributions by the entity would not be
deductible  in computing the  entity's taxable income.  Such an entity-level tax
could result in reduced distributions to Noteholders.
 
PAYMENTS OF INTEREST
 
    Interest paid on a Note will generally be taxable to a United States  Holder
as  ordinary interest income at the time it accrues or is received in accordance
with the United  States Holder's  method of  accounting for  federal income  tax
purposes.
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT
 
    Under applicable regulations, a Note will be considered issued with original
issue  discount ("OID") if the "stated redemption price at maturity" of the Note
(generally equal to its  principal amount as  of the date  of issuance plus  all
interest other than "qualified stated interest" payable prior to or at maturity)
exceeds  the original issue price  (in this case, the  initial offering price at
which a substantial amount of the Notes  are sold to the public). Any OID  would
be considered DE MINIMIS under the regulations if it does not exceed .25% of the
stated  redemption price at maturity of a  Note multiplied by the number of full
years until its  maturity date. It  is anticipated  that the Notes  will not  be
considered  issued with more than  DE MINIMIS OID. Under  the OID regulations, a
holder of a Note issued with a DE MINIMIS amount of OID must include such OID in
income, on a pro rata basis, as principal payments are made on the Note.
 
    While it is not anticipated that the Notes will be issued with more than  DE
MINIMIS OID, it is possible that they will be so issued. If the Notes are issued
with  more than DE  MINIMIS OID, such OID  would be includible  in the income of
Noteholders as  interest over  the term  of  the Notes  under a  constant  yield
method.  Any amount included in income as  OID would not, however, be includible
again when the amount is actually received. If the yield on a class of Notes  is
not   materially  different  from  its  coupon,  this  treatment  will  have  no
significant effect on Noteholders using  the accrual method of accounting.  Cash
method  Noteholders, however, may  be required to report  income with respect to
Notes issued with OID  in advance of  the receipt of  cash attributable to  such
income.  Each Noteholder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the impact
of the OID rules if the Notes are issued with OID.
 
MARKET DISCOUNT
 
    If a United States Holder that acquires a  Note has a tax basis in the  Note
that  is less than its "stated redemption  price at maturity," the amount of the
difference will be treated as "market discount" for United States federal income
tax purposes, unless such difference is less than a specified DE MINIMIS amount.
Under the market  discount rules of  the Code,  a United States  Holder will  be
required  to treat any principal payment on, and any gain on the sale, exchange,
retirement or other disposition of, a Note  as ordinary income to the extent  of
any  accrued market  discount that has  not previously been  included in income.
Market discount generally accrues  on a straight-line  basis over the  remaining
term  of a Note except that, at the election of the United States Holder, market
discount may accrue on a constant yield basis. A United States Holder may not be
allowed to deduct immediately all  or a portion of  the interest expense on  any
indebtedness  incurred or continued to purchase or  to carry such Note. A United
States Holder may  elect to include  market discount in  income currently as  it
accrues  (either on  a straight-line  basis or, if  the United  States Holder so
elects, on a constant yield basis), in which case the interest deferral rule set
forth in the preceding sentence will not  apply. Such an election will apply  to
all  bonds acquired by the United States Holder on or after the first day of the
first taxable year to which such election  applies and may be revoked only  with
the consent of the IRS.
 
AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM
 
    If  a United States  Holder purchases a  Note for an  amount that is greater
than the amount  payable at  maturity, such holder  will be  considered to  have
purchased  such Note  with "amortizable  bond premium"  equal in  amount to such
excess, and  may  elect  (in  accordance with  applicable  Code  provisions)  to
amortize  such premium using a constant yield  method over the remaining term of
the Note (where such Note is not  callable prior to its maturity date). If  such
Note may be called prior to maturity after the United States Holder has acquired
it,  the  amount of  amortizable bond  premium is  determined with  reference to
either the amount payable on  maturity or, if it  results in a smaller  premium,
attributable  to the period through the earlier  call date with reference to the
amount payable on the earlier call date.  The amount amortized in any year  will
be treated as a reduction of the United States Holder's interest income from the
Note  in such year. A United States  Holder that elects to amortize bond premium
must reduce its tax basis in the Note by the amount of the premium amortized  in
any  year. An  election to  amortize bond  premium applies  to all  taxable debt
obligations then owned or  thereafter acquired by the  United States Holder  and
may be revoked only with the consent of the IRS.
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
SALE, EXCHANGE OR RETIREMENT OF NOTES
 
    Upon the sale, exchange or retirement of a Note, a United States Holder will
recognize  taxable  gain or  loss  equal to  the  difference between  the amount
realized  on  the  sale,  exchange  or  retirement  (not  including  any  amount
attributable  to accrued  but unpaid  interest) and  such holder's  adjusted tax
basis in the Note. A  United States Holder's adjusted tax  basis in a Note  will
equal the cost of the Note to such holder, increased by the amount of any market
discount  previously included in income by such holder with respect to such Note
and reduced by any amortized bond premium and any principal payments received by
such holder.
 
    Subject to the discussion of market discount above, gain or loss realized on
the sale, exchange or  retirement of a  Note by a United  States Holder will  be
capital  gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if at the time
of the sale, exchange  or retirement the  Note has been held  for more than  one
year.  The excess  of net  long-term capital  gains over  net short-term capital
losses is taxed at a lower  rate than ordinary income for certain  non-corporate
taxpayers, but not for corporate taxpayers. The distinction between capital gain
or  loss and  ordinary income or  loss is  also relevant for  purposes of, among
other things, limitations on the deductibility of capital losses.
 
TAX CONSEQUENCES TO UNITED STATES ALIEN HOLDERS
 
    Under present United States federal income  and estate tax law, and  subject
to the discussion below concerning backup withholding:
 
       (a) payments  of principal of and interest on the Notes by the Trustee or
           any paying agent to  a beneficial owner  of a Note  that is a  United
    States  Alien Holder, as defined above, will not be subject to United States
    federal withholding tax, provided  that, in the case  of interest, (i)  such
    holder  does not own, actually or constructively,  10 percent or more of the
    total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Depositor or  TCC
    entitled  to vote, (ii) such holder is not, for United States federal income
    tax  purposes,  a  controlled  foreign  corporation  related,  directly   or
    indirectly,  to the  Depositor or  TCC through  stock ownership,  (iii) such
    holder is not a bank receiving interest described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of
    the Code, and (iv)  the certification requirements  under Section 871(h)  or
    Section  881(c) of the Code  and Treasury regulations thereunder (summarized
    below) are met;
 
       (b) a United States Alien Holder of a Note will not be subject to  United
           States  federal income tax on gain  realized on the sale, exchange or
    other disposition of such Note, unless (i) such holder is an individual  who
    is  present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of
    sale, exchange or other disposition, and certain conditions are met or  (ii)
    such  gain is  effectively connected  with the conduct  by such  holder of a
    trade or business in the United States; and
 
       (c) a Note held by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of  the
           United  States at the time of his death will not be subject to United
    States federal estate tax as a  result of such individual's death,  provided
    that,  at the time of such individual's  death, the individual does not own,
    actually or constructively, 10 percent or more of the total combined  voting
    power of all classes of stock of the Depositor entitled to vote and payments
    with  respect to such Note would not  have been effectively connected to the
    conduct by such individual of a trade or business in the United States.
 
    Sections 871(h) and 881(c) of  the Code and Treasury Regulations  thereunder
require that, in order to obtain the exemption from withholding tax described in
paragraph  (a) above,  either (i)  the beneficial owner  of a  Note must certify
under penalties of perjury to the Indenture Trustee or the paying agent, as  the
case  may be, that such  owner is a United States  Alien Holder and must provide
such owner's name and address, and United States taxpayer identification number,
if any, or  (ii) a  securities clearing  organization, bank  or other  financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or  business (a  "Financial Institution")  and holds the  Note on  behalf of the
beneficial owner  thereof  must  certify  under  penalties  of  perjury  to  the
Indenture Trustee or the paying agent, as the case may be, that such certificate
has  been received from the beneficial owner by it or by a Financial Institution
between it  and  the beneficial  owner  and must  furnish  the payor  with  copy
thereof. A certificate
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
described  in  this paragraph  is  effective only  with  respect to  payments of
interest made to the certifying United States Alien Holder after issuance of the
Notes in the calendar  year of its issuance  and the two immediately  succeeding
calendar  years.  Under  temporary  United  States  Treasury  Regulations,  such
requirement will be fulfilled if the beneficial owner of a Note certifies on IRS
Form W-8, under penalties of  perjury, that it is  a United States Alien  Holder
and  provides its  name and address,  and any Financial  Institution holding the
Note on behalf of  the beneficial owner files  a statement with the  withholding
agent  to the effect that  it has received such  a statement from the beneficial
owner (and furnishes the withholding agent with a copy thereof).
 
    If a United States Alien Holder of a Note is engaged in a trade or  business
in the United States, and if interest on the Note, or gain realized on the sale,
exchange  or other  disposition of the  Note, is effectively  connected with the
conduct of such  trade or  business, the  United States  Alien Holder,  although
exempt  from United States withholding tax, will generally be subject to regular
United States income tax on  such interest or gain in  the same manner as if  it
were  a  United States  Holder.  In lieu  of  the certificate  described  in the
preceding paragraph, such a holder will be required to provide to the Trustee or
the paying agent, as the case may be, a properly executed IRS Form 4224 in order
to claim an exemption from withholding  tax. In addition, if such United  States
Alien Holder is a foreign corporation, it may be subject to a branch profits tax
equal  to  30% (or  such lower  rate provided  by an  applicable treaty)  of its
effectively connected  earnings and  profits for  the taxable  year, subject  to
certain adjustments. For purposes of the branch profits tax, interest on and any
gain  recognized on the  sale, exchange or  other disposition of  a Note will be
included in the earnings and profits of such United States Alien Holder if  such
interest  or gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the United States
Alien Holder of a trade or business in the United States.
 
BACKUP WITHHOLDING
 
    Under current United States federal income tax law, a 31% backup withholding
tax requirement applies to certain payments of interest on, and the proceeds  of
a sale, exchange or redemption of, the Notes.
 
    Backup withholding will generally not apply with respect to payments made to
certain  exempt recipients such as corporations or other tax-exempt entities. In
the case of a non-corporate United States Holder, backup withholding will  apply
only  if such  holder (i)  fails to  furnish its  taxpayer identification number
("TIN") which, for  an individual,  would be  his social  security number,  (ii)
furnishes  an incorrect TIN, (iii) is notified by  the IRS that it has failed to
report properly  payments  of  interest  and dividends  or  (iv)  under  certain
circumstances, fails to certify under penalties of perjury that it has furnished
a  correct TIN and has not been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup
withholding for failure to report interest and dividend payments.
 
    In the  case  of  a  United States  Alien  Holder,  under  current  Treasury
Regulations,  backup withholding will not apply  to payments made by the Trustee
or any paying agent thereof on a  Note if such holder has provided the  required
certificate under penalties of perjury that it is not a United States Holder (as
defined  above) or has otherwise established an exemption, provided in each case
that the Indenture Trustee or  such paying agent, as the  case may be, does  not
have actual knowledge that the payee is a United States Holder.
 
    Under  current Treasury Regulations,  if payments on  a Note are  made to or
through a foreign office of a custodian, nominee or other agent acting on behalf
of a beneficial owner of a Note, such custodian, nominee or other agent will not
be required to apply backup withholding to such payments made to such beneficial
owner.
 
    Under current Treasury Regulations, payments on the sale, exchange or  other
disposition  of a Note made to or through a foreign office of a broker generally
will not be  subject to backup  withholding. Payments to  or through the  United
States  office of a broker will be subject to backup withholding and information
reporting unless the holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is  not
a  United States Holder and  that certain other conditions  are met or otherwise
establishes an exemption.
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
    Holders of Notes should consult their tax advisors regarding the application
of backup withholding  in their  particular situations, the  availability of  an
exemption  therefrom  and  the procedure  for  obtaining such  an  exemption, if
available. Any amounts withheld from payment under the backup withholding  rules
will  be allowed as a credit against a holder's United States federal income tax
liability and may entitle  such holder to a  refund, provided that the  required
information is furnished to the IRS.
 
THE  FOREGOING  DISCUSSION IS  FOR GENERAL  INFORMATION AND  IS NOT  TAX ADVICE.
ACCORDINGLY, EACH PROSPECTIVE NOTEHOLDER SHOULD  CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR  AS
TO  THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THE PROSPECTIVE NOTEHOLDER, INCLUDING THE
APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN INCOME TAX LAWS AND  ANY
RECENT OR POSSIBLE CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.
 
                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
    Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act ("ERISA"), and/or
Section  4975 of the Code, prohibits a pension, profit-sharing or other employee
benefit plan, as  well as individual  retirement accounts and  certain types  of
Keogh  Plans (each a "Benefit Plan")  from engaging in certain transactions with
persons that are  "parties in  interest" under ERISA  or "disqualified  persons"
under  the  Code  with  respect  to such  Benefit  Plan.  A  violation  of these
"prohibited transaction" rules may  result in an excise  tax or other  penalties
and liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons. Title I of ERISA also
requires  that fiduciaries of  a Benefit Plan subject  to ERISA make investments
that are prudent, diversified (except if prudent not to do so) and in accordance
with governing plan documents.
 
    Certain transactions  involving the  purchase, holding  or transfer  of  the
Notes  might be deemed to constitute prohibited transactions under ERISA and the
Code if assets of the  Owner Trust were deemed to  be assets of a Benefit  Plan.
Under  a regulation issued by  the United States Department  of Labor (the "Plan
Assets Regulation"), the  assets of  the Owner Trust  would be  treated as  plan
assets  of a Benefit  Plan for the  purposes of ERISA  and the Code  only if the
Benefit Plan acquires an "equity  interest" in the Owner  Trust and none of  the
exceptions  contained in  the Plan  Assets Regulation  is applicable.  An equity
interest is defined under the Plan Assets Regulation as an interest in an entity
other than an instrument which is treated as indebtedness under applicable local
law and which  has no substantial  equity features. The  Plan Assets  Regulation
also  provides that a beneficial interest in  a trust is an equity interest. The
Depositor believes  that the  Notes should  be treated  as indebtedness  without
substantial  equity features  for purposes  of the  Plan Assets  Regulation. The
Depositor also believes that the Notes do not constitute beneficial interests in
the Owner Trust  for purposes of  the Plan Assets  Regulation. However,  without
regard to whether the Notes are treated as an equity interest for such purposes,
the  acquisition or holding of Notes by or  on behalf of a Benefit Plan could be
considered to give  rise to  a prohibited transaction  if the  Owner Trust,  the
Owner  Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, an  Obligor, or any of their respective
affiliates is  or becomes  a party  in interest  or a  disqualified person  with
respect  to  such  Benefit  Plan.  In such  case,  certain  exemptions  from the
prohibited transaction  rules could  be  applicable depending  on the  type  and
circumstances  of  the plan  fiduciary making  the decision  to acquire  a Note.
Included among  these exemptions  are:  Prohibited Transaction  Class  Exemption
("PTCE")  90-1,  regarding  investments  by  insurance  company  pooled separate
accounts; PTCE 91-38 regarding investments by bank collective investment  funds;
and PTCE 84-14, regarding transactions effected by "qualified professional asset
managers."
 
    Employee  benefit plans that  are governmental plans  (as defined in Section
3(32) of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of  ERISA)
are not subject to ERISA requirements.
 
    A PLAN FIDUCIARY CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF ANY OF THE NOTES SHOULD CONSULT
ITS  TAX AND/OR LEGAL ADVISORS  REGARDING WHETHER THE ASSETS  OF THE OWNER TRUST
WOULD BE CONSIDERED PLAN  ASSETS, THE POSSIBILITY OF  EXEMPTIVE RELIEF FROM  THE
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RULES AND OTHER ISSUES AND THEIR POTENTIAL CONSEQUENCES.
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
                              RATINGS OF THE NOTES
 
   
    It is a condition of issuance that each of Duff & Phelps, Fitch, Moody's and
S&P  (i) rate the  Class A Notes in  its highest rating  category, (ii) rate the
Class B Notes "                             ," "                              ,"
"                          " and "                          ," respectively, and
(iii) rate  the  Class  C  Notes "                                            ,"
"                                   ," "                                   " and
"                         ," respectively. The rating of each Class of Notes  by
Moody's  addresses  the  likelihood of  the  ultimate payment  of  principal and
interest on such Class of Notes. The rating of each Class of Notes by S&P, Fitch
and Duff & Phelps addresses the likelihood of the timely receipt of interest and
ultimate payment of principal on  such Class of Notes.  The rating of the  Notes
will  be based primarily upon the  Pledged Revenues, the Cash Collateral Account
and the subordination provided by (1) the  Class B Notes, the Class C Notes  and
the Equity Certificates, in the case of the Class A Notes, (2) the Class C Notes
and  the Equity  Certificates, in  the case of  the Class  B Notes,  and (3) the
Equity Certificates, in the  case of the  Class C Notes.  There is no  assurance
that  any such rating will  not be lowered or  withdrawn by the assigning Rating
Agency if, in its judgment, circumstances so warrant. In the event that a rating
or ratings with  respect to  the Notes is  qualified, reduced  or withdrawn,  no
person  or entity will be obligated to provide any additional credit enhancement
with respect to the Notes so qualified, reduced or withdrawn.
    
 
   
    The rating  of the  Notes  should be  evaluated independently  from  similar
ratings  on other types of securities. A  rating is not a recommendation to buy,
sell or hold the Notes,  inasmuch as such rating does  not comment as to  market
price  or suitability for a particular investor. The ratings of the Notes do not
address the possibility of the imposition of United States withholding tax  with
respect to non-U.S. persons.
    
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    If the Merger is consummated on or prior to September   , 1996, the proceeds
from  the offering and sale of the  Notes, together with the proceeds derived by
the Depositor from its disposition of  the Equity Certificates, will be used  by
the  Depositor to  acquire the Contracts  and the Originators'  interests in the
Equipment and to pay  expenses payable by the  Depositor in connection with  the
issuance of the Notes and the Equity Certificates. See "The Merger."
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject  to  the  terms and  conditions  of the  United  States underwriting
agreement (the "U.S. Underwriting Agreement"), the underwriters named below (the
"U.S. Underwriters"), through  their representatives, Goldman,  Sachs & Co.  and
Nomura   Securities  International,  Inc.  (the  "U.S.  Representatives"),  have
severally agreed to purchase from the Depositor the following respective Initial
Principal Amount of  Notes (the  "U.S. Notes")  at the  initial public  offering
price  less  the underwriting  discounts set  forth  on the  cover page  of this
Prospectus:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     INITIAL          INITIAL          INITIAL
                                                                    PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL
                                                                 AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS
U.S. UNDERWRITERS                                                    A NOTES          B NOTES          C NOTES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
 
<S>                                                              <C>              <C>              <C>
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
    Total
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
    In the  U.S.  Underwriting Agreement,  the  U.S. Underwriters  have  agreed,
subject  to the terms and  conditions set forth therein,  to purchase all of the
U.S. Notes offered hereby if any of such U.S. Notes are purchased. The Depositor
has been advised by the U.S. Representatives that the U.S. Underwriters  propose
initially  to  offer the  U.S.  Notes to  the  public at  the  respective public
offering prices set forth on the cover  page of this Prospectus, and to  certain
dealers  at such price,  less a concession  not in excess  of 0.   % per Class A
Note, 0.  % per Class B Note and  0.  % per Class C Note. The U.S.  Underwriters
may allow and such dealers may reallow to other dealers a discount not in excess
of  0.  % per Class A Note,  0.  % per Class B Note  and 0.  % per Class C Note.
After the Notes are  released for sale  to the public,  the offering prices  and
other selling terms may be varied by the U.S. Representatives.
 
    The  Depositor has agreed to indemnify the U.S. Underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
    The Notes are new issues of  securities with no established trading  market.
The  Depositor  has  been advised  by  the  U.S. Representatives  that  the U.S.
Underwriters intend to make a market in  the Notes in the United States but  are
not  obligated to do  so and may  discontinue market making  at any time without
notice. The Depositor has  been advised by the  International Managers that  the
International  Managers intend  to make  a market  in the  Notes outside  of the
United States but are not obligated to  do so and may discontinue market  making
at any time without notice. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the
trading market for the Notes.
 
    Funds  in the Cash Collateral Account and  the Trust Accounts may, from time
to  time,  be  invested   in  Eligible  Investments   acquired  from  the   U.S.
Underwriters.
 
    Each  U.S. Underwriter and International  Manager has represented and agreed
that (a) it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell any Notes to  any
person in the United Kingdom prior to the expiration of the period of six months
from  the issue date  of the Notes  except to persons  whose ordinary activities
involve them in  acquiring, holding,  managing or disposing  of investments  (as
principal  or  agent)  for the  purposes  of  their businesses  or  otherwise in
circumstances which have not  resulted and will  not result in  an offer to  the
public  in  the  United Kingdom  within  the  meaning of  the  Public  Offers of
Securities Regulations  1995; (b)  it  has complied  and  will comply  with  all
applicable provisions of the
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
Financial  Services Act 1986 with respect to  anything done by it in relation to
the Notes in, from  or otherwise involving  the United Kingdom;  and (c) it  has
only  issued or passed on and  will only issue or pass  on in the United Kingdom
any document received by it  in connection with the issuance  of the Notes to  a
person who is of a kind described in article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act
1986  (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995  or who is a person to
whom such document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
 
    Each U.S. Underwriter  and each  International Manager has  agreed that  the
Notes  may not  be offered  or sold  directly or  indirectly in  Japan, and this
Prospectus  may  not  be   distributed  or  circulated   in  Japan,  except   in
circumstances  that do not constitute an offer  to the public within the meaning
of the SEL.
 
    This Prospectus may be used by  underwriters and dealers in connection  with
offers and sales of the Notes to persons located in the United Sates.
 
    The  Depositor and  the Owner  Trustee (on behalf  of the  Owner Trust) have
entered  into  an  underwriting   agreement  (the  "International   Underwriting
Agreement")   with   certain   managers  (the   "International   Managers,"  and
collectively with  the  U.S.  Underwriters, the  "Underwriters")  through  their
representatives,  Nomura International plc and Goldman, Sachs International (the
"International Representatives"), providing for the concurrent offer and sale of
an aggregate of $         , $         and $         principal amount of Class  A
Notes, Class B Notes and Class C Notes, respectively (the "International Notes")
outside  the  United  States.  The  offering  price  and  aggregate underwriting
discounts and commissions  per Note  for the  U.S. Notes  and the  International
Notes are identical.
 
    To  provide for the coordination of  their activities, the U.S. Underwriters
and the  International Managers  have  entered into  an Agreement  between  U.S.
Underwriters  and International Managers  (the "Intersyndicate Agreement") which
provides, among other things, that  the U.S. Underwriters and the  International
Managers  may purchase  and sell  among each  other such  number of  Notes as is
mutually agreed  upon  among  the U.S.  Representatives  and  the  International
Representatives and as approved by Nomura International plc and Goldman, Sachs &
Co.,  as  Global Coordinators.  To the  extent  there are  sales among  the U.S.
Underwriters and  the  International  Managers pursuant  to  the  Intersyndicate
Agreement  and as approved by the Global  Coordinators, the number of U.S. Notes
initially available  for  sale  by  the U.S.  Underwriters  and  the  number  of
International  Notes initially available for  sale by the International Managers
may be  more or  less than  the  numbers appearing  on the  cover page  of  this
Prospectus.  Except as permitted by the Intersyndicate Agreement and as approved
by the  Global  Coordinators,  the price  of  any  Notes so  sold  will  be  the
respective  initial public offering  price, less an amount  not greater than the
selling concession.
 
    Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, as part of the distribution of the
Notes and subject to  certain exceptions, (a) the  U.S. Underwriters will  offer
and  sell U.S.  Notes only  (i) in the  United States  (ii) to  U.S. Persons (as
defined  below)  and  (b)  the  International  Managers  will  offer  and   sell
International   Notes  only  outside  the  United  States  to  non-U.S.  Persons
(including any entity  constituting an  investment advisor  located outside  the
United  States acting with discretionary authority for a U.S. Person). For these
purposes, U.S.  Person  means  individual  residents in  the  United  States  or
corporations,  partnerships, or other entities organized in or under the laws of
the United  States or  any  political subdivision  thereof (including  any  such
entity  constituting an  investment advisor acting  with discretionary authority
for a non-U.S. Person) whose office most directly involved with the purchase  is
located in such country. "United States" means the United States of America, its
territories, its possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdiction.
 
    Nomura  International plc  has provided  acquisition financing  and advisory
services to HoldCo. and MergerCo. in connection with the Merger and will,  after
the  Merger Consummation  Date, hold  warrants to  acquire an  indirect majority
interest in the common stock of TCC. See "The Merger."
 
    Application has  been  made  to  list the  Notes  on  the  Luxembourg  Stock
Exchange.
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    Certain  legal matters with respect to the Notes will be passed upon for the
Depositor by Dorsey & Whitney  LLP.  Cadwalader, Wickersham  & Taft will act  as
counsel  to the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers. The Indenture,
the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement,  the  Trust  Agreement,  the  Purchase
Agreement and the Notes will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    1. The  issue of the Notes has been authorized pursuant to the Indenture and
       a resolution dated              ,  1996 of the Board of Directors of  the
Depositor.
 
    2. An  application has been made  to list the Notes  on the Luxembourg Stock
       Exchange. In  connection with  such application,  a legal  notice of  the
issuance of the Notes and copies of the Indenture and a copy of the Registration
Statement  will  be  deposited  with  the Chief  Registrar  of  the  District of
Luxembourg (Greffier en  Chef du Tribunal  d'Arrondissement a Luxembourg)  where
such documents may be examined and copies obtained.
 
    3. As  long  as  the  Notes  are  outstanding,  copies  of  the Registration
       Statement, all amendments  and exhibits  thereto, the  Indenture and  any
reports  containing information on the Owner Trust prepared by the Servicer will
be available  free  of  charge at  the  offices  of the  Indenture  Trustee  and
                        ,  as the listing  agent in Luxembourg  at the following
address:                            , and notices of their availability will  be
published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which
is expected to be Luxemburger Wort).
 
    4. There  is no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding, actual
       or pending, which relates to the Owner Trust and to which the Owner Trust
is a party or of which the Owner Trust has been notified, or threatened that  it
will  be made  a party, which  is material  in the context  of the  issue of the
Notes.
 
    5. Upon issuance,  the Notes  will  be accepted  for deposit  and  clearance
       through DTC, Euroclear and Cedel Bank, as applicable.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           COMMON CODE       ISIN         CUSIP
                                                                         ---------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>              <C>          <C>
Class A Notes..........................................................
Class B Notes..........................................................
Class C Notes..........................................................
</TABLE>
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS
 
                                   [TO COME]
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
                                                                      APPENDIX A
 
                        GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND
                          TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES
 
    Except in certain limited circumstances, the Notes will be available only in
book-entry  form (the  "Global Notes"). Investors  in the Global  Notes may hold
such Global Notes through  DTC or, if applicable,  Cedel Bank or Euroclear.  The
Global  Notes will be tradeable as  home-market instruments in both the European
and United States domestic markets. Initial settlement and all secondary  trades
will settle in same-day funds.
 
    Secondary  market  trading between  investors  holding Global  Notes through
Cedel Bank and  Euroclear will be  conducted in the  ordinary way in  accordance
with  their  normal  rules  and  operating  procedures  and  in  accordance with
conventional eurobond practice.
 
    Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Notes through  DTC
will  be conducted  according to the  rules and procedures  applicable to United
States corporate debt obligations.
 
    Secondary cross-market trading between Cedel Bank or Euroclear  participants
and    DTC    participants   holding    Notes    will   be    effected    on   a
delivery-against-payment basis through the respective depositaries of Cedel Bank
and Euroclear and as participants in DTC.
 
    Non-United States holders of Global Notes will be exempt from United  States
withholding  taxes,  provided that  such holders  meet certain  requirements and
deliver appropriate  United  States tax  documents  to the  securities  clearing
organizations  or  their  participants.  See  "United  States  Taxation"  in the
Prospectus.
 
INITIAL SETTLEMENT
 
    All Global Notes will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of  Cede
&  Co.  as nominee  of DTC.  Investors' interests  in the  Global Notes  will be
represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as direct  and
indirect  participants in DTC. As  a result, Cedel Bank  and Euroclear will hold
positions on behalf of their participants through their respective depositaries,
which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as participants of DTC.
 
    Investors electing to hold  their Global Notes through  DTC will follow  the
settlement  practices applicable  to United  States corporate  debt obligations.
Investor securities  custody  accounts  will be  credited  with  their  holdings
against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.
 
    Investors  electing  to  hold  their  Global  Notes  through  Cedel  Bank or
Euroclear  accounts  will  follow   the  settlement  procedures  applicable   to
conventional  eurobonds, except that there will  be no temporary global security
and no "lock-up"  or restricted  period. Global Notes  will be  credited to  the
securities  custody accounts on the settlement  date against payment in same-day
funds.
 
SECONDARY MARKET TRADING
 
    Because the purchaser determines the place  of delivery, it is important  to
establish  at the time of the trade  where both the purchaser's and the seller's
accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired  value
date.
 
    TRADING  BETWEEN  DTC PARTICIPANTS.   Secondary  market trading  between DTC
participants will be settled  using the procedures  applicable to United  States
corporate debt issues in same-day funds.
 
    TRADING  BETWEEN CEDEL BANK AND/OR EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS.  Secondary market
trading between Cedel  Bank participants and/or  Euroclear participants will  be
settled  using the procedures  applicable to conventional  eurobonds in same-day
funds.
 
    TRADING BETWEEN DTC  SELLER AND  CEDEL BANK  OR EUROCLEAR  PURCHASER.   When
Global  Notes are to be transferred from the account of a DTC participant to the
account of a Cedel Bank participant or a
 
                                      A-1
<PAGE>
Euroclear participant, the  purchaser will  send instructions to  Cedel Bank  or
Euroclear  through a participant at least  one business day prior to settlement.
Cedel Bank or Euroclear will instruct  the respective depositary to receive  the
Global  Notes  against payment.  Payment will  include  interest accrued  on the
Global Notes from and  including the last coupon  payment date to and  excluding
the  settlement date. Payment will then be  made by the respective depositary to
the DTC  participant's  account against  delivery  of the  Global  Notes.  After
settlement  has  been  completed,  the  Global Notes  will  be  credited  to the
respective clearing system and  by the clearing system,  in accordance with  its
usual  procedures, to  the Cedel  Bank participant's  or Euroclear participant's
account. The Global Notes  credit will appear the  next day (European time)  and
the cash debit will be back-valued to, and the interest on the Global Notes will
accrue  from, the value date  (which would be the  preceding day when settlement
occurred in New York). If settlement is not completed on the intended value date
(i.e., the trade fails), the Cedel Bank  or Euroclear cash debit will be  valued
instead as of the actual settlement date.
 
    Cedel  Bank  participants  and  Euroclear  participants  will  need  to make
available to  the respective  clearing systems  the funds  necessary to  process
same-day  funds settlement. The most direct means  of doing so is to preposition
funds for settlement, either from cash on  hand or existing lines of credit,  as
they  would for any  settlement occurring within Cedel  Bank or Euroclear. Under
this approach, they may take on credit exposure to Cedel Bank or Euroclear until
the Global Notes are credited to their accounts one day later.
 
    As an alternative, if Cedel Bank or Euroclear has extended a line of  credit
to  them, participants can elect not to  preposition funds and allow that credit
line to be drawn  upon to finance settlement.  Under this procedure, Cedel  Bank
participants  or  Euroclear  participants purchasing  Global  Notes  would incur
overdraft charges for  one day,  assuming they  cleared the  overdraft when  the
Global  Notes were credited  to their accounts. However,  interest on the Global
Notes would accrue from the value date. Therefore, in many cases the  investment
income  on the Global  Notes earned during the  one-day period may substantially
reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft charges, although this result will
depend on each participant's particular cost of funds.
 
    Since the settlement  is taking place  during New York  business hours,  DTC
participants  can employ their usual procedures  for sending Global Notes to the
respective depositary for the  benefit of Cedel  Bank participants or  Euroclear
participants.  The sale  proceeds will  be available  to the  DTC seller  on the
settlement date. Thus, to  the DTC participant  a cross-market transaction  will
settle no differently than a trade between two DTC participants.
 
    TRADING  BETWEEN CEDEL BANK OR  EUROCLEAR SELLER AND DTC  PURCHASER.  Due to
time-zone differences  in their  favor, Cedel  Bank participants  and  Euroclear
participants  may employ  their customary  procedures for  transactions in which
Global Notes are to  be transferred by the  respective clearing system,  through
the   respective  depositary,  to  a  DTC  participant.  The  seller  will  send
instructions to  Cedel Bank  or Euroclear  through a  participant at  least  one
business  day prior to  settlement. In this  case, Cedel Bank  or Euroclear will
instruct the respective depositary to deliver the Notes to the DTC participant's
account against payment.  Payment will  include interest accrued  on the  Global
Notes  from and  including the  last coupon  payment date  to and  excluding the
settlement date. The payment will then be reflected in the account of the  Cedel
Bank  participant or Euroclear participant the following day, and receipt of the
cash proceeds in the Cedel Bank participant's or Euroclear participant's account
would be back-valued to the value date  (which would be the preceding day,  when
settlement occurred in New York). Should the Cedel Bank participant or Euroclear
participant  have a line of credit with its respective clearing system and elect
to be in debit in anticipation of  receipt of the sale proceeds in its  account,
the  back-valuation  will extinguish  any overdraft  charges incurred  over that
one-day period. If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e.,
the trade fails), receipt of  the cash proceeds in  the Cedel Bank or  Euroclear
participant's account would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.
 
                                      A-2
<PAGE>
    Finally,  day traders  that use  Cedel Bank  or Euroclear  and that purchase
Global Notes from DTC  participants for delivery to  Cedel Bank participants  or
Euroclear participants should note that these trades would automatically fail on
the  sale side unless  affirmative action were taken.  At least three techniques
should be readily available to eliminate this potential problem:
 
    1. borrowing through Cedel Bank or Euroclear for one day (until the purchase
       side of  the day  trade is  reflected in  their Cedel  Bank or  Euroclear
       accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;
 
    2. borrowing the Global Notes in the United States from a DTC participant no
       later than one day prior to settlement, which would give the Global Notes
       sufficient  time to be reflected in their Cedel Bank or Euroclear account
       in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or
 
    3. staggering the value dates  for the buy  and sell sides  of the trade  so
       that the value date for the purchase from the DTC participant is at least
       one  day  prior  to  the  value  date for  the  sale  to  the  Cedel Bank
       participant or Euroclear participant.
 
                        CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX
                           DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
 
    A holder of Global Notes holding securities through Cedel Bank or  Euroclear
(or  through DTC if the holder has an address outside the United States) will be
subject to 30% United States withholding tax that generally applies to  payments
of  interest (including original interest discount) on registered debt issued by
United States Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other  financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or business in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the
United   States  entity  required  to  withhold  tax  complies  with  applicable
certification requirements and (ii) such holder takes one of the following steps
to obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate:
 
    EXEMPTION FOR NON-U.S. PERSON  (FORM W-8).   Non-United States Persons  that
are  beneficial owners can obtain a  complete exemption from the withholding tax
by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign Status).
 
    If the information shown on Form W-8  changes, a new Form W-8 must be  filed
within 30 days of such change.
 
    EXEMPTION  FOR  NON-U.S.  PERSONS WITH  EFFECTIVELY  CONNECTED  INCOME (FORM
4224).  A non-United States Person, including a non-United States corporation or
bank with a United States branch,  for which the interest income is  effectively
connected  with its  conduct of a  trade or  business in the  United States, can
obtain an exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from
Withholding of Tax on Income Effectively  Connected with the Conduct of a  Trade
or Business in the United States).
 
    EXEMPTION  OR REDUCED RATE FOR NON-U.S. PERSONS RESIDENT IN TREATY COUNTRIES
(FORM 1001).  Non-United States Persons that are beneficial owners residing in a
country that has a tax treaty with the United States can obtain an exemption  or
reduced  tax rate  (depending on the  terms of  the treaty) by  filing Form 1001
(Ownership, Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate). If the treaty provides  only
for  a reduced  rate, withholding tax  will be  imposed at that  rate unless the
filer alternatively files  Form W-8. Form  1001 may be  filed by the  beneficial
owner or his agent.
 
    EXEMPTION  FOR U.S. PERSONS (FORM W-9).   United States Persons can obtain a
complete exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's  Request
for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).
 
    U.S.  FEDERAL INCOME TAX REPORTING PROCEDURE.   A holder of Global Notes or,
in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his agent, files by  submitting
the  appropriate form to the person through which he holds (the clearing agency,
in the case of persons  holding directly on the  books of the clearing  agency).
Form  W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for  three calendar years and Form 4224 is
effective for one calendar year. See "United States Taxation" in the Prospectus.
 
                                      A-3
<PAGE>
    The term  "United States  Person" means  (i) a  citizen or  resident of  the
United  States, (ii) a corporation or partnership organized in or under the laws
of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or (iii) an estate  or
trust  the  income of  which is  includible  in gross  income for  United States
federal income tax purposes, regardless of its source.
 
    THIS SUMMARY DOES NOT DEAL WITH ALL ASPECTS OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL  INCOME
TAX  WITHHOLDING THAT MAY  BE RELEVANT TO  FOREIGN HOLDERS OF  THE GLOBAL NOTES.
INVESTORS ARE ADVISED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS FOR SPECIFIC TAX  ADVICE
CONCERNING THEIR HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF THE GLOBAL NOTES.
 
                                      A-4
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    NO  PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION OR  TO  MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN  THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN  OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED  BY THE DEPOSITOR, THE SERVICER,  THE OWNER TRUST, THE OWNER TRUSTEE,
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS OR THE INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  OR  SOLICITATION BY  ANYONE  IN  ANY
JURISDICTION  IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION  IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH
THE PERSON MAKING SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION  IS NOT QUALIFIED TO  DO SO OR  TO
ANYONE  TO WHOM IT IS  UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF  THIS PROSPECTUS,  NOR ANY  SALE MADE  HEREUNDER, SHALL,  UNDER  ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS
OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF SUCH INFORMATION.
 
                                ----------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PAGE
                                                 ---------
<S>                                              <C>
Incorporation by Reference.....................
Available Information..........................
Reports to Noteholders.........................
Table of Contents..............................
Prospectus Summary.............................          1
Risk Factors...................................         17
The Merger.....................................         21
The Depositor and the Owner Trust..............         22
AT&T Capital Corporation.......................         24
The Originators................................         25
The Contracts..................................         32
Description of the Notes.......................         45
Description of the Transfer and Servicing
 Agreement.....................................         59
Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts.........         63
United States Taxation.........................         66
ERISA Considerations...........................         70
Ratings of the Notes...........................         71
Use of Proceeds................................         71
Underwriting...................................         72
Legal Matters..................................         74
Additional Information.........................         74
Index of Principal Terms.......................         75
Appendix A: Global Clearance, Settlement and
 Tax Documentation Procedures..................        A-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                                ----------------
 
    UNTIL               , 1996 (NINETY DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),
ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE NOTES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN
THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION
TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WITH
RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
 
                                  $
                           % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES,
                                    CLASS A
                                  $
                       % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS B
                                  $
                       % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS C
                                ANTIGUA FUNDING
                                  CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
                                  AT&T CAPITAL
                                  CORPORATION
                                    SERVICER
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                             ---------------------
 
                              GLOBAL COORDINATORS:
                              NOMURA INTERNATIONAL
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
                                  -----------
 
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                               U.S. UNDERWRITERS
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
   
               [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MARKET MAKING U.S. PROSPECTUS]
    
   
(CONTINUED FROM PRECEDING PAGE)
    
 
   
    The  Owner Trust will  also issue two classes  of certificates of beneficial
interest, the Equity Certificates and  the Equipment Certificate, which are  not
being  offered  hereby. The  Equipment Certificate  will represent  an undivided
interest in,  and be  payable solely  from, the  Equipment and  certain  amounts
derived  from the sale or other disposition  of the Equipment upon expiration or
termination (including  an  early termination  or  liquidation) of  the  related
Contracts  and certain other amounts as described herein. Proceeds from the sale
or other disposition  of the  Equipment upon  expiration or  termination of  the
related Contracts will not be available for payment of interest and principal on
the  Notes,  except  under the  limited  circumstances described  herein.  It is
expected that  the Equity  Certificates will  initially represent  the right  to
receive  principal in an  amount equal to  approximately 4% of  the Cut-Off Date
Contract Pool Principal  Balance, together with  interest thereon  at     %  per
annum.
    
 
   
    The  Notes  and the  Equity Certificates  will be  payable solely  from, and
secured by,  the Amount  Available  on each  Payment  Date (which  will  consist
primarily  of the  Scheduled Payments due  under the  Contracts, certain amounts
received upon the  prepayment or  purchase of Contracts  or (to  the extent  not
payable  on  the Equipment  Certificate) liquidation  of the  related Equipment,
investment earnings on amounts deposited  in the Collection Account  established
pursuant  to the  Indenture, in  each case subject  to prior  application to pay
certain fees and expenses, and amounts permitted to be withdrawn therefor from a
Cash Collateral Account) in the order of priority described herein.
    
 
   
    THE LIKELIHOOD  OF  PAYMENT OF  INTEREST  ON EACH  CLASS  OF NOTES  WILL  BE
ENHANCED  BY THE  APPLICATION OF  THE AMOUNT  AVAILABLE TO  THE PAYMENT  OF SUCH
INTEREST PRIOR TO THE  PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL  ON ANY OF THE  NOTES OR THE  EQUITY
CERTIFICATES,  AS WELL AS BY  THE PREFERENTIAL RIGHT OF  THE HOLDERS OF NOTES OF
EACH SUCH CLASS TO RECEIVE SUCH INTEREST (1)  IN THE CASE OF THE CLASS A  NOTES,
PRIOR  TO THE PAYMENT OF ANY INTEREST ON THE CLASS B NOTES, THE CLASS C NOTES OR
THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES,  (2) IN THE  CASE OF THE  CLASS B NOTES,  PRIOR TO  THE
PAYMENT OF ANY INTEREST ON THE CLASS C NOTES OR THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES, AND (3)
IN  THE CASE OF THE CLASS  C NOTES, PRIOR TO THE  PAYMENT OF ANY INTEREST ON THE
EQUITY CERTIFICATES. LIKEWISE, THE  LIKELIHOOD OF PAYMENT  OF PRINCIPAL ON  EACH
CLASS  OF NOTES  WILL BE ENHANCED  BY THE  PREFERENTIAL RIGHT OF  THE HOLDERS OF
NOTES OF EACH SUCH CLASS TO RECEIVE SUCH PRINCIPAL, TO THE EXTENT OF THE  AMOUNT
AVAILABLE  AFTER PAYMENT OF INTEREST ON THE NOTES AND THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES AS
AFORESAID, (I) IN THE  CASE OF THE CLASS  A NOTES, PRIOR TO  THE PAYMENT OF  ANY
PRINCIPAL  ON  THE CLASS  B NOTES,  THE CLASS  C NOTES  OR (EXCEPT  AS DESCRIBED
HEREIN) THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES, (II) IN THE CASE OF THE CLASS B NOTES, PRIOR TO
THE PAYMENT  OF ANY  PRINCIPAL ON  THE CLASS  C NOTES  OR (EXCEPT  AS  DESCRIBED
HEREIN)  THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES,  AND (III) IN  THE CASE OF  THE CLASS C NOTES,
PRIOR TO THE  PAYMENT OF  ANY PRINCIPAL ON  THE EQUITY  CERTIFICATES, EXCEPT  AS
DESCRIBED HEREIN. SEE "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES."
    
 
   
    To  the extent the Amount Available  is sufficient therefor, interest at the
rate per annum noted above for  each of the Class A,  Class B and Class C  Notes
(the applicable "Interest Rate") will be paid to Holders of each Class of Notes,
and  principal will be paid on  the applicable Class of Notes, on  the    day of
each month  (or, if  such day  is not  a Business  Day, on  the next  succeeding
Business  Day), commencing October   , 1996 (each, a "Payment Date"). The Stated
Maturity Date for the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes  is
              ,                  , and                 , respectively, but final
payment of any Class of Notes could occur significantly earlier than the  Stated
Maturity Date of such Class.
    
 
   
    The  Notes  are subject  to redemption  in whole  as described  herein under
"Description of the Notes  -- Special Redemption" and  "-- Optional Purchase  of
Contracts."
    
 
   
    There  is  currently no  secondary  market for  the  Notes and  there  is no
assurance that one will develop. The  U.S. Underwriters expect, but will not  be
obligated, to make a market in the Notes in the United States. The International
Managers  expect,  but will  not be  obligated, to  make a  market in  the Notes
outside the United States.  There is no assurance  that either such market  will
develop,  or if either such market does develop, that such market will continue.
See "Risk Factors."
    
 
   
    It is a condition of  issuance of the Notes that  each of Standard &  Poor's
Ratings  Services, Moody's Investors Service, Inc.,  Duff & Phelps Credit Rating
Co. and Fitch Investors Service, L.P. (i) rate the Class A Notes in its  highest
rating category, (ii) rate the Class B Notes "       ," "       ," "       " and
"        ," respectively, and (iii) rate the Class C Notes "       ," "       ,"
"       " and "       ," respectively. See "Ratings of the Notes."
    
 
   
    If and  to  the  extent  required by  applicable  law  or  regulation,  this
Prospectus  will also be used by Nomura Securities International, Inc. after the
completion of  the offering  in  connection with  offers  and sales  related  to
market-making   transactions   in   the  Notes   in   which   Nomura  Securities
International, Inc. acts as principal. Nomura Securities International, Inc. may
also act as agent in such transactions. Sales will be made at negotiated  prices
determined at the time of sale.
    
   
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS AND/OR INTERNATIONAL
MANAGERS  MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT TRANSACTIONS  WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE
MARKET PRICE OF THE NOTES AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN
THE OPEN MARKET.  SUCH STABILIZING,  IF COMMENCED,  MAY BE  DISCONTINUED AT  ANY
TIME.
    
   
    Upon  receipt of  a request  by an investor  who has  received an electronic
Prospectus from any Underwriter or  a request by such investor's  representative
within  the period during which there is  an obligation to deliver a Prospectus,
such Underwriter  will  promptly deliver,  or  cause to  be  delivered,  without
charge, to such investor a paper copy of the Prospectus.
    
 
   
    The  Depositor has not  authorized any offer  of Notes to  the public in the
United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations
1995 (the  "Regulations"). The  Notes may  not lawfully  be offered  or sold  to
persons  in the United Kingdom except in circumstances which do not result in an
offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the  Regulations
or otherwise in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Regulations.
    
<PAGE>
   
    The Depositor does not intend to register the Notes under the Securities and
Exchange  Law of Japan (the "SEL"). Accordingly, the Notes may not be offered or
sold directly or indirectly in Japan, and this Prospectus may not be distributed
or circulated in Japan, except in circumstances that do not constitute an  offer
to the public within the meaning of the SEL.
    
<PAGE>
   
               [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MARKET MAKING U.S. PROSPECTUS]
    
 
   
Financial  Services Act of 1986 with respect  to anything done by it in relation
to the Notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and (c) it  has
only  issued or passed on and  will only issue or pass  on in the United Kingdom
any document received by it  in connection with the issuance  of the Notes to  a
person who is of a kind described in article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act
1986  (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995  or who is a person to
whom such document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
    
 
   
    This Prospectus may be used by  underwriters and dealers in connection  with
offers and sales of the Notes to persons located in the United Sates.
    
 
   
    The  Depositor and  the Owner  Trustee (on behalf  of the  Owner Trust) have
entered  into  an  underwriting   agreement  (the  "International   Underwriting
Agreement")   with   certain   managers  (the   "International   Managers,"  and
collectively with  the  U.S.  Underwriters, the  "Underwriters")  through  their
representatives,  Nomura International plc and Goldman, Sachs International (the
"International Representatives"), providing for the concurrent offer and sale of
an aggregate of $         , $         and $         principal amount of Class  A
Notes, Class B Notes and Class C Notes, respectively (the "International Notes")
outside  the  United  States.  The  offering  price  and  aggregate underwriting
discounts and commissions  per Note  for the  U.S. Notes  and the  International
Notes are identical.
    
 
   
    To  provide for the coordination of  their activities, the U.S. Underwriters
and the  International Managers  have  entered into  an Agreement  between  U.S.
Underwriters  and International Managers  (the "Intersyndicate Agreement") which
provides, among other things, that  the U.S. Underwriters and the  International
Managers  may purchase  and sell  among each  other such  number of  Notes as is
mutually agreed  upon  among  the U.S.  Representatives  and  the  International
Representatives and as approved by Nomura International plc and Goldman, Sachs &
Co.,  as  Global Coordinators.  To the  extent  there are  sales among  the U.S.
Underwriters and  the  International  Managers pursuant  to  the  Intersyndicate
Agreement  and as approved by the Global  Coordinators, the number of U.S. Notes
initially available  for  sale  by  the U.S.  Underwriters  and  the  number  of
International  Notes initially available for  sale by the International Managers
may be  more or  less than  the  numbers appearing  on the  cover page  of  this
Prospectus.  Except as permitted by the Intersyndicate Agreement and as approved
by the  Global  Coordinators,  the price  of  any  Notes so  sold  will  be  the
respective  initial public offering  price, less an amount  not greater than the
selling concession.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, as part of the distribution of the
Notes and subject to  certain exceptions, (a) the  U.S. Underwriters will  offer
and  sell U.S.  Notes only  (i) in the  United States  (ii) to  U.S. Persons (as
defined  below)  and  (b)  the  International  Managers  will  offer  and   sell
International   Notes  only  outside  the  United  States  to  non-U.S.  Persons
(including any entity  constituting an  investment advisor  located outside  the
United  States acting with discretionary authority for a U.S. Person). For these
purposes, U.S.  Person  means  individual  residents in  the  United  States  or
corporations,  partnerships, or other entities organized in or under the laws of
the United  States or  any  political subdivision  thereof (including  any  such
entity  constituting an  investment advisor acting  with discretionary authority
for a non-U.S. Person) whose office most directly involved with the purchase  is
located in such country. "United States" means the United States of America, its
territories, its possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdiction.
    
 
   
    Nomura  International plc  has provided  acquisition financing  and advisory
services to HoldCo. and MergerCo. in connection with the Merger and will,  after
the  Merger Consummation  Date, hold  warrants to  acquire an  indirect majority
interest in the common stock of TCC. See "The Merger."
    
 
   
    Application has  been  made  to  list the  Notes  on  the  Luxembourg  Stock
Exchange.
    
 
   
    If  and  to  the  extent  required by  applicable  law  or  regulation, this
Prospectus will be used by  Nomura Securities International, Inc. in  connection
with  offers and  sales related  to market making  transactions in  the Notes in
which  Nomura  Securities  International,  Inc.  acts  as  a  principal.  Nomura
Securities International, Inc. may also act as agent in such transactions. Sales
may be made at negotiated prices determined at the time of sale.
    
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
PROSPECTUS
   
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 3, 1996
    
                                  $
   
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
    
 
$             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A, DUE                    ; ISSUE
                                  PRICE:     %
$             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS B, DUE                    ; ISSUE
                                  PRICE:     %
$             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS C, DUE                    ; ISSUE
                                  PRICE:     %
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
              ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION                               AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION
                       DEPOSITOR                                                SERVICER
</TABLE>
 
   
    Capita Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1 (the "Owner Trust") will be formed
pursuant  to  a  Trust  Agreement  between  Antigua  Funding  Corporation   (the
"Depositor"),  which  is  to  be  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  AT&T Capital
Corporation ("TCC") following  the consummation of  the Merger, and
                ,  as Owner Trustee (the "Owner Trustee"). The Receivable-Backed
Notes (the "Notes") will be issued by  the Owner Trust pursuant to an  Indenture
(the  "Indenture") between the Owner Trust  and                             , as
Indenture Trustee (the  "Indenture Trustee").  The property of  the Owner  Trust
(collectively,  the "Trust Assets"), from the date of issuance of the Notes (the
"Closing Date") to the Merger Consummation Date, will consist of the proceeds of
the Notes, plus  additional cash, which  will be held  (and invested in  certain
Eligible  Investments) in an Escrow Account and will be sufficient to redeem the
Notes at the  Special Redemption  Price on the  Special Redemption  Date if  the
Merger  is not  consummated on or  before September    ,  1996. The  cash in the
Escrow Account, together  with the  proceeds of  the Equity  Certificates to  be
issued by the Owner Trust to the Depositor (which will thereafter be disposed of
by  the Depositor in a transaction unrelated to the issuance of the Notes), will
be used on the Merger  Consummation Date to acquire  a pool of equipment  leases
(the  "Lease Contracts") and installment  sale contracts, promissory notes, loan
and security agreements and similar types of receivables (the "Loan  Contracts,"
and, together with the Lease Contracts, the "Contracts") and the interest of the
Depositor  in certain equipment related to such Contracts (the "Equipment"). TCC
will service  the Contracts  pursuant  to a  Transfer and  Servicing  Agreement,
expected  to be entered into among the Depositor, TCC, the Indenture Trustee and
the Owner Trust.  Of the Notes  being offered, $             , $             and
$         initial principal amount of the Class A Notes, Class B Notes and Class
C  Notes, respectively, are being offered initially  in the United States by the
U.S. Underwriters and $          , $         and  $         , respectively,  are
being offered initially outside the United States by the International Managers.
The  Initial Public Offering  Price and Underwriting  Discount will be identical
for both offerings.
    
 
   
                                                   (CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
    
 
   
    FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS RELATING TO THIS OFFERING, SEE "RISK
                          FACTORS" ON PAGE 16 HEREIN.
    
 
    THE NOTES  WILL  REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS  OF  THE  OWNER TRUST  AND  WILL  NOT
REPRESENT  INTERESTS  IN OR  OBLIGATIONS  OF ANTIGUA  FUNDING  CORPORATION, AT&T
CAPITAL CORPORATION OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS  THE
       SECURITIES   AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES
       COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS
          PROSPECTUS.  ANY    REPRESENTATION TO THE  CONTRARY IS A
                               CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING         UNDERWRITING            PROCEEDS TO THE
                                 PRICE (1)                DISCOUNT (2)            DEPOSITOR (1)(3)
                          ------------------------  ------------------------  ------------------------
<S>                       <C>                       <C>                       <C>
Per Class A Note........             %                         %                         %
Per Class B Note........             %                         %                         %
Per Class C Note........             %                         %                         %
Total...................             $                         $                         $
</TABLE>
    
 
- ----------------
(1) Plus accrued  interest,  if  any,  at the  applicable  Interest  Rate,  from
                 , 1996.
(2) The  Depositor has  agreed to  indemnify the  International Managers against
    certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
    See "Underwriting."
(3) Before  deducting  expenses  payable  by  the  Depositor,  estimated  to  be
    $         .
 
                              GLOBAL COORDINATORS:
NOMURA INTERNATIONAL                                        GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
   
    The  Notes are offered severally by the International Managers, as specified
herein, subject to prior sale and  subject to the International Managers'  right
to  reject orders in  whole or in  part. It is  expected that the  Notes will be
ready for delivery in book-entry form  through the facilities of The  Depository
Trust  Company  in New  York, New  York,  Cedel Bank,  societe anonyme,  and the
Euroclear System against payment therefor  in immediately available funds on  or
about September   , 1996.
    
 
        Application has been made to list the Notes on the Luxembourg Stock
                                   Exchange.
 
                                ----------------
                              NOMURA INTERNATIONAL
                                  -----------
 
               THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS SEPTEMBER   , 1996
<PAGE>
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
 
   
    The  Owner Trust will  also issue two classes  of certificates of beneficial
interest, the Equity Certificates and  the Equipment Certificate, which are  not
being  offered  hereby. The  Equipment Certificate  will represent  an undivided
interest in,  and be  payable  solely from  the  Equipment and  certain  amounts
derived  from the sale or other disposition  of the Equipment upon expiration or
termination (including  an  early termination  or  liquidation) of  the  related
Contracts  and certain other amounts as described herein. Proceeds from the sale
or other disposition  of the  Equipment upon  expiration or  termination of  the
related Contracts will not be available for payment of interest and principal on
the  Notes,  except  under the  limited  circumstances described  herein.  It is
expected that  the Equity  Certificates will  initially represent  the right  to
receive  principal in an  amount equal to  approximately 4% of  the Cut-Off Date
Contract Pool Principal  Balance, together with  interest thereon  at     %  per
annum.
    
 
   
    The  Notes  and the  Equity Certificates  will be  payable solely  from, and
secured by,  the Amount  Available  on each  Payment  Date (which  will  consist
primarily  of the  Scheduled Payments due  under the  Contracts, certain amounts
received upon the  prepayment or  purchase of Contracts  or (to  the extent  not
payable  on  the Equipment  Certificate) liquidation  of the  related Equipment,
investment earnings on amounts deposited  in the Collection Account  established
pursuant  to the  Indenture, in  each case subject  to prior  application to pay
certain fees and expenses, and amounts permitted to be withdrawn therefor from a
Cash Collateral Account) in the order of priority described herein.
    
 
   
    THE LIKELIHOOD  OF  PAYMENT OF  INTEREST  ON EACH  CLASS  OF NOTES  WILL  BE
ENHANCED  BY THE  APPLICATION OF  THE AMOUNT  AVAILABLE TO  THE PAYMENT  OF SUCH
INTEREST PRIOR TO THE  PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL  ON ANY OF THE  NOTES OR THE  EQUITY
CERTIFICATES,  AS WELL AS BY  THE PREFERENTIAL RIGHT OF  THE HOLDERS OF NOTES OF
EACH SUCH CLASS TO RECEIVE SUCH INTEREST (1)  IN THE CASE OF THE CLASS A  NOTES,
PRIOR  TO THE PAYMENT OF ANY INTEREST ON THE CLASS B NOTES, THE CLASS C NOTES OR
THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES,  (2) IN THE  CASE OF THE  CLASS B NOTES,  PRIOR TO  THE
PAYMENT OF ANY INTEREST ON THE CLASS C NOTES OR THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES, AND (3)
IN  THE CASE OF THE CLASS  C NOTES, PRIOR TO THE  PAYMENT OF ANY INTEREST ON THE
EQUITY CERTIFICATES. LIKEWISE, THE  LIKELIHOOD OF PAYMENT  OF PRINCIPAL ON  EACH
CLASS  OF NOTES  WILL BE ENHANCED  BY THE  PREFERENTIAL RIGHT OF  THE HOLDERS OF
NOTES OF EACH SUCH CLASS TO RECEIVE SUCH PRINCIPAL, TO THE EXTENT OF THE  AMOUNT
AVAILABLE  AFTER PAYMENT OF INTEREST ON THE NOTES AND THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES AS
AFORESAID, (I) IN THE  CASE OF THE CLASS  A NOTES, PRIOR TO  THE PAYMENT OF  ANY
PRINCIPAL  ON  THE CLASS  B NOTES,  THE CLASS  C NOTES  OR (EXCEPT  AS DESCRIBED
HEREIN) THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES, (II) IN THE CASE OF THE CLASS B NOTES, PRIOR TO
THE PAYMENT  OF ANY  PRINCIPAL ON  THE CLASS  C NOTES  OR (EXCEPT  AS  DESCRIBED
HEREIN)  THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES,  AND (III) IN  THE CASE OF  THE CLASS C NOTES,
PRIOR TO THE  PAYMENT OF  ANY PRINCIPAL ON  THE EQUITY  CERTIFICATES, EXCEPT  AS
DESCRIBED HEREIN. SEE "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES."
    
 
   
    To  the extent the Amount Available  is sufficient therefor, interest at the
rate per annum noted above for  each of the Class A,  Class B and Class C  Notes
(the applicable "Interest Rate") will be paid to Holders of each Class of Notes,
and  principal will be paid  on the applicable Class  of Notes, on the    day of
each month  (or, if  such day  is not  a Business  Day, on  the next  succeeding
Business  Day), commencing October   , 1996 (each, a "Payment Date"). The Stated
Maturity Date for each Class of Notes  is as set forth above, but final  payment
of any Class of Notes could occur significantly earlier than the Stated Maturity
Date of such Class.
    
 
   
    The  Notes  are subject  to redemption  in whole  as described  herein under
"Description of the Notes  -- Special Redemption" and  "-- Optional Purchase  of
Contracts."
    
 
   
    There  is  currently no  secondary  market for  the  Notes and  there  is no
assurance that one will develop. The  U.S. Underwriters expect, but will not  be
obligated, to make a market in the Notes in the United States. The International
Managers  expect,  but will  not be  obligated, to  make a  market in  the Notes
outside the United States.  There is no assurance  that either such market  will
develop,  or if either such market does develop, that such market will continue.
See "Risk Factors."
    
 
   
    Each prospective purchaser of the Notes must comply with all applicable laws
and regulations in any jurisdiction in which it purchases or sells the Notes  or
possesses  or distributes this Prospectus and  must obtain any consent, approval
or permission required by it for the purchase, offer or sale by it of the  Notes
under  the laws and regulations  in force in any  jurisdiction to which it makes
such purchase, offer or  sale, and neither the  Owner Trust nor any  Underwriter
shall have any responsibility therefor.
    
 
   
    The  distribution of this Prospectus  and the offer or  sale of Notes may be
restricted by law in certain jurisdictions.  Persons to whom possession of  this
Prospectus  and any  of the  Notes may  come must  inform themselves  about, and
observe, any such  restrictions. See  "Underwriting." In  particular, there  are
restrictions  on the distribution of  this Prospectus and the  offer and sale of
the Notes  in  the United  Kingdom  and Japan.  None  of the  Owner  Trust,  the
Underwriters   or  any  of  their   respective  representatives  is  making  any
representation to any offeree or purchaser  of the Notes regarding the  legality
of  or investment  therein by such  offeree or purchaser  under applicable legal
investment or similar laws.
    
 
   
    For so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the
rules of such exchange so require, the notices to Noteholders will be  published
in  a  leading  newspaper having  general  circulation in  Luxembourg  (which is
expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) and  will be made available at the  offices
of the Luxembourg Listing Agent). See "Additional Information."
    
 
   
    It  is a condition of  issuance of the Notes that  each of Standard & Poor's
Ratings Services, Moody's Investors Service,  Inc., Duff & Phelps Credit  Rating
Co.  and Fitch Investors Service, L.P. (i) rate the Class A Notes in its highest
rating category, (ii) rate the Class B Notes "       ," "       ," "       " and
"       ," respectively, and (iii) rate the Class C Notes "       ," "        ,"
"       " and "       ," respectively. See "Ratings of the Notes."
    
<PAGE>
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
   
(CONTINUED FROM PRECEDING PAGE)
    
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS AND/OR INTERNATIONAL
MANAGERS  MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT TRANSACTIONS  WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE
MARKET PRICE OF THE NOTES AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN
THE OPEN MARKET.  SUCH STABILIZING,  IF COMMENCED,  MAY BE  DISCONTINUED AT  ANY
TIME.
 
    The  Depositor has taken all reasonable  care to ensure that the information
stated herein  is  true  and  accurate  in all  material  respects  and  is  not
misleading  as of the date hereof and  that there are no material facts omission
of which would make the information contained herein misleading in any  material
respect. The Depositor accepts responsibility accordingly.
 
   
    Upon  receipt of  a request  by an investor  who has  received an electronic
Prospectus from any Underwriter or  a request by such investor's  representative
within  the period during which there is  an obligation to deliver a Prospectus,
such Underwriter  will  promptly deliver,  or  cause to  be  delivered,  without
charge, to such investor a paper copy of the Prospectus.
    
 
   
    The  Depositor has not  authorized any offer  of Notes to  the public in the
United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations
1995 (the  "Regulations"). The  Notes may  not lawfully  be offered  or sold  to
persons  in the United Kingdom except in circumstances which do not result in an
offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the  Regulations
or otherwise in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Regulations.
    
 
   
    The Depositor does not intend to register the Notes under the Securities and
Exchange  Law of Japan (the "SEL"). Accordingly, the Notes may not be offered or
sold directly or indirectly in Japan, and this Prospectus may not be distributed
or circulated in Japan, except in circumstances that do not constitute an  offer
to the public within the meaning of the SEL.
    
 
   
    In  making  an  investment  decision,  investors  must  rely  on  their  own
examination of the Notes, including the merits and risks involved. The  contents
of  this Prospectus are  not to be  construed as legal,  business or tax advice.
Each prospective purchaser must  consult its own  accountant, legal advisor  and
other  advisors  as to  the  business, legal,  tax  and related  aspects  of the
purchase of the Notes.  As used herein,  references to "dollars"  or "$" are  to
United States dollars.
    
<PAGE>
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
   
    Subject  to  the  terms  and conditions  of  the  international underwriting
agreement (the "International Underwriting Agreement"), the managers named below
(the  "International   Managers"),   through   their   representatives,   Nomura
International   plc  and   Goldman,  Sachs   International  (the  "International
Representatives"), have  severally agreed  to purchase  from the  Depositor  the
following  respective  initial  principal amount  of  Notes  (the "International
Notes") at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts set
forth on the cover page of this Prospectus:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     INITIAL          INITIAL          INITIAL
                                                                    PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL
                                                                 AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS
INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS                                               A NOTES          B NOTES          C NOTES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
 
<S>                                                              <C>              <C>              <C>
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
      Total....................................................
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
   
    In the International Underwriting Agreement, the International Managers have
agreed, subject to the terms and  conditions set forth therein, to purchase  all
of  the International Notes offered hereby if any of the International Notes are
purchased. The Depositor has been  advised by the International  Representatives
that  the International Managers propose to offer the International Notes to the
public at the respective public offering prices  set forth on the cover page  of
this  Prospectus, and to certain dealers at such price, less a concession not in
excess of 0.  % per Class A Note, 0.   % per Class B Note and 0.  % per Class  C
Note. The International Managers may allow and such dealers may reallow to other
dealers  a discount not in excess of  0.  % per Class A  Note, 0.  % per Class B
Note and 0.  % per  Class C Note. After the Notes  are released for sale to  the
public,  the  offering  price and  other  selling  terms may  be  varied  by the
International Representatives.
    
 
   
    The Notes are new issues of  securities with no established trading  market.
The   Depositor  has  been  advised  by  the  International  Managers  that  the
International Managers  intend to  make a  market in  the Notes  outside of  the
United  States but are not obligated to  do so and may discontinue market making
at any  time  without  notice.  The  Depositor has  been  advised  by  the  U.S.
Representatives  that the U.S. Underwriters intend to make a market in the Notes
in the United States but are not  obligated to do so and may discontinue  market
making at any time without notice. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity
of the trading market for the Notes.
    
 
   
    Funds  in the Cash Collateral Account and  the Trust Accounts may, from time
to  time,  be  invested   in  Eligible  Investments   acquired  from  the   U.S.
Underwriters.
    
 
   
    Each  U.S. Underwriter and International  Manager has represented and agreed
that (a) it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell any Notes to  any
person in the United Kingdom prior to the expiration of the period of six months
from  the issue date  of the Notes  except to persons  whose ordinary activities
involve them in  acquiring, holding,  managing or disposing  of investments  (as
principal  or  agent)  for the  purposes  of  their businesses  or  otherwise in
circumstances which have not resulted and
    
 
                                       67
<PAGE>

                  [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]

   
will not result  in an  offer to  the public in  the United  Kingdom within  the
meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995; (b) it has complied
and  will comply  with all applicable  provisions of the  Financial Services Act
1986 with respect to anything  done by it in relation  to the Notes in, from  or
otherwise  involving the United Kingdom; and (c) it has only issued or passed on
and will only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document received by it
in connection with  the issuance  of the  Notes to  a person  who is  of a  kind
described  in  article  11(3) of  the  Financial Services  Act  1986 (Investment
Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995 or who is a person to whom such document
may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
    
 
   
    Each International Manager  and each  U.S. Underwriter has  agreed that  the
Notes  may not  be offered  or sold  directly or  indirectly in  Japan, and this
Prospectus  may  not  be   distributed  or  circulated   in  Japan,  except   in
circumstances  that do not constitute an offer  to the public within the meaning
of the SEL.
    
 
    This Prospectus may be used by  underwriters and dealers in connection  with
offers and sales of the Notes to persons located outside the United Sates.
 
   
    The  Depositor has  agreed to  indemnify the  International Managers against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933,  as
amended.
    
 
   
    The  Depositor  has  entered  into  an  underwriting  agreement  (the  "U.S.
Underwriting Agreement") with certain underwriters (the "U.S. Underwriters," and
collectively with the International Managers, the "Underwriters") through  their
representatives,  Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Nomura Securities International, Inc.
(the "U.S. Representatives"), providing for the concurrent offer and sale of  an
aggregate  of $          , $          and $          principal amount of Class A
Notes, Class B Notes and Class C  Notes, respectively (the "U.S. Notes") in  the
United  States.  The offering  price  and aggregate  underwriting  discounts and
commissions per  Note  for  the  U.S. Notes  and  the  International  Notes  are
identical.
    
 
   
    To  provide for the coordination of  their activities, the U.S. Underwriters
and the  International Managers  have  entered into  an Agreement  between  U.S.
Underwriters  and International Managers  (the "Intersyndicate Agreement") which
provides, among other things, that  the U.S. Underwriters and the  International
Managers  may purchase  and sell  among each  other such  number of  Notes as is
mutually agreed  upon  among  the U.S.  Representatives  and  the  International
Representatives.  To the extent there are  sales among the U.S. Underwriters and
the International  Managers  pursuant to  the  Intersyndicate Agreement  and  as
approved  by  the  Global  Coordinators,  the  number  of  U.S.  Notes initially
available for sale  by the  U.S. Underwriters  and the  number of  International
Notes  initially available for sale by the International Managers may be more or
less than the numbers appearing on the cover page of this Prospectus. Except  as
permitted  by the Intersyndicate Agreement, the price  of any Notes so sold will
be the respective initial public offering price, less an amount not greater than
the selling concession.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, as part of the distribution of the
Notes and subject to  certain exceptions, (a) the  U.S. Underwriters will  offer
and  sell U.S.  Notes only  (i) in the  United States  (ii) to  U.S. Persons (as
defined  below)  and  (b)  the  International  Managers  will  offer  and   sell
International   Notes  only  outside  the  United  States  to  non-U.S.  Persons
(including any entity  constituting an  investment advisor  located outside  the
United  States acting with discretionary authority for a U.S. Person). For these
purposes, U.S.  Person  means  individual  residents in  the  United  States  or
Corporations,  Partnerships, or other entities organized in or under the laws of
the United  States or  any  political subdivision  thereof (including  any  such
entity  constituting an  investment advisor acting  with discretionary authority
for a non-U.S. Person) whose office most directly involved with the purchase  is
located in such country. "United States" means the United States of America, its
territories, its possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdiction.
    
 
    Nomura  International plc  has provided  acquisition financing  and advisory
services to HoldCo. and MergerCo. in connection with the Merger and will,  after
the  Merger Consummation  Date, hold  warrants to  acquire an  indirect majority
interest in the common stock of TCC. See "The Merger."
 
   
    Application has  been  made  to  list the  Notes  on  the  Luxembourg  Stock
Exchange.
    
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    NO  PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION OR  TO  MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN  THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN  OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED  BY THE DEPOSITOR, THE SERVICER,  THE OWNER TRUST, THE OWNER TRUSTEE,
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS OR THE INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  OR  SOLICITATION BY  ANYONE  IN  ANY
JURISDICTION  IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION  IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH
THE PERSON MAKING SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION  IS NOT QUALIFIED TO  DO SO OR  TO
ANYONE  TO WHOM IT IS  UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF  THIS PROSPECTUS,  NOR ANY  SALE MADE  HEREUNDER, SHALL,  UNDER  ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS
OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF SUCH INFORMATION.
    
 
                                ----------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PAGE
                                                 ---------
<S>                                              <C>
Incorporation by Reference.....................
Available Information..........................
Reports to Noteholders.........................
Table of Contents..............................
Prospectus Summary.............................
Risk Factors...................................
The Merger.....................................
The Depositor and the Owner Trust..............
AT&T Capital Corporation.......................
The Originators................................
The Contracts..................................
Description of the Notes.......................
Description of the Transfer and Servicing
 Agreement.....................................
Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts.........
United States Taxation.........................
ERISA Considerations...........................
Ratings of the Notes...........................
Use of Proceeds................................
Underwriting...................................
Legal Matters..................................
Additional Information.........................
Index of Principal Terms.......................
Appendix A: Global Clearance, Settlement and
 Tax Documentation Procedures..................        A-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                                ----------------
 
    UNTIL               , 1996 (NINETY DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),
ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE NOTES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN
THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION
TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WITH
RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
 
   
                                  $
                           % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES,
                                    CLASS A
                                  $
                       % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS B
                                  $
                       % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS C
                                ANTIGUA FUNDING
                                  CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
                                  AT&T CAPITAL
                                  CORPORATION
                                    SERVICER
    
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                             ---------------------
 
   
                              GLOBAL COORDINATORS:
                              NOMURA INTERNATIONAL
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
    
 
                                  -----------
 
   
                              NOMURA INTERNATIONAL
    
   
                             INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    The  following table  sets forth the  expenses to be  incurred in connection
with  the  offering  of  the  Notes,  other  than  underwriting  discounts   and
commissions, described in this Registration Statement:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee..................  $1,034,482.76
Printing and Engraving...............................................        *
Legal Fees and Expenses..............................................        *
Blue Sky Filing and Counsel Fees.....................................        *
Accounting Fees and Expenses.........................................        *
Trustee Fees and Expenses............................................        *
Rating Agencies' Fees................................................        *
Miscellaneous Expenses...............................................        *
                                                                       -------------
    Total............................................................  $     *
                                                                       -------------
                                                                       -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
* To be supplied by amendment.
 
ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    Antigua  Funding  Corporation is  incorporated under  the laws  of Delaware.
Section 145 of  the Delaware General  Corporation Law provides  that a  Delaware
corporation  may indemnify  any persons,  including officers  and directors, who
are, or  are  threatened to  be  made, parties  to  any threatened,  pending  or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative  (other than an action by or  in the right of such corporation, by
reason of the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee or  agent
of  such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as
a director, officer, employee  or agent of  another corporation or  enterprise).
The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines
and  amounts paid in settlement actually  and reasonably incurred by such person
in connection with such action, suit or proceedings, provided such person  acted
in  good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the  corporation's  best  interests  and,  for  criminal  proceedings,  had   no
reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation
may  identify officers  and directors  in an action  by or  in the  right of the
corporation under  the  same  conditions,  except  that  no  indemnification  is
permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be
liable  to the corporation.  Where an officer  or director is  successful on the
merits or  otherwise  in  the defense  of  any  action referred  to  above,  the
corporation  must  indemnify  him against  the  expenses which  such  officer or
director actually and reasonably incurred.
 
    The Certificate of Incorporation and  Bylaws of Antigua Funding  Corporation
provide,   in  effect,  that,  subject   to  certain  limited  exceptions,  such
corporation will indemnify its officers and directors to the extent permitted by
the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS.
 
    The Exhibits filed as part of this Registration Statement are:
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>        <C>        <S>
*     1.1         --  Form of Underwriting Agreement.
*    *3.1         --  Certificate of Incorporation of Depositor.
*    *3.2         --  By-Laws of Depositor.
      4.1         --  Form of Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
      4.2         --  Form of Indenture.
      4.3         --  Form of Trust Agreement.
      4.4         --  Form of Purchase Agreement.
*     5.1         --  Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP with respect to legality.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<C>        <C>        <S>
*     8.1         --  Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP with respect to tax matters.
*     8.2         --  Opinion and consent of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft with respect to tax matters.
*    23.1         --  Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1).
*    23.2         --  Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as part of Exhibit 8.1).
*    23.3         --  Consent of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft (included as part of Exhibit 8.2).
*   *24.1         --  Power of Attorney.
*    25.1         --  Statement of eligibility of Indenture Trustee.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 * To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    The  undersigned  registrant  hereby   undertakes  that,  for  purposes   of
determining  any liability under the Securities Act  of 1933, each filing of the
registrant's annual report  pursuant to section  13(a) or section  15(d) of  the
Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934  (and, where  applicable,  each filing  of an
employee  benefit  plan's  annual  report  pursuant  to  Section  15(d)  of  the
Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934)  that is  incorporated  by reference  in the
registration statement  shall  be deemed  to  be a  new  registration  statement
relating  to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities  Act
of  1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to  the foregoing provisions,  or otherwise, the  registrant
has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission,
such  indemnification is against public  policy as expressed in  the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification  against
such  liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director,  officer or controlling person  of the registrant in  the
successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is asserted  by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities  being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by it is against  public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
 
       (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
           1933,  the information omitted  from the form  of prospectus filed as
    part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained
    in a form of prospectus filed  by the registrant pursuant to Rule  424(b)(1)
    or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
       (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
           of  1933,  each  post-effective  amendment that  contains  a  form of
    prospectus shall be deemed  to be a new  registration statement relating  to
    the  securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
certifies that it has  reasonable grounds to  believe that it  meets all of  the
requirements  for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to
the Registration  Statement to  be  signed on  its  behalf by  the  undersigned,
thereunto  duly authorized, in the  City of New York, State  of New York, on the
3rd day of September, 1996.
    
 
                                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
                                          By ___________/s/ GUY HANDS___________
                                                         Guy Hands
                                                         PRESIDENT
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, this  Amendment
No.  2 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in
the capacities indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 SIGNATURE                                       TITLE                               DATE
- --------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------  ----------------------
<C>                                           <S>                                           <C>
               /s/ GUY HANDS                  President (Principal Executive Officer) and        September 3, 1996
                 Guy Hands                    Director
               /s/ JEFF NASH                  Vice President (Principal Financial and            September 3, 1996
                 Jeff Nash                    Accounting Officer) and Director
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBITS    DESCRIPTION
- -----------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>                                                                                              <C>
     *  1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 
      **3.1  Certificate of Incorporation of Depositor.
 
      **3.2  By-laws of Depositor.
 
        4.1  Form of Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
 
        4.2  Form of Indenture.
 
        4.3  Form of Trust Agreement.
 
        4.4  Form of Purchase Agreement.
 
     *  5.1  Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP with respect to legality.
 
     *  8.1  Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP with respect to tax matters.
 
     *  8.2  Opinion and consent of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft with respect to tax matters.
 
     * 23.1  Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1).
 
     * 23.2  Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as part of Exhibit 8.1).
 
     * 23.3  Consent of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft (included as part of Exhibit 8.2).
 
     **24.1  Power of Attorney.
 
     * 25.1  Statement of eligibility of Indenture Trustee.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
 *  To be filed by amendment.
**  Previously filed.

<PAGE>


                                                                     Exhibit 4.1

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------


                           TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT


                                        AMONG


                      CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
                                        ISSUER


                             ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
                                      DEPOSITOR


                               AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION
                      IN ITS INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY AND AS SERVICER



           ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                  INDENTURE TRUSTEE



                  -------------------------------------------------

                            DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 1, 1996


                  -------------------------------------------------


    ----------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>


                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
 . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1

ARTICLE I    DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
    SECTION 1.1.   Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
    SECTION 1.2.   Usage of Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
    SECTION 1.3.   Calculations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
    SECTION 1.4.   Section References  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
    SECTION 1.5.   No Recourse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10

ARTICLE II   CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
    SECTION 2.1.   Conveyance of Contracts and Related Assets  . . . . .   11
    SECTION 2.2.   Custody of Contract Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
    SECTION 2.3.   Transfer of Funds in Escrow Account . . . . . . . . .   13
    SECTION 2.4.   Representations and Warranties of Depositor . . . . .   13
    SECTION 2.5.   Nonpetition Covenant  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
    SECTION 2.6.   Purchase of Contracts Upon Breach of Representations
                     and Warranties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
    SECTION 2.7.   Further Assurances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16

ARTICLE III  ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF CONTRACTS . . . . . . . . .   17
    SECTION 3.1.   Duties of the Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
    SECTION 3.2.   Collection of Contract Payments; Modifications of
                     Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
    SECTION 3.3.   Realization Upon Contracts  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
    SECTION 3.4.   Insurance, Maintenance and Taxes  . . . . . . . . . .   21
    SECTION 3.5.   Maintenance of Security Interests in Equipment  . . .   23
    SECTION 3.6.   Covenants, Representations, and Warranties of
                     Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
    SECTION 3.7.   Sub-Servicers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
    SECTION 3.8.   Total Servicing Fee; Payment of Expenses by
                     Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
    SECTION 3.9.   Servicer's Certificate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
    SECTION 3.10.  Annual Statement as to Compliance; Notice of
                     Servicer Termination Event  . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
    SECTION 3.11.  Annual Independent Accountants' Report  . . . . . . .   27
    SECTION 3.12.  Access to Certain Documentation and Information
                     Regarding Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
    SECTION 3.13.  Certain Duties of the Servicer under the Trust
                     Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
    SECTION 3.14.  Duties of the Servicer under the Indenture  . . . . .   28


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

    SECTION 3.15.  Fidelity Bond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30


                                         -3-

<PAGE>

ARTICLE IV   COLLECTIONS AND DEPOSITS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
    SECTION 4.1.   Initial Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
    SECTION 4.3.   Application of Collections  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32
    SECTION 4.4.   Net Deposits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   33
    SECTION 4.5.   Expiration of Lease Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . .   33

ARTICLE V    TERMINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34
    SECTION 5.1.   Optional Purchase of All Contracts;
                     Liquidation of Trust Estate . . . . . . . . . . . .   34

ARTICLE VI   THE DEPOSITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   35
    SECTION 6.1.   Liability of Depositor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   35
    SECTION 6.2.   Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
                     Obligations of, Depositor; Amendment of
                     Certificate of Incorporation  . . . . . . . . . . .   35
    SECTION 6.3.   Limitation on Liability of Depositor and Others . . .   36
    SECTION 6.4.   Depositor May Own Certificates or Notes . . . . . . .   36

ARTICLE VII  THE SERVICER  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   37
    SECTION 7.1.   Liability of Servicer; Indemnities  . . . . . . . . .   37
    SECTION 7.2.   Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
                     Obligations of, the Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . .   38
    SECTION 7.3.   Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others  . . .   38
    SECTION 7.4.   Servicer Not to Resign  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   39
    SECTION 7.5.   Corporate Existence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   39

ARTICLE VIII SERVICER TERMINATION EVENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   40
    SECTION 8.1.   Servicer Termination Event  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   40
    SECTION 8.2.   Consequences of a Servicer Termination Event  . . . .   41
    SECTION 8.3.   Indenture Trustee to Act; Appointment of Successor  .   42
    SECTION 8.4.   Notification to Certificateholders and Noteholders  .   43
    SECTION 8.5.   Waiver of Past Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43

ARTICLE IX   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   44
    SECTION 9.1.   Amendment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   44
    SECTION 9.2.   Protection of Title to Trust Property . . . . . . . .   45
    SECTION 9.3.   Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   47
    SECTION 9.4.   Severability of Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   47
    SECTION 9.5.   Assignment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   47
    SECTION 9.6.   Third-Party Beneficiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   47
    SECTION 9.7.   Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   47
    SECTION 9.8.   Intention of Parties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   48
    SECTION 9.9.   Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   48
    SECTION 9.10.  Limitation of Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   48


                                         -4-

<PAGE>

                                       EXHIBITS

Exhibit A-1    --   Schedule of Lease Contracts

Exhibit A-2    --   Schedule of Loan Contracts

Exhibit B --   Form of Servicer's Certificate


                                         -5-

<PAGE>

          THIS TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of September 1, 1996,
is made among Capita Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1 (the "Issuer"), Antigua
Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as Depositor (the "Depositor"),
AT&T Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, in its individual capacity and
as Servicer (in its individual capacity, "TCC"; in its capacity as Servicer, the
"Servicer"), and                                 , a
           , as trustee under the Indenture hereinafter referred to (the
"Indenture Trustee").

          In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, and of
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:


                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

          SECTION 1.1.  DEFINITIONS.  All terms defined in the Indenture, the
Trust Agreement or the Cash Collateral Account Agreement (each as defined below)
shall have the same meaning in this Agreement.  Whenever capitalized and used in
this Agreement, the following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise
requires, shall have the following meanings:

          ACCOUNTANTS' REPORT:  The report of a firm of nationally recognized
independent accountants described in Section 3.11.

          ACCOUNTING DATE:  With respect to a Payment Date, the last day of the
related Collection Period.

          ADMINISTRATIVE FEE:  With respect to any Collection Period, all
administrative fees, expenses and charges collected on the Contracts during such
Collection Period, including late fees, documentation fees and insurance
administration charges.

          AFFILIATE:  With respect to any Person, any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition,
"control" when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to
direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;
and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the
foregoing.

          AGREEMENT OR "THIS AGREEMENT":  This Transfer and Servicing Agreement,
all amendments and supplements thereto and all exhibits and schedules to any of
the foregoing.


                                         -6-

<PAGE>

          BOOK VALUE:  With respect to any Equipment, the value of such
Equipment as shown on the accounting books and records of TCC as of the Cut-Off
Date.

          BUSINESS DAY:  Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or
other day on which commercial banking institutions in                  ,
        , or any other location of any successor Servicer, successor Owner
Trustee or successor Indenture Trustee are authorized or obligated by law,
executive order or governmental decree to be closed.

          COLLECTION ACCOUNT:  The account designated as such in, and
established and maintained pursuant to, Section 8.02 of the Indenture.

          COLLECTION PERIOD:  With respect to a Payment Date, the calendar month
preceding the month in which such Payment Date occurs (such calendar month being
referred to as the "related" Collection Period with respect to such Payment
Date).  With respect to an Accounting Date, the calendar month in which such
Accounting Date occurs is referred to herein as the "related" Collection Period
to such Accounting Date.

          COLLECTION RECORDS:  All manually prepared or computer generated
records relating to collection efforts or payment histories with respect to the
Contracts.

          CONTRACT FILE:  The documents, electronic entries, instruments and
writings listed in Section 2.2 pertaining to a particular Contract.

          CONTRACT POOL PRINCIPAL BALANCE:  With respect to any Payment Date,
the sum of the Contract Principal Balances (computed as of the related
Accounting Date) for all Contracts.

          CONTRACT PRINCIPAL BALANCE:  As of any Accounting Date:

          (i) in the case of a Lease Contract, the present value of the unpaid
     Scheduled Payments due on such Lease Contract after such Accounting Date
     (excluding all Scheduled Payments due on or prior to, but not received as
     of, such Accounting Date, as well as any Scheduled Payments due after, but
     received as of, such Accounting Date) discounted monthly at the rate of
         % per annum (assuming, for purposes of such calculation, that each
     Scheduled Payment is due on the last day of the applicable Collection
     Period), and

          (ii) in the case of a Loan Contract, the unpaid principal balance of
     such Loan Contract as of such Accounting Date (after giving effect to any
     Scheduled Payments due on or prior to such Accounting Date, whether or not
     received, as well as any Prepayments, and any Scheduled Payments due after
     such Accounting Date, received as of such Accounting Date);

PROVIDED that (a) for purposes of computing the Monthly Principal Amount for a
given Payment Date (as well as all Payment Dates thereafter), the Contract
Principal Balance of


                                         -7-

<PAGE>

any Contract which became a Liquidated Contract during the related Collection
Period or was required to be purchased by TCC as of the last day of the related
Collection Period in accordance with Section 2.6, will be deemed to be zero on
and after the last day of such Collection Period, and (b) for purposes of
computing the Requisite Cash Collateral Amount for a given Payment Date (as well
as all Payment Dates thereafter), the Contract Principal Balance of any Contract
which became a Liquidated Contract (other than by virtue of clause (ii) of the
definition thereof) during the related Collection Period or became a Purchased
Contract as of the related Deposit Date, will be deemed to be zero on and after
the last day of the related Collection Period.

          CONTRACT REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES:  As defined in Section 2.6.

          CONTRACTS:  The Lease Contracts and the Loan Contracts.

          CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE:  With respect to the Owner Trustee, the
principal office of the Owner Trustee at which at any particular time its
corporate trust business shall be administered, which office on the date of
execution and delivery of this Agreement is located at                       ,
Attention:                            ; the telecopy number for the Corporate
Trust Office of the Owner Trustee on the date of execution and delivery of this
Agreement is                        ; with respect to the Indenture Trustee, the
principal office of the Indenture Trustee at which at any particular time its
corporate trust business shall be administered, which office is located at
                 , Attention:                              ; the telecopy number
for the Corporate Trust Office of the Indenture Trustee on the date of execution
and delivery of this Agreement is                     .

          CUT-OFF DATE:  September 1, 1996.

          CUT-OFF DATE CONTRACT POOL PRINCIPAL BALANCE:  $                  .
                                                          
          Deposit Date:  With respect to any Collection Period, the Business Day
immediately preceding the related Determination Date.

          DEPOSITOR:  Antigua Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or
its successor in interest pursuant to Section 6.2.

          DETERMINATION DATE:  With respect to any Collection Period, the
Business Day immediately preceding the related Payment Date.

          ELIGIBLE SERVICER:  TCC, the Indenture Trustee or another Person which
at the time of its appointment as Servicer (i) is servicing a portfolio of
equipment lease contracts, installment sale contracts, promissory notes, loan
and security agreements and/or other similar types of receivables comparable to
the Contracts, (ii) is legally qualified and has the capacity to service the
Contracts, (iii) has demonstrated the ability professionally and competently to
service a portfolio of equipment lease contracts, installment sale contracts,
promissory notes, loan and security agreements and other similar types of


                                         -8-


<PAGE>

receivables comparable to the Contracts with reasonable skill and care, and (iv)
has available software which is adequate to perform its duties and
responsibilities under this Agreement.

          EQUIPMENT:  With respect to any Contract, the property which is leased
or purchased pursuant to such Contract, or which otherwise provides security for
the payment of amounts payable thereunder.

          EQUIPMENT ACCOUNT:  The account designated as such in, and established
and maintained pursuant to, Section 5.1 of the Trust Agreement.

          EQUITY CERTIFICATE MAJORITY:  Holders of Equity Certificates
representing more than 50% of the Principal Balance of the Equity Certificates.

          INDENTURE:  The Indenture, dated as of September 1, 1996, between the
Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, as the same may be amended and supplemented
from time to time.

          INDENTURE TRUSTEE:  The Person acting as Trustee under the Indenture,
its successors in interest and any successor Trustee under the Indenture.

          INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS:  As defined in Section 3.11(a).

          INSURANCE, MAINTENANCE AND TAX ACCOUNTS:  The accounts which are
established and maintained pursuant to Section 3.4(a).

          INSURANCE POLICY:  With respect to a Contract, any insurance policy
benefiting the lessor or secured party under the Contract providing loss or
physical damage, theft, mechanical breakdown or similar coverage with respect to
the Equipment or the Obligor.

          ISSUER:  Capita Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1.

          LEASE CONTRACTS:  The lease contracts listed on Exhibit A-1 hereto and
all rights and obligations under such contracts, including, without limitation,
all monies at any time paid or payable thereon or in respect thereof from and
after the Cut-Off Date (whether in the form of (i) Scheduled Payments (including
those Scheduled Payments due prior to, but not received as of, the Cut-Off Date,
but excluding those Scheduled Payments due on or after, but received prior to,
the CutOff Date), (ii) Prepayments, (iii) payments made after the original term
of such contracts, (iv) payments to be applied by the Servicer to the payment of
insurance premiums, maintenance, taxes or other similar obligations, (v)
payments to be retained by the Servicer in payment of Administrative Fees, or
otherwise), and all rights of the lessor in the related Equipment, Insurance
Policies and any other security for the payment of amounts due under such
contracts.

          LIEN:  Any security interest, lien, charge, pledge, preference, equity
or


                                         -9-

<PAGE>


encumbrance of any kind, including tax liens, mechanics' liens and any liens
that attach by operation of law.

          LIQUIDATED CONTRACT:  With respect to any Collection Period, a
Contract as to which, during such Collection Period, (i) the Servicer has
repossessed and disposed of the related Equipment, or otherwise collected all
proceeds (including any proceeds of insurance to be applied as described in
Section 3.4(c)(ii)) which, in the Servicer's reasonable judgment, can be
collected under such Contract, following a default thereunder or upon damage to
or destruction of such Equipment (if such Equipment is not to be replaced in
accordance with Section 3.4(c)(i)), or (ii) 10% or more of a Scheduled Payment
shall have become 180 days delinquent.

          LIQUIDATION PROCEEDS:  With respect to a Liquidated Contract, all
amounts realized with respect to such Contract (including any insurance proceeds
received with respect to damaged or destroyed Equipment which are not to be
applied to the repair, restoration or replacement of such Equipment) net of (i)
reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Servicer in connection with
the collection of such Contract and the maintenance, repossession and
disposition of the Equipment (including taxes and insurance premiums, to the
extent in excess of amounts available therefor in the Insurance, Maintenance and
Tax Accounts, as well as attorneys' fees) and (ii) amounts that are required to
be refunded to the Obligor on such Contract; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
Liquidation Proceeds with respect to any Contract shall in no event be less than
zero.  The Liquidation Proceeds in respect of any Contract shall be allocated as
follows:  (1) with respect to any Loan Contract, all such Liquidation Proceeds
shall be allocated to the Notes and the Equity Certificates; and (2) with
respect to any Lease Contract, such Liquidation Proceeds shall be allocated pro
rata between the Notes and the Equity Certificates, on the one hand, and the
Equipment Certificate, on the other, based upon the Required Payoff Amount for
such Contract and the Book Value of the related Equipment, respectively;
PROVIDED that, in the event the Liquidation Proceeds in respect of any Lease
Contract exceed the sum of the Required Payoff Amount for such Contract and the
Book Value of the related Equipment, any such excess shall be allocated solely
to the Equipment Certificate.

          LOAN CONTRACTS:  The installment sale contracts, promissory notes,
loan and security agreements and other similar types of receivables listed on
Exhibit A-2 hereto and all rights and obligations under such contracts,
including, without limitation, all monies at any time paid or payable thereon or
in respect thereof from and after the Cut-Off Date (whether in the form of (i)
Scheduled Payments (including those Scheduled Payments due prior to, but not
received as of, the Cut-Off Date, but excluding those Scheduled Payments due on
or after, but received prior to, the Cut-Off Date), (ii) Prepayments, (iii)
payments made after the original term of such contracts, (iv) payments to be
applied by the Servicer to the payment of insurance premiums, maintenance, taxes
or other similar obligations, (v) payments to be retained by the Servicer in
payment of Administrative Fees, or otherwise), and all rights of the secured
party in the related Equipment, Insurance Policies and any other security for
the payment of amounts due under such contracts.


                                         -10-

<PAGE>

          MONTHLY RECORDS:  All records and data maintained by the Servicer with
respect to the Contracts, including the following with respect to each Contract:
the account number; Obligor name; Obligor address; Obligor phone number;
original term; current remaining term; number of remaining Scheduled Payments:
origination date; first payment date; final scheduled payment date; next payment
due date; date of most recent payment; collateral description; days currently
delinquent; contract extensions to date; amount, if any, of insurance premium
and premium reimbursement collected; amount of the Scheduled Payment; and past
due late charges, if any.

          NOTE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT:  The account designated as such in, and
established and maintained pursuant to, Section 8.04 of the Indenture.


          NOTE MAJORITY:  As to each class of Notes, Holders of Notes
representing a majority of the Principal Balance of such Class of Notes.

          OBLIGOR:  The lessee, borrower, purchaser or any other Person or
Persons who are obligated to make payments under a Contract.

          OPINION OF COUNSEL:  A written opinion of counsel acceptable in form
and substance and from counsel acceptable to the Owner Trustee and, if such
opinion or a copy thereof is required to be delivered to the Indenture Trustee,
to the Indenture Trustee.

          ORIGINATORS:  AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc., AT&T Credit
Corporation, NCR Credit Corp. and AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation (Portland
Division).

          OWNER TRUSTEE:                                          , acting not
individually but solely as trustee, or its successor in interest, and any
successor Owner Trustee appointed as provided in the Trust Agreement.

          PAYMENT DATE:  The        day of each calendar month, or if such
 day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing October
    , 1996.

          PERSON:  Any legal person, including any individual, corporation,
partnership, joint venture, estate, association, joint stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof, or any other entity.

          PLEDGED REVENUES:  (i) All Scheduled Payments on the Contracts
received on or after the Cut-Off Date (including all Scheduled Payments due
prior to, but not received as of, the Cut-Off Date, but excluding any Scheduled
Payments due on or after, but received prior to, the Cut-Off Date); (ii) any
Prepayments received on the Contracts on or after the Cut-Off Date; (iii) the
Purchase Amount of any Contracts purchased by TCC in accordance with Section 2.6
(other than any portion thereof attributable to the Book Value of the
Equipment); (iv) the amount paid by the Depositor to purchase the Contracts
pursuant to Section 5.1 (other than any portion thereof attributable to the Book
Value of the Equipment); (v) that portion of the Liquidation Proceeds received
in respect of any


                                         -11-

<PAGE>

Contracts on or after the Cut-Off Date and allocated to the Notes and the Equity
Certificates; and (vi) any earnings on the investment of amounts credited to the
Collection Account and the Note Distribution Account.

          PREPAYMENT:  With respect to any Collection Period for any Contract, a
voluntary prepayment during such Collection Period of amounts due and owing
under such Contract; PROVIDED that the amount, if any, by which any such
Prepayment exceeds the Required Payoff Amount for such Contract shall not
constitute Pledged Revenues but shall be allocated to the Equipment
Certificateholder.

          PRINCIPAL BALANCE:  As of any date, (i) when used with respect to a
Class of Notes, the original principal balance of such Class, less all
distributions previously made to such Class in respect of principal, and (ii)
when used with respect to the Equity Certificates, the original principal
balance of such Certificates, less all distributions previously made to such
Certificates in respect of principal.

          PURCHASE AGREEMENT:  The Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of
September 1, 1996, among TCC, the Originators and the Depositor.

          PURCHASE AMOUNT:  With respect to a Contract required to be purchased
by TCC in accordance with Section 2.6, the sum of (i) the Required Payoff Amount
for such Contract as of the Accounting Date on which such obligation to so
purchase arises, plus (ii) the Book Value of the related Equipment.

          PURCHASED CONTRACT:  As of any Deposit Date, any Contract which TCC
has purchased as of the related Accounting Date, as required by Section 2.6, and
as to which the Purchase Amount has been deposited in the Collection Account (as
to that portion thereof relating to the Required Payoff Amount for such
Contract) and the Equipment Account (as to that portion thereof, if any,
relating to the Book Value of the related Equipment), as appropriate, by the
Servicer on or before such Deposit Date.

          RELATED DOCUMENTS:  The Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the
Certificates, the Notes, the Purchase Agreement and the Cash Collateral Account
Agreement.  The Related Documents executed by any party are referred to herein
as "such party's Related Documents," "its Related Documents" or by a similar
expression.

          REQUIRED PAYOFF AMOUNT:  With respect to any Collection Period for any
Contract, the sum of (i) the Scheduled Payment due in such Collection Period,
together with any Scheduled Payments due in prior Collection Periods but not yet
received, plus (ii) the Contract Principal Balance of such Contract (after
taking into account the Scheduled Payment due in such Collection Period).

          RESPONSIBLE OFFICER:  When used with respect to the Servicer, the
President, any Vice-President or Assistant Vice-President or the Controller of
such Person, or any other officer or employee having similar functions.


                                         -12-

<PAGE>

          SCHEDULE OF CONTRACTS:  Collectively, the schedules of Lease Contracts
and Loan Contracts (which shall be made available to the parties hereto on a
computer disk or other data storage medium) attached hereto as (or described in)
Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2, respectively.

          SCHEDULED PAYMENT:  With respect to any Collection Period for any
Contract during the term of such Contract (without giving effect to any
end-of-term extensions or renewals thereof), the scheduled payment or payments
due under such Contract in such Collection Period other than those portions of
such payments which, under such Contract, are to be (i) applied by the Servicer
to the payment of insurance premiums, maintenance, taxes and other similar
obligations, or (ii) retained by the Servicer in payment of Administrative Fees.

          SERVICER:  AT&T Capital Corporation, its successor in interest
pursuant to Section 8.2 or, after any termination of the Servicer upon a
Servicer Termination Event, any successor Servicer.

          SERVICER TERMINATION EVENT:  An event described in Section 8.1.

          SERVICER'S CERTIFICATE:  With respect to each Determination Date, a
certificate, completed by and executed on behalf of the Servicer, in accordance
with Section 3.9, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

          SERVICING ACCOUNT:  The account established pursuant to Section
4.2(a).

          SERVICING FEE:  With respect to any Collection Period, the fee payable
to the Servicer for services rendered during such Collection Period, which shall
be equal to one-twelfth of the Servicing Fee Rate multiplied by the Contract
Pool Principal Balance determined as of the last day of the preceding Collection
Period (or, in the case of the Servicing Fee with respect to the Collection
Period commencing on the Cut-Off Date, the Contract Pool Principal Balance as of
the Cut-Off Date).

          SERVICING FEE RATE:           % per annum.

          SUB-SERVICER:  The Person named as servicer or sub-servicer in any
agreement between the Servicer and such Person by which such Person is
contractually obligated to perform on the Servicer's behalf all or a part of the
servicing obligations described herein.

          TCC:  AT&T Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

          TOTAL SERVICING FEE:  The sum of the Servicing Fee, the Administrative
Fees and any earnings on the investment of amounts in the Servicing Account.

          TRUST ACCOUNTS:  The Escrow Account, the Collection Account, the Note
Distribution Account, the Servicing Account, the Insurance, Maintenance and Tax
Accounts and such other accounts as may be established in the name of the Issuer
or the


                                         -13-

<PAGE>

Trustee pursuant to the Trust Agreement or this Agreement.

          TRUST AGREEMENT:  The Trust Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1996,
between the Depositor and the Owner Trustee, as the same may be amended and
supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

          UCC:  The Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant
jurisdiction.

          SECTION 1.2.  USAGE OF TERMS.  With respect to all terms used in this
Agreement, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; words
importing any gender include the other gender; references to "writing" include
printing, typing, lithography, and other means of reproducing words in a visible
form; references to agreements and other contractual instruments include all
subsequent amendments thereto or changes therein entered into in accordance with
their respective terms and not prohibited by this Agreement; references to
Persons include their permitted successors and assigns; and the terms "include"
or "including" mean "include without limitation" or "including without
limitation."

          SECTION 1.3.  CALCULATIONS.  All calculations of the amount of the
Servicing Fee shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve
30-day months.  All references to the Contract Principal Balance of a Contract
as of any date shall refer to the close of business on such date.

          SECTION 1.4.  SECTION REFERENCES.  All references to Articles,
Sections, paragraphs, subsections, exhibits and schedules shall be to such
portions of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

          SECTION 1.5.  NO RECOURSE.  No recourse may be taken, directly or
indirectly, under this Agreement or any certificate or other writing delivered
in connection herewith or therewith, against any stockholder, officer or
director, as such, of the Depositor, TCC, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee or
the Owner Trustee or of any predecessor or successor of the Depositor, TCC, the
Servicer, the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee.


                                         -14-

<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE II

                               CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS

          SECTION 2.1.  CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS AND RELATED ASSETS.  Subject to
the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Depositor, pursuant to the
mutually agreed upon terms contained herein, hereby transfers, assigns, and
otherwise conveys to the Issuer, without recourse (but without limitation of its
obligations in this Agreement), all of the right, title and interest of the
Depositor in and to (1) the Contracts, including, without limitation, all monies
at any time paid or payable thereon or in respect thereof from and after the
Cut-Off Date (whether in the form of (i) Scheduled Payments (including those
Scheduled Payments due prior to, but not received as of, the Cut-Off Date, but
excluding those Scheduled Payments due on or after, but received prior to, the
Cut-Off Date), (ii) Prepayments, (iii) payments made after the original term of
such Contracts, (iv) payments to be applied by the Servicer to the payment of
insurance premiums, maintenance, taxes or other similar obligations, (v)
payments to be retained by the Servicer in payment of Administrative Fees, or
otherwise), all rights of the lessor or the secured party, as the case may be,
in the related Equipment (including all rights, if any, the lessor or the
secured party may have against the vendor of the Equipment), Insurance Policies
and any other security for the payment of amounts due under the Contracts, all
funds on deposit from time to time in the Trust Accounts and all investments
therein and proceeds thereof, all items contained in the related Contract Files,
any and all other documents that are kept on file in accordance with the
applicable Originator's customary procedures relating to the Contracts, and all
proceeds of the foregoing, (2) the Purchase Agreement, and (3) the Depositor's
rights (but not its obligations) under the Cash Collateral Account Agreement.

          SECTION 2.2.  CUSTODY OF CONTRACT FILES.

          (a)  The Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, hereby appoints the
Servicer, and the Servicer hereby accepts such appointment, to act as the agent
of the Issuer as custodian of the following documents or instruments (with
respect to each Contract), which are, as of the date of execution and delivery
of this Agreement, in the possession of the Servicer or its agents:

               (i)    The fully executed original of the Contract or a facsimile
     copy thereof (together with any agreements modifying the Contract,
     including, without limitation, any extension agreements);

               (ii)   Documents evidencing or related to any Insurance Policy,
     or copies thereof; and

               (iii)  Such documents, if any, that the applicable Originator
     keeps on file in accordance with its customary procedures indicating that
     the Equipment is owned or leased by the Obligor and subject to the interest
     of the lessor or secured party.


                                         -15-

<PAGE>

          (b)  The Servicer agrees to maintain the Contract Files at the
locations where they are currently maintained, or at such other locations as
shall from time to time be identified to the Trustee by written notice.  The
Servicer may temporarily move individual Contract Files or any portion thereof
without notice as necessary to conduct collection and other servicing activities
in accordance with its customary practices and procedures.

          (c)  As custodian, the Servicer shall have and perform the following
powers and duties:

               (i)   hold the Contract Files on behalf of the Equity
     Certificateholders, the Equipment Certificateholder, the Owner Trustee, the
     Noteholders and the Indenture Trustee, maintain accurate records pertaining
     to each Contract to enable it to comply with the terms and conditions of
     this Agreement, maintain a current inventory thereof and certify to the
     Trustee annually that it continues to maintain possession of such Contract
     Files;

               (ii)  implement written policies and procedures with respect to
     persons authorized to have access to the Contract Files and the receipting
     for Contract Files taken from their storage area by an employee of the
     Servicer for purposes of servicing or any other purposes; and

               (iii) attend to all details in connection with maintaining
     custody of the Contract Files on behalf of the Equity Certificateholders,
     the Equipment Certificateholder, the Owner Trustee, the Noteholders and the
     Indenture Trustee.

          (d)  In performing its duties under this Section, the Servicer agrees
to act with reasonable care, using that degree of skill and care that it
exercises with respect to similar contracts owned and/or serviced by it.  The
Servicer shall promptly report to the Trustee any failure by it to hold the
Contract Files as herein provided and shall promptly take appropriate action to
remedy any such failure.  In acting as custodian of the Contract Files, the
Servicer agrees further not to assert any beneficial ownership interests in the
Contracts or the Contract Files.  The Servicer agrees to indemnify the Equity
Certificateholders, the Equipment Certificateholder, the Owner Trustee, the
Noteholders and the Indenture Trustee for any and all liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, payments, costs or expenses of any kind whatsoever which may be
imposed on, incurred or asserted against the Equity Certificateholders, the
Equipment Certificateholder, the Owner Trustee, the Noteholders or the Indenture
Trustee as the result of any act or omission by the Servicer relating to the
maintenance and custody of the Contract Files; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
Servicer will not be liable for any portion of any such amount resulting from
the negligence or willful misconduct of any Equity Certificateholder, the
Equipment Certificateholder, the Owner Trustee, any Noteholder or the Indenture
Trustee.

          SECTION 2.3.  TRANSFER OF FUNDS IN ESCROW ACCOUNT.  The Indenture
Trustee is hereby directed, upon conveyance of the Contracts and other Trust
Property in accordance with Section 2.1 and satisfaction of the other conditions
contained in Section


                                         -16-

<PAGE>

8.05(b) of the Indenture, to transfer all amounts on deposit in the Escrow
Account created under the Indenture to or upon the order of the Depositor.

          SECTION 2.4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF DEPOSITOR.  By its
execution of this Agreement, the Depositor makes the following representations
and warranties.  Unless otherwise specified, such representations and warranties
speak as of the date of execution and delivery of this Agreement.

               (a)  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  The Depositor has been duly
     organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under
     the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority to own its
     properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently
     owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all relevant
     times, and now has, power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and
     transfer the Contracts and the other property transferred to the Issuer.

               (b)  DUE QUALIFICATION.  The Depositor is duly qualified to do
     business as a foreign corporation in good standing, and has obtained all
     necessary licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the
     ownership or lease of its property, the conduct of its business and the
     performance of its obligations under this Agreement and the Related
     Documents requires such qualification.

               (c)  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  The Depositor has the power and
     authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Depositor's Related
     Documents and to carry out the terms hereof and thereof; the Depositor has
     full power and authority to transfer and assign the Trust Property to be
     transferred and assigned to and deposited with the Issuer by it and has
     duly authorized such transfer and assignment to the Issuer by all necessary
     corporate action; and the execution, delivery and performance of this
     Agreement and the Depositor's Related Documents have been duly authorized
     by the Depositor by all necessary corporate action.

               (d)  NO CONSENT REQUIRED.  No consent, license, approval or
     authorization of, or registration or declaration with, any Person or any
     governmental authority, bureau or agency is required in connection with the
     execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the Related
     Documents, except for such as have been obtained, effected or made.

               (e)  VALID TRANSFER; BINDING OBLIGATIONS.  This Agreement effects
     a valid transfer and assignment of the Contracts and the other Trust
     Property, enforceable against the Depositor and creditors of and purchasers
     from the Depositor; and this Agreement and the Depositor's Related
     Documents, when duly executed and delivered, shall constitute legal, valid
     and binding obligations of the Depositor enforceable in accordance with
     their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by
     bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the
     enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by equitable limitations on
     the availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such


                                         -17-

<PAGE>

     enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

               (f)  NO VIOLATION.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement
     and the Related Documents, the consummation of the transactions
     contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents and the
     fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and the Related Documents shall
     not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions
     of or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) a
     default under the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Depositor,
     or any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to
     which the Depositor is a party or by which it is bound, or result in the
     creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to
     the terms of any such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or
     other instrument, other than this Agreement, or violate any law, order,
     rule or regulation applicable to the Depositor of any court or of any
     federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other
     governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Depositor or any
     of its properties.

               (g)  NO PROCEEDINGS.  There are no proceedings or investigations
     pending or, to the Depositor's knowledge, threatened against the Depositor,
     before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal
     or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Depositor or
     its properties (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the
     Related Documents, (B) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the
     transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Related
     Documents, (C) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially
     and adversely affect the performance by the Depositor of its obligations
     under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the
     Related Documents, or (D) seeking to adversely affect the federal income
     tax or other federal, state or local tax attributes of the Equity
     Certificates or the Notes.

               (h)  PLACE OF BUSINESS.  The principal executive offices of the
     Depositor are in __________, and the offices where the Depositor keeps its
     records concerning the Contracts and related documents are in _______.

               (i)  REGISTRATION STATEMENT.  No stop order suspending the
     effectiveness of the Registration Statement relating to the Notes has been
     issued, and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or is
     threatened, by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

               (j)  FILINGS.  Since the effective date of the Registration
     Statement relating to the Notes, there has occurred no event required to be
     set forth in an amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or
     Prospectus that has not been so set forth, and there has been no document
     required to be filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the
     rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder
     that upon such filing would be deemed to be incorporated by reference in
     the Prospectus that has not been so filed.


                                         -18-

<PAGE>

               (k)  GOOD TITLE.  Immediately prior to the transfer and
     assignment of the Contracts to the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.1, the
     Depositor had good title thereto and was the sole owner thereof, free of
     any Lien.

               (l)  NO IMPAIRMENT.  No person has a participation in or other
     right to receive Scheduled Payments under any Contract, and the Depositor
     has taken no action to convey any right to any Person that would result in
     such Person having a right to Scheduled Payments received with respect to
     any Contract.

               (m)  LAWFUL ASSIGNMENT.  No Contract was originated in, or is
     subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction the laws of which would make
     unlawful, void or voidable the transfer and assignment of such Contract
     from the Depositor to the Issuer under this Agreement.  Each Contract may
     be sold, assigned and transferred by the Depositor to the Issuer without
     the consent of, or prior approval from, or any notification to, the
     applicable Obligor, other than (i) certain Contracts (which, in proportion
     to the aggregate of all of the Contracts, is not material) that require
     notification of the assignment to the Obligor, which notification will have
     been given by the Servicer not later than 30 days following the Merger
     Consummation Date, and (ii) Contracts which require the consent of the
     Obligor, which consent has been obtained.

               (n)  ALL FILINGS MADE.  All filings and other actions required to
     be made, taken or performed by any Person in any jurisdiction to give the
     Issuer a first priority perfected lien or ownership interest in the
     Contracts has been made, taken or performed.

          SECTION 2.5.  NONPETITION COVENANT.  None of the Depositor, the
Servicer, the Owner Trustee (in its individual capacity or on behalf of the
Trust) nor TCC shall petition or otherwise invoke the process of any court or
government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against
the Issuer under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or
appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or
other similar official of the Issuer or any substantial part of its property, or
ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Issuer.

          SECTION 2.6.  PURCHASE OF CONTRACTS UPON BREACH OF REPRESENTATIONS AND
WARRANTIES.  Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
TCC, the Originators and the Depositor have entered into the Purchase Agreement,
the rights of the Depositor under which have been assigned by the Depositor to
the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.1.  Under the Purchase Agreement, TCC and the
Originators have made certain representations and warranties to the Depositor
with respect to the Contracts (the "Contract Representations and Warranties").
As of the second Accounting Date following its discovery or its receipt of
notice of any breach of the Contract Representations and Warranties that
materially and adversely affects the value of any Contract (including any
Liquidated Contract), TCC shall, unless such breach shall have been cured in all
material respects, purchase such Contract and the related Equipment from the
Issuer and, on or before the related Deposit Date, TCC shall pay the Purchase
Amount to the Servicer on


                                         -19-

<PAGE>

behalf of the Owner Trustee.  The obligations of the Depositor with respect to
any such breach of representations and warranties shall be limited to taking any
and all actions necessary to enable the Owner Trustee to enforce directly the
obligations of TCC under the Purchase Agreement.  It is understood and agreed
that, except as set forth in the following paragraph, the obligation of TCC to
purchase any Contract, together with the related Equipment, as to which a breach
has occurred and is continuing shall, if such obligation is fulfilled,
constitute the sole remedy against TCC for such breach available to the Owner
Trustee on behalf of the Equity Certificateholders and the Equipment
Certificateholder or the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders.

          In addition to the foregoing and notwithstanding whether the Contract
and related Equipment shall have been purchased by TCC, TCC shall indemnify the
Equity Certificateholders, the Equipment Certificateholder, the Owner Trustee,
the Issuer, the Noteholders and the Indenture Trustee against all costs,
expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities, including reasonable fees and
expenses of counsel, which may be asserted against or incurred by any of them as
a result of third party claims arising out of the events or facts giving rise to
such breach.

     SECTION 2.7.  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Following the Closing Date, the
Depositor shall, at the reasonable request of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture
Trustee or the Servicer, and at the Depositor's expense, execute and deliver
any further instruments of transfer or other documents, and shall take all
such other actions that may be necessary, appropriate or desirable, to fully
convey the Contracts to the Issuer or otherwise to evidence, effectuate or
implement the transactions contemplated hereby.  In addition, the Depositor, as
agent for the Issuer, shall defend the Contracts against any and all claims and
demands of all Persons at any time claiming the same or any interest therein
adverse to that of the Issuer.


                                         -20-

<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE III

                      ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF CONTRACTS

          SECTION 3.1.  DUTIES OF THE SERVICER.  The Servicer is hereby
authorized to act as agent for the Issuer and in such capacity shall manage,
service, administer and make collections on the Contracts, and perform the other
actions required by the Servicer under this Agreement.  The Servicer agrees that
its servicing of the Contracts shall be carried out in accordance with customary
and usual procedures of institutions which service equipment lease contracts,
installment sale contracts, promissory notes, loan and security agreements and
other similar types of receivables comparable to the Contracts and, to the
extent more exacting, the degree of skill and attention that the Servicer
exercises from time to time with respect to all comparable such contracts that
it services for itself or others.  In performing such duties, so long as TCC is
the Servicer, it shall comply in all material respects with its credit and
collection policies and procedures in effect from time to time.  The Servicer
may at any time change its credit and collection policies and procedures:
PROVIDED that any such change shall not materially impair the collectibility of
any Contract nor the Servicer's ability to perform its obligations under this
Agreement.  The Servicer's duties shall include, without limitation, billing,
collection and posting of all payments, responding to inquiries of Obligors on
the Contracts, investigating delinquencies, sending invoices to Obligors,
policing the collateral, accounting for collections and furnishing monthly and
annual statements to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee with respect to
distributions, monitoring the status of Insurance Policies with respect to the
Equipment and performing the other duties specified herein.  The Servicer shall
also administer and enforce all material rights and responsibilities of the
lessor or secured party under the Contracts provided for in the Insurance
Policies, to the extent that such Insurance Policies relate to the Contracts,
the Equipment or the Obligors.  To the extent consistent with the standards,
policies and procedures otherwise required hereby, the Servicer shall follow its
customary standards, policies and procedures and shall have full power and
authority to do any and all things in connection with such managing, servicing,
administration and collection that it may deem necessary or desirable.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Servicer is hereby authorized and
empowered by the Owner Trustee to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Equity
Certificateholders, the Equipment Certificateholder and the Issuer or any of
them, any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or
full release or discharge, and all other comparable instruments, with respect to
the Contracts and with respect to the Equipment; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall not, except pursuant to an
order from a court of competent jurisdiction, release an Obligor from payment of
any Scheduled Payment under any Contract or waive the right to collect any
unpaid Scheduled Payment under any Contract from the Obligor, except that the
Servicer may forego collection efforts if it would forego collection in
accordance with its credit and collection policies and procedures or its
customary business practices.  The Servicer is hereby authorized to commence, in
its own name (or in the name of the Issuer, PROVIDED the Servicer has obtained
the Owner Trustee's consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld),
a legal proceeding to enforce a Contract pursuant to Section 3.3 or to commence
or participate in any other legal proceeding (including, without limitation, a


                                         -21-

<PAGE>

bankruptcy proceeding) relating to or involving a Contract, an Obligor or the
related Equipment.  If the Servicer commences or participates in such a legal
proceeding in its own name, the Issuer shall thereupon be deemed to have
automatically assigned such Contract to the Servicer solely for purposes of
commencing or participating in any such proceeding as a party or claimant, and
the Servicer is authorized and empowered by the Owner Trustee to execute and
deliver in the Servicer's name any notices, demands, claims, complaints,
responses, affidavits or other documents or instruments in connection with any
such proceeding.  The Owner Trustee shall furnish the Servicer with any powers
of attorney and other documents which the Servicer may reasonably request and
which the Servicer deems necessary or appropriate and take any other steps which
the Servicer may deem necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry
out its servicing and administrative duties under this Agreement.

          SECTION 3.2.  COLLECTION OF CONTRACT PAYMENTS; MODIFICATIONS OF
CONTRACTS.

          (a)  Consistent with the standards, policies and procedures required
by this Agreement, the Servicer shall make reasonable efforts to collect all
payments called for under the terms and provisions of the Contracts as and when
the same shall become due, and shall follow such collection procedures as it
follows with respect to all comparable contracts that it services for itself or
others and otherwise act with respect to the Contracts, the Insurance Policies
and the other Trust Property in such manner as will, in the reasonable judgment
of the Servicer, maximize the amount to be received by the Issuer with respect
thereto.  The Servicer is authorized in its discretion to waive any
Administrative Fees that may be collected in the ordinary course of servicing
any Contract.

          (b)  The Servicer may at any time agree to a modification or amendment
of a Contract in order to (i) change the Obligor's regular due date to a date
within the Collection Period in which such due date occurs or (ii) re-amortize
the scheduled payments on the Contract following a partial Prepayment.

          (c)  The Servicer may grant payment extensions on, or other
modifications or amendments to, a Contract (in addition to those modifications
permitted by Section 3.2(b)) in accordance with its credit and collection
policies and procedures if the Servicer believes in good faith that such
extension, modification or amendment is necessary to avoid a default on such
Contract, will maximize the amount to be received by the Issuer with respect to
such Contract, and is otherwise in the best interests of the Issuer; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that:

               (i)   the aggregate period of all extensions on a Contract shall
     not exceed three months; PROVIDED that the Servicer may, in its discretion,
     grant extensions beyond three months (but in no event beyond the final
     Stated Maturity Date) so long as the aggregate of the Contract Principal
     Balances of all Contracts as to which such extensions have been granted
     does not exceed          % of the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal
     Balance;


                                         -22-

<PAGE>

               (ii)  in no event may a Contract be extended beyond the
     Collection Period immediately preceding the final Scheduled Maturity Date;

               (iii) no such extension, modification or amendment shall be
     granted more than 90 days after the date of execution and delivery of this
     Agreement if such action would have the effect of causing such Contract to
     be deemed to have been exchanged for another Contract within the meaning of
     Section 1001 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any
     proposed, temporary or final Treasury Regulations issued thereunder; and

               (iv)  no such modification or amendment shall be granted if, as a
     result thereof, any of the representations or warranties contained in
     clauses [(u), (v), (w) and (x)] of the Contract Representations and
     Warranties would cease to be true.

Nothing in this Section 3.2(c) shall be deemed to prevent the Servicer from
extending or renewing, or otherwise accepting the continued performance by the
Obligor under, a Contract after expiration of its stated term.

          (d)  The Servicer will not allow a Prepayment, in whole or in part, of
any Lease Contract which, by its terms, is not prepayable, unless the amount of
such Prepayment, together with such additional amounts as are (i) available to
the Servicer for the purpose of prepaying such Lease Contract (including the
Servicer's own funds, but excluding any monies otherwise constituting Pledged
Revenues) and (ii) deposited in the Collection Account contemporaneously with
such Prepayment, is at least equal to the Required Payoff Amount for such Lease
Contract.

          (e)  The Servicer shall remit all payments by or on behalf of the
Obligors (other than amounts constituting Administrative Fees) received by the
Servicer to the Servicing Account as soon as practicable, but in no event later
than the second Business Day after receipt thereof.

          SECTION 3.3.  REALIZATION UPON CONTRACTS.  Consistent with the
standards, policies and procedures required by this Agreement, the Servicer
shall, except as provided in the following paragraph, use commercially
reasonable efforts to repossess (or otherwise comparably convert the ownership
of) and dispose of any Equipment securing a Contract with respect to which the
Servicer has determined that payments thereunder are not likely to be resumed,
as soon as is practicable after default on such Contract but in no event later
than the date on which 10% or more of a Scheduled Payment has become 180 days
delinquent.  The Servicer will not be required to repossess (or otherwise
comparably convert the ownership of) any Equipment the repossession of which, in
accordance with the Servicer's credit and collection policies and procedures,
and based on the Servicer's good faith estimate of the value of the Equipment
and its availability, would not be reasonable.  The Servicer is authorized to
follow such customary practices and procedures as it shall deem necessary or
advisable, consistent with the standard of care required by Section 3.1, which
practices and procedures may include the sale of the related Equipment at public
or private sale, the submission of claims under an Insurance Policy and other


                                         -23-

<PAGE>

actions by the Servicer in order to realize upon such a Contract.  The foregoing
is subject to the provision that, in any case in which the Equipment shall have
suffered damage, the Servicer shall not expend funds in connection with any
repair or towards the repossession of such Equipment unless it shall determine
in its reasonable judgment that such repair and/or repossession shall increase
the proceeds of liquidation of the related Contract by an amount greater than
the amount of such expenses.  All amounts received upon liquidation of Equipment
shall be remitted by the Servicer to the Servicing Account as soon as
practicable, but in no event later than the second Business Day after receipt
thereof.  The Servicer shall be entitled to recover all reasonable expenses
incurred by it in the course of repossessing and liquidating Equipment into cash
proceeds, but only out of the cash proceeds of such Equipment or any deficiency
obtained from the Obligor, which amounts may be retained by the Servicer (and
shall not be required to be deposited as provided in Section 3.2(e)) to the
extent of such expenses.  The Servicer shall pay on behalf of the Issuer any
personal property taxes assessed on repossessed Equipment, as well as any sales
or similar taxes on the disposition thereof, and shall be entitled to
reimbursement of any such tax from Liquidation Proceeds with respect to the
related Contract.

          Although it is intended that the Servicer dispose of any Equipment in
a commercially reasonable manner with a view to realizing proceeds at least
equal to the fair market value of the Equipment, the Servicer may, in its
discretion, choose to dispose of Equipment through a new lease or in some other
manner which does not result in the timely receipt of Liquidation Proceeds equal
to the fair market value thereof.  However, if, under any circumstances, the
Liquidation Proceeds (together with liquidation expenses retained by the
Servicer) derived by the Servicer with respect to any Equipment upon the
disposition thereof is, in the reasonable judgment of the Servicer, less than
the fair market value thereof, the Servicer shall, within two Business Days
after the receipt of such Liquidation Proceeds, deposit to the credit of the
Servicing Account, from its own monies and in addition to such Liquidation
Proceeds, an amount equal to such deficiency.  Any such amounts so deposited by
the Servicer shall be treated as additional Liquidation Proceeds with respect to
the related Contract and Equipment.

          SECTION 3.4.  INSURANCE, MAINTENANCE AND TAXES.

          (a)   The Servicer shall establish one or more insurance, maintenance
and tax accounts (collectively, the "Insurance, Maintenance and Tax Accounts")
in the name of the Servicer and for the benefit of the respective Obligors.  The
Servicer shall deposit into the Insurance, Maintenance and Tax Accounts any
payments made by or on behalf of Obligors which constitute (i) insurance
premiums paid by an Obligor to the lessor or secured party under a Contract
(except for any such payments in respect of insurance premiums which were paid
by the applicable Originator prior to the Cut-Off Date, which payments shall
constitute Scheduled Payments hereunder), (ii) any insurance payments or
recoveries paid by an insurance company or comparable third party and related to
the damage to, or destruction of, the Equipment related to such Contract (unless
paid directly by such insurance company or comparable third party directly to
the Obligor), (iii) any payments made by or on behalf of Obligors which
constitute amounts paid by an Obligor to the lessor or secured party under a
Contract in respect of the maintenance of the related


                                         -24-

<PAGE>

Equipment, and (iv) taxes paid by the Obligor with respect to the related
Contract or Equipment (except for any such payments in respect of taxes which
were paid by the applicable Originator prior to the Cut-Off Date, which payments
shall constitute Scheduled Payments hereunder).  None of the foregoing payments
shall constitute Pledged Revenues except under the circumstances described in
clause (c)(ii) below.

          (b)  The Servicer shall withdraw amounts from the Insurance,
Maintenance and Tax Accounts, when and if appropriate, to pay when due (i) all
insurance premiums in the amounts received under clause (a)(i) above, (ii) any
amounts payable under any applicable maintenance contract or otherwise with
respect to the maintenance of the related Equipment in the amounts received
under clause (a)(iii) above, and (iii) all taxes in the amounts received under
clause (a)(iv) above.  If the Servicer paid any such insurance premiums,
maintenance costs or taxes from its own funds prior to receipt of the
corresponding amounts from the Obligor, the Servicer shall be entitled to
reimbursement therefor from payments thereafter received from such Obligor.

          (c)  Amounts on deposit in the Insurance, Maintenance and Tax Accounts
which represent amounts received by the Servicer pursuant to clause (a)(ii)
above shall be applied by the Servicer as follows:  (i) if the Obligor purchases
equipment to replace the Equipment that was damaged or destroyed, and such
replacement equipment is (in the reasonable opinion of the Servicer) of
comparable use and equivalent value to the Equipment that was damaged or
destroyed, the Servicer shall release such amount so received from the insurance
company or comparable third party to or at the instructions of the Obligor; and
(ii) if such replacement option is not exercised by the Obligor, then the
Servicer shall treat such amount as Liquidation Proceeds and (A) if the related
Contract is a Loan Contract, transfer such amount from the Insurance,
Maintenance and Tax Accounts to the Collection Account, and (B) if the related
Contract is a Lease Contract, transfer (I) that portion thereof which is
allocable to the Notes and the Equity Certificates (as described in the second
sentence of the definition of "Liquidation Proceeds") from the Insurance,
Maintenance and Tax Account to the Collection Account, and (II) the balance
thereof from the Insurance, Maintenance and Tax Account to the Equipment
Account.

          (d)  The Servicer may sue to enforce or collect upon the Insurance
Policies, in its own name, if possible, or as agent of the Issuer.  If the
Servicer elects to commence a legal proceeding to enforce an Insurance Policy,
the act of commencement shall be deemed to be an automatic assignment of the
rights of the Issuer under such Insurance Policy to the Servicer for purposes of
collection only.  If, however, in any enforcement suit or legal proceeding it is
held that the Servicer may not enforce an Insurance Policy on the grounds that
it is not a real party in interest or a holder entitled to enforce the Insurance
Policy, the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, shall take such steps as the
Servicer deems necessary to enforce such Insurance Policy, including bringing
suit in its name or the name of the Owner Trustee for the benefit of the Equity
Certificateholders and the Equipment Certificateholder and the Indenture Trustee
for the benefit of the Noteholders.

          (e)  With respect to each Contract, the Servicer shall maintain
customary


                                         -25-

<PAGE>

insurance against casualty loss with respect to any Equipment financed by or
leased pursuant to the Contract, to the extent the Contract requires the lessor
or secured party under the Contract to maintain such insurance, and shall
otherwise require the Obligor under the Contract to maintain such insurance, to
the extent the Contract requires that such insurance be maintained by the
Obligor.  The Servicer shall not otherwise be liable to the Owner Trustee, the
Indenture Trustee or any Noteholder or Certificateholder for any casualty loss
with respect to any Equipment related to a Contract, except to the extent
otherwise explicitly provided in this Agreement.

          [(f) The Servicer shall give prompt written notice to the Indenture
Trustee of the Servicer's failure to pay when due any insurance premium or tax
payment required to be paid pursuant to this Section 3.4 and the reason for such
failure.  Upon receipt of any such notice, or if the Indenture Trustee has
otherwise received notice of any such failure to pay an insurance premium or tax
payment, the Trustee shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary
(including the withdrawal of monies, if any, available therefor in the
Insurance, Maintenance and Tax Accounts and payment of such insurance premium or
tax payment) to cause any such amounts to be paid.  The Indenture Trustee shall
be permitted to withdraw monies from the Insurance, Maintenance and Tax Accounts
for purposes of performing its obligations under this paragraph, but shall not,
in any event, be required to use its own funds for such purposes.]

          SECTION 3.5.  MAINTENANCE OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN EQUIPMENT.  To the
extent the Servicer's credit and collection policies and procedures in this
regard would so require (it being acknowledged that, in certain instances, such
credit and collection policies and procedures would not so require), the
Servicer shall take such steps as are necessary to maintain perfection of any
security interest created by each Contract in the related Equipment on behalf of
the Issuer, including, but not limited to, obtaining the execution by the
Obligors and the recording, registering, filing, re-recording, re-filing, and
re-registering of all security agreements, financing statements and continuation
statements as are necessary to maintain the security interest granted by the
Obligors under the respective Contracts.  The Owner Trustee hereby authorizes
the Servicer, and the Servicer agrees, to take any and all steps necessary to
re-perfect such security interest on behalf of the Issuer as necessary because
of the relocation of Equipment or for any other reason.

          SECTION 3.6.  COVENANTS, REPRESENTATIONS, AND WARRANTIES OF SERVICER.
By its execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Servicer makes the
following representations, warranties and covenants.

          (a)  The Servicer covenants as follows:

               (i)   LIENS IN FORCE.  The Equipment securing each Contract shall
     not be released in whole or in part from any interest the lessor or secured
     party may have in such Equipment under the terms of the Contract, except
     upon payment in full of the Contract or as otherwise contemplated herein;


                                         -26-

<PAGE>

               (ii)  NO IMPAIRMENT.  The Servicer shall do nothing to impair the
     rights of the Issuer, the Equity Certificateholders, the Equipment
     Certificateholder or the Noteholders in the Contracts, the Insurance
     Policies or the other Trust Property; and

               (iii) NO AMENDMENTS.  The Servicer shall not extend or otherwise
     amend the terms of any Contract with respect to the Scheduled Payments
     thereon, except (A) in accordance with Section 3.2, or (B) at such time as
     the Notes and the Equity Certificates are no longer Outstanding, with the
     consent of the Owner Trustee.

          (b)  The Servicer represents, warrants and covenants as of the date of
execution and delivery of this Agreement:

               (i)   ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  The Servicer has been duly
     organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
     its jurisdiction of organization, with power, authority and legal right to
     own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are
     currently owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all
     relevant times, and now has, power, authority and legal right to enter into
     and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Servicer's Related
     Documents;

               (ii)  DUE QUALIFICATION.  The Servicer is duly qualified to do
     business as a foreign corporation in good standing, and has obtained all
     necessary licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the
     ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business (including
     the performance of its obligations under this Agreement and the Servicer's
     Related Documents) requires or shall require such qualification;

               (iii) POWER AND AUTHORITY.  The Servicer has the power and
     authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out the terms
     hereof; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and
     the Servicer's Related Documents have been duly authorized by the Servicer
     by all necessary corporate action;

               (iv)  BINDING OBLIGATION.  This Agreement and the Servicer's
     Related Documents shall each constitute the legal, valid and binding
     obligation of the Servicer enforceable in accordance with its terms, except
     as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization
     or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights
     generally and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific
     remedies, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a
     proceeding in equity or at law;

               (v)   NO VIOLATION.  The execution and delivery of this
     Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this


                                         -27-

<PAGE>

     Agreement and the Servicer's Related Documents, and the fulfillment of the
     terms hereof, shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the
     terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of
     time, or both) a default under, the articles of incorporation or bylaws of
     the Servicer, or any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other
     instrument to which the Servicer is a party or by which it is bound, or
     result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties
     pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of
     trust or other instrument, other than this Agreement or any Related
     Document, or violate any law, order, rule or regulation applicable to the
     Servicer of any court or of any federal or state regulatory body,
     administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having
     jurisdiction over the Servicer or any of its properties;

               (vi)  NO PROCEEDINGS.  There are no proceedings or investigations
     pending or, to the Servicer's knowledge, threatened against the Servicer,
     before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal
     or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Servicer or
     its properties (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the
     Servicer's Related Documents, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the
     Certificates or the Notes or the consummation of any of the transactions
     contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Servicer's Related Documents,
     or (C) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and
     adversely affect the performance by the Servicer of its obligations under,
     or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the
     Servicer's Related Documents or (D) seeking to adversely affect the federal
     income tax or other federal, state or local tax attributes of the
     Certificates or the Notes; and

               (vii) NO CONSENTS.  The Servicer is not required to obtain the
     consent of any other party or any consent, license, approval or
     authorization, or registration or declaration with, any governmental
     authority, bureau or agency in connection with the execution, delivery,
     performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the
     Servicer's Related Documents.

          SECTION 3.7.   SUB-SERVICERS.  The Servicer may, without the Owner
Trustee's consent, maintain or enter into one or more agreements with
Sub-Servicers for the servicing and administration of the Contracts by such
Sub-Servicers.  Notwithstanding the terms or existence of any such agreement
between the Servicer and a Sub-Servicer, the Servicer shall not be relieved of
any of its obligations under this Agreement by reason of such agreement and
shall be obligated to the same extent and under the same terms and conditions as
if the Servicer alone was servicing and administering the Contracts, and neither
the Owner Trustee nor the Indenture Trustee shall have any obligation to deal
with anyone other than the Servicer with respect to the servicing of the
Contracts.


                                         -28-

<PAGE>

          SECTION 3.8.  TOTAL SERVICING FEE; PAYMENT OF EXPENSES BY SERVICER.
On each Payment Date, the Servicer shall be entitled to receive out of the
Collection Account the Servicing Fee for the related Collection Period pursuant
to Section 8.03(i) of the Indenture.  The Servicer shall be entitled to retain,
as additional servicing compensation under this Agreement, any Administrative
Fees and any earnings on the investment of amounts in the Servicing Account.
The Servicer shall be required to pay all expenses incurred by it in connection
with its activities under this Agreement (including taxes imposed on the
Servicer and all expenses incurred in connection with reports to Equity
Certificateholders and Noteholders).  In addition, the Servicer shall pay to the
Indenture Trustee, and the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to, certain
annual fees and shall reimburse the Indenture Trustee for all ordinary and
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it in connection with the
performance of its duties under the Indenture (excluding those incurred or made
in the performance of its duties under Article V of the Indenture, as referred
to in Section 6.07(b) of the Indenture).  Such expenses shall include the
reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Indenture Trustee's agents, counsel, accountants and experts.

          SECTION 3.9.  SERVICER'S CERTIFICATE.  No later than 10:00 a.m. New
York City time on each Determination Date, the Servicer shall deliver to the
Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency a Servicer's
Certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Servicer containing, among
other things, (i) all information necessary to enable the Indenture Trustee to
make the withdrawals and distributions required by Sections 8.03 and 8.06 of the
Indenture (including, for purposes of making withdrawals from the Cash
Collateral Account pursuant to Section 8.06(c) of the Indenture, notice to the
Indenture Trustee of any amounts to be so withdrawn which have not resulted,
directly or indirectly, from delinquencies or defaults, or both, on the
Contracts), (ii) all information necessary to enable the Indenture Trustee to
send the statements to Noteholders and Equity Certificateholders required by
Section 7.05 of the Indenture, and (iii) all information necessary to enable the
Indenture Trustee to reconcile all deposits to, and withdrawals from, the
Collection Account for the related Collection Period and Payment Date, including
the accounting required by Section 4.4.  Contracts purchased by TCC on the
related Deposit Date or by the Depositor on the related Accounting Date, and
each Contract which became a Liquidated Contract or which was paid in full
during the related Collection Period, shall be identified by account number (as
set forth in the Schedule of Contracts).  A copy of such certificate may be
obtained by any Equity Certificateholder or Noteholder (or by any Note Owner,
upon certification that such Person is a Note Owner and payment of any expenses
associated with the distribution thereof) by a request in writing to the
Indenture Trustee addressed to the Corporate Trust Office.

          SECTION 3.10.  ANNUAL STATEMENT AS TO COMPLIANCE; NOTICE OF SERVICER
TERMINATION EVENT.

          (a)  The Servicer shall deliver to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture
Trustee and each Rating Agency, on or before March 31 (or 90 days after the end
of the Servicer's fiscal year, if other than December 31) of each year,
beginning on March 31,


                                         -29-

<PAGE>

1997, an officer's certificate signed by any Responsible Officer of the
Servicer, dated as of December 31 (or other applicable date) of the immediately
preceding year, stating that (i) a review of the activities of the Servicer
during the preceding 12-month period (or such other period as shall have elapsed
from the date of execution and delivery of this Agreement to the date of the
first such certificate) and of its performance under this Agreement has been
made under such officer's supervision, and (ii) to such officer's knowledge,
based on such review, the Servicer has fulfilled all its obligations under this
Agreement throughout such period, or, if there has been a default in the
fulfillment of any such obligation, specifying each such default known to such
officer and the nature and status thereof.

          (b)  The Servicer shall deliver to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture
Trustee and each Rating Agency, promptly after having obtained knowledge
thereof, but in no event later than two Business Days thereafter, written notice
in an officer's certificate of any event which with the giving of notice or
lapse of time, or both, would become a Servicer Termination Event under Section
8.1(a).  The Depositor or the Servicer shall deliver to the Owner Trustee, the
Indenture Trustee, the Servicer or the Depositor (as applicable) and each Rating
Agency promptly after having obtained knowledge thereof, but in no event later
than two Business Days thereafter, written notice in an officer's certificate of
any event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would
become a Servicer Termination Event under any other clause of Section 8.1.

          SECTION 3.11.  ANNUAL INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' REPORT.

          (a)  The Servicer shall cause a firm of nationally recognized
independent certified public accountants (the "Independent Accountants"), who
may also render other services to the Servicer, to deliver to the Owner Trustee,
the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency, on or before March 31 (or 90 days
after the end of the Servicer's fiscal year, if other than December 31) of each
year, beginning on March 31, 1997, with respect to the twelve months ended the
immediately preceding December 31 (or other applicable date) (or such other
period as shall have elapsed from the date of execution and delivery of this
Agreement to the date of such certificate), a statement (the "Accountant's
Report") addressed to the Board of Directors of the Servicer, to the Owner
Trustee and to the Indenture Trustee, to the effect that such firm has audited
the financial statements of the Servicer and issued its report thereon and that
such audit was made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards,
and accordingly included such tests of the accounting records and such other
auditing procedures as such firm considered necessary in the circumstances,
including procedures as determined by the Independent Accountants related to (1)
the documents and records concerning the servicing of equipment lease contracts,
installment sale contracts, promissory notes, loan and security agreements
and/or other similar types of receivables under servicing agreements
substantially similar one to another (such statement to have attached thereto a
schedule setting forth the servicing agreements covered thereby, including this
Agreement); and (2) the delinquency and loss statistics relating to the
Servicer's portfolio of equipment lease contracts, installment sale contracts,
promissory notes, loan and security agreements and/or other similar types of
receivables; and except as described in the statement, disclosed no exceptions
or errors in the records relating to the contracts serviced for others that, in
the firm's opinion, generally accepted 


                                         -30-

<PAGE>

auditing standards requires such firm to report.  The Accountants' Report shall
further state that (1) a review in accordance with agreed upon procedures was
made of three randomly selected Servicer's Certificates, and (2) except as 
disclosed in the Report, no exceptions or errors in the Servicer's Certificates
so examined were found.

          (b)  The Accountants' Report shall also indicate that the firm is
independent of the Depositor and the Servicer within the meaning of the Code of
Professional Ethics of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

          (c)  A copy of the Accountants' Report may be obtained by any Equity
Certificateholder or Noteholder (or by any Note Owner, upon certification that
such Person is a Note Owner and payment of any expenses associated with the
distribution thereof) by a request in writing to the Indenture Trustee addressed
to the Corporate Trust Office.

          SECTION 3.12.  ACCESS TO CERTAIN DOCUMENTATION AND INFORMATION
REGARDING CONTRACTS.  The Servicer shall provide to representatives of the Owner
Trustee and the Indenture Trustee reasonable access to the documentation
regarding the Contracts.  The Servicer shall provide such access to any Equity
Certificateholder or Noteholder (or Note Owner) only in such cases where the
Servicer is required by applicable statutes or regulations (whether applicable
to the Servicer or to such Equity Certificateholder or Noteholder or Note Owner)
to permit such Equity Certificateholder or Noteholder (or Note Owner) to review
such documentation.  In each case, such access shall be afforded without charge
but only upon reasonable request and during normal business hours.  Nothing in
this Section shall derogate from the obligation of the Servicer to observe any
applicable law, rule or contractual provision with an Obligor prohibiting
disclosure of information regarding the Obligors, and the failure of the
Servicer to provide access as provided in this Section as a result of such
obligation shall not constitute a breach of this Section.  Any Equity
Certificateholder or Noteholder (or Note Owner), by its acceptance of an Equity
Certificate or Note (or by acquisition of its beneficial interest therein), as
applicable, shall be deemed to have agreed to keep confidential and not to use
for its own benefit any information obtained by it pursuant to this Section,
except as may be required by applicable law.

          SECTION 3.13.  CERTAIN DUTIES OF THE SERVICER UNDER THE TRUST
AGREEMENT.  The Servicer shall, and hereby agrees that it will, monitor the
Trust's compliance with all applicable provisions of federal securities laws,
notify the Issuer of any actions to be taken by the Issuer necessary for
compliance with such laws and prepare on behalf of the Issuer all notices,
filings or other documents or instruments required to be filed under such laws.

          SECTION 3.14.  DUTIES OF THE SERVICER UNDER THE INDENTURE.  The
Servicer shall, and hereby agrees that it will, perform on behalf of the Issuer
and the Owner Trustee the following duties of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee,
as applicable, under the Indenture (references are to the applicable Sections in
the Indenture):

          (a)  the direction to the Paying Agents, if any, to deposit moneys

                                         -31-

<PAGE>


with the Indenture Trustee (Section 3.03);

          (b)  the obtaining and preservation of the Issuer's qualification to
do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be
necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes
and each other instrument and agreement included in the Trust Estate (Section
3.04);

          (c)  the preparation of all supplements, amendments, financing
statements, continuation statements, instruments of further assurance and other
instruments, in accordance with Section 3.05 of the Indenture, necessary to
protect the Trust Estate (Section 3.05);

          (d)  the annual delivery of Opinions of Counsel, in accordance with
Section 3.06 of the Indenture, as to the Trust Estate, and the annual delivery
of the Officers' Certificate and certain other statements, in accordance with
Section 3.09 of the Indenture, as to compliance with the Indenture (Sections
3.06 and 3.09);

          (e)  the preparation and obtaining of documents and instruments
required for the release of the Issuer from its obligations under the Indenture
(Section 4.01);

          (f)  the monitoring of the Issuer's obligations as to the satisfaction
and discharge of the Indenture and the preparation of an Officers' Certificate
and the obtaining of the Opinion of Counsel and the Independent Certificate
relating thereto (Section 4.01);

          (g)  the preparation of any written instruments required to confirm
more fully the authority of any co-trustee or separate trustee and any written
instruments necessary in connection with the resignation or removal of any
co-trustee or separate trustee (Sections 6.08 and 6.11);

          (h)  the opening of one or more accounts in the Trust's name, the
preparation of Issuer Orders, Officers' Certificates and Opinions of Counsel and
all other actions necessary with respect to investment and reinvestment of funds
in the Trust Accounts (Sections 8.02, 8.04 and 8.05);

          (i)  the preparation of Trust Orders and the obtaining of Opinions of
Counsel with respect to the execution of supplemental indentures (Sections 9.01,
9.02 and 9.03);

          (j)  the preparation of all Officers' Certificates, Opinions of
Counsel and Independent Certificates with respect to any requests by the Issuer
to the Indenture Trustee to take any action under the Indenture (Section 11.01);
and

          (k)  the recording of the Indenture, if applicable (Section 11.15).


                                         -32-

<PAGE>

          SECTION 3.15.  FIDELITY BOND.  The Servicer shall maintain (i) a
policy or policies of insurance covering errors and omissions by the Servicer,
and (ii) a fidelity bond.  Such policy or policies and such fidelity bond shall
be in such form and amount as is generally customary among persons that service
a portfolio of equipment lease contracts, installment sale contracts, promissory
notes, loan and security agreements and/or other similar types of receivables
having an unpaid balance of at least $100,000,000 and which are generally
regarded as servicers acceptable to institutional investors.



                                         -33-

<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE IV

                               COLLECTIONS AND DEPOSITS

          SECTION 4.1.  INITIAL DEPOSIT.  On the date of execution and delivery
of this Agreement, the Servicer shall deposit in the Collection Account (i) all
Scheduled Payments and Prepayments of Contracts received by the Servicer on or
after the Cut-Off Date (including those Scheduled Payments due prior to, but not
received as of, the Cut-Off Date, but excluding those Scheduled Payments due on
or after, but received prior to, the Cut-Off Date) and on or prior to the
[fifth] Business Day immediately preceding such date and (ii) all Liquidation
Proceeds (including proceeds of Insurance Policies to be treated as such in
accordance with Section 3.4) realized in respect of the related Equipment and
applied by the Servicer after the Cut-Off Date.

          SECTION 4.2.  COLLECTIONS.

          (a)  The Servicer shall establish the Servicing Account in the name of
the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders and the
Noteholders.  The Servicer shall remit to the Servicing Account all payments by
or on behalf of the Obligors on the Contracts (other than amounts constituting
Administrative Fees) and all Liquidation Proceeds (including (1) proceeds of
Insurance Policies to be treated as such in accordance with Section 3.4 and (2)
deficiency amounts paid by the Servicer with respect to the disposition of
Equipment to be treated as such in accordance with the last paragraph of Section
3.3) received by the Servicer, in each case, as soon as practicable, but in no
event later than the second Business Day after receipt thereof.  Within five
Business Days after the deposit of such payments and proceeds therein, the
Servicer shall transfer all amounts credited to the Servicing Account on account
of such payments and proceeds (i) to the extent they constitute Pledged
Revenues, to the Collection Account, and (ii) to the extent they represent
amounts allocated to the Equipment Certificateholder, to the Equipment Account.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer may utilize an alternative
remittance schedule acceptable to the Servicer if the Servicer provides to the
Indenture Trustee written confirmation from each Rating Agency that such
alternative remittance schedule will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal
by the Rating Agency of the rating then assigned to the Notes or the Equity
Certificates.  Amounts from time to time in the Servicing Account may be
invested in such Eligible Investments as the Servicer may determine (taking into
account the timing of the transfer of such amounts to the Collection Account and
the Equipment Account, as aforesaid), and the Servicer shall be entitled to
retain any earnings on such investments as additional servicing compensation
hereunder.

          (b)  The Servicer shall remit to the Collection Account (i) that
portion of any Purchase Amount relating to the Required Payoff Amount received
by the Servicer upon the purchase by TCC of any Contract pursuant to Section
2.6, and (ii) that portion of the amount paid by the Depositor to purchase the
Contracts pursuant to Section 5.1 as is required to be deposited in the
Collection Account pursuant to such Section.

          (c)  Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) hereof,
the


                                         -34-

<PAGE>

Servicer will be entitled to be reimbursed from amounts on deposit in the
Collection Account with respect to a Collection Period for amounts previously
deposited in the Collection Account but later determined by the Servicer in good
faith to (i) have resulted from mistaken deposits or postings or checks returned
for insufficient funds, or (ii) be required to be repaid to an Obligor.  The
amount to be reimbursed hereunder shall be paid to the Servicer on the related
Payment Date pursuant to Section 8.03(i) of the Indenture upon certification by
the Servicer of such amounts and the provision of such information to the
Indenture Trustee as may be necessary in the opinion of the Indenture Trustee to
verify the accuracy of such certification.

          (d)  The Servicer shall remit directly to the Equipment Account (i)
that portion of any Purchase Amount relating to the Book Value received by the
Servicer upon the purchase by TCC of any Contract pursuant to Section 2.6, and
(ii) that portion of the amount paid by the Depositor to purchase the Equipment
pursuant to Section 5.1 as is required to be deposited in the Equipment Account
pursuant to such Section.

          SECTION 4.3.  APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS.  For the purposes of this
Agreement, all collections for a Collection Period shall be applied by the
Servicer as follows:

               (a)  With respect to each Contract, payments by or on behalf of
     the Obligor thereof (other than Administrative Fees with respect to such
     Contract, to the extent collected) shall be applied to Scheduled Payments
     and Prepayments in accordance with the terms of such Contract and the
     Servicer's credit and collection policies and procedures.  With respect to
     each Liquidated Contract, that portion of the Liquidation Proceeds
     allocable to the Notes and the Equity Certificates shall be applied, for
     purposes of this Agreement and the Indenture only, to Scheduled Payments
     and Prepayment on the Contract as if the Liquidation Proceeds had been paid
     by the Obligor on the Accounting Date, and then to any other amounts due
     and payable with respect to such Contract.  The Servicer shall not be
     entitled to any Administrative Fees with respect to a Liquidated Contract
     unless the Required Payoff Amount for such Contract has been deposited in
     the Collection Account.

               (b)  With respect to each Contract that has become a Purchased
     Contract as of any Deposit Date, that portion of the Purchase Amount
     relating to the Required Payoff Amount shall be applied, for purposes of 
     this Agreement and the Indenture only, to Scheduled Payments and Prepayment
     on the Contract as if the Purchase Amount had been paid by the Obligor on
     the related Accounting Date.   Nothing contained herein shall relieve any
     Obligor of any obligation relating to any Contract.  All payments by or on
     behalf of an Obligor received with respect to any Purchased Contract after
     the Accounting Date immediately preceding the Deposit Date on which the
     Purchase Amount was paid by TCC, shall be paid to TCC and shall not be
     included in Pledged Revenues.

          (c)  With respect to each Contract that has been purchased by the
Depositor pursuant to Section 5.1, that portion of the purchase price paid
relating


                                         -35-
<PAGE>

     to the Required Payoff Amount shall be applied, for purposes of this
     Agreement and the Indenture only, to Scheduled Payments and Prepayment
     on the Contract as if such purchase price had been paid by the Obligor on
     the Accounting Date.   Nothing contained herein shall relieve any Obligor 
     of any obligation relating to any Contract.  All payments by or on behalf
     of an Obligor received with respect to any Contract so purchased after the
     Accounting Date on which the purchase price was paid by the Depositor, 
     shall be paid to the Depositor and shall not be included in the Amount
     Available.

          SECTION 4.4.  NET DEPOSITS.  So long as no Servicer Termination Event
shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Servicer, the Servicer
may make the remittances to be made by it pursuant to Section 4.2 net of amounts
(which amounts may be netted prior to any such remittance for a Collection
Period) to be distributed to it pursuant to Section 8.03(i) of the Indenture);
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Servicer shall account for all of such amounts in
the related Servicer's Certificate as if such amounts were deposited and
distributed separately; and, PROVIDED, FURTHER, that if an error is made by the
Servicer in calculating the amount to be deposited or retained by it, with the
result that an amount less than required is deposited in the Collection Account,
the Servicer shall make a payment of the deficiency to the Collection Account,
immediately upon becoming aware, or receiving notice from the Indenture Trustee,
of such error.

          SECTION 4.5.  EXPIRATION OF LEASE CONTRACTS.  In the case of any Lease
Contract which has reached its stated expiration date, is not in default and as
to which, in accordance with the terms of such Lease Contract, the lessor
thereunder is entitled to the related Equipment, the Servicer shall take such
action as the Equipment Certificateholder shall direct to vest title to such
Equipment in the Equipment Certificateholder.  Any payments thereafter made by
the Obligor in respect of such Equipment, whether on the related Lease Contract
or otherwise, shall be the property of the Equipment Certificateholder or its
designated assignee.


                                         -36-

<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE V

                                     TERMINATION

          SECTION 5.1.  OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF ALL CONTRACTS; LIQUIDATION OF TRUST
ESTATE.

          (a)  At such time as the sum of the Aggregate Principal Balance of the
Notes and the Principal Balance of the Equity Certificates is less than 10% of
the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal Balance, the Depositor shall have the
option to purchase the corpus of the Issuer; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that that
portion of the amount to be paid for such purchase (as set forth in the
following sentence) constituting Pledged Revenues shall, in any event, be
sufficient to pay the full amount of principal and interest then due and payable
on the Notes and the Equity Certificates.  To exercise such option, Depositor
shall, on any Accounting Date, pay to the Servicer the aggregate purchase price
for the Contracts (which shall be an amount equal to (i) the sum of the Required
Payoff Amounts for all of the Contracts plus (ii) the Book Value of all related
Equipment), plus the appraised value of any other property (including the right
to receive any future recoveries) held as part of the Issuer, such appraisal to
be conducted by an appraiser mutually agreed upon by the Depositor and the
Indenture Trustee (or, if the Notes are no longer Outstanding, the Owner
Trustee), and shall succeed to all interests in and to the Trust Property.  The
fees and expenses related to such appraisal shall be paid by the Depositor.  The
Servicer shall immediately deposit the purchase price so paid as follows:  (1)
into the Collection Account, that portion thereof paid in respect of the
Required Payoff Amounts of the Contracts, to be distributed in accordance with
Section 10.01 of the Indenture,  (2) into the Equipment Account, that portion
thereof paid in respect of the Book Value of the Equipment, and (3) into the
Equity Certificate Distribution Account, the balance thereof, to be distributed
in accordance with Section 5.2 of the Trust Agreement.

          (b)  Notice of any termination of the Issuer shall be given by the
Servicer to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee as soon as practicable
after the Servicer has received notice thereof.


                                         -37-


<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE VI

                                    THE DEPOSITOR

          SECTION 6.1.  LIABILITY OF DEPOSITOR.  The Depositor shall be liable
hereunder only to the extent of the obligations in this Agreement specifically
undertaken by the Depositor and the representations made by the Depositor.

          SECTION 6.2.  MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF, OR ASSUMPTION OF THE
OBLIGATIONS OF, DEPOSITOR; AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION.

          (a)  The Depositor shall not merge or consolidate with any other
Person or permit any other Person to become the successor to the Depositor's
business except in accordance with the requirements of this Section.  The
certificate of incorporation of any corporation (i) into which the Depositor may
be merged or consolidated, (ii) resulting from any merger or consolidation to
which the Depositor shall be a party, or (iii) succeeding to the business of
Depositor, shall contain provisions relating to limitations on business and
other matters substantively identical to those contained in the Depositor's
certificate of incorporation.  Any such successor corporation shall execute an
agreement of assumption of every obligation of the Depositor under this
Agreement and each Related Document and, whether or not such assumption
agreement is executed, shall be the successor to the Depositor under this
Agreement without the execution or filing of any document or any further act on
the part of any of the parties to this Agreement.  The Depositor shall provide
prompt notice of any merger, consolidation or succession pursuant to this
Section 6.2 to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Depositor shall not merge or consolidate with
any other Person or permit any other Person to become a successor to the
Depositor's business, unless (x) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction, no representation or warranty made pursuant to Section 2.4 shall
have been breached (for purposes hereof, such representations and warranties
shall speak as of the date of the consummation of such transaction) and no event
that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Servicer
Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, (y) the Depositor shall
have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee an officer's
certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation,
merger or succession and such agreement of assumption comply with this Section
6.2 and that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement
relating to such transaction have been complied with, and (z) the Depositor
shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee an Opinion
of Counsel, stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, either (A) all
financing statements and continuation statements and amendments thereto have
been executed and filed that are necessary to preserve and protect the interest
of the Issuer in the Trust Property and reciting the details of the filings or
(B) no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

          (b)  The Depositor hereby agrees that it shall not (i) take any action
prohibited by Article XVI of its certificate of incorporation or (ii) without
the prior written consent of the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee and
without giving prior


                                         -38-

<PAGE>

written notice to the Rating Agencies, amend Article III, Article IX, Article
XIV or Article XVI of its certificate of incorporation.

          SECTION 6.3.  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF DEPOSITOR AND OTHERS.  The
Depositor and any director or officer or employee or agent of the Depositor may
rely in good faith on the advice of counsel or on any document of any kind prima
facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters
arising under this Agreement.  The Depositor shall not be under any obligation
to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that is not incidental to its
obligations as transferor of the Contracts under this Agreement and that in its
opinion may involve it in any expense or liability.

          SECTION 6.4.  DEPOSITOR MAY OWN CERTIFICATES OR NOTES.  Each of the
Depositor and any Affiliate of the Depositor may in its individual or any other
capacity become the owner or pledgee of Certificates or Notes with the same
rights as it would have if it were not the Depositor or an Affiliate thereof
except as otherwise specifically provided herein or in the Related Documents.
Certificates or Notes so owned by or pledged to the Depositor or such Affiliate
shall have an equal and proportionate benefit under the provisions of this
Agreement or any Related Document, without preference, priority, or distinction
as among all of the Certificates or Notes; PROVIDED that any Certificates or
Notes owned by the Depositor or any Affiliate thereof, during the time such
Certificates or Notes are owned by them, shall be without voting rights for any
purpose set forth in this Agreement or any Related Document (it being
acknowledged that any Certificate owned by or pledged to
[the Revolver Trust] shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Depositor for
this purpose).  The Depositor shall notify the Owner Trustee and the Indenture
Trustee promptly after it or any of its Affiliates become the owner or pledgee
of a Certificate or Note.


                                         -39-

<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE VII

                                     THE SERVICER

          SECTION 7.1.  LIABILITY OF SERVICER; INDEMNITIES.

          (a)  The Servicer (in its capacity as such and, in the case of TCC,
without limitation of its obligations under the Purchase Agreement) shall be
liable hereunder only to the extent of the obligations in this Agreement
specifically undertaken by the Servicer and the representations made by the
Servicer.

          (b)  The Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the
Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, their respective officers,
directors, agents and employees, the Certificateholders and the Noteholders from
and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages and liabilities
to the extent that such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage or liability arose
out of, or was imposed upon the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture
Trustee, the Certificateholders or the Noteholders through the Servicer's breach
of this Agreement, the gross negligence, willful misfeasance or bad faith of the
Servicer in the performance of its duties under this Agreement or by reason of
reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.

          (c)  The Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Owner
Trustee, in its individual capacity, its officers, directors, agents and
employees, from and against all costs, taxes (other than income taxes on fees
and expenses payable to the Owner Trustee), expenses, losses, claims, damages
and liabilities arising out of or incurred in connection with the acceptance or
performance of the trusts and duties contained in the Trust Agreement and the
Related Documents, except to the extent that such cost, taxes (other than income
taxes), expense, loss, claim, damage or liability (A) is due to the willful
misfeasance or gross negligence of the Owner Trustee, or (B) arises from the
Owner Trustee's breach of any of its representations or warranties set forth in
Section 7.3 of the Trust Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that amounts payable
under this paragraph shall be increased by the amount of income taxes actually
paid by the Owner Trustee in respect of any indemnity payment unless the Owner
Trustee received or can reasonably be expected to receive a tax deduction for
the related loss or cost.

          (d)  Indemnification under this Article shall include, without
limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation.
If the Servicer has made any indemnity payments pursuant to this Article and the
recipient thereafter collects any of such amounts from others, the recipient
shall promptly repay such amounts collected to the Servicer, with interest
thereon at a rate per annum equal to                      .

          (e)  TCC, in its individual capacity, hereby acknowledges that the
indemnification provisions in the Purchase Agreement benefiting the Issuer, the
Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee are enforceable by each hereunder.

          SECTION 7.2.  MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF, OR ASSUMPTION OF THE


                                         -40-

<PAGE>

OBLIGATIONS OF, THE SERVICER.  Following the Merger Consummation Date, the
Servicer shall not merge or consolidate with any other person, convey, transfer
or lease substantially all its assets as an entirety to another Person, or
permit any other Person to become the successor to the Servicer's business
unless, after the merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer, lease or
succession, the successor or surviving entity shall be an Eligible Servicer and
shall be capable of fulfilling the duties of the Servicer contained in this
Agreement.  Any corporation (i) into which the Servicer may be merged or
consolidated, (ii) resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the
Servicer shall be a party, (iii) which acquires by conveyance, transfer, or
lease substantially all of the assets of the Servicer, or (iv) succeeding to the
business of the Servicer, in any of the foregoing cases shall execute an
agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of the Servicer under this
Agreement and, whether or not such assumption agreement is executed, shall be
the successor to the Servicer under this Agreement without the execution or
filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties to this
Agreement, anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to release the Servicer
from any obligation.  The Servicer shall provide notice of any merger,
consolidation or succession pursuant to this Section to the Owner Trustee and
the Indenture Trustee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall not
merge or consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person to become
a successor to the Servicer's business, unless (a) immediately after giving
effect to such transaction, no representation or warranty made pursuant to
Section 3.6 shall have been breached (for purposes hereof, such representations
and warranties shall speak as of the date of the consummation of such
transaction), (b) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each
stating that such consolidation, merger or succession and such agreement of
assumption comply with this Section and that all conditions precedent, if any,
provided for in this Agreement relating to such transaction have been complied
with, (c) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, stating that, in the opinion of such
counsel, either (1) all financing statements and continuation statements and
amendments thereto have been executed and filed that are necessary to preserve
and protect the interest of the Owner Trustee in the Trust Property and reciting
the details of the filings or (2) no such action shall be necessary to preserve
and protect such interest, and (d) the Rating Agency Condition has been
satisfied.

          SECTION 7.3.  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF SERVICER AND OTHERS.  Neither
the Servicer nor any of the directors or officers or employees or agents of the
Servicer shall be under any liability to the Issuer, the Certificateholders or
the Noteholders, except as provided in this Agreement, for any action taken or
for refraining from the taking of any action in good faith pursuant to this
Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this provision shall not protect the Servicer
or any such person against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by
reason of a breach of this Agreement or willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross
negligence (excluding errors in judgment) in the performance of duties, by
reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or
any violation of law by the Servicer or such person, as the case may be;
PROVIDED FURTHER, that this provision shall not affect any liability to
indemnify the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee for costs, taxes,
expenses, claims, liabilities, losses or damages paid by the Owner Trustee or


                                         -41-

<PAGE>

the Indenture Trustee, each in its individual capacity.  The Servicer and any
director, officer, employee or agent of the Servicer may rely in good faith on
the advice of counsel or on any document of any kind PRIMA FACIE properly
executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising under this
Agreement.

          SECTION 7.4.  SERVICER NOT TO RESIGN.  Subject to the provisions of
Section 7.2, the Servicer shall not resign from the obligations and duties
imposed on it by this Agreement as Servicer except upon a determination that by
reason of a change in legal requirements the performance of its duties under
this Agreement would cause it to be in violation of such legal requirements in a
manner which would have a material adverse effect on the Servicer, and a Note
Majority (or, at such time as the Notes are no longer Outstanding, an Equity
Certificate Majority) does not elect to waive the obligations of the Servicer to
perform the duties which render it legally unable to act or to delegate those
duties to another Person.  Any such determination permitting the resignation of
the Servicer shall be evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect
delivered and acceptable to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee.  No
resignation of the Servicer shall become effective until a successor Servicer
that is an Eligible Servicer shall have assumed the responsibilities and
obligations of the Servicer; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event a successor
Servicer is not appointed within 60 days after the Servicer has given notice of
its resignation and has provided the Opinion of Counsel required by this
Section, the Servicer may petition a court for its removal.

          SECTION 7.5.  CORPORATE EXISTENCE.  The Servicer shall maintain its
existence, rights and franchises as a corporation under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation, and will obtain and preserve its
qualification to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in
which the failure to so qualify would have an adverse effect on the validity or
enforceability of any Contract or this Agreement or on the ability of the
Servicer to perform its duties under this Agreement.


                                         -42-

<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE VIII

                             SERVICER TERMINATION EVENTS

          SECTION 8.1.  SERVICER TERMINATION EVENT.  For purposes of this
Agreement, each of the following shall constitute a "Servicer Termination
Event":

               (a)  Any failure by the Servicer to deposit within the time
     periods specified in this Agreement in the Collection Account for
     distribution to Equity Certificateholders or Noteholders, or in the
     Equipment Account for distribution to the Equipment Certificateholders, any
     proceeds or payment required to be so deposited under the terms of this
     Agreement (or, if TCC is the Servicer, the Purchase Agreement) that
     continues unremedied for a period of five Business Days (three Business
     Days with respect to payment of Purchase Amounts) after written notice is
     received by the Servicer from the Indenture Trustee or after discovery of
     such failure by a Responsible Officer of the Servicer; or

               (b)  Failure by the Servicer to deliver to the Indenture Trustee
     and the Owner Trustee the Servicer's Certificate by the
     Business Day prior to the related Payment Date, or failure on the part of
     the Servicer to observe its covenants and agreements set forth in Section
     7.2; or

               (c)  Failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or
     perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements of the
     Servicer set forth in this Agreement (or, if TCC is the Servicer, the
     Purchase Agreement), which failure (i) materially and adversely affects the
     rights of the Issuer, Certificateholders or Noteholders, and (ii) continues
     unremedied for a period of 30 days after the date on which written notice
     of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given
     to the Servicer by the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or any
     Certificateholder or Noteholder; or

               (d)  (i) The commencement of an involuntary case under the
     federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereinafter in effect, or another
     present or future federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law
     and such case is not dismissed within 60 days; or (ii) the entry of a
     decree or order for relief by a court or regulatory authority having
     jurisdiction in respect of the Servicer in an involuntary case under the
     federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter in effect, or another present
     or future, federal or state, bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or
     appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian,
     sequestrator or other similar official of the Servicer or of any
     substantial part of their respective properties or ordering the winding up
     or liquidation of the affairs of the Servicer; or

               (e)  The commencement by the Servicer of a voluntary case under
     the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter in effect, or any other
     present or future, federal or state, bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law,
     or the consent by the


                                         -43-

<PAGE>

     Servicer to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver,
     liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar
     official of the Servicer or of any substantial part of its property or the
     making by the Servicer of an assignment for the benefit of creditors or the
     failure by the Servicer generally to pay its debts as such debts become due
     or the taking of corporate action by the Servicer in furtherance of any of
     the foregoing; or

               (f)  Any representation, warranty or statement of the Servicer
     made in this Agreement or any certificate, report or other writing
     delivered pursuant hereto shall prove to be incorrect in any material
     respect as of the time when the same shall have been made, the
     incorrectness of such representation, warranty or statement has a material
     adverse effect on the Issuer, Certificateholders or Noteholders, and,
     within 30 days after written notice thereof shall have been given to the
     Servicer or the Depositor by the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or
     any Certificateholder or Noteholder, the circumstances or condition in
     respect of which such representation, warranty or statement was incorrect
     shall not have been eliminated or otherwise cured.

          SECTION 8.2.  CONSEQUENCES OF A SERVICER TERMINATION EVENT.  If a
Servicer Termination Event shall occur and be continuing, the Indenture Trustee
may, and at the direction of a Note Majority (or, at such time as the Notes are
no longer Outstanding, an Equity Certificate Majority or the Equipment
Certificateholder) shall, by notice given in writing to the Servicer and the
Owner Trustee, terminate all of the rights and obligations of the Servicer under
this Agreement.  On or after the receipt by the Servicer of such written notice,
all authority, power, obligations and responsibilities of the Servicer under
this Agreement, whether with respect to the Certificates, the Notes, the Trust
Property or otherwise, shall be terminated and automatically shall pass to, be
vested in and become obligations and responsibilities of the Indenture Trustee
(unless and until a successor Servicer is appointed in accordance with Section
8.3); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Indenture Trustee shall have no liability with
respect to any obligation which was required to be performed by the terminated
Servicer prior to the date that the Indenture Trustee becomes the Servicer or
any claim of a third party based on any alleged action or inaction of the
terminated Servicer.  The Indenture Trustee is authorized and empowered by this
Agreement to execute and deliver, on behalf of the terminated Servicer, as
attorney-in-fact or otherwise, any and all documents and other instruments and
to do or accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect
the purposes of such notice of termination.  The terminated Servicer agrees to
cooperate with the Indenture Trustee in effecting the termination of the
responsibilities and rights of the terminated Servicer under this Agreement,
including, without limitation, the transfer to the Indenture Trustee for
administration by it of all cash amounts that shall at the time be held by the
terminated Servicer for deposit, or have been deposited by the terminated
Servicer, in any of the Trust Accounts or thereafter received with respect to
the Contracts and the delivery to the Indenture Trustee of all Contract Files,
Monthly Records and Collection Records [and a computer tape in readable form as
of the most recent Business Day] containing all information necessary to enable
the Indenture Trustee or a successor Servicer to service the Contracts and the
other Trust Property.  The terminated Servicer shall grant the Owner


                                         -44-

<PAGE>

Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and the successor Servicer reasonable access to
the terminated Servicer's premises at the terminated Servicer's expense.

          SECTION 8.3.  INDENTURE TRUSTEE TO ACT; APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR.

          (a)  On and after the time the Servicer receives a notice of
termination pursuant to Section 8.2, the Indenture Trustee shall be the
successor in all respects to the Servicer in its capacity as servicer under this
Agreement and the transactions set forth or provided for in this Agreement, and
shall be subject to all the responsibilities, restrictions, duties, liabilities
and termination provisions relating thereto placed on the Servicer by the terms
and provisions of this Agreement.  As compensation therefor, the Indenture
Trustee shall be entitled to receive the Total Servicing Fee.  The Owner Trustee
and the Indenture Trustee shall take such action, consistent with this
Agreement, as shall be necessary to effectuate any such succession.

          (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indenture Trustee may, if it
shall be unwilling to so act, or shall, if it is legally unable to so act,
appoint, or petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint, any Eligible
Servicer as the successor to the Servicer hereunder in the performance of all or
any part of the responsibilities, duties or liabilities of the Servicer
hereunder.  Pending appointment of a successor pursuant to the preceding
sentence, the Indenture Trustee shall act as successor Servicer unless it is
legally unable to do so, in which event the outgoing Servicer shall continue to
act as Servicer until a successor has been appointed and accepted such
appointment.

          (c)    In connection with such appointment and assumption, the
Indenture Trustee may make such arrangements for the compensation of such
successor out of payments on the Contracts as it and such successor shall agree;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such monthly compensation shall, without the written
consent of the Depositor and 100% of the Noteholders and the Equity
Certificateholders, exceed the Total Servicing Fee.  The Indenture Trustee and
such successor shall take such action, consistent with this Agreement, as shall
be necessary to effectuate any such succession.

          (d)    If a successor Servicer is acting as Servicer hereunder, it
shall be subject to termination under Section 8.2 upon the occurrence of any
Servicer Termination Event applicable to it as Servicer.

          (d)    At such time as any successor Servicer (including the Indenture
Trustee) becomes Servicer hereunder, it shall agree to perform all of the
obligations of the Servicer under the Cash Collateral Account Agreement, and
shall take such actions as the parties to the Cash Collateral Account Agreement
may reasonably request to evidence such agreement.

          SECTION 8.4.  NOTIFICATION TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND NOTEHOLDERS.
Upon any termination of, or appointment of a successor to, the Servicer pursuant
to this Article VIII, the Owner Trustee shall give prompt written notice thereof
to Certificateholders at their respective addresses appearing in the Certificate
Register and to each Rating Agency,


                                         -45-

<PAGE>

and the Indenture Trustee shall give prompt written notice thereof to
Noteholders at their respective addresses appearing in the Note Register.

          SECTION 8.5.  WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.  A Note Majority (or, at such
time as the Notes are no longer Outstanding, an Equity Certificate Majority or
the Equipment Certificateholder) may waive any default by the Servicer in the
performance of its obligations hereunder and its consequences.  Upon any such
waiver of a past default, such default shall cease to exist, and any Servicer
Termination Event arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been remedied for
every purpose of this Agreement.  No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent
or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.


                                         -46-

<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE IX

                               MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

          SECTION 9.1.  AMENDMENT.

          (a)  This Agreement may be amended by the Depositor, the Servicer, the
Issuer and the Indenture Trustee without the consent of any of the Noteholders
or Equity Certificateholders, (i) to cure any ambiguity, (ii) to correct or
supplement any provisions in this Agreement that may be inconsistent with any
other provision herein, or (iii) to make any other provisions with respect to
matters or questions arising under this Agreement that are not inconsistent with
the provisions hereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such action shall not, as
evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the
interests of the Noteholders or Equity Certificateholders.

          (b)  This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the
Depositor, the Servicer, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee with the consent
of an Equity Certificate Majority and a Note Majority (which consent of any
Holder of an Equity Certificate or Note given pursuant to this Section or
pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and
binding on such Holder and on all future Holders of such Equity Certificate or
Note and of any Equity Certificate or Note issued upon the transfer thereof or
in exchange thereof or in lieu thereof whether or not notation of such consent
is made upon the Equity Certificate or Note) for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
this Agreement, or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of
Equity Certificates or Notes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such amendment shall
(a) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the
timing of, collections of payments on Contracts or distributions required to be
made on any Equity Certificate or Note or the rate of interest payable thereon,
(b) amend any provisions of Section 5.06 or 8.03 of the Indenture in such a
manner as to affect the priority of payment of interest or principal to
Noteholders or Equity Certificateholders, or (c) reduce the aforesaid percentage
required to consent to any such amendment or any waiver hereunder, without the
consent of the Holders of all Equity Certificates or Notes then Outstanding and
affected thereby; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no such amendment shall be
effective unless and until the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.

          (c)  Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent,
the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as appropriate, shall furnish
written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to each
Certificateholder and Noteholder.

          (d)  It shall not be necessary for the consent of Equity
Certificateholders or Noteholders pursuant to Section 9.1(b) to approve the
particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient
if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.  The manner of obtaining
such consents (and any other consents of Equity Certificateholders and
Noteholders provided for in this Agreement) and of evidencing the authorization
of the execution thereof by Equity Certificateholders or Noteholders shall be


                                         -47-

<PAGE>

subject to such reasonable requirements as the Owner Trustee or Indenture
Trustee, as applicable, may prescribe, including the establishment of record
dates.

          (e)  Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, the
Owner Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel
stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or permitted by this
Agreement, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel referred to in Section 9.2(h).
The Owner Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such
amendment which affects the Owner Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities
under this Agreement or otherwise.

          SECTION 9.2.  PROTECTION OF TITLE TO TRUST PROPERTY.

          (a)  The Depositor shall execute and file such financing statements
and cause to be executed and filed such continuation and other statements
(including those prepared by the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.14(c)), all in
such manner and in such places as may be required by law fully to preserve,
maintain and protect the interest of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee in the Trust Property and in the proceeds thereof; except that
(i) UCC-1 financing statements and continuation statements, listing the Obligor
as debtor and the related Equipment as collateral, need be filed only as
required by Section 3.5; and (ii) no assignments of any such financing
statements relating to the Equipment shall be filed to reflect the assignment of
the Contracts by the Originators to the Depositor and by the Depositor to the
Issuer.  The Depositor shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Owner
Trustee and the Indenture Trustee file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts
for, any document filed as provided above, as soon as available following such
filing.

          (b)  Neither the Depositor nor the Issuer shall change its name,
identity or corporate structure in any manner that would, could or might make
any financing statement or continuation statement filed by the Depositor in
accordance with paragraph (a) above seriously misleading within the meaning of
Section 9-402(7) of the UCC, unless it shall have given the Owner Trustee and
the Indenture Trustee at least 60 days' prior written notice thereof, and shall
promptly file appropriate amendments to all previously filed financing
statements and continuation statements.

          (c)  Each of the Depositor, the Servicer and the Issuer shall give the
Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee at least 60 days' prior written notice
of any relocation of its principal executive office if, as a result of such
relocation, the applicable provisions of the UCC would require the filing of any
amendment of any previously filed financing or continuation statement or of any
new financing statement.  The Servicer shall at all times maintain each office
from which it services Contracts and its principal executive office within the
United States of America.

          (d)  The Servicer shall maintain accounts and records as to each
Contract accurately and in sufficient detail to permit (i) the reader thereof to
know at any time the status of such Contract, including payments and recoveries
made and payments owing (and the nature of each) and (ii) reconciliation between
payments or recoveries on (or with


                                         -48-

<PAGE>

respect to) each Contract and the amounts from time to time deposited in the
Collection Account in respect of such Contract.

          (e)  The Servicer shall maintain its computer systems so that, from
and after the time of transfer and assignment under this Agreement of the
Contracts to the Issuer, the Servicer's master computer records (including any
backup archives) that refer to any Contract indicate clearly that the Contract
is owned by the Issuer.  Indication of the Trust's ownership of a Contract shall
be deleted from or modified on the Servicer's computer systems when, and only
when, the Contract has been paid in full or purchased by the Depositor or TCC.

          (f)  Upon receipt by the Servicer of reasonable prior notice, Servicer
shall permit the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and their respective
agents, at any time during the Servicer's normal business hours to inspect,
audit and make copies of and abstracts from the Servicer's records regarding any
Contracts or any other portion of the Trust Property.

          (g)  The Servicer shall furnish to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture
Trustee at any time upon request a list (which may, at the option of the
Servicer, be on a computer disk or other electronic storage medium) of all
Contracts then held as part of the Issuer, together with a reconciliation of
such list to the Schedule of Contracts and to each of the Servicer's
Certificates furnished before such request indicating removal of Contracts from
the Issuer.  Upon request, the Servicer shall furnish a copy of any list to the
Depositor.  The Owner Trustee shall hold any such list and Schedule of Contracts
for examination by interested parties during normal business hours at the
Corporate Trust Office upon reasonable notice by such Persons of their desire to
conduct an examination.

          (h)  The Depositor and the Servicer shall deliver to the Owner Trustee
and the Indenture Trustee simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and of each amendment thereto and upon the occurrence of the events
giving rise to an obligation to give notice pursuant to Section 9.2(b) or (c),
an Opinion of Counsel either (a) stating that, in the opinion of such Counsel,
all financing statements and continuation statements have been executed and
filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the
Issuer and the Indenture Trustee in the Contracts and the other Trust Property,
and reciting the details of such filings or referring to prior Opinions of
Counsel in which such details are given, or (b) stating that, in the opinion of
such counsel, no such action is necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

          (i)  The Servicer shall deliver to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture
Trustee, within 90 days after the beginning of each calendar year beginning with
the first calendar year beginning more than three months after the date of
execution and delivery of this Agreement, an Opinion of Counsel, either (a)
stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all financing statements and
continuation statements have been executed and filed that are necessary fully to
preserve and protect the interest of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee in the
Contracts, and reciting the details of such filings or referring to prior
Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or (b) stating that, in the
opinion of


                                         -49-

<PAGE>

such counsel, no action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such
interest.

          SECTION 9.3.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO
THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND
REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH SUCH LAWS.

          SECTION 9.4.  SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.  If any one or more of the
covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any
reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or
terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements,
provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or
enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the Equity
Certificates or the Notes or the respective rights of the Holders thereof.

          SECTION 9.5.  ASSIGNMENT.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Agreement, except as provided in Section 7.2 or Section 8.2
(and as provided in the provisions of the Agreement concerning the resignation
of the Servicer), this Agreement may not be assigned by the Depositor or the
Servicer without the prior written consent of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture
Trustee, a Note Majority, an Equity Certificate Majority and the Equipment
Certificateholder.

          SECTION 9.6.  THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  This Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or
implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their
successors hereunder, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or
claim under this Agreement.

          SECTION 9.7.  COUNTERPARTS.  For the purpose of facilitating its
execution and for other purposes, this Agreement may be executed simultaneously
in any number of counterparts, each of which counterparts shall be deemed to be
an original, and all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same
instrument.

          SECTION 9.8.  INTENTION OF PARTIES.  The parties hereto intend that,
in the event that the conveyance of the Contracts and other Trust Assets
pursuant to this Agreement is determined to be made as security for a loan made
by the Issuer, the Equity Certificateholders or the Noteholders to the
Depositor, the Depositor intends that it shall have granted to the Owner Trustee
a first priority security interest in all of the Depositor's right, title and
interest in and to the Trust Property conveyed to the Issuer pursuant to Section
2.1 of this Agreement, and that this Agreement shall constitute a security
agreement under applicable law.

          SECTION 9.9.  NOTICES.  All demands, notices and communications under
this Agreement shall be in writing, personally delivered or mailed by certified
mail-return


                                         -50-

<PAGE>

receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a)
in the case of TCC, the Depositor or the Servicer, at the following address:

        , with copies to:
                                       , (b) in the case of the Owner Trustee,
at
               , and (c) in the case of the Indenture Trustee, at
                                                                              ,
or at such other address as shall be designated by any such party in a written
notice to the other parties.

          SECTION 9.10.  Limitation of Liability.  It is expressly understood
and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this Agreement is executed and
delivered by                                                     , not
individually or personally but solely as Owner Trustee of the Issuer under the
Trust Agreement, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and
vested in it, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements
herein made on the part of the Issuer is made and intended not as personal
representations, undertakings and agreements by ________________ but is made and
intended for the purpose for binding only the Issuer, (c) nothing herein
contained shall be construed as creating any liability on ____________
_________, individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed
or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived
by the parties to this Agreement and by any person claiming by, through or under
them and (d) under no circumstances shall ________________ be personally liable
for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable for
the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant
made or undertaken by the Issuer under this Agreement or any related documents.

                               [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


                                         -51-

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer, the Depositor, TCC, the Servicer and the
  Indenture Trustee have caused this Transfer and Servicing Agreement to be duly
     executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above
     written.

                                        ISSUER:
                                        CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES
                                          TRUST 1996-1

                                        By                                     ,
                                             ----------------------------------


                                             not in its individual capacity but
                                             solely as Owner Trustee

                                        By
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

                                        DEPOSITOR:
                                        ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION

                                        By
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

                                        AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION
                                        In its individual capacity and as
                                        Servicer

                                        By
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

                                        INDENTURE TRUSTEE:

                                        ---------------------------------------

                                             not in its individual capacity but
                                             solely as Indenture Trustee

                                        By
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Name:
                                             Title:



                                         -52-

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT A-1


                             SCHEDULE OF LEASE CONTRACTS


                                        A-2-53

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT A-2


                              SCHEDULE OF LOAN CONTRACTS


                                        A-2-54

<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT B


                            FORM OF SERVICER'S CERTIFICATE


B-55

<PAGE>










                      CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1

                        ____% RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A
                        ____% RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS B
                        ____%RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS C







                                      INDENTURE


                           DATED AS OF  SEPTEMBER ___, 1996








                        -------------------------------------
                        -------------------------------------
                                       TRUSTEE





<PAGE>

                                CROSS REFERENCE TABLE

  TIA                                                             Indenture
Section                                                            Section
- -------                                                           ---------

310(a)(1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6.11
   (a)(2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6.11
   (a)(3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6.10
   (a)(4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  N.A.2
   (a)(5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6.11
   (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6.08; 6.11
   (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  N.A.
311(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6.12
   (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6.12
   (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  N.A.
312(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7.01
   (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7.02
   (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7.02
313(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7.04
   (b)(1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7.04
   (b)(2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7.04
   (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11.05
   (d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7.04
314(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7.03
   (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3.06; 11.15
   (c)(1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11.01
   (c)(2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11.01
   (c)(3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11.01
   (d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11.01
   (e) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11.01
   (f) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11.01
315(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6.01
   (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6.05; 11.05
   (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6.01
   (d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6.01
   (e) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5.14
316(a)(last sentence). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1.01
   (a)(1)(A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5.12
   (a)(1)(B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5.13
   (a)(2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  N.A.
   (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5.08
   (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  N.A.
317(a)(1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5.03
   (a)(2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5.03
   (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3.03
318(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11.07

1Note:  This Cross Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be
part of this Indenture.
2N.A. means Not Applicable.

<PAGE>

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
ARTICLE I      Definitions and Incorporation by Reference  . . . . . . .    3
     SECTION 1.01.   Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3
     SECTION 1.02.   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .   23
     SECTION 1.03.   Rules of Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23

ARTICLE II     The Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
     SECTION 2.01.   Form  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
     SECTION 2.02.   Execution, Authentication and Delivery  . . . . . .   25
     SECTION 2.03.   Temporary Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
     SECTION 2.04.   Registration; Registration of Transfer and 
                     Exchange  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
     SECTION 2.05.   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes  . . . .   27
     SECTION 2.06.   Person Deemed Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
     SECTION 2.07.   Payment of Principal and Interest; Defaulted
                     Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
     SECTION 2.08.   Cancellation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
     SECTION 2.09.   Book-Entry Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30
     SECTION 2.10.   Notices to Depository . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
     SECTION 2.11.   Definitive Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
     SECTION 2.12.   Calculations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31

ARTICLE III    Covenants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32
     SECTION 3.01.   Payment of Principal and Interest . . . . . . . . .   32
     SECTION 3.02.   Maintenance of Office or Agency . . . . . . . . . .   32
     SECTION 3.03.   Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust  . . . . . .   32
     SECTION 3.04.   Existence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34
     SECTION 3.05.   Protection of Trust Estate  . . . . . . . . . . . .   34
     SECTION 3.06.   Opinions as to Trust Estate . . . . . . . . . . . .   35
     SECTION 3.07.   Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Contracts    35
     SECTION 3.08.   Negative Covenants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   36
     SECTION 3.09.   Annual Statement as to Compliance . . . . . . . . .   37
     SECTION 3.10.   Issuer May Consolidate or Merge Only on
                     Certain Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38
     SECTION 3.11.   Successor or Transferee . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   40
     SECTION 3.12.   No Other Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   40
     SECTION 3.13.   No Borrowing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   40
     SECTION 3.14.   Servicer's Obligations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   40
     SECTION 3.15.   Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities .   40
     SECTION 3.17.   Restricted Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   41
     SECTION 3.18.   Notice of Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . .   41
     SECTION 3.19.   Further Instruments and Acts  . . . . . . . . . . .   41
     SECTION 3.20.   Compliance with Laws  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   41
     SECTION 3.21.   Amendments of Transfer and Servicing Agreement
                     and Trust Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   42
- -3-

<PAGE>

ARTICLE IV     Satisfaction and Discharge  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43
     SECTION 4.01.   Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture . . . . . .   43
     SECTION 4.02.   Application of Trust Money  . . . . . . . . . . . .   44
     SECTION 4.03.   Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent  . . . . .   44
     SECTION 4.04.   Release of Trust Estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45

ARTICLE V      Remedies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   46
     SECTION 5.01.   Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   46
     SECTION 5.02.   Rights upon Event of Default  . . . . . . . . . . .   47
     SECTION 5.03.   Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement
                     by Trustee; Authority of Trustee  . . . . . . . . .   47
     SECTION 5.04.   Remedies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   49
     SECTION 5.05.   Optional Preservation of the Contracts  . . . . . .   50
     SECTION 5.06.   Priorities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   50
     SECTION 5.07.   Limitation of Suits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   51
     SECTION 5.08.   Unconditional Rights of Noteholders To Receive  . .
                     Principal and Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   52
     SECTION 5.09.   Restoration of Rights and Remedies  . . . . . . . .   52
     SECTION 5.10.   Rights and Remedies Cumulative  . . . . . . . . . .   53
     SECTION 5.11.   Delay or Omission Not a Waiver  . . . . . . . . . .   53
     SECTION 5.12.   Control by Noteholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   53
     SECTION 5.13.   Waiver of Past Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   53
     SECTION 5.14.   Undertaking for Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   54
     SECTION 5.15.   Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws  . . . . . . . . .   54
     SECTION 5.16.   Action on Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   54
     SECTION 5.17.   Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations    55

ARTICLE VI     The Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   56
     SECTION 6.01.   Duties of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   56
     SECTION 6.02.   Rights of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   58
     SECTION 6.03.   Individual Rights of Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . .   59
     SECTION 6.04.   Trustee's Disclaimer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   59
     SECTION 6.05.   Notice of Defaults  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   60
     SECTION 6.06.   Reports by Trustee to Holders . . . . . . . . . . .   60
     SECTION 6.07.   Compensation and Indemnity  . . . . . . . . . . . .   60
     SECTION 6.08.   Replacement of Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   60
     SECTION 6.09.   Successor Trustee by Merger . . . . . . . . . . . .   62
     SECTION 6.10.   Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee . . .   62
     SECTION 6.11.   Eligibility; Disqualification . . . . . . . . . . .   64
     SECTION 6.12.   Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer  .   64
     SECTION 6.13.   Representations and Warranties of the Trustee . . .   64
     SECTION 6.14.   Servicer's Obligations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   64


- -4-

<PAGE>

ARTICLE VII    Noteholders' Lists and Reports  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   65
     SECTION 7.01.   Issuer To Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses
                     to Noteholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   65
     SECTION 7.02.   Preservation of Information; Communications to 
                     Noteholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   65
     SECTION 7.03.   Reports by Issuer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   65
     SECTION 7.04.   Reports by Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   66
     SECTION 7.05.   Statements to Noteholders and Equity 
                     Certificateholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   66

ARTICLE VIII   Trust Accounts, Disbursements and Releases  . . . . . . .   69
     SECTION 8.01.   Collection of Money . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   69
     SECTION 8.02.   Collection Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   69
     SECTION 8.03.   Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   69
     SECTION 8.04.   Note Distribution Account . . . . . . . . . . . . .   70
     SECTION 8.05.   Escrow Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   71
     SECTION 8.06.   Cash Collateral Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   72
     SECTION 8.07.   General Provisions Regarding Trust Accounts and 
                     Cash Collateral Account   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   73

ARTICLE IX     Supplemental Indentures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   76
     SECTION 9.01.   Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of  . . . .
                     Noteholders or Equity Certificateholders  . . . . .   76
     SECTION 9.02.   Supplemental Indentures With Consent of . . . . . .
                     Noteholders and Equity Certificateholders . . . . .   77
     SECTION 9.03.   Execution of Supplemental Indentures  . . . . . . .   79
     SECTION 9.04.   Effect of Supplemental Indenture  . . . . . . . . .   79
     SECTION 9.05.   Conformity With Trust Indenture Act . . . . . . . .   79
     SECTION 9.06.   Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures . . .   80

ARTICLE X      Redemption of Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   81
     SECTION 10.01.  Redemption  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   81
     SECTION 10.02.  Form of Redemption Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . .   81
     SECTION 10.03.  Notes Payable on Redemption Date  . . . . . . . . .   82

ARTICLE XI     Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   83
     SECTION 11.01.  Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc.. . . . .   83
     SECTION 11.02.  Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee  . . . . . .   85
     SECTION 11.03.  Acts of Noteholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   86
     SECTION 11.04.  Notices, etc., to Trustee, Issuer and Rating
                     Agencies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   86
     SECTION 11.05.  Notices to Noteholders; Waiver  . . . . . . . . . .   87
     SECTION 11.06.  Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions . . . . . .   88
     SECTION 11.07.  Conflict with Trust Indenture Act . . . . . . . . .   88
     SECTION 11.08.  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents  . . . . .   88
     SECTION 11.09.  Successors and Assigns  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   88
     SECTION 11.10.  Severability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   88


- -5-
<PAGE>

     SECTION 11.11.  Benefits of Indenture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   88
     SECTION 11.12.  Legal Holidays  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   89
     SECTION 11.13.  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   89
     SECTION 11.14.  Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   89
     SECTION 11.15.  Recording of Indenture  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   89
     SECTION 11.16.  Trust Obligation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   89
     SECTION 11.17.  No Petition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   89
     SECTION 11.18.  Inspection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   90
     SECTION 11.19.  Limitation of Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   90

Testimonium, Signatures and Seals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   91


Exhibit A      Schedule of Contracts
Exhibit B      Form of Depository Agreement
Exhibit C-1    Form of Class A Note
Exhibit C-2    Form of Class B Note
Exhibit C-3    Form of Class C Note







- -6-

<PAGE>

         INDENTURE, dated as of September ___, 1996, between CAPITA EQUIPMENT
RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1, a trust formed pursuant to the laws of the State of
New York (the "Issuer"), and ___________________________, a ___________________,
in its capacity as Trustee (the "Trustee").

         Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Issuer's ______%
Receivable-Backed Notes, Class A (the "Class A Notes"), ______%
Receivable-Backed Notes, Class B (the "Class B Notes") and ______%
Receivable-Backed Notes, Class C (the "Class C Notes" and, together with the
Class A Notes and the Class B Notes, the "Notes"):

         As security for the payment and performance by the Issuer of its
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, the Issuer hereby Grants to the
Trustee at the Closing Date, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Noteholders
to secure the performance of the Secured Obligations, the following
(collectively, the "Trust Estate"):

                             GRANTING CLAUSE FIRST

         All rights, title, interest and privileges of the Issuer in and to:

         (a)  the amounts on deposit in (and Eligible Investments allocated to)
    the Escrow Account;

         (b)  the Contracts and (subject to the rights of the Equipment
    Certificateholder therein, as set forth in the Transfer and Servicing
    Agreement) the related Equipment (including all rights, if any, the Issuer
    may have against vendors of the Equipment);

         (c)  the Pledged Revenues;

         (d)  the Trust Accounts;

         (e)  the Cash Collateral Account;

         (f)  the Transfer and Servicing Agreement;

         (g)  the Purchase Agreement; and

         (h)  all present and future claims, demands, causes and choses in
    action in respect of any or all of the foregoing and all payments on or
    under and all proceeds of every kind and nature whatsoever in respect of
    any or all of the foregoing, including all proceeds of the conversion,
    voluntary or involuntary, into cash or other liquid property, all cash
    proceeds, accounts, accounts receivables, notes, drafts, acceptances,
    chattel paper, checks, deposit accounts, insurance proceeds, condemnation
    awards, rights to payment of any and every kind and other forms of
    obligations and receivables, instruments and other property which at any
    time constitute all or part of or are included in the proceeds of any of
    the foregoing.


- -7-
<PAGE>


                                GRANTING CLAUSE SECOND

         All other property of every name and nature from time to time
hereafter by delivery or by writing of any kind conveyed, pledged, assigned or
transferred, as and for additional security hereunder by the Issuer or by anyone
in its behalf or with its written consent to the Trustee, which is hereby
authorized to receive any and all such property at any and all times and to hold
and apply the same subject to the terms hereof.

The Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, acknowledges such
Grant.  The Trustee, on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, accepts the trusts
under this Indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and
agrees to perform its duties required in this Indenture to the best of its
ability to the end that the interests of the Holders of the Notes may be
adequately and effectively protected.








- -8-

<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE I

                      DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

         SECTION 1.01.  DEFINITIONS.

         All terms defined in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Trust
Agreement or the Cash Collateral Account Agreement (each as defined below) shall
have the same meaning in this Indenture.  Except as otherwise specified herein
or as the context may otherwise require, the following terms have the respective
meanings set forth below for all purposes of this Indenture.

         "ACCOUNTING DATE" means, with respect to a Payment Date, the last day
of the related Collection Period.

         "ACT" has the meaning specified in Section 11.03(a).

         "AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other
Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified
Person.  For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect
to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of
such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

         "AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE" means, as of any date, the aggregate of
the Principal Balances of each Class of Notes.

         "AMOUNT AVAILABLE" means, with respect to any Payment Date, the sum of
(i) the Available Pledged Revenues for such Payment Date, and (ii) that portion
of the balance in the Cash Collateral Account available for withdrawal by  the
Trustee in accordance with Section 8.06(c).

         "AUTHORIZED OFFICER" means, with respect to the Issuer, any officer of
the Owner Trustee who is authorized to act for the Owner Trustee in matters
relating to the Issuer and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers
delivered by the Owner Trustee to the Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list
may be modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter).

         "AVAILABLE CASH COLLATERAL AMOUNT" means, with respect to a Payment
Date, the amount of funds equal to the lesser of (i) the amount on deposit in
the Cash Collateral Account (determined (a) exclusive of any net investment
earnings thereon, and (b) before giving effect to any deposit to be made to or
withdrawals from the Cash Collateral Account with respect to such Payment Date),
and (ii) the Requisite Cash Collateral Amount.

         "AVAILABLE PLEDGED REVENUES" means, with respect to any Payment Date,
the sum of (i) the Related Collection Period Pledged Revenues for such Payment
Date, (ii) all

- -9-
<PAGE>

Purchase Amounts (other than any portion thereof attributable to the Book Value
of the Equipment) on deposit in the Collection Account as of the preceding
Deposit Date, (iii) the amount paid by the Depositor to purchase the Contracts
and the Equipment pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement (other than any portion thereof attributable to the Book Value of the
Equipment) on deposit in the Collection Account as of the preceding Deposit
Date, (iv) all net income from investments of funds in the Collection Account
and the Note Distribution Account during the related Collection Period, and (v)
to the extent necessary to pay the Note Interest Distributable Amount and the
Equity Certificate Interest Distributable Amount for such Payment Date, the
Current Collection Period Pledged Revenues for such Payment Date.

         "BOOK-ENTRY NOTE" means any Note registered in the name of the
Depository or its nominee, ownership of which is reflected on the books of the
Depository or on the books of a person maintaining an account with such
Depository (directly or as an indirect participant in accordance with the rules
of such Depository).

         "BUSINESS DAY" means any day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal
holiday) on which commercial banking institutions in New York, New York, and
are open for regular business.

         "CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT" means the Eligible Account established and
maintained by the Trustee in accordance with Section 8.06.

         "CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT AGREEMENT" means the Loan Agreement, dated as
of September ____________ 1996, among the Depositor, the Owner Trustee, the
Trustee, the Cash Collateral Account Lenders and the Cash Collateral Account
Lenders' Agent, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
in accordance with the terms thereof.

         "CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT LENDERS" means the Depositor and the other
parties identified as lenders in the Cash Collateral Account Agreement.

         "CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT LENDERS' AGENT" means the party identified as
agent for the Cash Collateral Account Lenders in the Cash Collateral Account
Agreement.

         "CLASS" means, when used with respect to the Notes, all Notes of a
given Class.

         "CLASS A INTEREST CARRYOVER SHORTFALL" means, with respect to any
Payment Date, the excess, if any, of the Class A Interest Distributable Amount
for the preceding Payment Date over the amount that was actually distributed in
respect of interest on the Class A Notes on such preceding Payment Date, plus,
to the extent permitted by law, one month's interest on such excess at the Class
A Interest Rate, computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve
30-day months.

         "CLASS A INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any
Payment Date, the sum of the Class A Monthly Interest Distributable Amount and
the

- -10-
<PAGE>

Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Payment Date.

         "CLASS A INTEREST RATE" means ______% per annum.

         "CLASS A MONTHLY INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to
any Payment Date, one month's interest (or, in the case of the first interest
period, interest accrued from and including ___________________________ to but
excluding October _______, 1996) at the Class A Interest Rate on the Principal
Balance of the Class A Notes on the immediately preceding Payment Date (or, in
the case of the first interest period, on the Closing Date), after giving effect
to all payments of principal to Class A Noteholders on or prior to such
immediately preceding Payment Date, computed on the basis of a 360-day year
comprised of twelve 30-day months.

         "CLASS A NOTES" means the ______% Receivable-Backed Notes, Class A,
substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1.

         "CLASS A SCHEDULED MATURITY DATE" means _______________________ (or,
if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day thereafter).

         "CLASS B INTEREST CARRYOVER SHORTFALL"means, with respect to any
Payment Date, the excess, if any, of the Class B Interest Distributable Amount
for the preceding Payment Date over the amount that was actually distributed in
respect of interest on the Class B Notes on such preceding Payment Date, plus,
to the extent permitted by law, one month's interest on such excess at the Class
B Interest Rate, computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve
30-day months.

         "CLASS B INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any
Payment Date, the sum of the Class B Monthly Interest Distributable Amount and
the Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Payment Date.

         "CLASS B INTEREST RATE" means ______% per annum.

         "CLASS B MONTHLY INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to
any Payment Date, one month's interest (or, in the case of the first interest
period, interest accrued from and including __________________________ to but
excluding October _________, 1996) at the Class B Interest Rate on the Principal
Balance of the Class B Notes on the immediately preceding Payment Date (or, in
the case of the first interest period, on the Closing Date), after giving effect
to all payments of principal to Class B Noteholders on or prior to such
immediately preceding Payment Date, computed on the basis of a 360-day year
comprised of twelve 30-day months.

         "CLASS B NOTES" means the ______% Receivable-Backed Notes, Class B,
substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2.

         "CLASS B SCHEDULED MATURITY DATE" means ______________________ (or, if
such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day thereafter).


- -11-
<PAGE>

         "CLASS C INTEREST CARRYOVER SHORTFALL" means, with respect to any
Payment Date, the excess, if any, of the Class C Interest Distributable Amount
for the preceding Payment Date over the amount that was actually distributed in
respect of interest on the Class C Notes on such preceding Payment Date, plus,
to the extent permitted by law, one month's interest on such excess at the Class
C Interest Rate, computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve
30-day months.

         "CLASS C INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any
Payment Date, the sum of the Class C Monthly Interest Distributable Amount and
the Class C Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Payment Date.

         "CLASS C INTEREST RATE" means the ______% per annum.

         "CLASS C MONTHLY INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to
any Payment Date, one month's interest (or, in the case of the first interest
period, interest accrued from and including ____________________________ to but
excluding October ____, 1996) at the Class C Interest Rate on the Principal
Balance of the Class C Notes on the immediately preceding Payment Date (or, in
the case of the first interest period, on the Closing Date), after giving effect
to all payments of principal to Class C Noteholders on or prior to such
immediately preceding Payment Date, computed on the basis of a 360-day year
comprised of twelve 30-day months.

         "CLASS C NOTES" means the ______% Receivable-Backed Notes, Class C,
substantially in the form of Exhibit C-3.

         "CLASS C SCHEDULED MATURITY DATE" means ___________________ (or, if
such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day thereafter).

         "CLOSING DATE" means September __, 1996.

         "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
to time, and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

         "COLLECTION ACCOUNT" means the Eligible Account or Accounts
established and maintained by the Trustee in accordance with Section 8.02.

         "COLLECTION PERIOD" means, with respect to any Payment Date, the
calendar month preceding the month in which such Payment Date occurs (such
calendar month being referred to as the "related" Collection Period with respect
to such Payment Date).  With respect to an Accounting Date, the calendar month
in which such Accounting Date occurs is referred to herein as the "related"
Collection Period to such Accounting Date.

         "CONTRACT POOL PRINCIPAL BALANCE" means, with respect to any Payment
Date, the sum of the Contract Principal Balances (computed as of the related
Accounting Date) for all Contracts.

         "CONTRACT PRINCIPAL BALANCE" means, as of any Accounting Date:


- -12-
<PAGE>

         (i) in the case of a Lease Contract, the present value of the unpaid
    Scheduled Payments due on such Lease Contract after such Accounting Date
    (excluding all Scheduled Payments due on or prior to, but not received as
    of, such Accounting Date, as well as any Scheduled Payments due after, but
    received as of, such Accounting Date) discounted monthly at the rate of
    ___% per annum (assuming, for purposes of such calculation, that each
    Scheduled Payment is due on the last day of the applicable Collection
    Period); and

         (ii) in the case of a Loan Contract, the unpaid principal balance of
    such Loan Contract as of such Accounting Date (after giving effect to any
    Scheduled Payments due on or prior to such Accounting Date, whether or not
    received, as well as any Prepayments, and any Scheduled Payments due after
    such Accounting Date, received as of such Accounting Date);


PROVIDED that (a) for purposes of computing the Monthly Principal Amount for a
given Payment Date (as well as all Payment Dates thereafter), the Contract
Principal Balance of any Contract which became a Liquidated Contract during the
related Collection Period or was required to be purchased by TCC as of the last
day of the related Collection Period in accordance with Section 2.6 of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, will be deemed to be zero on and after the
last day of such Collection Period, and (b) for purposes of computing the
Requisite Cash Collateral Amount for a given Payment Date (as well as all
Payment Dates thereafter), the Contract Principal Balance of any Contract which
became a Liquidated Contract (other than by virtue of clause (ii) of the
definition thereof) during the related Collection Period or became a Purchased
Contract as of the related Deposit Date, will be deemed to be zero on and after
the last day of the related Collection Period.

         "CONTRACTS" means the Lease Contracts and the Loan Contracts.

         "CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE" means the principal office of the Trustee at
which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered,
which office at date of the execution of this Agreement is located at _________
________________________________,  Attention:  Corporate Trust Department; or at
such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to
the Noteholders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any
successor Trustee (the address of which the successor Trustee will notify the
Noteholders and the Issuer).

         "CURRENT COLLECTION PERIOD PLEDGED REVENUES" means, with respect to
any Payment Date, the amount of Pledged Revenues in the Collection Account as of
the preceding Deposit Date which were received by the Servicer after the related
Collection Period, including all Liquidation Proceeds so received but excluding
any Purchase Amounts.

         "CURRENT REALIZED LOSSES" means, with respect to any Payment Date, the
aggregate Liquidation Losses of all Contracts that became Liquidated Contracts
during the related Collection Period.

         "CUT-OFF DATE" means September 1, 1996.


- -13-
<PAGE>

         "CUT-OFF DATE CONTRACT POOL PRINCIPAL BALANCE" is $________.

         "DEFAULT" means any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of
time or both would become, an Event of Default.

         "DEPOSIT DATE" means, with respect to any Collection Period, the
Business Day immediately preceding the related Determination Date.

         "DEFINITIVE NOTES" means any Note evidenced by a definitive, fully
registered Note and any Note issued in lieu of a Book-Entry Note pursuant to
Section 2.09.

         "DEPOSITOR" means Antigua Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

         "DEPOSITORY" means the initial Depository, The Depository Trust
Company, the nominee of which is Cede & Co., as the registered Holder of
$________ in aggregate principal amount of the Class A Notes, $________ in
aggregate principal amount of the Class B Notes and $________ in aggregate
principal amount of the Class C Notes as of the Closing Date, and any permitted
successor depository.  The Depository shall at all times be a "clearing
corporation" as defined in Section 8-102(3) of the Uniform Commercial Code of
the State of New York.

         "DEPOSITORY AGREEMENT" means the agreement among the Issuer, the
Trustee and The Depository Trust Company, as the initial Depository, dated as of
the Closing Date, relating to the Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

         "DEPOSITORY PARTICIPANT" means a broker, dealer, bank or other
financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Depository
effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the
Depository.

         "DETERMINATION DATE" means, with respect to any Collection Period, the
__________ Business Day immediately preceding the related Payment Date.

         "DUFF & PHELPS" means Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co., or any
successor thereto.

         "ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT" means (i) an account maintained at an Eligible
Institution; (ii) an account or accounts the deposits in which are fully insured
by either the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund of
the FDIC; (iii) a trust account (which shall be a "segregated trust account")
maintained with the corporate trust department of a federal or state chartered
depository institution or trust company with trust powers and acting in its
fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Trustee, which depository institution
or trust company (or, if such depository institution or trust company is a
subsidiary of a bank holding company, such bank holding company) shall have
capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and the securities of such
depository institution or trust company (or, if such depository institution or
trust company is a subsidiary of a bank holding company and has no securities
which are rated, the securities of such bank holding company) shall have a
credit rating from each of the Rating Agencies

- -14-
<PAGE>

(if rated by such Rating Agency) in one of its generic credit rating categories
which signifies investment grade; or (iv) an account that will not cause any
Rating Agency to downgrade or withdraw its then-current rating assigned to the
Notes or the Equity Certificates, as confirmed in writing by such Rating Agency.

         "ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION" means any depository institution (which may be
the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee) organized under the laws of the
United States or any state, the deposits of which are insured to the full extent
permitted by law by the Bank Insurance Fund of the FDIC, which is subject to
supervision and examination by federal or state authorities and whose short-term
deposits, commercial paper or other short-term debt obligations have been rated
at least P-1 by Moody's, A-1+ by S&P, F-1 by Fitch (if rated by Fitch) and D-1
by Duff & Phelps  (if rated by Duff & Phelps) or whose unsecured long-term debt
has been rated in one of the two highest rating categories by each Rating Agency
(if rated by such Rating Agency).

         "ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS" means any one or more of the following types of
investments:

         (i)  direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to
    timely receipt of principal and interest by, the United States of America,
    or any agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the
    obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United
    States of America;

         (ii) (A) demand and time deposits in, certificates of deposit of,
    bankers' acceptances issued by, or federal funds sold by any depository
    institution or trust company (including the Trustee or any Affiliate of the
    Trustee, acting in its commercial capacity) incorporated under the laws of
    the United States of America or any state thereof and subject to
    supervision and examination by federal or state authorities, so long as, at
    the time of such investment or contractual commitment providing for such
    investment, the short-term deposits, commercial paper or other short-term
    debt obligations of such depository institution or trust company are rated
    at least P-1 by Moody's, A-1+ by S&P, F-1 by Fitch (if rated by Fitch) and
    D-1 by Duff & Phelps (if rated by Duff & Phelps); and (B) any other demand
    or time deposit or certificate of deposit which is fully insured by the
    Bank Insurance Fund of the FDIC;

         (iii)     shares of an investment company registered under the
    Investment Company Act of 1940, whose shares are registered under the
    Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and have a rating from each of the
    Rating Agencies in its highest rating category;

         (iv) repurchase obligations with respect to (A) any security described
    in clause (i) above or (B) any other security issued or guaranteed by an
    agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, in either case
    entered into with a depository institution or trust company (acting as
    principal) described in clause (ii)(A) above;


- -15-
<PAGE>

         (v)  securities bearing interest or sold at a discount issued by any
    corporation incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or
    any state thereof which, at the time of such investment, have a credit
    rating of at least Aa3 from Moody's, AAA from S&P, AA from Fitch (if rated
    by Fitch) and ___________ from Duff & Phelps (if rated by Duff & Phelps);
    PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that securities issued by any particular corporation
    will not be Eligible Investments to the extent that investment therein will
    cause the then outstanding principal amount of securities issued by such
    corporation and held as part of a given Trust Account to exceed 10% of
    amounts held in such Trust Account;

         (vi) commercial paper having a rating of at least P-1 by Moody's, A-1+
    by S&P, F-1 by Fitch (if rated by Fitch) and          by Duff & Phelps (if
    rated by Duff & Phelps) at the time of such investment; and

         (vii)any other investment which will not cause any Rating Agency to
    downgrade or withdraw its then-current rating assigned to the Notes or the
    Equity Certificates, as confirmed in writing by such Rating Agency.

Eligible Investments may be purchased by or through the Trustee or any of its
Affiliates.

         "EQUIPMENT" means, with respect to any Contract, the property which is
leased or purchased pursuant to such Contract, or which otherwise provides
security for the payment of amounts payable thereunder.

         "EQUITY CERTIFICATE INTEREST CARRYOVER SHORTFALL" means, with respect
to any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of the Equity Certificate Interest
Distributable Amount for the preceding Payment Date over the amount that was
actually distributed in respect of interest on the Equity Certificates on such
preceding Payment Date, plus, to the extent permitted by law, one month's
interest on such excess at the Equity Certificate Interest Rate, computed on the
basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

         "EQUITY CERTIFICATE INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect
to any Payment Date, the sum of the Equity Certificate Monthly Interest
Distributable Amount and the Equity Certificate Interest Carryover Shortfall for
such Payment Date.

         "EQUITY CERTIFICATE INTEREST RATE" means _________ % per annum.

         "EQUITY CERTIFICATE MONTHLY INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with
respect to any Payment Date, one month's interest (or, in the case of the first
interest period, interest accrued from and including _______________________
to but excluding October ________, 1996) at the Equity Certificate Interest
Rate on the Principal Balance of the Equity Certificates on the immediately
preceding Payment Date (or, in the case of the first interest period, on the
Closing Date), after giving effect to all payments of principal to Equity
Certificateholders on or prior to such immediately preceding Payment Date,
computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

         "EQUITY CERTIFICATE POOL FACTOR" means, with respect to any Payment
Date

- -16-
<PAGE>

and the Equity Certificates, an eight-digit decimal figure equal to the
Principal Balance of the Equity Certificates as of such Payment Date (after
giving effect to all distributions on such date) divided by the original
Principal Balance of the Equity Certificates.

         "EQUITY CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with
respect to any Payment Date (other than the Equity Certificate Scheduled
Maturity Date), the Equity Certificateholders' Percentage of the Monthly
Principal Amount for such Payment Date.  The "Equity Certificate Principal
Distributable Amount" on the Equity Certificate Scheduled Maturity Date will
equal the Principal Balance of the Equity Certificates as of such Scheduled
Maturity Date.  In no event may the Equity Certificate Principal Distributable
Amount for any Payment Date exceed the Principal Balance of the Equity
Certificates immediately prior to such Payment Date.

         "EQUITY CERTIFICATE SCHEDULED MATURITY DATE" means
 (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day
thereafter).

         "EQUITY CERTIFICATEHOLDER" means the holder of an Equity Certificate.
The Trustee shall, until receipt of written notice from the Owner Trustee to the
contrary, be entitled to treat the _____________________ [Revolver Trustee] as
the holder of all Equity Certificates for all purposes of this Indenture.  In
the event that the Issuer is terminated pursuant to Section 9.1(b) of the Trust
Agreement and the Equity Certificates are canceled, all rights hereunder
provided in respect of the Equity Certificates (including the right to receive
distributions of principal, interest and other amounts described herein) shall
automatically vest in the successor in interest to the Equity
Certificateholders, as such successor in interest shall be identified to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee.

         "EQUITY CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' PERCENTAGE" means, with respect to any
Payment Date, 100% minus the Noteholders' Percentage as of such Payment Date.

         "ESCROW ACCOUNT" means the Eligible Account or Accounts established
and maintained pursuant to Section 8.05.

         "EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.

         "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         "EXECUTIVE OFFICER" means, with respect to any corporation, the Chief
Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President,
Executive Vice President, any Vice President, any Responsible Officer, the
Secretary or the Treasurer of such corporation; and with respect to any
partnership, any general partner thereof.

         "FITCH" means Fitch Investors Service, L.P., or any successor thereto.

         "GRANT" means mortgage, pledge, bargain, sell, warrant, alienate,
remise, release, convey, assign, transfer, create, and grant a lien upon and a
security interest in and right of set-off against, deposit, set over and confirm
pursuant to this Indenture.  A Grant of the Trust Estate or of any other
agreement or instrument shall include all rights, powers


- -17-
<PAGE>

and options (but none of the obligations) of the Granting party thereunder,
including the immediate and continuing right to claim for, collect, receive and
give receipt for principal and interest payments in respect of the Trust Estate
and all other moneys payable thereunder, to give and receive notices and other
communications, to make waivers or other agreements, to exercise all rights and
options, to bring Proceedings in the name of the Granting party or otherwise and
generally to do and receive anything that the Granting party is or may be
entitled to do or receive thereunder or with respect thereto.

         "HOLDER" or "NOTEHOLDER" means the Person in whose name a Note is
registered on the Note Register.

         "INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to any Person at any time, (a)
indebtedness or liability of such Person for borrowed money whether or not
evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other instruments, or for the deferred
purchase price of property or services (including trade obligations); (b)
obligations of such Person as lessee under leases which should have been or
should be, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, recorded
as capital leases; (c) current liabilities of such Person in respect of unfunded
vested benefits under plans covered by Title IV of ERISA; (d) obligations issued
for or liabilities incurred on the account of such Person; (e) obligations or
liabilities of such Person arising under acceptance facilities; (f) obligations
of such Person under any guarantees, endorsements (other than for collection or
deposit in the ordinary course of business) and other contingent obligations to
purchase, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to invest in any Person
or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss; (g) obligations of such Person
secured by any lien on property or assets of such Person, whether or not the
obligations have been assumed by such Person; or (h) obligations of such Person
under any interest rate or currency exchange agreement.

         "INDENTURE" means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time
to time.

         "INDEPENDENT" means, when used with respect to any specified Person,
that the Person (a) is in fact independent of the Issuer, any other obligor upon
the Notes, the Depositor, the Servicer and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing
Persons, (b) does not have any direct financial interest or any material
indirect financial interest in the Issuer, any such other obligor, the
Depositor, the Servicer or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons and (c)
is not connected with the Issuer, any such other obligor, the Depositor, the
Servicer or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons as an officer,
employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, director or person performing
similar functions.

         "INDEPENDENT CERTIFICATE" means a certificate or opinion to be
delivered to the Trustee under the circumstances described in, and otherwise
complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.01, made by an
Independent appraiser or other expert appointed by an Issuer Order and approved
by the Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care, and such opinion or
certificate shall state that the signer has read the definition of "Independent"
in this Indenture and that the signer is Independent within the meaning thereof.


- -18-
<PAGE>

         "INTEREST RATE" means the Class A Interest Rate, the Class B Interest
Rate and the Class C Interest Rate, as applicable.

         "ISSUER" means the party named as such in this Indenture until a
successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of
any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on
the Notes.

         "ISSUER ORDER" and "ISSUER REQUEST" means a written order or request
signed in the name of the Issuer by any one of its Authorized Officers and
delivered to the Trustee.

         "LEASE CONTRACTS" means the lease contracts listed on Exhibit A-1 to
the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and all rights and obligations under such
contracts, including, without limitation, all monies at any time paid or payable
thereon or in respect thereof from and after the Cut-Off Date (whether in the
form of (i) Scheduled Payments (including those Scheduled Payments due prior to,
but not received as of, the Cut-Off Date, but excluding those Scheduled Payments
due on or after, but received prior to, the Cut-Off Date), (ii) Prepayments,
(iii) payments made after the original term of such contracts, (iv) payments to
be applied by the Servicer to the payment of insurance premiums, maintenance,
taxes or other similar obligations, (v) payments to be retained by the Servicer
in payment of Administrative Fees, or otherwise), and all rights of the lessor
in the related Equipment, Insurance Policies and any other security for the
payment of amounts due under such contracts.

         "LIEN" means any security interest, lien, charge, pledge, preference,
equity or encumbrance of any kind, including tax liens, mechanics' liens and any
liens that attach by operation of law.

         "LIQUIDATED CONTRACT" means, with respect to any Collection Period, a
Contract as to which, during such Collection Period, (i) the Servicer has
repossessed and disposed of the related Equipment, or otherwise collected all
proceeds (including any proceeds of insurance to be applied as described in
Section 3.4(c)(ii) of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement) which, in the
Servicer's reasonable judgment, can be collected under such Contract, following
a default thereunder or upon damage to or destruction of such Equipment (if such
Equipment is not to be replaced in accordance with Section 3.4(c)(i) of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement), or (ii) 10% or more of a Scheduled Payment
shall have become 180 days delinquent.

         "LIQUIDATION LOSS" means, with respect to any Liquidated Contract, the
amount, if any, by which (a) the Required Payoff Amount for such Liquidated
Contract as of the date such Contract became a Liquidated Contract exceeds (b)
that portion of the Liquidation Proceeds for such Liquidated Contract allocated
to the Notes and the Equity Certificates.

         "LIQUIDATION PROCEEDS" means, with respect to a Liquidated Contract,
all amounts realized with respect to such Contract (including any insurance
proceeds received with respect to damaged or destroyed Equipment which are not
to be applied to the repair,

- -19-
<PAGE>

restoration or replacement of such Equipment) net of (i) reasonable expenses
incurred by or on behalf of the Servicer in connection with the collection of
such Contract and the maintenance, repossession and disposition of the Equipment
(including taxes and insurance premiums, to the extent in excess of amounts
available therefor in the Insurance, Maintenance and Tax Accounts, as well as
attorneys' fees) and (ii) amounts that are required to be refunded to the
Obligor on such Contract; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Liquidation Proceeds with
respect to any Contract shall in no event be less than zero.  The Liquidation
Proceeds in respect of any Contract shall be allocated as follows:  (1) with
respect to any Loan Contract, all such Liquidation Proceeds shall be allocated
to the Notes and the Equity Certificates; and (2) with respect to any Lease
Contract, such Liquidation Proceeds shall be allocated pro rata between the
Notes and the Equity Certificates, on the one hand, and the Equipment
Certificate, on the other, based upon the Required Payoff Amount for such
Contract and the Book Value of the related Equipment, respectively; PROVIDED
that, in the event the Liquidation Proceeds in respect of any Lease Contract
exceed the sum of the Required Payoff Amount for such Contract and the Book
Value of the related Equipment, any such excess shall be allocated solely to the
Equipment Certificate.

         "LOAN CONTRACTS" means the installment sale contracts, promissory
notes, loan and security agreements and other similar types of receivables
listed on Exhibit A-2 to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and all rights and
obligations under such contracts, including, without limitation, all monies at
any time paid or payable thereon or in respect thereof from and after the
Cut-Off Date (whether in the form of (i) Scheduled Payments (including those
Scheduled Payments due prior to, but not received as of, the Cut-Off Date, but
excluding those Scheduled Payments due on or after, but received prior to, the
Cut-Off Date), (ii) Prepayments, (iii) payments made after the original term of
such contracts, (iv) payments to be applied by the Servicer to the payment of
insurance premiums, maintenance, taxes or other similar obligations, (v)
payments to be retained by the Servicer in payment of Administrative Fees, or
otherwise), and all rights of the secured party in the related Equipment,
Insurance Policies and any other security for the payment of amounts due under
such contracts.

         "MERGER" means the merger of TCC with and into Antigua Acquisition
Corporation.

         "MERGER CONSUMMATION DATE" means the date on which the Merger is
consummated.

         "MONTHLY PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" means, with respect to any Payment Date,
(i) the difference between (a) the Contract Pool Principal Balance as of the
last day of the Collection Period relating to the prior Payment Date (or, in the
case of the first Payment Date, the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal
Balance), and (b) the Contract Pool Principal Balance as of the last day of the
Collection Period relating to such Payment Date, plus (ii) any portion of the
Monthly Principal Amount for the prior Payment Date that was not distributed in
respect of principal on the Notes or the Equity Certificates, as appropriate, on
such prior Payment Date.


- -20-
<PAGE>

         "MOODY'S" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or any successor
thereto.

         "NOTE" means a Class A Note, Class B Note or Class C Note, as
applicable.

         "NOTE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT" means the Eligible Account or Accounts
established and maintained by the Trustee in accordance with Section 8.04.


         "NOTE INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any
Payment Date, the sum of the Class A Interest Distributable Amount, the Class B
Interest Distributable Amount and the Class C Interest Distributable Amount.

         "NOTE MAJORITY" means Holders representing a majority of the Principal
Balance of each Class of the Notes then Outstanding.

         "NOTE OWNER" means, with respect to a Book-Entry Note, the Person who
is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of
the Depository, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such
Depository (directly or as an indirect participant, in each case in accordance
with the rules of such Depository) and with respect to any Definitive Notes, the
Holder.


         "NOTE POOL FACTOR" means, with respect to any Payment Date and each
Class of Notes, an eight-digit decimal figure equal to the Principal Balance of
such Class of Notes as of such Payment Date (after giving effect to all
distributions on such date) divided by the original Principal Balance of such
Class of Notes.

         "NOTE PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any
Payment Date (other than the Scheduled Maturity Date with respect to any Class
of Notes), the Noteholders' Percentage of the Monthly Principal Amount for such
Payment Date.  The Note Principal Distributable Amount on the Scheduled Maturity
Date for any Class of Notes will equal the sum of (i) the Noteholders'
Percentage of the Monthly Principal Amount, plus (ii) the excess, if any, of the
Principal Balance of such Class of Notes over the amount in clause (i).  In no
event may the Note Principal Distributable Amount for any Payment Date exceed
the Principal Balance of the Notes immediately prior to such Payment Date.

         "NOTE REGISTER" and "NOTE REGISTRAR" have the respective meanings
specified in Section 2.04.

         "NOTEHOLDERS' PERCENTAGE" means, (i) with respect to any Payment Date
prior to the Payment Date on which the Principal Balance of the Equity
Certificates is reduced to $ ________________________, ____________%, (ii) with
respect to the Payment Date on which the Principal Balance of the Equity
Certificates is reduced to $ ________________________, the greater of (a)
_____%, and (b) 100% less that percentage of the Monthly Principal Amount for
such Payment Date which is necessary to reduce the Principal Balance of the
Equity Certificates to $ ________________________, (iii) with respect to
any Payment Date thereafter and prior to the Payment Date on which the Principal


- -21-
<PAGE>

Balance of the Class C Notes is reduced to zero, 100%, (iv) with respect to the
Payment Date on which the Principal Balance of the Class C Notes is reduced to
zero, that percentage of the Monthly Principal Amount for such Payment Date
which is necessary to reduce the Principal Balance of the Class C Notes to zero,
and (vi) with respect to any Payment Date after the Payment Date on which the
Principal Balance of the Class C Notes is reduced to zero, 0%.

         "NOTES" means the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C
Notes.

         "OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE" means a certificate signed by any Authorized
Officer of the Issuer, under the circumstances described in, and otherwise
complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.01, and delivered to
the Trustee. Unless otherwise specified, any reference in this Indenture to an
Officers' Certificate shall be to an Officers' Certificate of any Authorized
Officer of the Issuer.

         "OPINION OF COUNSEL" means one or more written opinions of counsel who
may, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, be employees of
or counsel to the Issuer or the Servicer and who shall be satisfactory to the
Trustee and which shall comply with any applicable requirements of Section
11.01, and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee.

         "OUTSTANDING" means, as of the date of determination, all Notes
theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture except:

    (i)   Notes theretofore canceled by the Note Registrar or delivered to the
Note Registrar for cancellation;

    (ii)  Notes or portions thereof the payment for which money in the 
necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any 
Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Notes (provided, however, that 
if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly 
given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor, satisfactory to the 
Trustee, has been made);
and

    (iii) Notes in exchange for or in lieu of other Notes which have been
authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture unless proof satisfactory
to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by a bona fide
purchaser;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite
Outstanding Amount of the Notes have given any request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or under any Related Document,
Notes owned by the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Depositor or
any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons shall be disregarded and deemed
not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be
protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that the Trustee knows to be so owned
shall be so disregarded.  Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith
may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of
the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Notes and that
the pledgee is not the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Depositor
or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons.


- -22-
<PAGE>
          "OUTSTANDING AMOUNT" means the Aggregate Principal Balance of the
Notes, or the Principal Balance of a Class of Notes, as applicable, Outstanding
at the date of determination.

          "OWNER TRUSTEE" means _______________________________, not in its
individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement, or
any successor trustee under the Trust Agreement.

          "PAYING AGENT" means the Trustee or any other Person that meets the
eligibility standards for the Trustee specified in Section 6.11 and is
authorized by the Issuer to make the distributions from the Note Distribution
Account, including payment of principal of or interest on the Notes on behalf of
the Issuer.

          "PAYMENT DATE" means the ______ day of each calendar month, or if such
______ day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing
October ____, 1996.

          "PERSON" means any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary
thereof), unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political
subdivision thereof.

          "PLEDGED REVENUES" means (i) all Scheduled Payments on the Contracts
received on or after the Cut-Off Date (including all Scheduled Payments due
prior to, but not received as of, the Cut-Off Date, but excluding any Scheduled
Payments due on or after, but received prior to, the Cut-Off Date); (ii) any
Prepayments received on the Contracts on or after the Cut-Off Date; (iii) the
Purchase Amount of any Contracts purchased by TCC in accordance with Section 2.6
of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement (other than any portion thereof
attributable to the Book Value of the Equipment); (iv) the amount paid by the
Depositor to purchase the Contracts pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement (other than any portion thereof attributable to the Book
Value of the Equipment); (v) that portion of the Liquidation Proceeds received
in respect of any Contracts on or after the Cut-Off Date and allocated to the
Notes and the Equity Certificates; and (vi) any earnings on the investment of
amounts credited to the Collection Account and the Note Distribution Account.

          "PREPAYMENT" means, with respect to any Collection Period for any
Contract, a voluntary prepayment during such Collection Period of amounts due
and owing under such Contract; PROVIDED that the amount, if any, by which any
such Prepayment exceeds the Required Payoff Amount for such Contract shall not
constitute Pledged Revenues.

          "PREDECESSOR NOTE" means, with respect to any particular Note, every
previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by
such particular Note; and, for the purpose of this definition, any Note
authenticated and delivered under Section 2.05 in lieu of a mutilated, lost,
destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the
mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.


- -23-

<PAGE>

          "PRINCIPAL BALANCE" means, as of any date, (i) when used with respect
to a Class of Notes, the original principal balance of such Class, less all
distributions previously made to such Class in respect of principal, and (ii)
when used with respect to the Equity Certificates, the original principal
balance of such Certificates, less all distributions previously made to such
Certificates in respect of principal.

          "PRINCIPAL DEFICIENCY AMOUNT" means, with respect to any Payment Date,
the lesser of (a) the Current Realized Losses for the related Collection Period
or (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the Aggregate Principal Balance of the Notes
plus the Principal Balance of the Equity Certificates (after giving effect to
all distributions of principal from Available Pledged Revenues on such Payment
Date), over (ii) the aggregate of the Required Payoff Amounts for all Contracts
as of the last day of the related Collection Period.

          "PROCEEDING" means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial
or administrative proceeding.

          "PURCHASE AGREEMENT" means the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as
of September 1, 1996, among TCC, the Originators and the Depositor.

          "PURCHASE AMOUNT" means, with respect to a Contract and related
Equipment required to be purchased by TCC in accordance with Section 2.6 of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the sum of (i) the Required Payoff Amount for
such Contract as of the Accounting Date on which such obligation to so purchase
arises, plus (ii) the Book Value of the related Equipment.

          "PURCHASED CONTRACT" means, as of any Deposit Date, any Contract which
TCC has purchased as of the related Accounting Date, as required by Section 2.6
of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, and as to which the Purchase Amount has
been deposited in the Collection Account (as to that portion thereof relating to
the Required Payoff Amount for such Contract) and the Equipment Account (as to
that portion thereof, if any, relating to the Book Value of the related
Equipment), as approriate, by the Servicer on or before such Deposit Date.

          "RATING AGENCY" means each of Moody's, S&P, Fitch and Duff & Phelps,
so long as such Persons maintain a rating on the Notes or the Equity
Certificates; and, if any of Moody's, S&P, Fitch or Duff & Phelps no longer
maintains a rating on the Notes or the Equity Certificates, such other
nationally recognized statistical rating organization, if any, selected by the
Depositor.

          "RATING AGENCY CONDITION" means, with respect to any action, that each
Rating Agency shall have been given 10 days' prior notice thereof and that each
of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Issuer, the Servicer, the
Trustee, and the Depositor in writing that such action will not result in a
reduction, qualification or withdrawal of the then-current rating of the Notes.

          "RECORD DATE" means, with respect to a Payment Date or Redemption
Date, the close of business on the last Business Day immediately preceding such
Payment Date or


- -24-

<PAGE>

Redemption Date (so long as the Notes are Book-Entry Notes), or the last day of
the prior calendar month (if Definitive Notes have been issued).

          "REDEMPTION DATE" means, in the case of a redemption of the Notes
pursuant to Section 10.01(b) or a payment to Noteholders pursuant to Section
10.01(c), the Payment Date specified by the Servicer or the Issuer pursuant to
Section 10.01(b) or 10.01(c), as applicable.

          "REDEMPTION PRICE" means (a) in the case of a redemption of the Notes
pursuant to Section 10.01(b), an amount equal to the principal amount of the
Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of each
Class of Notes at the respective Interest Rate for each such Class of Notes
being so redeemed to but excluding the Redemption Date, or (b) in the case of a
payment made to Noteholders pursuant to Section 10.01(c), the amount on deposit
in the Note Distribution Account, but not in excess of the amount specified in
clause (a) above.

          "REGISTERED HOLDER" means the Person in whose name a Note is
registered on the Note Register on the applicable Record Date.

          "RELATED COLLECTION PERIOD PLEDGED REVENUES" means, with respect to
any Payment Date, the amount of Pledged Revenues in the Collection Account which
were received by the Servicer during the related Collection Period, including
all Liquidation Proceeds so received but excluding any Purchase Amounts.

          "RELATED DOCUMENTS" means the Trust Agreement, the Notes, the
Certificates, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the
Cash Collateral Account Agreement, the Depository Agreements and the
underwriting agreements between the Depositor and the underwriters of the Notes.
The Related Documents executed by any party are referred to herein as "such
party's Related Documents," "its Related Documents" or by a similar expression.

          "REQUIRED PAYOFF AMOUNT" means, with respect to any Collection Period
for any Contract, the sum of (i) the Scheduled Payment due in such Collection
Period, together with any Scheduled Payments due in prior Collection Periods but
not yet received, plus (ii) the Contract Principal Balance of such Contract
(after taking into account the Scheduled Payment due in such Collection Period).

          "REQUISITE CASH COLLATERAL AMOUNT" means, with respect to any Payment
Date, an amount equal to (i) __________% of the Contract Pool Principal Balance
as of the Cut-Off Date plus (ii) _____% of the Contract Pool Principal Balance
as of the last day of the related Collection Period, but in no event less than
the lesser of (a) $___________________ and (b) the sum of the Aggregate
Principal Balance of the Notes and the Principal Balance of the Equity
Certificates as of the last day of such Collection Period.  [Insert any
adjustments]

          "RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer
of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust affairs
relating to the


- -25-

<PAGE>

Trust Estate.

          "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereto.

          "SCHEDULE OF CONTRACTS" means, collectively, the schedules of Lease
Contracts and Loan Contracts (which shall be made available to the parties to
the Transfer and Servicing Agreement on a computer disk or other data storage
medium) attached to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement as (or described in)
Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2, respectively.

          "SCHEDULED MATURITY DATE" means, with respect to (i) each Class of
Notes, the Class A Scheduled Maturity Date, the Class B Scheduled Maturity Date
and the Class C Scheduled Maturity Date, as appropriate, and (ii) the Equity
Certificates, the Equity Certificate Scheduled Maturity Date.

          "SCHEDULED PAYMENT" means, with respect to any Collection Period for
any Contract during the term of such Contract (without giving effect to any
end-of-term extensions or renewals thereof), the scheduled payment or payments
due under such Contract in such Collection Period other than those portions of
such payments which, under such Contract, are to be (i) applied by the Servicer
to the payment of insurance premiums, maintenance, taxes and other similar
obligations, or (ii) retained by the Servicer in payment of Administrative Fees.

          "SECURED OBLIGATIONS" means all amounts and obligations which the
Issuer may at any time owe to or on behalf of the Trustee for the benefit of the
Noteholders under this Indenture.

          "SPECIAL REDEMPTION DATE" means September __, 1996, or such earlier
date as the Depositor may elect upon giving the Trustee written notice thereof
at least five Business Days prior to such date.

          "SPECIAL REDEMPTION PRICE" means the sum of (i)(a) with respect to
each Class A Note, ___% of the Principal Balance thereof, (b) with respect to
each Class B Note, ___% of the Principal Balance thereof, and (c) with respect
to each Class C Note, ___% of the Principal Balance thereof; plus (ii) in each
case, interest on such amount from (and including) the Closing Date to (but
excluding) the Special Redemption Date at the rate of 10% per annum.

          "STATE" means any one of the 50 states of the United States of America
or the District of Columbia.

          "TCC" means AT&T Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

          "TERMINATION DATE" means the date on which the Trustee shall have
received payment and performance of all Secured Obligations and the obligations
of the Trustee to the Holders of Equity Certificates hereunder and to the Cash
Collateral Account Lenders


- -26-

<PAGE>

under the Cash Collateral Account Agreement shall have been satisfied, or such
earlier date on which the Issuer is terminated in accordance with the Trust
Agreement.

          "TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT" means the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of September __, 1996, among the Depositor, the Servicer,
the Trustee and the Issuer.

          "TRUST ACCOUNTS" means the Escrow Account, the Collection Account and
the Note Distribution Account, and such other accounts as may be established in
the name of the Issuer or the Trustee pursuant to the Trust Agreement or the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

          "TRUST ESTATE" means the Trust Estate as described in the Granting
Clauses hereof.

          "TRUST INDENTURE ACT" OR "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
as amended, as in force on the date hereof, unless otherwise specifically
provided.

          "TRUSTEE" means ____________________________, a
______________________, as Trustee under this Indenture, or any successor
Trustee under this Indenture.

          "UCC" means, unless the context otherwise requires, the Uniform
Commercial Code, as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction, as amended from time
to time.

          SECTION 1.02.  INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF TRUST INDENTURE ACT.
Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is
incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.  The following
TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

     "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "indenture securities" means the Notes.

     "indenture security holder" means a Noteholder.

     "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.

     "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee.

     "obligor" on the indenture securities means the Issuer and any other
     obligor on the indenture securities.

          All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the
TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule
have the meaning assigned to them by such definitions.


- -27-

<PAGE>

          SECTION 1.03.  RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.  Unless otherwise specified:

          (i)   a term has the meaning assigned to it;

          (ii)  an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning
     assigned to it in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
     as in effect from time to time;

          (iii) "or" is not exclusive;

          (iv)  "including" means including without limitation;

          (v)   words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural
     include the singular; and

          (vi)  references to Sections, Subsections, Schedules and Exhibits 
     shall refer to such portions of this Indenture.

          Unless the context shall clearly indicate otherwise, or may otherwise
require, in this Indenture the terms "herein," "hereunder," "hereby," "hereto,"
"hereof" and any similar terms refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any
particular article, section or subdivision hereof.


- -28-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

                                    THE NOTES

          SECTION 2.01.  FORM.  The Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the
Class C Notes, in each case together with the Trustee's certificate of
authentication, shall be in substantially the forms set forth in Exhibits C-1,
C-2 and C-3, respectively, with such appropriate insertions, omissions,
substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this
Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification
and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may, consistently herewith,
be determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their
execution of the Notes.  Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on
the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the
Note.

          The Notes shall be typewritten, printed, lithographed or engraved or
produced by any combination of these methods (with or without steel engraved
borders), all as determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced
by their execution of such Notes.

          The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibits C-1, C-2 and C-3 are part
of the terms of this Indenture.

          SECTION 2.02.  EXECUTION, AUTHENTICATION AND DELIVERY.  The Notes
shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by any of its Authorized Officers.
The signature of any such Authorized Officer on the Notes may be manual or
facsimile.

          Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of individuals who
were at any time Authorized Officers of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold
such offices at the date of such Notes.

          The Trustee shall upon receipt of an Issuer Order authenticate and 
deliver Class A Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of 
$__________, Class B Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $__________ 
and Class C Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $__________. The 
aggregate principal amount of Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class 
C Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed that amount except as provided 
in Section 2.05.

          Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes
shall be issuable as registered Notes in the minimum denomination of $1,000 and
in integral multiples thereof.

          No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be
valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein
executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized
signatories, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence,
and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly


- -29-

<PAGE>

authenticated and delivered hereunder.

          SECTION 2.03.  TEMPORARY NOTES.  Pending the preparation of definitive
Notes, the Issuer may execute, and upon receipt of an Issuer Order the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed,
typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, of the tenor of the definitive
Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such variations not inconsistent
with the terms of this Indenture as the officers executing such Notes may
determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

          If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will cause definitive Notes
to be prepared without unreasonable delay.  After the preparation of definitive
Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon
surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer to be
maintained as provided in Section 3.02, without charge to the Holder.  Upon
surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a
like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations.  Until so
exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same
benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes.

          SECTION 2.04.  REGISTRATION; REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.
The Issuer shall cause to be kept a register (the "Note Register") in which,
subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall
provide for the registration of Notes and the registration of transfers of
Notes.  The Trustee shall be the initial "Note Registrar" for the purpose of
registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided.  The Issuer may
revoke the appointment of, and remove, any Note Registrar if the Issuer
determines in its sole discretion that such Note Registrar failed to perform its
obligations under this Indenture in any material respect.  Any Note Registrar
shall be permitted to resign as Note Registrar upon 30 days' notice to the
Issuer and, if the Note Registrar is not the Trustee, to the Trustee; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that such resignation shall not be effective and such Note Registrar
shall continue to perform its duties as Note Registrar until the Issuer has
appointed a successor Note Registrar or elected to assume such duties.  Upon any
resignation of any Note Registrar, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor
or, if it elects not to make such an appointment, assume the duties of Note
Registrar.

          If a Person other than the Trustee is appointed by the Issuer as Note
Registrar, the Issuer will give the Trustee prompt written notice of the
appointment of such Note Registrar and of the location, and any change in the
location, of the Note Register, and the Trustee shall have the right to inspect
the Note Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies thereof, and the
Trustee shall have the right to rely upon a certificate executed on behalf of
the Note Registrar by an Executive Officer thereof as to the names and addresses
of the Holders of the Notes and the principal amounts and number of such Notes.

          Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office
or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.02, the Issuer
shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and the Noteholder shall
obtain from the Trustee, in the


- -30-

<PAGE>

name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of the
same Class in any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal
amount.

          At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes in
any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount, upon
surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency.  Whenever any
Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee
shall authenticate and the Noteholder shall obtain from the Trustee, the Notes
which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

          All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of
Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt,
and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered
upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

          Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or
exchange shall be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder
thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, with such
signature guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company located, or having a
correspondent located, in The City of New York or the city in which the
Corporate Trust Office is located, or by a member firm of a national securities
exchange, and such other documents as the Trustee may require.

          No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of
transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Issuer or the Trustee may require payment
of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be
imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes,
other than exchanges pursuant to Section 2.03 or 9.06 not involving any
transfer.

          The preceding provisions of this Section notwithstanding, the Issuer
shall not be required to make and the Note Registrar need not register transfers
or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption or of any Note for a period of 15
days preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the Note.

          SECTION 2.05.  MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN NOTES.  If (i) any
mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Trustee receives evidence
to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (ii)
there is delivered to the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required
by the Trustee to hold the Issuer and the Trustee harmless, then, in the absence
of notice to the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Trustee that such Note has
been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Issuer shall execute and upon its
request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu
of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, but not a
mutilated Note, shall have become or within seven days shall be due and payable,
or shall have been called for redemption, instead of issuing a replacement Note,
the Issuer may pay such destroyed, lost or stolen Note when so due or payable or
upon the Redemption Date without surrender thereof.  If, after the delivery of
such replacement Note or payment of a destroyed, lost or


- -31-

<PAGE>

stolen Note pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, a bona fide
purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued
presents for payment such original Note, the Issuer and the Trustee shall be
entitled to recover such replacement Note (or such payment) from the Person to
whom it was delivered or any Person taking such replacement Note from such
Person to whom such replacement Note was delivered or any assignee of such
Person, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the
security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost
or expense incurred by the Issuer or the Trustee in connection therewith.

          Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section, the
Issuer or the Trustee may require the payment by the Holder of such Note of a
sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed
in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the fees and
expenses of the Trustee or the Note Registrar) connected therewith.

          Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section in replacement
of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original
additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and
shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

          The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to
the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement
or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

          SECTION 2.06.  PERSON DEEMED OWNER.  Prior to due presentment for
registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of
the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name any Note is
registered (as of the day of determination) as the owner of such Note for the
purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest, if any, on such Note
and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and
none of the Issuer, the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall
be affected by notice to the contrary.

          SECTION 2.07.  PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST; DEFAULTED INTEREST.

          (a)  The Notes shall accrue interest as provided in the forms of the
Class A Note, the Class B Note and the Class C Note set forth in Exhibits C-1,
C-2 and C-3, respectively, and such interest shall be payable on each Payment
Date as specified therein, subject to Section 3.01.  Any installment of interest
or principal, if any, payable on any Note which is punctually paid or duly
provided for by the Issuer on the applicable Payment Date shall be paid to the
Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered
on the Record Date, by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid to such
Person's address as it appears on the Note Register on such Record Date, except
that, unless Definitive Notes have been issued pursuant to Section 2.11, with
respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the
Depository, payment will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds
to the account


- -32-

<PAGE>

designated by such nominee and except for (i) the final installment of principal
payable with respect to such Note on a Payment Date and (ii) the Special
Redemption Price or Redemption Price for any Note called for redemption pursuant
to Section 10.01(a) or Section 10.01(b), respectively, which shall be payable as
provided below. The funds represented by any such checks returned undelivered
shall be held in accordance with Section 3.03.

          (b)  The principal of each Note shall be payable in installments on
each Payment Date as provided in the forms of the Class A Note, the Class B Note
and the Class C Note set forth in Exhibits C-1, C-2 and C-3, respectively.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes
shall be due and payable, if not previously paid, on the date on which an Event
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Trustee or a Note
Majority have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner
provided in Section 5.02.  All principal payments on a class of Notes shall be
made pro rata to the Noteholders of such Class entitled thereto.  The Trustee
shall notify the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of
business on the Record Date preceding the Payment Date on which the Issuer
expects that the final installment of principal of and interest on such Note
will be paid.  Such notice shall be mailed no later than five days prior to such
final Payment Date and shall specify that such final installment will be payable
only upon presentation and surrender of such Note and shall specify the place
where such Note may be presented and surrendered for payment of such
installment.  Notices in connection with redemptions of Notes shall be mailed to
Noteholders as provided in Section 10.02.

          SECTION 2.08.  CANCELLATION.  All Notes surrendered for payment,
registration of transfer, exchange or redemption shall, if surrendered to any
Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly
canceled by the Trustee.  The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for
cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which
the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so
delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee.  No Notes shall be
authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes canceled as provided in
this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture.  All canceled
Notes may be held or disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its standard
retention or disposal policy as in effect at the time unless the Issuer shall
direct by an Issuer Order that they be destroyed or returned to it, provided
that such Issuer Order is timely and the Notes have not been previously disposed
of by the Trustee.

     SECTION 2.09.  BOOK-ENTRY NOTES.  The Notes, upon original issuance, will
be issued in the form of a typewritten Note or Notes representing the Book-Entry
Notes, to be delivered to The Depository Trust Company, the initial Depository,
by, or on behalf of, the Issuer.  Each such Note shall initially be registered
on the Note Register in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of the initial
Depository, and no Note Owner will receive a Definitive Note representing such
Note Owner's interest in such Note, except as provided in Section 2.11.  Unless
and until Definitive Notes have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section
2.11:

          (i)       the provisions of this Section shall be in full force and
     effect;


- -33-

<PAGE>

          (ii)      the Note Registrar and the Trustee shall be entitled to deal
     with the Depository for all purposes of this Indenture (including the
     payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and the giving of
     instructions or directions hereunder) as the sole holder of the Notes, and
     shall have no obligation to the Note Owners;

          (iii)     to the extent that the provisions of this Section conflict
     with any other provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Section
     shall control;

          (iv)      the rights of Note Owners shall be exercised only through
     the Depository and shall be limited to those established by law and
     agreements between such Note Owners and the Depository and/or the
     Depository Participants.  Pursuant to the Depository Agreement, unless and
     until Definitive Notes are issued pursuant to Section 2.11, the initial
     Depository will make book-entry transfers among the Depository Participants
     and receive and transmit payments of principal of and interest on the Notes
     to such Depository Participants; and

          (v)       whenever this Indenture requires or permits actions to be
     taken based upon instructions or directions of Holders of Notes evidencing
     a specified percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, the
     Depository shall be deemed to represent such percentage only to the extent
     that it has received instructions to such effect from Note Owners and/or
     Depository Participants owning or representing, respectively, such required
     percentage of the beneficial interest in the Notes and has delivered such
     instructions to the Trustee.

          SECTION 2.10.  NOTICES TO DEPOSITORY.  Whenever a notice or other
communication to the Noteholders is required under this Indenture, unless and
until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section
2.11, the Trustee shall give all such notices and communications specified
herein to be given to Holders of the Notes to the Depository and shall have no
obligation to the Note Owners.

          SECTION 2.11.  DEFINITIVE NOTES.  If (i) the Depositor advises the
Trustee in writing that the Depository is no longer willing or able properly to
discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Notes, and the Depositor is
unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Depositor at its option advises
the Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry system through
the Depository or (iii) after the occurrence of an Event of Default, a Note
Majority advises the Trustee and the Depository in writing that the continuation
of a book-entry system through the Depository is no longer in the best interests
of the Note Owners, then the Depository shall notify all Note Owners and the
Trustee of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of
Definitive Notes to Note Owners requesting the same.  Upon surrender to the
Trustee of the Note or Notes representing the Book-Entry Notes by the
Depository, accompanied by registration instructions, the Issuer shall execute
and the Trustee shall authenticate the Definitive Notes in accordance with the
instructions of the Depository.  None of the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the
Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may
conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions.
Upon the issuance of Definitive Notes, all references herein to obligations
imposed upon or to be performed by the Depository shall be deemed to be imposed
upon and performed by the


- -34-

<PAGE>

Trustee, to the extent applicable with respect to such Definitive Notes, and the
Trustee shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Notes as Noteholders.

          SECTION 2.12.  CALCULATIONS.  All calculations of the amount of
interest accrued on the Equity Certificates and the Notes and all calculations
of the amount of the Servicing Fee shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year
consisting of twelve 30-day months.


- -35-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III

                                    COVENANTS

          SECTION 3.01.  PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST.  The Issuer will
duly and punctually pay the principal and interest on the Notes in accordance
with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture.  Without limiting the foregoing,
the Issuer will cause to be distributed all amounts on deposit in the Note
Distribution Account on a Payment Date in accordance with Section 8.04(b).
Amounts properly withheld under the Code by any Person from a payment to any
Noteholder of interest and/or principal shall be considered as having been paid
by the Issuer to such Noteholder for all purposes of this Indenture.

          SECTION 3.02.  MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.  The Issuer will
maintain in ___________________________________, an office or agency where Notes
may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, and where notices
and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may
be served.  The Issuer hereby initially appoints the Trustee to serve as its
agent for the foregoing purposes.  The Issuer will give prompt written notice to
the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of any such
office or agency.  If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such
office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof,
such surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate
Trust Office, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive
all such surrenders, notices and demands.

          SECTION 3.03.  MONEY FOR PAYMENTS TO BE HELD IN TRUST.  As provided in
Section 8.04, all payments of amounts due and payable with respect to any Notes
that are to be made from amounts withdrawn from the Note Distribution Account
pursuant to Section 8.04(b) shall be made on behalf of the Issuer by the Trustee
or by another Paying Agent, and no amounts so withdrawn from the Note
Distribution Account for payments of Notes shall be paid over to the Issuer.

          On or before each Payment Date and Redemption Date, the Issuer shall
deposit or cause to be deposited in the Note Distribution Account an aggregate
sum sufficient to pay the amounts then becoming due, such sum to be held in
trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless the Paying
Agent is the Trustee) shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure
so to act.

          The Issuer will cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to
execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent
shall agree with the Trustee (and if the Trustee acts as Paying Agent, it hereby
so agrees), subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent
will:

          (i)  hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with
     respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled
     thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise
     disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as
     herein provided;


- -36-

<PAGE>

          (ii)  give the Trustee notice of any default (of which it has
     actual knowledge) by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes)
     in the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the
     Notes;
          (iii) at any time during the continuance of any such default,
     upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee
     all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent;

          (iv)  immediately resign as a Paying Agent and forthwith pay to
     the Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes if
     at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met by a
     Paying Agent at the time of its appointment; and

          (v)   comply with all requirements of the Code with respect to the
     withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any
     applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any
     applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith.

          The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, by Issuer
Order direct any Paying Agent to pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by
such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as
those upon which the sums were held by such Paying Agent; and upon such payment
by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all
further liability with respect to such money.

          Subject to applicable laws with respect to escheat of funds, any money
held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the payment of any amount
due with respect to any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such
amount has become due and payable shall be discharged from such trust and upon
Issuer Request shall be deposited by the Trustee in the Collection Account; and
the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look
only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such
Paying Agent with respect to such trust money shall thereupon cease; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make
any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once,
in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each
Business Day and of general circulation in The City of New York, notice that
such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which
shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed
balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to or for the account of the
Issuer.  The Trustee may also adopt and employ, at the expense of the Issuer,
any other reasonable means of notification of such repayment (including, but not
limited to, mailing notice of such repayment to Holders whose Notes have been
called but have not been surrendered for redemption or whose right to or
interest in moneys due and payable but not claimed is determinable from the
records of the Trustee or of any Paying Agent, at the last address of record for
each such Holder).

          SECTION 3.04.  EXISTENCE.  The Issuer will keep in full effect its
existence,


- -37-

<PAGE>

rights and franchises as a trust under the laws of the State of New York (unless
it becomes, or any successor Issuer hereunder is or becomes, organized under the
laws of any other state or of the United States of America, in which case the
Issuer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises under the
laws of such other jurisdiction) and will obtain and preserve its qualification
to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be
necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the
Notes, the Contracts and each other instrument or agreement included in the
Trust Estate.

          SECTION 3.05.  PROTECTION OF TRUST ESTATE.  The Issuer intends the
security interest Granted pursuant to this Indenture in favor of the Trustee to
be prior to all other liens in respect of the Trust Estate, and the Issuer shall
take all actions necessary to obtain and maintain, in favor of the Trustee, for
the benefit of the Noteholders, a first lien on and a first priority, perfected
security interest in the Trust Estate.  The Issuer will from time to time
execute and deliver all such supplements and amendments hereto and all such
financing statements, continuation statements, instruments of further assurance
and other instruments, all as prepared by the Servicer and delivered to the
Issuer, and will take such other action necessary or advisable to:

          (i)  grant more effectively all or any portion of the Trust
     Estate;

          (ii) maintain or preserve the lien and security interest (and the
     priority thereof) in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the
     Trustee created by this Indenture or carry out more effectively the
     purposes hereof;

          (iii)     perfect, publish notice of or protect the validity of
     any Grant made or to be made by this Indenture;

          (iv) enforce any of the Contracts and each other instrument or
     agreement included in the Trust Estate;

          (v)  preserve and defend title to the Trust Estate and the rights
     of the Trustee in such Trust Estate against the claims of all persons
     and parties; or

          (vi) pay all taxes or assessments levied or assessed upon the
     Trust Estate when due.

The Issuer hereby designates the Trustee its agent and attorney-in-fact to
execute any financing statement, continuation statement or other instrument
required by the Trustee pursuant to this Section.

          SECTION 3.06.  OPINIONS AS TO TRUST ESTATE.

          (a)  On the Closing Date, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such
action has been taken with respect to the recording and filing of this
Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, and any other requisite
documents, and with respect to the execution and filing of any financing
statements and continuation statements, as are necessary to


- -38-

<PAGE>

perfect and make effective the first priority lien and security interest in
favor of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Trustee, created by this Indenture
and reciting the details of such action, or stating that, in the opinion of such
counsel, no such action is necessary to make such lien and security interest
effective.

          (b)  On or before April 30 in each calendar year, beginning in 1997,
the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel with respect to
each jurisdiction in which the Contracts are located or a Uniform Commercial
Code financing statement has been filed by the Servicer either stating that, in
the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the
recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Indenture, any indentures
supplemental hereto and any other requisite documents and with respect to the
execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation statements as
is necessary to maintain the first priority lien and security interest created
by this Indenture and reciting the details of such action or stating that in the
opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to maintain such lien and
security interest.  Such Opinion of Counsel shall also describe the recording,
filing, re-recording and refiling of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental
hereto and any other requisite documents and the execution and filing of any
financing statements and continuation statements that will, in the opinion of
such counsel, be required to maintain the lien and security interest of this
Indenture until April 30 in the following calendar year.

          SECTION 3.07.  PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS; SERVICING OF CONTRACTS.

          (a)  The Issuer will not take any action and will use its best efforts
not to permit any action to be taken by others that would release any Person
from any of such Person's material covenants or obligations under any instrument
or agreement included in the Trust Estate or that would result in the amendment,
hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the
validity or effectiveness of, any such instrument or agreement, except as
expressly provided in this Indenture, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or
such other instrument or agreement.

          (b)  The Issuer may contract with other Persons to assist it in
performing its duties under this Indenture, and any performance of such duties
by a Person identified to the Trustee in an Officers' Certificate of the Issuer
shall be deemed to be action taken by the Issuer.  Initially, the Issuer has
contracted with the Servicer to assist the Issuer in performing its duties under
this Indenture.  The Owner Trustee shall not be responsible for the action or
inaction of the Servicer.

          (c)  The Issuer will punctually perform and observe all of its
obligations and agreements contained in this Indenture, the Related Documents
and in the instruments and agreements included in the Trust Estate, including
but not limited to filing or causing to be filed all UCC financing statements
and continuation statements required to be filed by the terms of this Indenture
and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement in accordance with and within the time
periods provided for herein and therein.

          (d)  If the Issuer shall have knowledge of the occurrence of a
Servicer Termination Event under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the
Issuer shall promptly


- -39-

<PAGE>

notify the Trustee and the Rating Agencies thereof, and shall specify in such
notice the action, if any, the Issuer is taking with respect of such default.
If a Servicer Termination Event shall arise from the failure of the Servicer to
perform any of its duties or obligations under the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement with respect to the Contracts, the Issuer shall take all reasonable
steps available to it to remedy such failure.

          (e)  If the Issuer has given notice of termination to the Servicer of
the Servicer's rights and powers pursuant to Section 8.2 of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement, as promptly as possible thereafter, the Issuer shall
appoint a successor servicer in accordance with Section 8.3 of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

          (f)  Upon any termination of the Servicer's rights and powers pursuant
to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall promptly notify the
Trustee.  As soon as a successor Servicer is appointed, the Issuer shall notify
the Trustee of such appointment, specifying in such notice the name and address
of such successor Servicer.

          (g)  The Issuer agrees that it will not waive timely performance or
observance by the Servicer or the Depositor of their respective duties under the
Related Documents if the effect thereof would adversely affect the Holders of
the Notes.

          SECTION 3.08.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS.  Until the Termination Date, the
Issuer shall not:

          (i)   except as expressly permitted by this Indenture or the Trust
     Agreement, sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the
     properties or assets of the Issuer, including those included in the
     Trust Estate, unless directed to do so by the Trustee;

          (ii)  claim any credit on, or make any deduction from the
     principal or interest payable in respect of, the Notes (other than
     amounts properly withheld from such payments under the Code or
     applicable state law) or assert any claim against any present or
     former Noteholder by reason of the payment of the taxes levied or
     assessed upon any part of the Trust Estate;

          (iii) dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part;

          (iv)  permit the validity or effectiveness of this Indenture to be
     impaired, or permit the lien in favor of the Trustee created by this
     Indenture to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or
     discharged, or permit any Person to be released from any covenants or
     obligations with respect to the Notes under this Indenture except as
     may be expressly permitted hereby;

          (v)   permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest,
     mortgage or other encumbrance (other than the lien in favor of the
     Trustee created by this Indenture) to be created on or extend to or
     otherwise arise upon or burden the Trust Estate or any part thereof or
     any interest therein or the proceeds thereof (other than tax liens,
     mechanics' liens and other liens that arise by operation of law,


- -40-

<PAGE>

     in each case on the Equipment and arising solely as a result of an
     action or omission of the related Obligor);

          (vi)  permit the lien in favor of the Trustee created by this
     Indenture not to constitute a valid first priority (other than with
     respect to any such tax, mechanics' or other lien described in clause
     (v) above) security interest in the Trust Estate; or

          (vii) amend, modify or fail to comply with the provisions of
     the Related Documents without the prior written consent of the
     Trustee.

          SECTION 3.09.  ANNUAL STATEMENT AS TO COMPLIANCE.  The Issuer will
deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the
Issuer (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996), an Officers'
Certificate stating, as to the Authorized Officer signing such Officer's
Certificate, that

          (i)  a review of the activities of the Issuer during such year
     and of performance under this Indenture has been made under such
     Authorized Officer's supervision; and

          (ii) to the best of such Authorized Officer's knowledge, based on
     such review, the Issuer has complied with all conditions and covenants
     under this Indenture throughout such year, or, if there has been a
     default in the compliance of any such condition or covenant,
     specifying each such default known to such Authorized Officer and the
     nature and status thereof.

          SECTION 3.10.  ISSUER MAY CONSOLIDATE OR MERGE ONLY ON CERTAIN TERMS.

          (a)   The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other
Person, unless

          (i)   the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving
     such consolidation or merger shall be a Person organized and existing
     under the laws of the United States of America or any State and shall
     expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and
     delivered to the Trustee, in form and substance satisfactory to the
     Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest
     on all Notes and the performance or observance of every agreement and
     covenant of this Indenture and each other Related Document on the part
     of the Issuer to be performed or observed, all as provided herein;

          (ii)  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no
     Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

          (iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied
     with respect to such transaction;

          (iv)  the Issuer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel which
     shall be


- -41-

<PAGE>

     delivered to and shall be satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect
     that such transaction will not have any material adverse tax
     consequence to the Trust, any Noteholder or any Equity
     Certificateholder;

          (v)   any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and security
     interest created in favor of the Trustee by this Indenture shall have
     been taken;

          (vi)  the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
     Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which shall describe the
     actions taken as required by clause (a)(v) of this Section or that no
     such actions will be taken) each stating that such consolidation or
     merger and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article III
     and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such
     transaction have been compiled with (including any filing required by
     the Exchange Act); and

          (vii) the Issuer or the Person (if other than the Issuer)
     formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger has a net worth,
     immediately after such consolidation or merger, that is (a) greater
     than zero and (b) not less than the net worth of the Issuer
     immediately prior to giving effect to such consolidation or merger.

          (b)  The Issuer shall not convey or transfer all or substantially all
of its properties or assets, including those included in the Trust Estate, to
any Person (except as expressly permitted by the Indenture or the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement), unless

          (i)   the Person that acquires by conveyance or transfer the
     properties and assets of the Issuer shall (A) be a United States
     citizen or a Person organized and existing under the laws of the
     United States of America or any State, (B) expressly assume, by an
     indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee,
     in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and
     punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all Notes and the
     performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of this
     Indenture and each Related Document on the part of the Issuer to be
     performed or observed, all as provided herein, (C) expressly agree by
     means of such supplemental indenture that all right, title and
     interest so conveyed or transferred shall be subject and subordinate
     to the rights of Holders of the Notes, (D) unless otherwise provided
     in such supplemental indenture, expressly agree to indemnify, defend
     and hold harmless the Issuer against and from any loss, liability or
     expense arising under or related to this Indenture and the Notes and
     (E) expressly agree by means of such supplemental indenture that such
     Person (or if a group of Persons, then one specified Person) shall
     make all filings with the Commission (and any other appropriate
     Person) required by the Exchange Act in connection with the Notes;

          (ii)  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no
     Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

          (iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied
     with respect to


- -42-

<PAGE>

     such transaction;

          (iv)  the Issuer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel which
     shall be delivered to and shall be satisfactory to the Trustee to the
     effect that such transaction will not have any material adverse tax
     consequence to the Trust, any Noteholder or any Equity
     Certificateholder;

          (v)   any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and security
     interest created in favor of the Trustee by this Indenture shall have
     been taken;

          (vi)  the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
     Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which shall describe the
     actions taken as required by clause (b)(v) of this Section or that no
     such actions will be taken) each stating that such conveyance or
     transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article III
     and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such
     transaction have been complied with (including any filing required by
     the Exchange Act); and

          (vii) the Person acquiring by conveyance or transfer the
     properties or assets of the Issuer has a net worth, immediately after
     such conveyance or transfer, that is (a) greater than zero and (b) not
     less than the net worth of the Issuer immediately prior to giving
     effect to such conveyance or transfer.

          SECTION 3.11.  SUCCESSOR OR TRANSFEREE.

          (a)  Upon any consolidation or merger of the Issuer in accordance with
Section 3.10(a), the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger
(if other than the Issuer) shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may
exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same
effect as if such Person had been named as the Issuer herein.

          (b)  Upon a conveyance or transfer of all the assets and properties of
the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.10(b), Capita Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-
1 will be released from every covenant and agreement of this Indenture to be
observed or performed on the part of the Issuer with respect to the Notes
immediately upon the delivery of written notice to the Trustee stating that
Capita Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1 is to be so released.

          SECTION 3.12.  NO OTHER BUSINESS.  The Issuer shall not engage in any
business other than financing, purchasing, owning, selling and managing the
Contracts and the related Equipment in the manner contemplated by this Indenture
and the Related Documents and activities incidental thereto.

          SECTION 3.13.  NO BORROWING.  The Issuer shall not issue, incur,
assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable, directly or indirectly, for any
Indebtedness except for (i) the Notes and (ii) any other Indebtedness permitted
by or arising under the Related Documents.  The proceeds of the Notes shall be
used exclusively to fund the Depositor's


- -43-

<PAGE>

purchase of the Contracts and the other assets specified in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement and to pay the Issuer's organizational, transactional and
start-up expenses or to pay the Special Redemption Price of the Notes upon a
redemption thereof in accordance with Section 10.01(a).

          SECTION 3.14.  SERVICER'S OBLIGATIONS.  The Issuer shall monitor the
performance of the Servicer under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, and
shall use its reasonable good faith efforts to cause the Servicer duly and
punctually to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder.

          SECTION 3.15.  GUARANTEES, LOANS, ADVANCES AND OTHER LIABILITIES.
Except as contemplated by the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or this
Indenture, the Issuer shall not make any loan or advance or credit to, or
guarantee (directly or indirectly or by an instrument having the effect of
assuming another's payment or performance on any obligation or capability of so
doing or otherwise), endorse or otherwise become contingently liable, directly
or indirectly, in connection with the obligations, stocks or dividends of, or
own, purchase, repurchase or acquire (or agree contingently to do so) any stock,
obligations, assets or securities of, any other interest in, or make any capital
contribution to, any other Person.

          SECTION 3.16.   INCOME TAX CHARACTERIZATION.  The Depositor has
structured the Trust Agreement, this Indenture, the Cash Collateral Account
Agreement, the Notes and the Certificates with the intention that the Notes will
qualify under applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax law as
indebtedness of the Depositor secured by the Contracts.  The Depositor, the
Servicer, each Noteholder and each Note Owner agree to treat and to take no
action inconsistent with the treatment of the Notes as such indebtedness for
purposes of federal, state, local and foreign income or franchise taxes and any
other tax imposed on or measured by income.  Each Noteholder and each Note
Owner, by acceptance of its Note or beneficial interest therein, agrees to be
bound by the provisions of this Section.  Each Noteholder agrees that it will
cause any Note Owner acquiring an interest in a Note through it to comply with
this Indenture as to treatment as indebtedness under applicable tax law, as
described in this Section.

          SECTION 3.17.  RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.  Except as expressly permitted by
this Indenture, the Trust Agreement or the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the
Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) make any distribution (by
reduction of capital or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities or a
combination thereof, to any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or
otherwise with respect to any ownership or equity interest or security in or of
the Issuer or to the Servicer, (ii) redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise
acquire for value any such ownership or equity interest or security or (iii) set
aside or otherwise segregate any amounts for any such purpose.  The Issuer will
not, directly or indirectly, make payments to or distributions from the
Collection Account except in accordance with this Indenture and the Related
Documents.

          SECTION 3.18.  NOTICE OF EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The Issuer agrees to give
the Trustee and the Rating Agencies prompt written notice of each Event of
Default hereunder and each default on the part of the Servicer or the Depositor
of its obligations under the


- - 44 -

<PAGE>

Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

          SECTION 3.19.  FURTHER INSTRUMENTS AND ACTS.  Upon request of the
Trustee, the Issuer will execute and deliver such further instruments and do
such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more
effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

          SECTION 3.20.  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  The Issuer shall comply with the
requirements of all applicable laws, the non-compliance with which would,
individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect the ability of
the Issuer to perform its obligations under the Notes, this Indenture or any
Related Document.

          SECTION 3.21.  AMENDMENTS OF TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT AND
TRUST AGREEMENT.  The Issuer shall not agree to any amendment to Section 9.1 of
the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or Section 11.1 of the Trust Agreement to
eliminate the requirements thereunder that the Trustee or the Holders of the
Notes consent to amendments thereto as provided therein.


- - 45 -

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

          SECTION 4.01.  SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE.  This
Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes except
as to (i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange, (ii) substitution of
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (iii) rights of Noteholders to
receive payments of principal and interest thereon, (iv) Sections 3.03, 3.04,
3.05, 3.07, 3.08, 3.10, 3.12, 3.13, 3.16, 3.20 and 3.21, (v) the rights,
obligations and immunities of the Trustee hereunder (including the rights of the
Trustee under Section 6.07 and the obligations of the Trustee under Section
4.02) and (vi) the rights of Noteholders as beneficiaries hereof with respect to
the property so deposited with the Trustee payable to all or any of them, and
the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper
instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with
respect to the Notes, when

          (A)  either

                    (1)  all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered
          (other than (i) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and
          that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.05 and (ii)
          Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust
          or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to
          the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 3.03)
          have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

                    (2)  all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for
          cancellation

                              (i)   have become due and payable, or

                              (ii)  will become due and payable at their
                    Scheduled Maturity Date within one year, or

                              (iii) are to be called for redemption within one
                    year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the
                    giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name,
                    and at the expense, of the Issuer,

                    and the Issuer, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has
               irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with
               the Trustee as part of the Trust Estate cash or direct
               obligations of or obligations guaranteed by the United States of

- -46-

<PAGE>

               America (which will mature prior to the date such amounts are
               payable), in trust in an Eligible Account in the name of the
               Trustee for such purpose, in an amount sufficient to pay and
               discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore
               delivered to the Trustee for cancellation when due to their
               Scheduled Maturity Date or Redemption Date (if Notes shall have
               been called for redemption pursuant to Section 10.01(a)), as the
               case may be;

               (B)  the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all Secured
          Obligations; and

               (C)  the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
          Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the TIA or the
          Trustee) an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public
          accountants, each meeting the applicable requirements of Section
          11.01(a) and each stating that all conditions precedent herein
          provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this
          Indenture have been complied with and the Rating Agency Condition has
          been satisfied.

          Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with
respect to the Notes, the obligations of the Trustee to the Holders of Equity
Certificates hereunder and to the Cash Collateral Account Lenders under the Cash
Collateral Account Agreement shall survive until the payment in full of the
Equity Certificates and the payment of all amounts due and owing to the Cash
Collateral Account Lenders under the Cash Collateral Account Agreement or the
termination of the Issuer in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

          SECTION 4.02.  APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY.  All moneys deposited with
the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it,
in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the
payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent, as the Trustee may
determine, to the Holders of the particular Notes for the payment or redemption
of which such moneys have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and
to become due thereon for principal and interest; but such moneys need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required herein or in the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement or required by law.

          SECTION 4.03.  REPAYMENT OF MONEYS HELD BY PAYING AGENT.  In
connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to
the Notes, all moneys then held by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee under
the provisions of this Indenture with respect to such Notes shall, upon demand
of the Issuer, be paid to the Trustee to be held and applied according to
Section 3.03 and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further
liability with respect to such moneys.

          SECTION 4.04.  RELEASE OF TRUST ESTATE.  The Trustee shall, on or
after the Termination Date, release any remaining portion of the Trust Estate
from the lien created by this Indenture and deposit in the Collection Account
any funds then on deposit in any

- -47-

<PAGE>

other Trust Account.  The Trustee shall release property from the lien created
by this Indenture pursuant to this Section only upon receipt of an Issuer
Request accompanied by an Officer's Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and (if
required by the TIA) Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA Sections
314(c) and 314(d)(1) meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.01.


- -48-

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE V

                                    REMEDIES

          SECTION 5.01.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  "Event of Default," wherever used
herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such
Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected
by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or
any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

          (i)  default in the payment of any interest on any Note when the same
     becomes due and payable, and such default shall continue for a period of
     five days; or


          (ii) default in the payment of the principal of any Note on the
     Special Redemption Date, Redemption Date or Scheduled Maturity Date
     applicable thereto; or

          (iii)     default in the observance or performance in any material
     respect of any covenant or agreement of the Issuer made in this Indenture
     (other than a covenant or agreement, a default in the observance or
     performance of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with),
     or any representation or warranty of the Issuer made in this Indenture or
     in any certificate or other writing delivered pursuant hereto or in
     connection herewith proving to have been incorrect in any material respect
     as of the time when the same shall have been made, and such default shall
     continue or not be cured, or the circumstance or condition in respect of
     which such misrepresentation or warranty was incorrect shall not have been
     eliminated or otherwise cured, for a period of 30 days after there shall
     have been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Issuer by the
     Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of
     the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, a written notice specifying such
     default or incorrect representation or warranty and requiring it to be
     remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder;
     or

          (iv) the commencement of an involuntary case against the Issuer or the
     Depositor under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or
     other similar law now or hereafter in effect, and such case is not
     dismissed within 60 days; or

          (v)  (A) the commencement by the Issuer or the Depositor of a
     voluntary case under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency
     or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (B) the entry of an order
     for relief in an involuntary case against the Issuer or the Depositor under
     any such law, (C) the consent by the Issuer or the Depositor to the entry
     of any such order for relief, (D) the consent by the Issuer or the
     Depositor to the appointment or taking possession by a receiver,
     liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official
     of the Issuer or the Depositor or for any substantial part of the Trust
     Estate, (E) the making by the

- -49-

<PAGE>

     Issuer or the Depositor of any general assignment for the benefit of
     creditors, (F) the failure by the Issuer or the Depositor generally to pay
     its debts as such debts become due, or (G) the taking of action by the
     Issuer or the Depositor, as applicable, in furtherance of any of the
     foregoing.

          The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within five days after
obtaining knowledge of the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an
Officers' Certificate of any event which with the giving of notice and the lapse
of time would become an Event of Default under clause (iii) or (iv), its status
and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

          SECTION 5.02.  RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT.

          If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, a Note
Majority or the Trustee may, upon prior written notice to the Rating Agencies,
declare by written notice to the Issuer that the Notes become, whereupon they
shall become, immediately due and payable at par, together with accrued interest
thereon.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, if an Event
of Default specified in Section 5.01(iv) or (v) shall occur and be continuing,
the Notes shall become immediately due and payable at par, together with accrued
interest thereon.  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
the Trustee may exercise any of the remedies specified in Sections 5.03 and
5.04.

          SECTION 5.03.  COLLECTION OF INDEBTEDNESS AND SUITS FOR ENFORCEMENT BY
TRUSTEE; AUTHORITY OF TRUSTEE.

          (a)  The Issuer covenants that if any Notes are accelerated following
the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Issuer will, upon demand of the
Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, the whole
amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal and interest, with
interest upon the overdue principal, and, to the extent payment at such rate of
interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest, at
the applicable Interest Rate and in addition thereto such further amount as
shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and
its agents and counsel.

          (b)  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of
the Noteholders, by such appropriate Proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most
effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific
enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the
exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or
legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

          (c)  In case there shall be pending, relative to the Issuer, the
Depositor or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Person having or claiming
an ownership interest in the Trust Estate, Proceedings under Title 11 of the
United States Code or any other

- -50-

<PAGE>

applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or in
case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization,
liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or
taken possession of the Issuer, the Depositor or such other obligor or Person,
or its property, or in case of any other comparable judicial Proceedings
relative to the Issuer, the Depositor or other obligor upon the Notes, or to the
creditors or property of the Issuer, the Depositor or such other obligor, the
Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of any Notes shall then be due
and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective
of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of
this Section, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such
Proceedings or otherwise:

          (i)  to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of
     principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file
     such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to
     have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable
     compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, and their
     respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all
     expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee
     and each predecessor Trustee, except as a result of negligence or bad
     faith) and of the Noteholders allowed in such Proceedings;

          (ii) unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on
     behalf of the Holders of Notes in any election of a trustee, a standby
     trustee or Person performing similar functions in any such Proceedings;

          (iii)     to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable
     or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute all amounts received
     with respect to the claims of the Noteholders and of the Trustee on their
     behalf; and

          (iv) to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may
     be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee or the
     Holders of Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the
     Issuer, its creditors and its property;

and any trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official in
any such Proceeding is hereby authorized by each of such Noteholders to make
payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the
making of payments directly to such Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee such
amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee,
each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and
all other expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the
Trustee and each predecessor Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad
faith.

          (d)  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee
to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of any
Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition
affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the
Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceeding
except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election of a

- -51-

<PAGE>

trustee in bankruptcy or similar Person.

          (e)  All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture
or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession
of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any trial or other Proceedings
relative thereto, and any such action or Proceedings instituted by the Trustee
shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any
recovery of judgment, subject to the payment of the expenses, disbursements and
compensation of the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective
agents and attorneys, shall be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the
Notes.

          (f)  In any Proceedings brought by the Trustee (including any
Proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture),
the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Notes, and it
shall not be necessary to make any Noteholder a party to any such Proceedings.

          SECTION 5.04.  REMEDIES.  If an Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, the Trustee may (subject to Section 5.05):

          (i)  institute Proceedings in its own name and as or on behalf of a
     trustee of an express trust for the collection of all amounts then payable
     on the Notes or under this Indenture with respect thereto, whether by
     declaration or otherwise, enforce any judgment obtained, and collect from
     the Issuer and any other obligor upon such Notes moneys adjudged due;

          (ii) institute Proceedings from time to time for the complete or
     partial foreclosure of this Indenture with respect to the Trust Estate;

          (iii)     exercise any remedies of a secured party under the UCC and
     any other remedy available to the Trustee and take any other appropriate
     action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies of the Trustee on
     behalf of the Noteholders; and

          (iv) sell the Trust Estate or any portion thereof or rights or
     interest therein, at one or more public or private sales called and
     conducted in any manner permitted by law; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
     Trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate the Trust Estate following an
     Event of Default unless

               (A)  the Holders of 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes
          consent thereto,

               (B)  the proceeds of such sale or liquidation distributable to
          the Noteholders will be sufficient to discharge in full all amounts
          then due and unpaid upon such Notes for principal and interest, or

               (C)  the Trustee determines that the Trust Estate will not
          continue to provide sufficient funds for the payment of principal of
          and interest on

- -52-

<PAGE>

          the Notes as they would have become due if the Notes had not been
          declared due and payable, and the Trustee provides prior written
          notice to the Rating Agencies and obtains the consent of Holders of
          66-2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes.

In determining such sufficiency or insufficiency with respect to clause (B) or
(C), the Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an
Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to
the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Trust
Estate for such purpose.

          SECTION 5.05.  OPTIONAL PRESERVATION OF THE CONTRACTS.  If any Notes
have been declared to be due and payable under Section 5.02 following an Event
of Default and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and
annulled, the Trustee may, but need not, elect to maintain possession of the
Trust Estate.  It is the desire of the parties hereto and the Noteholders that
there be at all times sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and
interest on the Notes, and the Trustee shall take such desire into account when
determining whether or not to maintain possession of the Trust Estate.  In
determining whether to maintain possession of the Trust Estate, the Trustee may,
but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment
banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the feasibility of such
proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Trust Estate for such purpose.

          SECTION 5.06.  PRIORITIES.

          If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article
V, including any money or property in respect of liquidation of the Trust Estate
pursuant to Section 5.04(a)(iv), the Trustee shall pay as promptly as
practicable out the money or property in the following order:

          FIRST:  amounts due and owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section
     6.07(b);

          SECOND:  amounts due and owing and required to be distributed to the
     Servicer pursuant to priority (i) of Section 8.03 and not previously
     distributed;

          THIRD:  to Class A Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Class
     A Notes for interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind,
     according to the amounts due and payable on the Class A Notes for interest;

          FOURTH:  to Class A Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the
     Class A Notes for principal, ratably, without preference or priority of any
     kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class A Notes for
     principal;

          FIFTH:  to Class B Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Class
     B Notes for interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind,
     according to the amounts due and payable on the Class B Notes for interest;

          SIXTH:  to Class B Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Class
     B

- -53-

<PAGE>

     Notes for principal, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind,
     according to the amounts due and payable on the Class B Notes for
     principal;

          SEVENTH:  to Class C Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the
     Class C Notes for interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any
     kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class C Notes for
     interest;

          EIGHTH:  to Class C Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the
     Class C Notes for principal, ratably, without preference or priority of any
     kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class C Notes for
     principal;

          NINTH:  amounts due and unpaid on the Equity Certificates for interest
     and principal, to the Owner Trustee for distribution to Equity
     Certificateholders in accordance with Section 5.2(c) of the Trust
     Agreement;

          TENTH:  to the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the Cash
     Collateral Agreement for amounts due and unpaid thereunder; and

          ELEVENTH:  the remainder, if any, to the Owner Trustee for
     distribution to Equity Certificateholders in accordance with Section 5.2(c)
     of the Trust Agreement.

          SECTION 5.07.  LIMITATION OF SUITS.  No Holder of any Note shall have
any right to institute any Proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to
this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any
other remedy hereunder, unless:

          (i)  such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of
     a continuing Event of Default;

          (ii) the Holders of not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount of the
     Notes have made written request to the Trustee to institute such Proceeding
     in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

          (iii)     such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee
     reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be
     incurred in complying with such request;

          (iv) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request
     and offer of indemnity has failed to institute such Proceedings; and

          (v)  no direction inconsistent with such written request has been
     given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority
     of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes;

it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Notes shall have
any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision
of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other
Holders of Notes or to

- -54-

<PAGE>

obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Holders or to
enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided.

          In the event the Trustee shall receive conflicting or inconsistent
requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders of Notes, each
representing less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, the
Trustee in its sole discretion may determine what action, if any, shall be
taken, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture.

          SECTION 5.08.  UNCONDITIONAL RIGHTS OF NOTEHOLDERS TO RECEIVE
PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST.  Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture,
the Holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and
unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest on such Note
on or after the respective due dates thereof expressed in such Note or in this
Indenture (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Special Redemption
Date or Redemption Date, as applicable) and to institute suit for the
enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without
the consent of such Holder.

          SECTION 5.09.  RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.  If the Trustee or
any Noteholder has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy
under this Indenture and such Proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for
any reason or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such
Noteholder, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Trustee and the
Noteholders shall, subject to any determination in such Proceeding, be restored
severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter
all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Noteholders shall continue as
though no such Proceeding had been instituted.

          SECTION 5.10.  RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.  No right or remedy
herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Noteholders is
intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and
remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to
every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law
or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy
hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or
employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

          SECTION 5.11.  DELAY OR OMISSION NOT A WAIVER.  No delay or omission
of the Trustee or any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy
accruing upon any Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Default or Event of Default or an
acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article V or by law
to the Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and as
often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Noteholders, as the
case may be.

          SECTION 5.12.  CONTROL BY NOTEHOLDERS.  The Holders of a majority of
the Outstanding Amount of the Notes shall have the right to direct the time,
method and place of conducting any Proceeding for any remedy available to the
Trustee with respect to the Notes or exercising any trust or power conferred on
the Trustee; provided that

- -55-

<PAGE>

          (i)   such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or
     with this Indenture;

          (ii)  subject to the express terms of Section 5.04, any direction to
     the Trustee to sell or liquidate all or any portion of the Trust Estate
     shall be by the Holders of Notes representing not less than 100% of the
     Outstanding Amount of the Notes; and

          (iii) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the
     Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
     that, subject to Section 6.01, the Trustee need not take any action that it
     determines might involve it in liability or might materially adversely
     affect the rights of any Noteholders not consenting to such action.

          SECTION 5.13.  WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.

          The Holders of Notes of not less than a majority of the Outstanding
Amount of the Notes may waive any past Default or Event of Default and its
consequences except a Default (a) in payment of principal of or interest on any
of the Notes or (b) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which cannot be
modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note.  In the case
of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall
be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no
such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right
consequent thereto.

          Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and be deemed
to have been cured and not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising
therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, for every
purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

          SECTION 5.14.  UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.  All parties to this Indenture
agree, and each Holder of any Note by such Holder's acceptance thereof shall be
deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit
for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee,
the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs
of such suit and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs,
including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such suit,
having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by
such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to (a)
any suit instituted by the Trustee, (b) any suit instituted by any Noteholder,
or group of Noteholders, in each case holding in the aggregate more than 10% of
the Outstanding Amount of the Notes or (c) any suit instituted by any Noteholder
for the enforcement of the payment of principal of or interest on any Note on or
after the respective due dates expressed in such Note and in this Indenture (or,
in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).

          SECTION 5.15.  WAIVER OF STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS.  The Issuer covenants

- -56-

<PAGE>

(to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist
upon, or plead or in any manner whatsoever, claim or take the benefit or
advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time
hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this
Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby
expressly waives all benefit or advantages of any such law, and covenants that
it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to
the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as
though no such law had been enacted.

          SECTION 5.16.  ACTION ON NOTES.  The Trustee's right to seek and
recover judgment on the Notes or under this Indenture shall not be affected by
the seeking, obtaining or application of any other relief under or with respect
to this Indenture.  Neither the lien of this Indenture nor any rights or
remedies of
the Trustee or the Noteholders shall be impaired by the recovery of any judgment
by the Trustee against the Issuer or by the levy of any execution under such
judgment upon any portion of the Trust Estate or upon any of the assets of the
Issuer.

- -57-

<PAGE>

          SECTION 5.17.  PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT OF CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS.

          (a)  Promptly following a request from the Trustee to do so and at the
Depositor's expense, the Issuer agrees to take all such lawful action as the
Trustee may request to compel or secure the performance and observance by the
Depositor or the Servicer, as applicable, of each of their obligations to the
Issuer under or in connection with the Transfer and Servicing Agreement in
accordance with the terms thereof, and to exercise any and all rights, remedies,
powers and privileges lawfully available to the Issuer under or in connection
with the Transfer and Servicing Agreement to the extent and in the manner
directed by the Trustee, including the transmission of notices of default on the
part of the Depositor or the Servicer thereunder and the institution of legal or
administrative actions or proceedings to compel or secure performance by the
Depositor or the Servicer of each of their obligations under the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

          (b)  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Trustee may, and at the direction (which direction shall be in writing,
including facsimile) of the Holders of 66-2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the
Notes shall, exercise all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the
Issuer against the Depositor or the Servicer under or in connection with the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, including the right or power to take any
action to compel or secure performance or observance by the Depositor or the
Servicer of each of their obligations to the Issuer thereunder and to give any
consent, request, notice, direction, approval, extension or waiver under the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, and any right of the Issuer to take such
action shall be suspended.


- -58-

<PAGE>

ARTICLE VI

THE TRUSTEE

          SECTION 6.01.  DUTIES OF TRUSTEE.

          (a)  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture with
the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would
exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own
affairs.

          (b)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

          (i)  the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such
     duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied
     covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the
     Trustee; and

          (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
     conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
     the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to
     the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; however,
     the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine
     whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture and, if
     applicable, the Trustee's other Related Documents.

          (c)  The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful
misconduct, except that:

          (i)   this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of
     this Section;

          (ii)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made
     in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee
     was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

          (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it
     takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
     received by it pursuant to Section 5.12.

          (d)  Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the
Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

          (e)  The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money
received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.

          (f)  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required by law or the terms of this Indenture
or the Transfer

- -59-

<PAGE>

and Servicing Agreement.

          (g)  No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to
expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its
rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayments
of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not
reasonably assured to it.

          (h)  Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or
affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be
subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA.

          (i)  In no event shall the Trustee be required to perform, or be
responsible for the manner of performance of, any of the obligations of the
Servicer, or any other party, under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, except
during such time, if any, as the Trustee shall be the successor to, and be
vested with the rights, powers, duties and privileges of the Servicer, in
accordance with the terms of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

          (j)  The Trustee shall, and hereby agrees that it will, perform all of
the obligations and duties required of it under the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

          (k)  Without limiting the generality of this Section, the Trustee
shall have no duty (i) to see to any recording, filing or depositing of this
Indenture or any agreement referred to herein or any financing statement
evidencing a security interest in the Equipment, or to see to the maintenance of
any such recording or filing or depositing or to any recording, refiling or
redepositing of any thereof, (ii) to see to any insurance of the Equipment or
Obligors or to effect or maintain any such insurance, (iii) except as
specifically provided in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, to see to the
payment or discharge of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge or any
Lien or encumbrance of any kind owing with respect to, assessed or levied
against any part of the Trust Estate, (iv) to confirm or verify the contents of
any reports or certificates delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture
or the Transfer and Servicing Agreement believed by the Trustee to be genuine
and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties, or (v) to
inspect the Equipment at any time or ascertain or inquire as to the performance
of observance of any of the Issuer's, the Depositor's or the Servicer's
representations, warranties or covenants or the Servicer's duties and
obligations as Servicer under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

          (l)  Except for actions expressly authorized by this Indenture or the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement or taken by the Trustee pursuant to Section
6.01(a), the Trustee shall take no action reasonably likely to impair (i) the
interests of the Trust Estate in any contract or agreement now existing or
hereafter created or (ii) the value of any contract or agreement now existing or
hereafter created.

          (m)  The Trustee shall have no power to vary the corpus of the Trust
Estate, except as expressly provided in this Indenture.

- -60-

<PAGE>

          (n)  In the event that the Note Registrar or the Paying Agent (if
other than the Trustee) shall fail to perform any obligation, duty or agreement
in the manner or on the day required to be performed by the Note Registrar or
the Paying Agent, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be
obligated, as soon as possible upon knowledge of a Responsible Officer thereof
and receipt of appropriate records, if any, to perform such obligation, duty or
agreement in the manner so required.

          SECTION 6.02.  RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

          Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.01:

          (a)  the Trustee may rely on any document believed by it to be genuine
     and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.  The Trustee
     need not (except under the circumstances described in paragraph (g) below)
     investigate any fact or matter stated in the document;

          (b)  before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require
     an Officers' Certificate (with respect to factual matters) or an Opinion of
     Counsel, as applicable.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it
     takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers'
     Certificate or Opinion of Counsel, as applicable, or as directed by the
     requisite amount of Note Owners as provided herein;

          (c)  the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
     perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
     attorneys or a custodian or nominee, and the Trustee shall not be
     responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the
     supervision of, any such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed
     with due care by it hereunder;

          (d)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits
     to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its
     rights or powers; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Trustee's conduct does not
     constitute willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith;

          (e)  the Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or opinion
     of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the
     Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from
     liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it
     hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of
     such counsel;

          (f)  the Trustee shall be under no obligation to institute, conduct or
     defend any litigation under this Indenture or in relation to this
     Indenture, at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders of
     Notes, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders of
     Notes shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity
     against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred therein or
     thereby; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Trustee shall, upon the occurrence of
     an Event of Default (that has not been cured), exercise the

- -61-

<PAGE>


     rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture with the same degree of
     care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use
     under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs; and

          (g)  the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
     facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
     instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval,
     bond or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by
     the Holders of Notes evidencing not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount
     thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the payment within a reasonable time to
     the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by
     it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee,
     not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the
     terms of this Indenture or the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the
     Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such cost, expense or
     liability as a condition to so proceeding; the reasonable expense of every
     such examination shall be paid by the Person making such request, or, if
     paid by the Trustee, shall be reimbursed by the Person making such request
     upon demand.

          SECTION 6.03.  INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.  The Trustee in its
individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and
may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee.  Any Paying Agent, Note Registrar,
co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights.  However, the
Trustee is required to comply with Sections 6.11 and 6.12.

          SECTION 6.04.  TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER.  The Trustee shall not be
responsible for and, except as provided in Section 6.13, makes no representation
as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Trust Estate or the Notes,
it shall not be accountable for the Issuer's use of the proceeds from the Notes,
and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in the Indenture
or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the
Notes other than the Trustee's certificate of authentication.

          SECTION 6.05.  NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.  If a Default occurs and is
continuing and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the
Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder notice of the Default within 90 days after
it occurs.  Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of or
interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the mandatory redemption
provisions of such Note), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as
a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that
withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.

          SECTION 6.06.  REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS.  The Trustee shall
provide or cause to be provided to each Noteholder all such tax information as
may be required by law to be distributed to enable such holder to prepare its
federal and state income tax returns.

          SECTION 6.07.  COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY.

          (a)  The Servicer, pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement,
has

- -62-

<PAGE>

covenanted and agreed to pay to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall be entitled
to, certain annual fees and to reimburse the Trustee for all ordinary and
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it in connection with the
performance of its duties hereunder (excluding those incurred or made in the
performance of its duties under Article V, as referred to in paragraph (b)
below).  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee's agents, counsel, accountants and
experts.

          (b)  The Trustee shall also be entitled to reimbursement, from moneys
available therefor in accordance with Section 5.06, for all reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred or made
by it in connection with the performance of its duties under Article V.  When
the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in
Section 5.01(iv) or (v) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to
constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of the United States Code
or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.
Notwithstanding anything else set forth in this Indenture or the Related
Documents, the Trustee agrees that the obligations of the Issuer to the Trustee
hereunder and under the Related Documents shall be recourse to the Trust Estate
only.  In addition, the Trustee agrees that its recourse to the Issuer or the
Trust Estate shall be limited to the right to receive the reimbursement referred
to in the first sentence of this paragraph.

          SECTION 6.08.  REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE.  The Trustee may resign at any
time by so notifying the Issuer in writing.  The Issuer may remove the Trustee
if:

          (i)   the Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11;

          (ii)  a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of the
     Trustee in an involuntary case or proceeding under federal or state banking
     or bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other
     applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law,
     shall have entered a decree or order granting relief or appointing a
     receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, conservator,
     sequestrator (or similar official) for the Trustee or for any substantial
     part of the Trustee's property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation
     of the Trustee's affairs;

          (iii) an involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or
     hereafter in effect, or another present or future federal or state
     bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law is commenced with respect to the
     Trustee and such case is not dismissed within 60 days;

          (iv) the Trustee commences a voluntary case under any federal or state
     banking or bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other
     applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or
     consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver,
     liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, conservator, sequestrator (or
     other similar official) for the Trustee or for any substantial part of the
     Trustee's property, or makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors or
     fails generally to pay its debts as such debts become due

- -63-

<PAGE>

     or takes any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing;

          (v)  the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting; or

          (vi) the rating assigned to the long-term unsecured debt obligations
     of the Trustee (or the holding company thereof) by the Rating Agencies
     shall be lowered below the rating of "BBB", "Baa3" or equivalent rating or
     be withdrawn by any Rating Agency.

          If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the
office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to
herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee.

          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer.  Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the
successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee
under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Noteholders.  The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all
property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee.

          If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the
Holders of a majority in Outstanding Amount of the Notes may petition any court
of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11, any Noteholder may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and
the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a
successor Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall not
become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee
pursuant to this Section and payment of all fees and expenses owed to the
retiring Trustee.  Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to
this Section, the retiring Trustee shall be entitled to payment or reimbursement
of such amounts as such Person is entitled pursuant to Section 6.07.

          SECTION 6.09.  SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER.  If the Trustee
consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially
all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking
association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any
further act shall be the successor Trustee; PROVIDED that no such merger,
conversion or consolidation shall relieve the Trustee of its obligation to
comply with Section 6.11.  The Trustee shall provide the Rating Agencies prompt
notice of any such transaction.

          In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion
or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this
Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any
such successor to the Trustee

- -64-

<PAGE>

may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and
deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes
shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate
such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the
successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the
full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that
the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

          SECTION 6.10.  APPOINTMENT OF CO-TRUSTEE OR SEPARATE TRUSTEE.

          (a)  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, at any
time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction in
which any part of the Trust may at the time be located, the Trustee shall have
the power and may execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more
Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate
trustees, of all or any part of the Trust, and to vest in such Person or
Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Noteholders, such title to
the Trust, or any part hereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this
Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may
consider necessary or desirable.  No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder
shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor Trustee under
Section 6.11 and no notice to Noteholders of the appointment of any co-trustee
or separate trustee shall be required under Section 6.08.

          (b)  Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent
permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and
conditions:

          (i)   all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed
     upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or
     performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly
     (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not
     authorized to act separately without the Trustee joining in such act),
     except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any
     particular act or acts are to be performed the Trustee shall be incompetent
     or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights,
     powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust
     or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and
     performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the
     direction of the Trustee;

          (ii)  no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any
     act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and

          (iii) the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove
     any separate trustee or co-trustee.

          (c)  Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall
be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and
co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them.  Every instrument
appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and
the conditions of this Article VI.  Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon
its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the

- -65-

<PAGE>

estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly
with the Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the
provisions of this Indenture, specifically including every provision of this
Indenture relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording
protection to, the Trustee.  Every such instrument shall be filed with the
Trustee.

          (d)  Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the
Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the
extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this
Agreement on its behalf and in its name.  If any separate trustee or co-trustee
shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates,
properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the
Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or
successor trustee.

          SECTION 6.11.  ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION.  The Trustee shall at
all times satisfy the requirements of TIA Section 310(a).  The Trustee shall
have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its
most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with
TIA Section 310(b), including the optional provision permitted by the second
sentence of TIA Section 310(b)(9); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that there shall be
excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures
under which other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements
for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met.

          SECTION 6.12.  PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST ISSUER.  The
Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been
removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.

          SECTION 6.13.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE TRUSTEE.  The
Trustee represents and warrants as of the Closing Date that:

          (i)  the Trustee is a                             organized, existing
     and in good standing under the laws of the                            ;

          (ii) the Trustee has full power, authority and right to execute,
     deliver and perform this Indenture and each of the Trustee's Related
     Documents, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution,
     delivery and performance by it of this Indenture and each such Related
     Document; and

          (iii)     each of this Indenture and the Trustee's Related Documents
     has been duly executed and delivered by the Trustee and represents a legal,
     valid and binding obligation of the Trustee enforceable against the Trustee
     in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited
     by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other
     similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of
     creditors' rights in general and except as such enforceability may be
     limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at
     law or in equity).

- -66-

<PAGE>

          SECTION 6.14.  SERVICER'S OBLIGATIONS.  The Trustee shall use its
reasonable good faith efforts to cause the Servicer duly and punctually to
perform all of its duties and obligations under the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.


- -67-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII

                         NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS

          SECTION 7.01.  ISSUER TO FURNISH TRUSTEE NAMES AND ADDRESSES TO
NOTEHOLDERS.  The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee
(a) not more than five days after the earlier of (i) each Record Date and (ii)
three months after the last Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may
reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes as of
such Record Date, (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing,
within 30 days after receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list of
similar form and content as of a date not more than 10 days prior to the time
such list is furnished; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that so long as the Trustee is the
Note Registrar, no such list shall be required to be furnished.

          SECTION 7.02.  PRESERVATION OF INFORMATION; COMMUNICATIONS TO
NOTEHOLDERS.

          (a)  The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable, the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes contained in the
most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.01 and the
names and addresses of Holders of Notes received by the Trustee in its capacity
as Note Registrar.  The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided
in such Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

          (b)  Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with
other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the
Notes.

          (c)  The Issuer, the Trustee and the Note Registrar shall have the
protection of TIA Section 312(c).

          SECTION 7.03.  REPORTS BY ISSUER.

          (a)  The Issuer shall:

          (i)  file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Issuer is
     required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports
     and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such
     portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by
     rules and regulations prescribe) which the Issuer may be required to file
     with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

          (ii) file with the Trustee and the Commission in accordance with rules
     and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission such
     additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by
     the Issuer with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be
     required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and


- -68-

<PAGE>

          (iii) supply to the Trustee (and the Trustee shall transmit by
     mail to all Noteholders described in TIA Section 313(c)) such summaries of
     any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Issuer
     pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph as may be required by
     rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

          (b)   Unless the Issuer otherwise determines, the fiscal year of the
Issuer shall end on December 31 of each year.

          SECTION 7.04.  REPORTS BY TRUSTEE.  If required by TIA Section 313(a),
within 60 days after each March 31 beginning with March 31, 1997, the Trustee
shall mail to each Noteholder as required by TIA Section 313(c) a brief report
dated as of such date that complies with TIA Section 313(a).  The Trustee also
shall comply with TIA Section 313(b).

          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall
be filed by the Trustee with the Commission and each stock exchange, if any, on
which the Notes are listed.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee if and when the
Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

          SECTION 7.05.  STATEMENTS TO NOTEHOLDERS AND EQUITY
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.

          (a)   On each Payment Date, the Trustee shall include with each
distribution to each Noteholder, a statement (which statement shall also be
provided to each Rating Agency) based on information in the Servicer's
Certificate delivered on the related Determination Date pursuant to Section 3.9
of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, setting forth for the Collection Period
relating to such Payment Date the following information with respect to each
class of Notes:

          (i)   the amount of such distribution allocable to principal;

          (ii)  the amount of such distribution allocable to interest;

          (iii) the amount of such distribution payable out of amounts
     withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account;

          (iv)  the Principal Balance of each Class of Notes and of the Equity
     Certificates (after giving effect to distributions made on such Payment
     Date);

          (v)   the Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall, the Class B Interest
     Carryover Shortfall, the Class C Interest Carryover Shortfall and the
     Equity Certificate Interest Carryover Shortfall, if any, and the change in
     such amounts from the preceding statement;

          (vi)  the amount of fees paid by the Trust with respect to such
     Collection Period;

          (vii) the Note Pool Factor with respect to each class of Notes
     (after giving


- -69-

<PAGE>

     effect to distributions made on such Payment Date);

          (viii) the balance remaining (up to the Requisite Cash Collateral
     Amount) in the Cash Collateral Account and the amount, if any, by which
     such balance is less than the Requisite Cash Collateral Amount; and

          (ix)   the Contract Pool Principal Balance as of the last day of such
     Collection Period and as of the last day of the prior Collection Period.

Each amount set forth pursuant to subclauses (i) through (iii) and (v) above may
be expressed as a dollar amount per $1,000 of original Principal Balance of a
Note.

          (b)  On each Payment Date, the Owner Trustee shall include with each
distribution to each Equity Certificateholder, a statement based on information
in the Servicer's Certificate delivered on the related Determination Date
pursuant to Section 3.9 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, setting forth
for the Collection Period relating to such Payment Date the following
information:

          (i)    the amount of such distribution allocable to principal;

          (ii)   the amount of such distribution allocable to interest;

          (iii)  the amount of such distribution payable out of amounts
     withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account;

          (iv)   the Principal Balance of the Equity Certificates and the
     Aggregate Principal Balance of the Notes (after giving effect to
     distributions made on such Payment Date);

          (v)    the Equity Certificate Interest Carryover Shortfall, the Class
     A Interest Carryover Shortfall, the Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall
     and the Class C Interest Carryover Shortfall, if any, and the change in
     such amounts from the preceding statement;

          (vi)   the amount of fees paid by the Trust with respect to such
     Collection Period;

          (vii)  the Equity Certificate Pool Factor (after giving effect to
     distributions made on such Payment Date);

          (viii) the balance remaining (up to the Requisite Cash Collateral
     Amount) in the Cash Collateral Account and the amount, if any, by which
     such balance is less than the Requisite Cash Collateral Amount; and

          (ix) the Contract Pool Principal Balance as of the last day of such
     Collection Period and as of the last day of the prior Collection Period.


- -70-

<PAGE>

Each amount set forth pursuant to subclauses (i) through (iii) and (v) above may
be expressed as a dollar amount per $1,000 of original Principal Balance of an
Equity Certificate.

          (c)  Note Owners may obtain copies of the statements delivered by the
Trustee pursuant to subsection (a) above upon written request to the Trustee at
its Corporate Trust Office (together with a certification that such Person is a
Note Owner and payment of any expenses associated with the distribution
thereof).  Equity Certificate Owners may obtain copies of the certificates
delivered by the Owner Trustee pursuant to subsection (b) above upon written
request to the Owner Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office (together with a
certification that such Person is an Equity Certificate Owner and payment of any
expenses associated with the distribution thereof).


- -71-

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                   TRUST ACCOUNTS, DISBURSEMENTS AND RELEASES

          SECTION 8.01.  COLLECTION OF MONEY.  Except as otherwise expressly
provided herein, the Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and shall
receive and collect, directly and without intervention or assistance of any
fiscal agent or other intermediary, all money and other property payable to or
receivable by the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture.  The Trustee shall apply
all such money received by it as provided in this Indenture.  Except as
otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, if any default occurs in the
making of any payment or performance under any agreement or instrument that is
part of this Indenture or the Notes, the Trustee may take such action as may be
appropriate to enforce such payment or performance, including the institution
and prosecution of appropriate Proceedings.  Any such action shall be without
prejudice to any right to claim a Default or Event of Default under this
Indenture and any right to proceed thereafter as provided in Article V.

          SECTION 8.02.  COLLECTION ACCOUNT.  On or prior to the Closing Date,
the Trustee shall establish the Collection Account in the name of the Trustee
for the benefit of the Equity Certificateholders and the Noteholders.  The
Collection Account shall be an Eligible Account and initially shall be a
segregated trust account established with the Trustee and maintained with the
Trustee, into which (i) the Servicer shall deposit or cause to be deposited all
amounts described in Sections 4.1 and 5.1 of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement, and (ii) the Trustee shall deposit the amounts described in Section
8.06(c).

          SECTION 8.03.  DISTRIBUTIONS.  On each Payment Date, the Trustee shall
(based on the information contained in the Servicer's Certificate delivered on
the related Determination Date) distribute the following amounts and in the
order of priority specified below.  Within each order of priority, amounts shall
be deemed withdrawn first from Available Pledged Revenues, and second (but only
as to amounts described in clauses (ii) through (iv) below) from amounts
deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 8.06(c).

          (i)   first, from the Available Pledged Revenues then on deposit in
     the Collection Account, to the Servicer, the Servicing Fee for the related
     Collection Period and any amounts specified in Section 4.2(c) of the
     Transfer and Servicing Agreement, to the extent the Servicer has not
     reimbursed itself in respect of such amounts pursuant to Section 4.4 of the
     Transfer and Servicing Agreement;

          (ii)  second, from the Amount Available then remaining on deposit in
     the Collection Account, to the Note Distribution Account, an amount equal
     to the Note Interest Distributable Amount for such Payment Date;

          (iii) third, from the Amount Available then remaining on deposit
     in the Collection Account, to the Equity Certificate Distribution Account,
     an amount equal to the Equity Certificate Interest Distributable Amount for
     such Payment Date;


- -72-

<PAGE>

          (iv)   fourth, from the Amount Available then remaining on deposit in
     the Collection Account, to the Note Distribution Account, an amount equal
     to the Note Principal Distributable Amount for such Payment Date;

          (v)    fifth, from the Amount Available then remaining on deposit in
     the Collection Account, to the Equity Certificate Distribution Account, an
     amount equal to the Equity Certificate Principal Distributable Amount for
     such Payment Date;

          (vi)   sixth, from the Available Pledged Revenues then remaining on
     deposit in the Collection Account, to the Cash Collateral Account, the
     amount, if any, necessary to increase the balance therein to the Requisite
     Cash Collateral Amount;

          (vii)  seventh, from the Available Pledged Revenues then remaining
     on deposit in the Collection Account, to the parties entitled thereto in
     accordance with the Cash Collateral Agreement, any amounts due and unpaid
     thereunder; and

          (viii) eighth, any remaining Available Pledged Revenues to the
     Equity Certificate Distribution Account.

          SECTION 8.04.  NOTE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT.

          (a)  On or prior to the Closing Date, the Trustee shall establish the
Note Distribution Account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the
Noteholders.  The Note Distribution Account shall be an Eligible Account and
initially shall be a segregated trust account established with the Trustee and
maintained with the Trustee.

          (b)  On each Payment Date and Redemption Date, the Trustee shall
distribute all amounts on deposit in the Note Distribution Account in the
following amounts and in the following order of priority (except as otherwise
provided in Section 5.06):

          (i)  interest on the Notes in the following order of priority:

               (A)  to the Class A Noteholders, the Class A Interest
          Distributable Amount;

               (B)  to the Class B Noteholders, the Class B Interest
          Distributable Amount; and

               (C)  to the Class C Noteholders, the Class C Interest
          Distributable Amount; and

          (ii) principal on the Notes in the following order of priority:

               (A)  principal of the Class A Notes until the principal balance
          thereof has been reduced to zero;


- -73-

<PAGE>

               (B)  principal of the Class B Notes until the principal balance
          thereof has been reduced to zero; and

               (C)  principal of the Class C Notes until the principal balance
          thereof has been reduced to zero.

          SECTION 8.05.  ESCROW ACCOUNT.

          (a)   On or prior to the Closing Date, the Trustee shall establish the
Escrow Account, which shall be an Eligible Account funded on the Closing Date,
from proceeds of the Notes and other moneys furnished to the Trustee by the
Depositor, in an amount equal to $_____________ [the Special Redemption Price].
Withdrawals from the Escrow Account may be made only (1) on the Special
Redemption Date, to redeem the Notes in accordance with Section 10.01(a), and to
pay to the Depositor any balance in the Escrow Account upon completion of such
redemption, or (2) on such date prior to the Special Redemption Date as of which
all of the conditions specified in paragraph (b) below have been satisfied, to
pay over to the Depositor all amounts deposited in the Escrow Account in order
to clear and terminate such Escrow Account.

          (b)  The Notes shall be redeemed on the Special Redemption Date
unless, on or prior to the last Business Day prior to such date, each of the
following shall have occurred:

          (i)   the Merger shall have been consummated;

          (ii)  [the Purchase Agreement, in substantially the form attached
     hereto as Exhibit _______, shall have been duly executed and delivered,
     and] the sale of the Contracts and the Equipment, together with any other
     assets relating thereto, to the Depositor pursuant [thereto] to the
     Purchase Agreement, as well as all other actions to be taken thereunder at
     or prior to such sale, shall have been completed or performed in all
     material respects, as evidenced by a certification and acknowledgement, in
     substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit ________, given by
     authorized officers of TCC and the Depositor;


          (iii) the transfer and assignment of the Contracts and the
     Equipment, together with any other assets relating thereto, to the Issuer
     pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, as well as all other
     actions to be taken thereunder at or prior to such transfer and assignment,
     shall have been completed or performed in all material respects, as
     evidenced by a certification and acknowledgement, in substantially the form
     attached hereto as Exhibit ________, given by authorized officers of the
     Depositor and the Owner Trustee;

          (iv)  opinions of counsel, in substantially the forms attached hereto
     as Exhibit ________, shall have been rendered.

          (c)   Upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in paragraph (b)
above, the Trustee shall give prompt notice thereof to the Noteholders, the
Equity Certificateholders


- -74-

<PAGE>

and each Rating Agency.

          SECTION 8.06.  CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT.

          (a)  On or prior to __________________________ [Closing Date/Merger
Consummation Date], the Trustee shall establish the Cash Collateral Account in
the name of the Trustee in accordance with the requirements of the Cash
Collateral Account Agreement for the benefit of the Equity Certificateholders,
the Noteholders and the Cash Collateral Account Lenders.  The Cash Collateral
Account shall be an Eligible Account [and initially shall be a segregated trust
account established with the Trustee and maintained with the Trustee].  The Cash
Collateral Account will be funded on __________________________ in an amount
equal to the Requisite Cash Collateral Amount from the proceeds of loans to be
made by the Cash Collateral Account Lenders (including an initial deposit
therein by the Depositor).

          (b)  If the amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account on any
Payment Date (after giving effect to any deposits therein pursuant to Section
8.03(vi) and any withdrawals therefrom pursuant to Section 8.06(c)) is greater
than the Requisite Cash Collateral Amount for such Payment Date, the Trustee
shall distribute the amount of the excess in accordance with the Cash Collateral
Account Agreement.  Amounts properly distributed pursuant to the prior sentence
shall be deemed released from the Trust Estate and the security interest herein
granted to the Trustee, and the Issuer shall in no event thereafter be required
to refund any such distributed amounts.

          (c)  On the last Business Day preceding each Payment Date, the Trustee
shall withdraw from amounts on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account, and
deposit into the Collection Account, an amount equal to the lesser of the
Available Cash Collateral Amount for such Payment Date and the sum of the
following amounts, if any (to the extent the deficiency represented by such
amounts has resulted, directly or indirectly, from delinquencies or defaults, or
both, on the Contracts):

          (i)   the amount, if any, by which the Available Pledged Revenues with
     respect to such Payment Date, after payment of the amounts specified in
     clause (i) of Section 8.03, is less than the sum of the amounts specified
     in clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 8.03; plus

          (ii)  the Principal Deficiency Amount, if any, for such Payment Date;
     plus

          (iii) the amount, if any, by which the Available Pledged Revenues
     with respect to the Scheduled Maturity Date for any Class of Notes or the
     Equity Certificates, after payment of all amounts specified in clauses (i)
     through (iii) of Section 8.03, is less than the remaining Principal Balance
     of such Class of Notes or the Equity Certificates, as applicable.

In the event that the Available Cash Collateral Amount for any Payment Date is
less than the total amount, if any, specified above for such Payment Date, the
amount actually withdrawn by the Trustee shall be applied in the order of
priority specified above, and,


- -75-

<PAGE>

within each clause specified above, in the order of priority specified in
Section 8.03.  For purposes of making withdrawals from the Cash Collateral
Account pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee may conclusively presume, in the
absence of written notice from the Servicer to the contrary, that all amounts to
be so withdrawn have resulted, directly or indirectly, from delinquencies or
defaults, or both, on the Contracts.

          SECTION 8.07.  GENERAL PROVISIONS REGARDING TRUST ACCOUNTS AND CASH
COLLATERAL ACCOUNT.

          (a)  So long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing, all amounts held in the Trust Accounts and the Cash Collateral
Account shall, to the extent permitted by applicable laws, rules and
regulations, be invested, as directed by the Servicer, in Eligible Investments
that mature not later than one Business Day prior to the Payment Date for the
Collection Period to which such amounts relate (or, in the case of the Cash
Collateral Account, in Eligible Investments that mature not later than one
Business Day prior to the next Payment Date with respect to which amounts may be
withdrawn therefrom).  Any such written direction shall certify that any such
investment is authorized by this Section.  Investments in Eligible Investments
shall be made in the name of the Trustee on behalf of the Trust, and such
investments shall not be sold or disposed of prior to their maturity.  Any
investment of funds in the Trust Accounts or in the Cash Collateral Account
shall be made in Eligible Investments held by a financial institution in
accordance with the following requirements:

          (i)  all Eligible Investments shall be held in an account with such
     financial institution in the name of the Trustee;

          (ii) with respect to securities held in such account, such
     securities shall be:

               (A)  certificated securities (as such term is used in N.Y. UCC
          Section 8-313(d)(i)), securities deemed to be certificated securities
          under applicable regulations of the United States government, or
          uncertificated securities issued by an issuer organized under the laws
          of the State of New York or the State of Delaware,

               (B)  either (I) in the possession of such institution, (II) in
          the possession of a "clearing corporation" (as such term is used in
          Section 8-102(5) of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New
          York, registered in the name of such clearing corporation or its
          nominee, not endorsed for collection or surrender or any other purpose
          not involving transfer, not containing any evidence of a right or
          interest inconsistent with the Trustee's security interest therein,
          and held by such clearing corporation in an account of such
          institution, (III) held in an account of such institution with the
          Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or (IV) in the case of
          uncertificated securities, issued in the name of such institution, and


               (C)  identified, by book entry or otherwise, as held for the
          account of, or pledged to, the Trustee on the records of such
          institution, and such


- -76-

<PAGE>

          institution shall have sent the Trustee a confirmation thereof;

          (iii)     with respect to repurchase obligations held in such account,
     such repurchase obligations shall be identified by such institution, by
     book entry or otherwise, as held for the account of, or pledged to, the
     Trustee on the records of such institution, and the related securities
     shall be held in accordance with the requirements of clause (ii) above; and

          (iv)      with respect to other Eligible Investments other than
     securities and repurchase agreements, such Eligible Investments shall be
     held in a manner acceptable to the Trustee.

Subject to the other provisions hereof, the Trustee shall have sole control over
each such investment and the income thereon, and any certificate or other
instrument evidencing any such investment, if any, shall be delivered directly
to the Trustee or its agent, together with each document of transfer, if any,
necessary to transfer title to such investment to the Trustee in a manner which
complies with this Section.  All interest, dividends, gains upon transfer and
other income from, or earnings on, investments of funds in the Trust Accounts
shall be deposited in the Collection Account and distributed on the next Payment
Date in accordance with Section 8.03.   All interest, dividends, gains upon
transfer and other income from, or earnings on, investments of funds in the Cash
Collateral Account shall be retained therein until distributed in accordance
with Section 8.06(b).

          (b)  Subject to Section 6.01(c), the Trustee shall not in any way be
held liable by reason of any insufficiency in any of the Trust Accounts or the
Cash Collateral Account resulting from any loss on any Eligible Investment
included therein except for losses attributable to the Trustee's failure to make
payments on such Eligible Investments issued by the Trustee, in its commercial
capacity as principal obligor and not as Trustee, in accordance with their
terms.

          (c)  The Trustee, in holding all funds in the Trust Accounts and in
the Cash Collateral Account, and in making distributions as provided in this
Agreement, shall act solely on behalf of and as agent for the Equity
Certificateholders, the Noteholders and (as to the Cash Collateral Account) the
Cash Collateral Account Lenders.

          (d)  Any account which is required to be established as an Eligible
Account pursuant to this Indenture and which ceases to be an Eligible Account
shall within five Business Days (or such longer period, not to exceed 30 days,
as to which each Rating Agency may consent) be established as a new account
which shall be an Eligible Account, and any cash and/or any investments shall be
transferred to such new account.


- -77-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX

                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

          SECTION 9.01.  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITHOUT CONSENT OF NOTEHOLDERS
OR EQUITY CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.

          (a)  Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes or Equity
Certificateholders, but with prior notice to the Rating Agencies, the Issuer and
the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, at any time and from time to
time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto (which shall
conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of
the execution thereof), in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the
following purposes:

          (i)    to correct or amplify the description of any property at any
     time subject to the lien of this Indenture, or better to assure, convey and
     confirm unto the Trustee any property subject to, or required to be
     subjected to, the lien created by this Indenture, or to subject to the lien
     created by this Indenture additional property;

          (ii)   to evidence the succession, in compliance with the applicable
     provisions hereof, of another Person to the Issuer, and the assumption by
     any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer herein and in the Notes
     contained;

          (iii)  to add to the covenants of the Issuer, for the benefit of
     the Holders of the Notes, or to surrender any right or power herein
     conferred upon the Issuer;

          (iv)   to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to
     or with the Trustee;

          (v)    to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision
     herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein;

          (vi)   to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the appointment
     hereunder by a successor trustee with respect to the Notes and to add to or
     change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to
     facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one
     trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Article VI;

          (vii)  to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this
     Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to effect the qualification
     of this Indenture under the TIA or under any similar Federal statute
     hereafter enacted and to add to this Indenture such other provisions as may
     be expressly required by the TIA; or

          (viii) to avoid a reduction, qualification or withdrawal of any
     rating on the Notes.


- -78-

<PAGE>

          The Trustee is hereby authorized to join in the execution of any such
supplemental indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations that may be therein contained.

          (b)  The Issuer and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order,
may, also without the consent of any of the Holders of the Notes or the Equity
Certificateholders, but upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition, enter
into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding
any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the
provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the
Holders of the Notes under this Indenture; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such action
shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any
material respect the interests of any Noteholder.

          SECTION 9.02.  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITH CONSENT OF NOTEHOLDERS AND
EQUITY CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.

          (a)   The Issuer and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order,
also may, with prior notice to the Rating Agencies and the consent of a Note
Majority of each Class affected thereby, enter into an indenture or indentures
supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in
any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this
Indenture; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, no such supplemental indenture shall,
without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby:

          (i)   change the date, timing or method of determination of payment of
     any installment of principal of or interest on any Note, or reduce the
     principal amount thereof, the interest rate thereon or the Redemption Price
     or Special Redemption Price with respect thereto, change the provision of
     this Indenture relating to the application of collections on, or the
     proceeds of the sale of, the Trust Estate to payment of principal of or
     interest on the Notes, or change any place of payment where, or the coin or
     currency in which, any Note or the interest thereon is payable, or impair
     the right to institute suit for the enforcement of the provisions of this
     Indenture requiring the application of funds available therefor, as
     provided in Article V, to the payment of any such amount due on the Notes
     on or after the respective due dates thereof (or, in the case of
     redemption, on or after the Special Redemption Date or Redemption Date, as
     applicable);

          (ii)  impair the right of the Holder to institute suit pursuant to
     Section 5.08;

          (iii) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the
     Notes, the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such
     supplemental indenture, or the consent of the Holders of which is required
     for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or
     certain defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this
     Indenture;

          (iv) modify or alter the provisions of the proviso to the definition
     of the


- -79-

<PAGE>

     term "Outstanding";

          (v)    reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes
     required to direct the Trustee to direct the Issuer to sell or liquidate
     the Trust Estate pursuant to Section 5.04;

          (vi)   modify any provision of this Section except to increase any
     percentage specified herein or to provide that certain additional
     provisions of this Indenture or the Related Documents cannot be modified or
     waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected
     thereby;

          (vii)  permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a
     parity with the lien created by this Indenture with respect to any part of
     the Trust Estate or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated herein,
     terminate the lien created by this Indenture on any property at any time
     subject hereto or deprive the Holder of any Note of the security provided
     by the lien created by this Indenture; or

          (viii) result in a reduction, qualification or withdrawal of the
     rating of any class of Notes.

          Any supplemental indenture to be entered into in accordance with this
Section shall be deemed to affect all Outstanding Notes other than any Class of
Notes with respect to which an Opinion of Counsel for the Issuer is addressed
and delivered to the Trustee to the effect that the interests of the Holders of
Notes of such Class are not affected in any material respect by the supplemental
indenture.

          It shall not be necessary for any Act of Noteholders under this
Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture,
but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.  The
manner of obtaining such approvals shall be subject to such reasonable
requirements as the Trustee may prescribe.

          (b)  The Issuer and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order,
also may, with prior notice to the Rating Agencies and the consent of the Equity
Certificateholders, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto
for the purpose of modifying the rights of the Equity Certificateholders under
this Indenture.

          The Trustee may in its discretion determine whether or not the rights
of the Equity Certificateholders under this Indenture would be modified by any
supplemental indenture, and any such determination shall be conclusive upon the
Equity Certificateholders.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any such
determination made in good faith.

          It shall not be necessary for the Equity Certificateholders to approve
the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be
sufficient if the Equity Certificateholders shall approve the substance thereof.
The manner of obtaining such approvals and of evidencing the authorization of
the execution thereof by Equity Certificateholders shall be subject to such
reasonable requirements as the Trustee may


- -80-

<PAGE>

prescribe.

          (c)  Promptly after the execution by the Issuer and the Trustee of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to this Section, the Trustee shall mail to the
Holders of the Notes and the Equity Certificateholders to which such amendment
or supplemental indenture relates a notice setting forth in general terms the
substance of such supplemental indenture.  Any failure of the Trustee to mail
such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or
affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

          SECTION 9.03.  EXECUTION OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.  In executing, or
permitting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture
permitted by this Article IX or the modifications thereby of the trusts created
by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and subject to
Sections 6.01 and 6.02 shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of
Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized
or permitted by this Indenture.  The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to,
enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee's own
rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

          SECTION 9.04.  EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.  Upon the execution
of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof, this Indenture
shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith with
respect to the Notes and the Equity Certificates affected thereby, and the
respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties, liabilities and
immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Issuer, the Holders of the
Notes and the Equity Certificateholders shall thereafter be determined,
exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications
and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental
indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this
Indenture for any and all purposes.

          SECTION 9.05.  CONFORMITY WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.  Every amendment
of this Indenture and every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this
Article IX shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then
in effect so long as this Indenture shall then be qualified under the Trust
Indenture Act.

SECTION 9.06.  REFERENCE IN NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.  Notes
authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture
pursuant to this Article IX may, and if required by the Trustee shall, bear a
notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such
supplemental indenture.  If the Issuer or the Trustee shall so determine, new
notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Issuer,
to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer
and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding
Notes.


- -81-

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE X

                               REDEMPTION OF NOTES

          SECTION 10.01.  REDEMPTION.

          (a)   If the conditions specified in Section 8.05(b) have not been
satisfied as of the Business Day immediately preceding the Special Redemption
Date, or if the Depositor has given notice to the Trustee of a Special
Redemption Date earlier than ___________________________, 1996, not less than
five Business Days prior to such Special Redemption Date, the Trustee shall, on
the Business Day immediately preceding the Special Redemption Date, withdraw
from the Escrow Account and deposit in the Note Distribution Account the Special
Redemption Price for the Notes, whereupon all of the Notes shall be due and
payable on the Special Redemption Date. The Depositor shall furnish the Rating
Agencies notice of such redemption.

          (b)   In the event that the Depositor pursuant to Section 5.1 of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement purchases the corpus of the Trust, the Notes
are subject to redemption in whole, but not in part, on the Payment Date on
which such repurchase occurs, for a purchase price equal to the Redemption
Price; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Issuer has available funds sufficient to pay
the Redemption Price.  The Depositor, the Servicer or the Issuer shall furnish
the Rating Agencies notice of such redemption.  If the Notes are to be redeemed
pursuant to this paragraph, the Servicer or the Issuer shall furnish notice of
such election to the Trustee not later than 25 days prior to the Redemption
Date, and the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee in the Note Distribution
Account the Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed, whereupon all such
Notes shall be due and payable on the Redemption Date upon the furnishing of a
notice complying with Section 10.02 to each Holder of the Notes.

          (c)  In the event that the assets of the Trust are sold pursuant to
Section 9.1 of the Trust Agreement, the proceeds of such sale shall be
distributed as provided in Section 5.06.  If amounts are to be paid to
Noteholders pursuant to this paragraph, the Servicer or the Issuer shall, to the
extent practicable, furnish notice of such event to the Trustee not later than
25 days prior to the Redemption Date whereupon all such amounts shall be payable
on the Redemption Date.

          SECTION 10.02.  FORM OF REDEMPTION NOTICE.

          (a)  Notice of redemption under Section 10.01(b) shall be given by the
Trustee by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than five days
prior to the applicable Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes, as of the close
of business on the Record Date with respect to the Payment Date immediately
preceding the applicable Redemption Date, at such Holder's address appearing in
the Note Register.

          All notices of redemption shall state:

          (i)  the Redemption Date;


- -82-

<PAGE>

          (ii) the Redemption Price; and

          (iii)     the place where such Notes are to be surrendered for
     payment of the Redemption Price (which shall be the office or agency
     of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.02).

          Notice of redemption of the Notes shall be given by the Trustee in the
name and at the expense of the Issuer.  Failure to give notice of redemption, or
any defect therein, to any Holder of any Note shall not impair or affect the
validity of the redemption of any other Note.

          (b)  Prior notice of redemption under Sections 10.01(a) and 10.01(c)
is not required to be given to Noteholders.

          SECTION 10.03.  NOTES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE.  The Notes or
portions thereof to be redeemed shall, following notice of redemption (if any)
as required by Section 10.02, on the Special Redemption Date or Redemption Date,
as applicable, become due and payable at the Redemption Price and (unless the
Issuer shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price) no interest shall
accrue on the Redemption Price for any period after the date to which accrued
interest is calculated for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price.


- -83-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

          SECTION 11.01.  COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES AND OPINIONS, ETC.

          (a)  Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Trustee to
take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish
to the Trustee (i) an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions
precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed
action have been complied with, (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the
opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been
complied with and (iii) (if required by the TIA) an Independent Certificate from
a firm of certified public accountants meeting the applicable requirements of
this Section, except that, in the case of any such application or request as to
which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision
of this Indenture, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

          Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

          (i)   a statement that each signatory of such certificate or
     opinion has read or has caused to be read such covenant or condition
     and the definitions herein relating thereto;

          (ii)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
     examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
     contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

          (iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such
     signatory, such signatory has made such examination or investigation
     as is necessary to enable such signatory to express an informed
     opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
     complied with; and

          (iv)  a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such
     signatory, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

          (b)  (i) Prior to the deposit of any property or securities with
     the Trustee that is to be made the basis for the release of any
     property subject to the lien created by this Indenture, the Issuer
     shall, in addition to any obligation imposed in Section 11.01(a) or
     elsewhere in this Indenture, furnish to the Trustee (1) an Officers'
     Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing
     such certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of such deposit)
     to the Issuer of the property or securities to be so deposited, (2) an
     Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such
     counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording and
     filing of this Indenture and any other requisite documents, and with
     respect to the execution and filing of any financing statements and
     continuation statements, as are necessary to perfect and make
     effective the first priority lien and


- -84-

<PAGE>

     security interest in favor of the Trustee, for the benefit of the
     Trustee, created by this Indenture in the property or securities to be
     so deposited, and reciting the details of such action, or stating
     that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to
     make such lien and security interest effective, and (3) evidence that
     the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.

          (ii)  Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the Trustee an
     Officers' Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of any signer
     thereof as to the matters described in clause (i) above, the Issuer
     shall also deliver to the Trustee an Independent Certificate as to the
     same matters, if the fair value to the Issuer of the property to be so
     deposited and of all other such property made the basis of any such
     withdrawal or release since the commencement of the then-current
     fiscal year of the Issuer, as set forth in the certificates delivered
     pursuant to clause (i) above and this clause (ii), is 10% or more of
     the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but such a certificate need not
     be furnished with respect to any property so deposited, if the fair
     value thereof to the Issuer as set forth in the related Officers'
     Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than one percent of the
     Outstanding Amount of the Notes.

          (iii) Other than with respect to any release described in
     clause (A) or (B) of Section 11.01(b)(v), whenever any property or
     securities are to be released from the lien created by this Indenture,
     the Issuer shall also furnish to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
     certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing such
     certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of such release) of
     the property or securities proposed to be released and stating that in
     the opinion of such person the proposed release will not impair the
     security created by this Indenture in contravention of the provisions
     hereof.

          (iv)  Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the Trustee an
     Officers' Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of any signer
     thereof as to the matters described in clause (iii) above, the Issuer
     shall also furnish to the Trustee an Independent Certificate as to the
     same matters if the fair value of the property or securities and of
     all other property or securities (other than property described in
     clauses (A) or (B) of Section 11.01(b)(v)) released from the lien
     created by this Indenture since the commencement of the then current
     fiscal year, as set forth in the certificates required by clause (iii)
     above and this clause (iv), equals 10% or more of the Outstanding
     Amount of the Notes, but such certificate need not be furnished in the
     case of any release of property or securities if the fair value
     thereof as set forth in the related Officers' Certificate is less than
     $25,000 or less than one percent of the then Outstanding Amount of the
     Notes.

          (v)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, the
     Issuer may, without compliance with the other provisions of this
     Section, (A) collect, liquidate, sell or otherwise dispose of
     Contracts as and to the extent permitted or required by the Related
     Documents (including as provided in Section 3.1 of the Transfer and
     Servicing Agreement) and (B) make cash payments out of the Trust
     Accounts as and to the extent permitted or required by the Related
     Documents.


- -85-

<PAGE>

          SECTION 11.02.  FORM OF DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TO TRUSTEE.  In any case
where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion
of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified
by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so
certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or
give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons
as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to
such matters in one or several documents.

          Any certificate or opinion of an Authorized Officer of the Issuer may
be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion
of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the
exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or
representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or
opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate of an Authorized Officer or
Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon
a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of
the Servicer, the Depositor or the Issuer, stating that the information with
respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Servicer, the
Depositor or the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations
with respect to such matters are erroneous.

          Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other
instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and
form one instrument.

          Whenever in this Indenture, in connection with any application or
certificate or report to the Trustee, it is provided that the Issuer shall
deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such application, or as
evidence of the Issuer's compliance with any term hereof, it is intended that
the truth and accuracy, at the time of the granting of such application or at
the effective date of such certificate or report (as the case may be), of the
facts and opinions stated in such document shall in such case be conditions
precedent to the right of the Issuer to have such application granted or to the
sufficiency of such certificate or report.  The foregoing shall not, however, be
construed to affect the Trustee's right to rely upon the truth and accuracy of
any statement or opinion contained in any such document as provided in Article
VI.

          SECTION 11.03.  ACTS OF NOTEHOLDERS.

          (a)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by
Noteholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of
substantially similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in person or by agents
duly appointed in writing; and except as herein otherwise expressly provided,
such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are
delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the
Issuer.  Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and
evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the
Noteholders signing such instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of any
such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient
for any purpose of this Indenture and


- -86-

<PAGE>

(subject to Section 6.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if
made in the manner provided in this Section.

          (b)  The fact and date of the execution by any person of any such
instrument or writing may be proved in any manner that the Trustee deems
sufficient.

          (c)  The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

          (d)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action by the Holder of any Notes shall bind the Holder of every
Note issued upon the registration thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu
thereof, in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the
Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such
action is made upon such Note.

          SECTION 11.04.  NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE, ISSUER AND RATING AGENCIES.
Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of
Noteholders or other documents provided or permitted by this Indenture to be
made upon, given or furnished to or filed with:

          (a)  the Trustee by any Noteholder or by the Issuer shall be
     sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or
     filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office,

          (b)  the Issuer by the Trustee or by any Noteholder shall be
     sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed,
     first-class, postage prepaid, to the Issuer addressed to:  Capita
     Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1, in care of
     _______________________, as Owner Trustee,
     ___________________________________, Attention:  Corporate Trust
     Administration or at any other address previously furnished in writing
     to the Trustee by Issuer.  The Issuer shall promptly transmit any
     notice received by it from the Noteholders to the Trustee, or

          Notices required to be given to the Rating Agencies by the
     Issuer, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee shall be in writing,
     personally delivered or mailed by certified mail, return receipt
     requested to (i) in the case of Moody's, at the following address:
     Moody's Investors Service, Inc., ABS Monitoring Department, 99 Church
     Street, New York, New York 10007, (ii) in the case of Standard &
     Poor's, at the following address: Standard & Poor's Ratings Services,
     26 Broadway (20th Floor), New York, New York 10004, Attention of Asset
     Backed Surveillance Department (iii) in the case of Fitch, at the
     following address:  Fitch Investors Services, L.P., One State Street
     Plaza, New York, New York 10004 and (iv) in the case of Duff & Phelps,
     at the following address:  Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co., 17 State
     Street, New York, New York 10004; or as to each of the foregoing, at
     such other address as shall be designated by written notice to the
     other parties.

          SECTION 11.05  NOTICES TO NOTEHOLDERS; WAIVER.  Where this Indenture
provides for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice shall be
sufficiently given


- -87-

<PAGE>

(unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed,
first-class, postage prepaid, to each Noteholder affected by such event, at his
address as it appears on the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and
not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice.
In any case where notice to Noteholders is given by mail, neither the failure to
mail such notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any particular
Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other
Noteholders, and any notice that is mailed in the manner herein provided shall
conclusively be presumed to have been duly given.

          Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice
may be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either
before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such
notice.  Waivers of notice by Noteholders shall be filed with the Trustee but
such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action
taken in reliance upon such a waiver.

          In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a
result of a strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it shall be impractical
to mail notice of any event of Noteholders when such notice is required to be
given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any reasonable manner of
giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be
a sufficient giving of such notice.

          Where this Indenture provides for notice to the Rating Agencies,
failure to give such notice shall not affect any other rights or obligations
created hereunder, and shall not under any circumstance constitute a Default or
Event of Default.

          SECTION 11.06.  ALTERNATE PAYMENT AND NOTICE PROVISIONS.
Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture or any of the Notes to the
contrary, the Issuer may enter into any agreement with any Holder of a Note
providing for a method of payment, or notice by the Trustee or any Paying Agent
to such Holder, that is different from the methods provided for in this
Indenture for such payments or notices.  The Issuer will furnish to the Trustee
a copy of each such agreement and the Trustee will cause payments to be made and
notices to be given in accordance with such agreements.

          SECTION 11.07.  CONFLICT WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.  If any provision
hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof that is
required to be included in this indenture by any of the provisions of the Trust
Indenture Act, such required provision shall control.

          The provisions of TIA Sections 310 through 317 that impose duties on
any Person (including the provisions automatically deemed included herein unless
expressly excluded by this Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture,
whether or not physically contained herein.

          SECTION 11.08.  EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.  The Article
and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only
and shall not affect the construction hereof.


- -88-

<PAGE>

          SECTION 11.09.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  All covenants and agreements
in this Indenture and the Notes by the Issuer shall bind its successors and
assigns, whether so expressed or not.

          All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its
successors.

          SECTION 11.10.  SEVERABILITY.  In case any provision in this Indenture
or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity,
legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby.

          SECTION 11.11.  BENEFITS OF INDENTURE.  Nothing in this Indenture or
in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the
parties hereto and their successors hereunder, and the Noteholders, and any
other party secured hereunder, and any other Person with an ownership interest
in any part of the Trust Estate, any benefit or any legal or equitable right,
remedy or claim under this Indenture.

          SECTION 11.12.  LEGAL HOLIDAYS.  In any case where the date on which
any payment is due shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other
provision of the Notes or this Indenture) payment need not be made on such date,
but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and
effect as if made on the date on which nominally due, and no interest shall
accrue for the period from and after any such nominal date.

          SECTION 11.13.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS INDENTURE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

          SECTION 11.14.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Indenture may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an
original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
same instrument.

          SECTION 11.15.  RECORDING OF INDENTURE.  If this Indenture is subject
to recording in any appropriate public recording offices, such recording is to
be effected by the Issuer and at its expense accompanied by an Opinion of
Counsel (which may be counsel to the Trustee or any other counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee) to the effect that such recording is necessary either
for the protection of the Noteholders or any other Person secured hereunder or
for the enforcement of any right or remedy granted to the Trustee under this
Indenture.

          SECTION 11.16.  TRUST OBLIGATION.  No recourse may be taken, directly
or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee
or the Trustee on the Notes or under this Indenture or any certificate or other
writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Trustee
or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial
interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner,



- -89-

<PAGE>

owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Trustee
or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial
interest in the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or
assign of the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as
any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee
and the Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and
except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the
extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock,
unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to
such entity.  For all purposes of this Indenture, in the performance of any
duties or obligations of the Issuer hereunder, the Owner Trustee shall be
subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of
Articles VI, VII and VIII of the Trust Agreement.

          SECTION 11.17.  NO PETITION.  The Trustee, by entering into this
Indenture, and each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, hereby covenant and agree
that they will not at any time institute against the Depositor or the Issuer, or
join in any institution against the Depositor or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other
proceedings under any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law
in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, this Indenture or any
of the Related Documents.

          SECTION 11.18.  INSPECTION.  The Issuer agrees that, on reasonable
prior notice, it will permit any representative of the Trustee, during the
Issuer's normal business hours, to examine all the books of account, records,
reports, and other papers of the Issuer, to make copies and extracts therefrom,
to cause such books to be audited by independent certified public accountants,
and to discuss the Issuer's affairs, finances and accounts with the Issuer's
officers, employees, and independent certified public accountants, all at such
reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested.  The Trustee shall
and shall cause its representatives to hold in confidence all such information
except to the extent disclosure may be required by law (and all reasonable
applications for confidential treatment are unavailing) and except to the extent
that the Trustee may reasonably determine that such disclosure is consistent
with its obligations hereunder.

          SECTION 11.19.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  It is expressly understood
and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this Agreement is executed and
delivered by ___________________________________, not individually or personally
but solely as Owner Trustee of the Issuer under the Trust Agreement, in the
exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it, (b) each of the
representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the
Issuer is made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings and
agreements by ___________________________________ but is made and intended for
the purpose for binding only the Issuer, (c) nothing herein contained shall be
construed as creating any liability on ______________________________,
individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied
contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the
parties to this Agreement and by any person claiming by, through or under them
and (d) under no circumstances shall _______________________________ be
personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer
or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation,
warranty or covenant made or


- -90-

<PAGE>

undertaken by the Issuer under this Agreement or any related documents.



- -91-

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer and the Trustee have caused this
Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly
authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.


                              CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1



                              By                                           ,
                                   not in its individual capacity but solely as
                                   Owner Trustee  under the Trust Agreement


                              By
                                   Name:
                                   Title:



                                   ,
                              not in its individual capacity but solely as
                              Trustee,


                              By
                                   Name:
                                   Title:




- -92-
<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT A


                                Schedule of Contracts









                                      A-93
<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT B


                             Form of Depository Agreement


B-94


<PAGE>

                                     EXHIBIT C-1

REGISTERED    $________________(1)

No. [  ]

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

                                                           CUSIP NO. ___________

Unless this Note is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository
Trust Company, a New York corporation ("DTC"), to the issuer or its agent for
registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Note issued is registered
in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized
representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other
entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER,
PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS
WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest
herein.

         THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH
HEREIN.  ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME
MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

                      CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1

                        _____% RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTE, CLASS A

         Capita Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1, a trust organized and
existing under the laws of the State of New York (herein referred to as the
"Issuer"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [                   ],
or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                                ]
payable on each Payment Date in an amount equal to the result obtained by
multiplying (i) a fraction the numerator of which is $_________ [INSERT INITIAL
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTE] and the denominator of which is $________ [INSERT
INITIAL CLASS A PRINCIPAL BALANCE] by (ii) the aggregate amount, if any, payable
from the Note Distribution Account in respect of principal on the Class A Notes
pursuant to Section ___ of the Indenture hereinafter referred to; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and
payable on the earliest of the Special Redemption Date (if any), pursuant to
Section 10.01(a) of the Indenture, the Payment Date occurring in ____________
(the "Class A Scheduled Maturity Date") and the Redemption Date, if any,
pursuant to Section 10.01(b) and (c) of the Indenture.  The Issuer will pay
interest on


- --------------------
1.  Denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.


C-1-95


<PAGE>

this Note at the rate per annum shown above on each Payment Date until the
principal of this Note is paid or made available for payment, on the principal
amount of this Note outstanding on the preceding Payment Date (after giving
effect to all payments of principal made on the preceding Payment Date).
Interest on this Note will accrue for each Payment Date from the most recent
Payment Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Payment Date
or, if no interest has yet been paid, from September ___, 1996.  Interest will
be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner
specified on the reverse hereof.

         The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or
currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal
tender for payment of public and private debts.  All payments made by the Issuer
with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on
this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

         Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on
the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth
on the face of this Note.

         Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be
entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any
purpose.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be
signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date:                                  CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES
                                       TRUST 1996-1


                                       By

           not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under
                                the Trust Agreement,


                                       By

         Name:
                                       Title:


C-1-96


<PAGE>

                       TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION


         This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture.


                                                 ,
                                            not in its individual capacity but
                                            solely as Trustee,


                                            By
                                       Authorized Signatory

C-1-97


<PAGE>

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

         This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer,
designated as its ______% Receivable-Backed Notes, Class A (herein called the
"Class A Notes"), all issued under an Indenture dated as of September 1, 1996
(such indenture, as supplemented or amended, herein called the "Indenture"),
between the Issuer and _________________________, as trustee (the "Trustee,"
which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture), to which
Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a
statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the
Trustee and the Holders of the Notes.  The Notes are subject to all terms of the
Indenture.  All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as
supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant
to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

         The Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes
(collectively, the "Notes") are and will be equally and ratably secured by the
collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

         Principal of the Class A Notes will be payable on each Payment Date in
an amount described on the face hereof.  "PAYMENT DATE" means the ______________
day of each month, or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next
succeeding Business Day, commencing in October 1996.

         As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note
shall be due and payable on the earliest of the Special Redemption Date (if
any), pursuant to Section 10.01(a) of the Indenture, the Class A Scheduled
Maturity Date and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Section 10.01(b) or
10.01(c) of the Indenture.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid
principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date on which an
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Trustee or the
Holders of the Notes representing at least 66-2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of
the Notes have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the
manner provided in Section 5.02 of the Indenture.  All principal payments on the
Class A Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class A Noteholders entitled
thereto.

         Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Payment
Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in
full payment of this Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose
name appears as the Registered Holder of this Note (or one or more Predecessor
Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date,
except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of
the nominee of the Depository (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.),
payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the
account designated by such nominee.  Such checks shall be mailed to the Person
entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note
Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note be
submitted for notation of payment.  Any reduction in the principal amount of
this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) affected by any payments made
on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future

C-1-98


<PAGE>

Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer
hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon.  If
funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in
full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Payment
Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify
the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the Record Date with
respect to the Payment Date immediately preceding such Redemption Date by notice
mailed within five days of such Redemption Date and the amount then due and
payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at
the Trustee's principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Trustee's
agent appointed for such purposes located in The City of New York.

         The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at
the Class A Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

         As provided in the Indenture, the Notes may be redeemed pursuant to
Section 10.01(b) of the Indenture, in whole, but not in part, at the option of
the Depositor on any Payment Date on or after the date on which the sum of the
Aggregate Principal Balance of the Notes and the Principal Balance of the Equity
Certificates is less than or equal to 10% of the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool
Principal Balance.

         As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set
forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register
upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency
designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in
writing, with such signature guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company
located, or having a correspondent located, in the city in which the Corporate
Trust Office is located, or a member firm of a national securities exchange, and
such other documents as the Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new
Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount
will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.  No service charge
will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but
the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration
of transfer or exchange.

         Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case
of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that no
recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations
of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the
Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith,
against (i) the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii)
any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner,
beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Trustee or the Owner
Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the
Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the
Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such
Person may have expressly agreed and except that any such partner, owner or
beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for
any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital


C-1-99


<PAGE>

contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

         Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case
of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that by
accepting the benefits of the Indenture and such Note that such Noteholder or
Note Owner will not at any time institute against the Depositor or the Issuer,
or join in any institution against the Depositor or the Issuer, any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under any
United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any
obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the Related Documents.

         The Depositor has structured the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the
Cash Collateral Account Agreement, the Notes and the Certificates with the
intention that the Notes will qualify under applicable federal, state, local and
foreign tax law as indebtedness of the Depositor secured by the Contracts.  The
Depositor, the Servicer, each Noteholder and each Note Owner agree to treat and
to take no action inconsistent with the treatment of the Notes as such
indebtedness for purposes of federal, state, local and foreign income or
franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income.  Each
Noteholder and each Note Owner, by acceptance of its Note or beneficial interest
therein, agrees to be bound by the provisions of this paragraph.  Each
Noteholder agrees that it will cause any Note Owner acquiring an interest in a
Note through it to comply with the Indenture as to treatment as indebtedness
under applicable tax law, as described in this paragraph.

         Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this
Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may
treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as
of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the
owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither
the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the
contrary.

         The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided,
the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any
time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of Notes representing a
majority of the Outstanding Amount of each class of Notes at the time
Outstanding.  The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of
Notes representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of each class
of Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the
Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under
the Indenture and their consequences.  Any such consent or waiver by the Holder
of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and
binding upon such Holders and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any
Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in
lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this
Note.  The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms
and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the
Notes issued thereunder.

         The term "Issuer" as used in this Note includes any successor to the
Issuer


C-1-100


<PAGE>

under the Indenture.

         The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances,
to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the Holder of
Notes under the Indenture.

         The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as
provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

         This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law
provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder
and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

         No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or
of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at
the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

         Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly
provided in the Related Documents, neither ___________________________ in its
individual capacity, any owner of a beneficiary interest in the Issuer, nor any
of their respective partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors,
employees or successors or assigns shall be personally liable for, nor shall
recourse be had to any of them for, the payment of principal of or interest on,
or performance of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants, obligations or
indemnifications contained in this Note or the Indenture, it being expressly
understood that said covenants, obligations and indemnifications have been made
by the Owner Trustee for the sole purpose of binding the interests of the Owner
Trustee in the assets of the Issuer.  The Holder of this Note by the acceptance
hereof agrees that except as expressly provided in the Related Documents, in the
case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim
against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent
recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all
liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this
Note.


C-1-101


<PAGE>

                                      ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:


- --------------------------------------

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and
transfers unto
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------

                            (name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes
and appoints attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration
thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                             **
      ----------------------------

                                  Signature Guaranteed:





- --------------------------------------------



- ----------------------------

**  NOTE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of
    the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every
    particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.



C-1-102


<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT C-2

REGISTERED    $_________________ (2)

No. [  ]

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

                                                           CUSIP NO. ___________

Unless this Note is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository
Trust Company, a New York corporation ("DTC"), to the issuer or its agent for
registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Note issued is registered
in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized
representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other
entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER,
PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS
WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest
herein.

         THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH
HEREIN.  ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME
MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

                      CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1

                       ______% RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTE, CLASS B

         Capita Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1, a trust organized and
existing under the laws of the State of New York (herein referred to as the
"Issuer"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [                  ],
or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                               ]
payable on each Payment Date in an amount equal to the result obtained by
multiplying (i) a fraction the numerator of which is $__________ [INSERT INITIAL
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTE] and the denominator of which is $__________ [INSERT
INITIAL CLASS B PRINCIPAL BALANCE] by (ii) the aggregate amount, if any, payable
from the Note Distribution Account in respect of principal on the Class B Notes
pursuant to Section ___ of the Indenture hereinafter referred to; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and
payable on the earliest of the Special Redemption Date (if any), pursuant to
Section 10.01(a) of the Indenture, the Payment Date occurring in _______________
(the "Class B Scheduled Maturity Date") and the Redemption Date, if any,
pursuant to Section 10.01(b) and (c) of the Indenture.  The Issuer will pay
interest on

- -------------------------
2.  Denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.



                                       C-2-103

<PAGE>

this Note at the rate per annum shown above on each Payment Date until the
principal of this Note is paid or made available for payment, on the principal
amount of this Note outstanding on the preceding Payment Date (after giving
effect to all payments of principal made on the preceding Payment Date).
Interest on this Note will accrue for each Payment Date from the most recent
Payment Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Payment Date
or, if no interest has yet been paid, from September ___, 1996.  Interest will
be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner
specified on the reverse hereof.

         The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or
currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal
tender for payment of public and private debts.  All payments made by the Issuer
with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on
this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

         Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on
the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth
on the face of this Note.

         Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be
entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any
purpose.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be
signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date:                                  CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST
                                       1996-1


                                       By

              not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner
                  Trustee under the Trust Agreement,


                                       By

    Name:
                                         Title:


                                       C-2-104


<PAGE>

                       TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION


         This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture.


                                            ,
                                       not in its individual capacity but
                                       solely as Trustee,




                                       By
                                  Authorized Signatory


                                       C-2-105


<PAGE>

                                 [REVERSE OF NOTE]

         This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer,
designated as its ______% Receivable-Backed Notes, Class B (herein called the
"Class B Notes"), all issued under an Indenture dated as of September 1, 1996
(such indenture, as supplemented or amended, herein called the "Indenture"),
between the Issuer and _________________________, as trustee (the "Trustee,"
which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture), to which
Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a
statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the
Trustee and the Holders of the Notes.  The Notes are subject to all terms of the
Indenture.  All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as
supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant
to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

         The Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes
(collectively, the "Notes") are and will be equally and ratably secured by the
collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

         Principal of /Denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof
the Class B Notes will be payable on each Payment Date in an amount described on
the face hereof.  "PAYMENT DATE" means the ________________________ day of each
month, or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business
Day, commencing in October 1996.

         As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note
shall be due and payable on the earliest of the Special Redemption Date (if
any), pursuant to Section 10.01(a) of the Indenture, the Class B Scheduled
Maturity Date and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Section 10.01(b) or
10.01(c) of the Indenture.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid
principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date on which an
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Trustee or the
Holders of the Notes representing at least 66-2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of
the Notes have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the
manner provided in Section 5.02 of the Indenture.  All principal payments on the
Class B Notes shall be made pro rata to the Class B Noteholders entitled
thereto.

         Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Payment
Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in
full payment of this Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose
name appears as the Registered Holder of this Note (or one or more Predecessor
Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date,
except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of
the nominee of the Depository (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.),
payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the
account designated by such nominee.  Such checks shall be mailed to the Person
entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note
Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note be
submitted for notation of payment.  Any reduction in the principal amount of
this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) affected by any payments made
on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future


                                       C-2-106


<PAGE>

Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer
hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon.  If
funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in
full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Payment
Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify
the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the Record Date with
respect to the Payment Date immediately preceding such Redemption Date by notice
mailed within five days of such Redemption Date and the amount then due and
payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at
the Trustee's principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Trustee's
agent appointed for such purposes located in The City of New York.

         The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at
the Class B Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

         As provided in the Indenture, the Notes may be redeemed pursuant to
Section 10.01(b) of the Indenture, in whole, but not in part, at the option of
the Depositor on any Payment Date on or after the date on which the sum of the
Aggregate Principal Balance of the Notes and the Principal Balance of the Equity
Certificates is less than or equal to 10% of the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool
Principal Balance.

         As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set
forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register
upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency
designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in
writing, with such signature guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company
located, or having a correspondent located, in the city in which the Corporate
Trust Office is located, or a member firm of a national securities exchange, and
such other documents as the Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new
Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount
will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.  No service charge
will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but
the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration
of transfer or exchange.

         Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case
of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that no
recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations
of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the
Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith,
against (i) the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii)
any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner,
beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Trustee or the Owner
Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the
Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the
Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such
Person may have expressly agreed and except that any such partner, owner or
beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for
any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital


                                       C-2-107

<PAGE>

contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

         Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case
of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that by
accepting the benefits of the Indenture and such Note that such Noteholder or
Note Owner will not at any time institute against the Depositor or the Issuer,
or join in any institution against the Depositor or the Issuer, any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under any
United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any
obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the Related Documents.

         The Depositor has structured the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the
Cash Collateral Account Agreement, the Notes and the Certificates with the
intention that the Notes will qualify under applicable federal, state, local and
foreign tax law as indebtedness of the Depositor secured by the Contracts.  The
Depositor, the Servicer, each Noteholder and each Note Owner agree to treat and
to take no action inconsistent with the treatment of the Notes as such
indebtedness for purposes of federal, state, local and foreign income or
franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income.  Each
Noteholder and each Note Owner, by acceptance of its Note or beneficial interest
therein, agrees to be bound by the provisions of this paragraph.  Each
Noteholder agrees that it will cause any Note Owner acquiring an interest in a
Note through it to comply with the Indenture as to treatment as indebtedness
under applicable tax law, as described in this paragraph.

         Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this
Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may
treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as
of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the
owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither
the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the
contrary.

         The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided,
the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any
time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of Notes representing a
majority of the Outstanding Amount of each class of Notes at the time
Outstanding.  The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of
Notes representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of each class
of Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the
Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under
the Indenture and their consequences.  Any such consent or waiver by the Holder
of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and
binding upon such Holders and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any
Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in
lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this
Note.  The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms
and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the
Notes issued thereunder.

         The term "Issuer" as used in this Note includes any successor to the
Issuer


                                       C-2-108

<PAGE>

under the Indenture.

         The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances,
to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the Holder of
Notes under the Indenture.

         The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as
provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

         This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law
provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder
and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

         No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or
of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at
the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

         Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly
provided in the Related Documents, neither ___________________________ in its
individual capacity, any owner of a beneficiary interest in the Issuer, nor any
of their respective partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors,
employees or successors or assigns shall be personally liable for, nor shall
recourse be had to any of them for, the payment of principal of or interest on,
or performance of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants, obligations or
indemnifications contained in this Note or the Indenture, it being expressly
understood that said covenants, obligations and indemnifications have been made
by the Owner Trustee for the sole purpose of binding the interests of the Owner
Trustee in the assets of the Issuer.  The Holder of this Note by the acceptance
hereof agrees that except as expressly provided in the Related Documents, in the
case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim
against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent
recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all
liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this
Note.


                                       C-2-109


<PAGE>


                                      ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:


- --------------------------------------

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and
transfers unto

               --------------------------------------------------------------

               --------------------------------------------------------------
                            (name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes
and appoints attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration
thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                             **
      ----------------------------

                                  Signature Guaranteed:





- --------------------------------------------



- ----------------------------

**  NOTE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of
    the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every
    particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.


                                       C-2-110

<PAGE>


                                     EXHIBIT C-3

REGISTERED    $ _______________ (3)

No. [  ]

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

                                                               CUSIP NO.________

Unless this Note is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository
Trust Company, a New York corporation ("DTC"), to the issuer or its agent for
registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Note issued is registered
in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized
representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other
entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER,
PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS
WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest
herein.

         THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH
HEREIN.  ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME
MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

                      CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1

                       ______% RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTE, CLASS C

         Capita Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1, a trust organized and
existing under the laws of the State of New York (herein referred to as the
"Issuer"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [                   ],
or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                                ]
payable on each Payment Date in an amount equal to the result obtained by
multiplying (i) a fraction the numerator of which is $__________ [INSERT INITIAL
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTE] and the denominator of which is $__________ [INSERT
INITIAL CLASS C PRINCIPAL BALANCE] by (ii) the aggregate amount, if any, payable
from the Note Distribution Account in respect of principal on the Class C Notes
pursuant to Section ___ of the Indenture hereinafter referred to; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and
payable on the earliest of the Special Redemption Date (if any), pursuant to
Section 10.01(a) of the Indenture, the Payment Date occurring in _____________
(the "Class C Scheduled Maturity Date") and the Redemption Date, if any,
pursuant to Section 10.01(b) and (c) of the Indenture.  The Issuer will pay
interest on


- ----------------------
3.  Denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

                                       C-3-111

<PAGE>

this Note at the rate per annum shown above on each Payment Date until the
principal of this Note is paid or made available for payment, on the principal
amount of this Note outstanding on the preceding Payment Date (after giving
effect to all payments of principal made on the preceding Payment Date).
Interest on this Note will accrue for each Payment Date from the most recent
Payment Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Payment Date
or, if no interest has yet been paid, from September ___, 1996.  Interest will
be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner
specified on the reverse hereof.

         The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or
currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal
tender for payment of public and private debts.  All payments made by the Issuer
with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on
this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

         Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on
the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth
on the face of this Note.

         Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be
entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any
purpose.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be
signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date:                                  CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES
                                       TRUST 1996-1


                                       By
         not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the
                                  Trust Agreement,


                                       By

         Name:
                                         Title:


                                       C-3-112

<PAGE>

                       TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION


         This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture.

                                            ,
                                       not in its individual capacity but
                                       solely as Trustee,

                                       By
                                  Authorized Signatory


                                       C-3-113

<PAGE>

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

         This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer,
designated as its ______% Receivable-Backed Notes, Class C (herein called the
"Class C Notes"), all issued under an Indenture dated as of September 1, 1996
(such indenture, as supplemented or amended, herein called the "Indenture"),
between the Issuer and _________________________, as trustee (the "Trustee,"
which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture), to which
Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a
statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the
Trustee and the Holders of the Notes.  The Notes are subject to all terms of the
Indenture.  All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as
supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant
to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

         The Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes
(collectively, the "Notes") are and will be equally and ratably secured by the
collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

         Principal of the Class C Notes will be payable on each Payment Date in
an amount described on the face hereof.  "PAYMENT DATE" means the ______________
day of each month, or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next
succeeding Business Day, commencing in October 1996.

         As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note
shall be due and payable on the earliest of the Special Redemption Date (if any)
pursuant to Section 10.01(a) of the Indenture, the Class C Scheduled Maturity
Date and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Section 10.01(b) or 10.01(c)
of the Indenture.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal
amount of the Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date on which an Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Trustee or the Holders of
the Notes representing at least 66-2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes
have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided
in Section 5.02 of the Indenture.  All principal payments on the Class C Notes
shall be made pro rata to the Class C Noteholders entitled thereto.

         Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Payment
Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in
full payment of this Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose
name appears as the Registered Holder of this Note (or one or more Predecessor
Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date,
except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of
the nominee of the Depository (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.),
payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the
account designated by such nominee.  Such checks shall be mailed to the Person
entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note
Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note be
submitted for notation of payment.  Any reduction in the principal amount of
this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) affected by any payments made
on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future


                                       C-3-114

<PAGE>

Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer
hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon.  If
funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in
full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Payment
Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify
the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the Record Date with
respect to the Payment Date immediately preceding such Redemption Date by notice
mailed within five days of such Redemption Date and the amount then due and
payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at
the Trustee's principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Trustee's
agent appointed for such purposes located in The City of New York.

         The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at
the Class C Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

         As provided in the Indenture, the Notes may be redeemed pursuant to
Section 10.01(b) of the Indenture, in whole, but not in part, at the option of
the Depositor on any Payment Date on or after the date on which the sum of the
Aggregate Principal Balance of the Notes and the Principal Balance of the Equity
Certificates is less than or equal to 10% of the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool
Principal Balance.

         As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set
forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register
upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency
designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in
writing, with such signature guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company
located, or having a correspondent located, in the city in which the Corporate
Trust Office is located, or a member firm of a national securities exchange, and
such other documents as the Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new
Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount
will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.  No service charge
will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but
the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration
of transfer or exchange.

         Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case
of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that no
recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations
of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the
Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith,
against (i) the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii)
any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner,
beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Trustee or the Owner
Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the
Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the
Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such
Person may have expressly agreed and except that any such partner, owner or
beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for
any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital


                                       C-3-115

<PAGE>

contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

         Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case
of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that by
accepting the benefits of the Indenture and such Note that such Noteholder or
Note Owner will not at any time institute against the Depositor or the Issuer,
or join in any institution against the Depositor or the Issuer, any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under any
United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any
obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the Related Documents.

         The Depositor has structured the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the
Cash Collateral Account Agreement, the Notes and the Certificates with the
intention that the Notes will qualify under applicable federal, state, local and
foreign tax law as indebtedness of the Depositor secured by the Contracts.  The
Depositor, the Servicer, each Noteholder and each Note Owner agree to treat and
to take no action inconsistent with the treatment of the Notes as such
indebtedness for purposes of federal, state, local and foreign income or
franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income.  Each
Noteholder and each Note Owner, by acceptance of its Note or beneficial interest
therein, agrees to be bound by the provisions of this paragraph.  Each
Noteholder agrees that it will cause any Note Owner acquiring an interest in a
Note through it to comply with the Indenture as to treatment as indebtedness
under applicable tax law, as described in this paragraph.

         Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this
Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may
treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as
of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the
owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither
the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the
contrary.

         The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided,
the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any
time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of Notes representing a
majority of the Outstanding Amount of each class of Notes at the time
Outstanding.  The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of
Notes representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of each class
of Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the
Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under
the Indenture and their consequences.  Any such consent or waiver by the Holder
of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and
binding upon such Holders and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any
Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in
lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this
Note.  The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms
and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the
Notes issued thereunder.

         The term "Issuer" as used in this Note includes any successor to the
Issuer


                                       C-3-116

<PAGE>

under the Indenture.

         The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances,
to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the Holder of
Notes under the Indenture.

         The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as
provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

         This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law
provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder
and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

         No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or
of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at
the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly provided in
the Related Documents, neither ___________________________ in its individual
capacity, any owner of a beneficiary interest in the Issuer, nor any of their
respective partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees or
successors or assigns shall be personally liable for, nor shall recourse be had
to any of them for, the payment of principal of or interest on, or performance
of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants, obligations or
indemnifications contained in this Note or the Indenture, it being expressly
understood that said covenants, obligations and indemnifications have been made
by the Owner Trustee for the sole purpose of binding the interests of the Owner
Trustee in the assets of the Issuer.  The Holder of this Note by the acceptance
hereof agrees that except as expressly provided in the Related Documents, in the
case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim
against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent
recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all
liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this
Note.


                                    C-3-117
<PAGE>



                                      ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:


- --------------------------------------

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and
transfers unto
               --------------------------------------------------------------

               --------------------------------------------------------------

                            (name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes
and appoints attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration
thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                             **
      ----------------------------

                                  Signature Guaranteed:





- --------------------------------------------



- ----------------------------

**  NOTE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of
    the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every
    particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.


                                       C-3-118

<PAGE>




                                   TRUST AGREEMENT

                            Dated as of September 1, 1996

                                       between

                             ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION

                                         and

                            ______________________________
                                    Owner Trustee





                      CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1


<PAGE>


                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE


ARTICLE I          . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEFINITIONS
                     1
    Section 1.1.   Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
    Section 1.2.   Usage of Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
    Section 1.3.   Calculations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
    Section 1.4.   Section References  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
    Section 1.5.   Action by or Consent of Certificateholders  . . . . . .   4

ARTICLE II         . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CREATION OF TRUST
                     4
    Section 2.1.   Creation of Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
    Section 2.2.   Office  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
    Section 2.3.   Purposes and Powers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
    Section 2.4.   Trust May Consolidate or Merge Only on Certain Terms  .   5
    Section 2.5.   Appointment of Owner Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
    Section 2.6.   Initial Capital Contribution of Trust Estate  . . . . .   6
    Section 2.7.   Declaration of Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
    Section 2.8.   Liability of the Depositor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
    Section 2.9.   Representations and Warranties of the Depositor . . . . . 7
    Section 2.10.  Covenants of the Depositor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
    Section 2.11.  Covenants of the Certificateholders . . . . . . . . . .  11

ARTICLE III        . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .THE CERTIFICATES
                    12
    Section 3.1.   Initial Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
    Section 3.2.   The Certificates; Authorized Denominations  . . . . . .  12
    Section 3.3.   Authentication of Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
    Section 3.4.   Registration of Transfer and Exchange of
                     Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
    Section 3.5.   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen
                     Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
    Section 3.6.   Persons Deemed Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
    Section 3.7.   Access to List of Certificateholders' Names
                   and Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
    Section 3.8.   Maintenance of Office or Agency . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
    Section 3.9.   Appointment of Paying Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

ARTICLE IV         . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE
                    17
    Section 4.1.   Restriction on Power of Certificateholders  . . . . . .  17
    Section 4.2.   Prior Notice to Certificateholders with Respect
                     to Certain Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
    Section 4.3.   Action by Certificateholders with Respect to
                     Bankruptcy  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17


- -2-

<PAGE>

    Section 4.4.   Restrictions on Certificateholders' Power . . . . . . .  17

ARTICLE V          . . . . . . . . .APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS; CERTAIN DUTIES
                    18
    Section 5.1.   Trust Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
    Section 5.2.   Application of Funds in the Equity Certificate
                   Distribution Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
    Section 5.3.   Distribution of Funds in the Equipment Account
                   and Transfer of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
    Section 5.4.   Method of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
    Section 5.5.   No Segregation of Monies; No Interest . . . . . . . . .  22

ARTICLE VI         . . . . . . . . . . . AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE
                    23
    Section 6.1.   General Authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
    Section 6.2.   General Duties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
    Section 6.3.   Action upon Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
    Section 6.4.   No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement
                     or in Instructions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
    Section 6.5.   No Action Except under Specified Documents or
                     Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
    Section 6.6.   Restrictions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25

ARTICLE VII        . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE
                    25
    Section 7.1.   Acceptance of Trust and Duties  . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
    Section 7.2.   Furnishing of Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
    Section 7.3.   Representations and Warranties  . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
    Section 7.4.   Reliance; Advice of Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
    Section 7.5.   Not Acting in Individual Capacity . . . . . . . . . . .  28
    Section 7.6.   Owner Trustee Not Liable for Certificates,
                   Notes or Contracts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
    Section 7.7.   Owner Trustee May Own Certificates and Notes  . . . . .  29

ARTICLE VIII       . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE
                    29
    Section 8.1.   Owner Trustee's Fees and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . .  29
    Section 8.2.   Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
    Section 8.3.   Non-recourse Obligations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30

ARTICLE IX         . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TERMINATION
                    30
    Section 9.1.   Termination of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30

ARTICLE X          . . .SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL OWNER TRUSTEES
                    32
    Section 10.1.  Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee  . . . . . .  32


- -3-

<PAGE>

    Section 10.2.  Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee . . . . . . . .  33
    Section 10.3.  Successor Owner Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
    Section 10.4.  Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee  . . . . . . .  34
    Section 10.5.  Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee . . . . .  34

ARTICLE XI         . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                    36
    Section 11.1.  Amendment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
    Section 11.2.  No Recourse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
    Section 11.3.  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
    Section 11.4.  Severability of Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
    Section 11.5.  Certificates Nonassessable and Fully Paid . . . . . . .  38
    Section 11.6.  Third-Party Beneficiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
    Section 11.7.  Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
    Section 11.8.  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38


- -4-

<PAGE>



                                       EXHIBITS

Exhibit A    --     Form of Equity Certificate

Exhibit B    --     Form of Equipment Certificate

Exhibit C    --     Form of Representation Letter


                                         -5-

<PAGE>

          THIS TRUST AGREEMENT, dated as of September 1, 1996, is made between
Antigua Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Depositor"), and
___________________________, a _________________________, as Owner Trustee (in
such capacity, the "Owner Trustee").

          In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, and of
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:


                                      ARTICLE I
                                     DEFINITIONS

          Section 1.1.  DEFINITIONS.  All terms defined in the Indenture
(defined below) shall have the same meaning in this Agreement.  Whenever
capitalized and used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases, unless
otherwise specified, shall have the following meanings:

          AGREEMENT OR "THIS AGREEMENT":  This Trust Agreement, all amendments
and supplements thereto and all exhibits and schedules to any of the foregoing.

          APPLICANTS:  The meaning assigned in Section 3.7.

          AUTHENTICATION AGENT:  ____________________, or its successor in
interest, and any successor authentication agent appointed as provided in this
Agreement.

          BENEFIT PLAN:  The meaning assigned in Section 3.4(g).

          CERTIFICATE:  An Equity Certificate or an Equipment Certificate, as
applicable.

          CERTIFICATE ACCOUNT:  The Equity Certificate Distribution Account or
the Equipment Account, as applicable.

          CERTIFICATE MAJORITY:  The meaning assigned in Section 1.5(a).

          CERTIFICATE REGISTER AND CERTIFICATE REGISTRAR:  The register
maintained and the registrar appointed pursuant to Section 3.4(a).

          CERTIFICATEHOLDER OR HOLDER:  A Person in whose name a Certificate is
registered in the Certificate Register.

          CODE:  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE:  The principal office of the Owner Trustee at
which


                                         -6-

<PAGE>

at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which
office at the Closing Date is located at ___________________________, Attention:
Corporate Trust Administration; the telecopy number for the Corporate Trust
Office on the date of the execution of this Agreement is ______________.

          DEPOSITOR:  Antigua Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, in
its capacity as depositor hereunder.

          EQUIPMENT ACCOUNT:  The account designated as the Equipment Account
in, and which is established and maintained pursuant to, Section 5.1.

          EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATEHOLDER:  The Person in whose name the Equipment
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

          EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATE:  A certificate executed by the Owner Trustee
evidencing a beneficial ownership interest in the Trust, substantially in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

          EQUITY CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT:  The account designated as
the Equity Certificate Distribution Account in, and which is established and
maintained pursuant to, Section 5.1.

          EQUITY CERTIFICATEHOLDER:  A Person in whose name an Equity
Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

          EQUITY CERTIFICATE:  A certificate executed by the Owner Trustee
evidencing a beneficial ownership interest in the Trust, substantially in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

          ERISA:  The meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.4(g).

          EXPENSES:  The meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.2.

          INDEMNIFIED PARTIES:  The meaning assigned to such term in Section
8.2.

          INDENTURE:  The Indenture, dated as of September 1, 1996, between the
Trust and ____________________, as Indenture Trustee, as the same may be amended
and supplemented from time to time.

          OWNER TRUSTEE:  ________________________, or its successor in
interest, acting not individually but solely as trustee, and any successor
trustee appointed as provided in this Agreement.

          PAYING AGENT:  Any paying agent or co-paying agent appointed pursuant
to


                                         -7-

<PAGE>

Section 3.9, which initially shall be [Indenture Trustee/Revolver Trustee --
same paying agent as on the Revolving Trust Certificates].

          RECORD DATE:  With respect to any Payment Date or Redemption Date, the
close of business on the last Business Day immediately preceding such Payment
Date or Redemption Date.

          RELATED DOCUMENTS:  The Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the
Indenture, the Purchase Agreement, the Cash Collateral Account Agreement, the
Revolving Trust Agreement, the Certificates, the Notes, and the underwriting
agreements between the Depositor and the underwriters of the Notes.  The Related
Documents executed by any party are referred to herein as "such party's Related
Documents," "its Related Documents" or by a similar expression.

          REVOLVING TRUST AGREEMENT:  The Trust Agreement, dated as of September
__, 1996, among Antigua Funding Corporation, as depositor, AT&T Capital
Corporation, as administrator, [Collateral Agent], as collateral agent, and
[Revolver Trustee], as Trustee, relating to the [Name of Revolving Trust].

          TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT:  The Transfer and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1996, among the Trust, the Depositor, TCC,
in its individual capacity and as Servicer, and [Indenture Trustee], as trustee
under the Indenture, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to
time.

          TRUST:  The trust created by this Agreement, the estate of which
consists of the Trust Assets.

          TRUST ACCOUNTS:  The Equity Certificate Distribution Account, the
Equipment Account, and such other accounts as may be established in the name of
the Trust pursuant to the Indenture or the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

          TRUST ASSETS:  The property and proceeds of every description conveyed
pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof and Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.6 of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement, together with the Trust Accounts (including all Eligible
Investments therein and all proceeds therefrom) and the right to withdraw funds
from the Cash Collateral Account pursuant to Section 8.06 of the Indenture.

          Section 1.2.  USAGE OF TERMS.  With respect to all terms used in this
Agreement, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; words
importing any gender include the other genders; references to "writing" include
printing, typing, lithography, and other means of reproducing words in a visible
form; references to agreements and other contractual instruments include all
subsequent amendments thereto or changes therein entered into in accordance with
their respective terms and not prohibited by this Agreement; references to
Persons include their permitted successors and


                                         -8-

<PAGE>

assigns; and the terms "include" or "including" mean "include without
limitation" or "including without limitation."

          Section 1.3.  CALCULATIONS.  All calculations of the amount of
interest accrued on the Equity Certificates shall be made on the basis of a
360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

          Section 1.4.  SECTION REFERENCES.  All references to Articles,
Sections, paragraphs, subsections, exhibits and schedules shall be to such
portions of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

          Section 1.5.  ACTION BY OR CONSENT OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.

          (a)  Except as expressly provided herein, any action that may be taken
by the Certificateholders under this Agreement may be taken by a majority of
each class affected unless this Agreement provides that the vote with respect to
the matter may be taken by only one class, in which case only the vote of the
affected class shall be required.  Except as expressly provided herein, any
written notice or consent of the Equity Certificateholders or the Equipment
Certificateholder delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be effective for
such class if signed by Holders of the Equity Certificates evidencing not less
than a majority of the Equity Certificate Balance, and by the Holder of the
Equipment Certificate, respectively, at the time of the delivery of such notice
(a "Certificate Majority").

          (b)  Whenever any provision of this Agreement refers to action to be
taken, or consented to, by Certificateholders, such provision shall be deemed to
refer to Certificateholders of record as of the Record Date immediately
preceding the date on which such action is to be taken, or consent given, by
Certificateholders.


                                      ARTICLE II
                                  CREATION OF TRUST

          Section 2.1.  CREATION OF TRUST.  There is hereby formed a trust to be
known as "Capita Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1."

          Section 2.2.  OFFICE.  The office of the Trust shall be in care of the
Owner Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office or at such other address as the
Owner Trustee may designate by written notice to the Certificateholders, the
Depositor, and the Indenture Trustee.

          Section 2.3.  PURPOSES AND POWERS.  The purpose of the Trust is, and
the Trust shall have the power and authority, to engage in the following
activities:


                                         -9-

<PAGE>

            (i)     to issue the Notes pursuant to the Indenture and to sell the
     Notes in the manner directed by the Depositor;

           (ii)     to issue the Equity Certificates to or upon the order of the
     Depositor and to issue the Equipment Certificate to the Depositor, pursuant
     to this Agreement;

          (iii)     with the proceeds of the sale of the Notes, to fund the
     Escrow Account, and to pay the organizational, start-up and transactional
     expenses of the Trust;

           (iv)     to acquire the Contracts, the Equipment and the other items
     conveyed pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement;

            (v)     to assign, grant, transfer, pledge, mortgage and convey any
     or all of the Trust Assets to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the
     Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholders;

           (vi)     to hold, manage and distribute to the Certificateholders any
     portion of the Trust Assets released from the Lien of, and remitted to the
     Trust pursuant to, the Indenture and to distribute to the
     Certificateholders any other portion of the Trust Assets in the manner
     prescribed by the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture and the
     Cash Collateral Account Agreement;

          (vii)     to enter into and perform its obligations under the
     Transfer and Servicing Agreement and the other Related Documents to which
     it is to be a party;

          (viii)    to engage in those activities, including entering into
     agreements, that are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the
     foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith; and

           (ix)     subject to compliance with the Related Documents, to engage
     in such other activities as may be required in connection with conservation
     of the Trust Assets and the making of distributions to the
     Certificateholders and the Noteholders.

The Owner Trustee is hereby authorized to engage in the foregoing activities on
behalf of the Trust.  The Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall not
engage in any activity other than in connection with the foregoing or other than
as required or expressly authorized by the terms of this Agreement or the
Related Documents.

          Section 2.4.  TRUST MAY CONSOLIDATE OR MERGE ONLY ON CERTAIN TERMS.

          (a)  The Trust shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other


                                         -10-

<PAGE>

 Person, unless the conditions specified in Section 3.10(a) of the Indenture
have been satisfied.

          (b)  The Trust shall not convey or transfer all or substantially all
of its properties or assets, including those included in the Trust Estate under
the Indenture, to any Person (except as expressly permitted by the Indenture or
the Transfer and Servicing Agreement), unless the conditions specified in
Section 3.10(b) of the Indenture have been satisfied.

          Section 2.5.  APPOINTMENT OF OWNER TRUSTEE.  The Depositor hereby
appoints the Owner Trustee as trustee of the Trust effective as of the date
hereof, to have all the rights, powers and duties set forth herein, and the
Owner Trustee hereby accepts such appointment.

          Section 2.6.  INITIAL CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION OF TRUST ESTATE.  The
Depositor hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and sets over to the Owner
Trustee, as of the date hereof, the sum of $10.  The Owner Trustee hereby
acknowledges receipt in trust from the Depositor, as of the date hereof, of the
foregoing contribution, which shall constitute the initial Trust Assets and
shall be deposited in the Equity Certificate Distribution Account.  The
Depositor shall pay organizational expenses of the Trust as they may arise or
shall, upon the request of the Owner Trustee, promptly reimburse the Owner
Trustee for any such expenses paid by the Owner Trustee.

          Section 2.7.  DECLARATION OF TRUST.  The Owner Trustee hereby declares
that it will hold the Trust Assets in trust upon and subject to the conditions
set forth herein for the use and benefit of the Certificateholders, subject to
the interests and rights in the Trust Assets granted to other Persons by the
Related Documents.

          Section 2.8.  LIABILITY OF THE DEPOSITOR.

          (a)  The Depositor shall be liable directly to indemnify each injured
party for all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses of the Trust, to
the extent not paid out of the Trust Assets, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
Depositor shall not be liable for any losses incurred by a Certificateholder in
the capacity of an investor in the Certificates or a Note Owner in the capacity
of an investor in the Notes; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Depositor shall not
shall be liable to indemnify any injured party if such party has agreed that its
recourse against the Trust for any obligation or liability of the Trust to such
party shall be limited to the assets of the Trust.  In addition, any third party
creditors of the Trust (other than in connection with the obligations described
in the provisos to the preceding sentence for which the Depositor shall not
shall be liable) shall be deemed third party beneficiaries of this paragraph.

          (b)  The Depositor, other than to the extent set forth in paragraph
(a), shall not have any personal liability for any liability or obligation of
the Trust or by


                                         -11-

<PAGE>

reason of any action taken by the parties to this Agreement pursuant to any
provisions of this Agreement or any Related Document.

          Section 2.9.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE DEPOSITOR.  By
execution of this Agreement, the Depositor makes the following representations
and warranties on which the Owner Trustee relies in accepting the Trust Assets
in trust and issuing the Notes and Certificates.

          (a)  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  It has been duly organized and
     is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the
     State of Delaware, with power and authority to own its properties and to
     conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and as such
     business is currently conducted and is proposed to be conducted pursuant to
     this Agreement and the Related Documents.

          (b)  DUE QUALIFICATION.  It is duly qualified to do business as a
     foreign corporation in good standing, and has obtained all necessary
     licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or
     lease of its property, the conduct of its business and the performance of
     its obligations under this Agreement and the Related Documents requires
     such qualification.

          (c)  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  It has the power and authority to execute
     and deliver this Agreement and its Related Documents and to perform its
     obligations pursuant thereto (including but not limited to the transfer of
     the Contracts and the Equipment to the Trust); and the execution, delivery
     and performance of this Agreement and its Related Documents have been duly
     authorized by all necessary corporate action.

          (d)  NO CONSENT REQUIRED.  No consent, license, approval or
     authorization of, or registration or declaration with, any Person or any
     governmental authority, bureau or agency is required in connection with the
     execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the Related
     Documents, except for such as have been obtained, effected or made.

          (e)  NO VIOLATION.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated
     by this Agreement and its Related Documents and the fulfillment of its
     obligations under this Agreement and its Related Documents will not
     conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of
     or constitute (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) a default
     under, its certificate of incorporation or by-laws, or any indenture,
     agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which it is a
     party or by which it is bound, or result in the creation or imposition of
     any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such
     indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, or
     violate any law, order, rule or regulation applicable to it of any court or
     of any federal or state


                                         -12-

<PAGE>

     regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
     instrumentality having jurisdiction over it or any of its properties.

          (f)  NO PROCEEDINGS.  There are no proceedings or investigations
     pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against it before any court,
     regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental
     instrumentality having jurisdiction over it or its properties (A) asserting
     the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (B)
     seeking to prevent the issuance of the Certificates or the Notes or the
     consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or
     any of the Related Documents, (C) seeking any determination or ruling that
     might materially and adversely affect its performance of its obligations
     under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the
     Related Documents, or (D) seeking to adversely affect the federal income
     tax or other federal, state or local tax attributes of the Trust or the
     Certificates.

          (g)  PLACE OF BUSINESS.  The principal executive offices of the
     Depositor are in __________, and the offices where the Depositor keeps its
     records concerning the Contracts and related documents are in _______.

          (h)  NOT AN INVESTMENT COMPANY.  The Depositor is not an "investment
     company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act, or is exempt
     from all provisions of such Act.

          (i)  BINDING OBLIGATIONS.  This Agreement and the Related Documents
     each constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Depositor,
     enforceable against the Depositor in accordance with its terms, except (A)
     as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
     reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in
     effect, affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights in general, and (B)
     as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity
     (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).

          Section 2.10.  COVENANTS OF THE DEPOSITOR.  The Depositor agrees and
covenants for the benefit of each Note Owner, each Certificateholder and the
Owner Trustee, during the term of this Agreement, and to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law, that:

          (a)  OTHER INDEBTEDNESS.  It shall not create, incur or suffer to
     exist any indebtedness or engage in any business, except, in each case, as
     permitted by its certificate of incorporation and the Related Documents;

          (b)  NON-PETITION.  It shall not, for any reason, institute
     proceedings for itself or the Trust to be adjudicated a bankrupt or
     insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency
     proceedings against itself or the Trust, or file a petition seeking or
     consenting to reorganization or relief under any applicable


                                         -13-

<PAGE>

     federal or state law relating to the bankruptcy of itself or the Trust, or
     consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
     sequestrator (or other similar official) of itself or the Trust or a
     substantial part of its assets or the property of the Trust or cause or
     permit itself or the Trust to make any assignment for the benefit of
     creditors, or admit in writing its inability or the inability of the Trust
     to pay its debts generally as they become due, or declare or effect a
     moratorium on the debt of itself or the Trust or take any action in
     furtherance of any such action;

          (c)  OTHER PARTIES.  It shall obtain from each counterparty to each
     Related Document to which it or the Trust is a party and each other
     agreement entered into on or after the date hereof to which it or the Trust
     is a party, an agreement by each such counterparty that prior to the
     occurrence of an Event of Default under the Indenture such counterparty
     shall not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting
     against, it or the Trust, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement,
     insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other similar proceedings under
     the laws of the United States or any state of the United States;

          (d)  NO LIENS.  Except for the conveyances as provided hereunder or in
     the Related Documents, the Depositor will not sell, pledge, assign or
     transfer to any other Person, or grant, create, incur, assume or suffer to
     exist any Lien on, any Contract, any Equipment or any other Trust Assets,
     whether now existing or hereafter created, and the Depositor shall defend
     the right, title and interest of the Trust in, to and under the Contracts,
     the Equipment and the other Trust Assets, whether now existing or hereafter
     created, and such rights, remedies, powers and privileges, against all
     claims of third parties claiming through or under the Depositor; the
     Depositor will immediately notify the Trustee of the existence of any Lien
     on any Contract or Equipment; and the Depositor shall defend the right,
     title and interest of the Trust in, to and under the Contracts or
     Equipment, whether now existing or hereafter created, against all claims of
     third parties claiming through or under the Depositor; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
     that nothing in this subsection 2.10(d) shall prevent or be deemed to
     prohibit the Depositor from suffering to exist upon any of the Contracts or
     Equipment any Permitted Lien.

          (e)  ENFORCEMENT OF PURCHASE AGREEMENT.  The Depositor agrees to take
     all action necessary and appropriate to enforce its rights and claims under
     the Purchase Agreement.

          (f)  SEPARATE BUSINESS.  The Depositor:

              (i)   will (A) maintain and prepare financial reports, financial
          statements, books and records and bank accounts separate from those of
          its Affiliates and any other person or entity and (B) not permit any
          Affiliate or any other person or entity independent access to its bank
          accounts;


                                         -14-

<PAGE>

             (ii)   will not commingle its funds and other assets with those of
          any Affiliate, any guarantor of any of the obligations of the
          Depositor (each, a "Guarantor"), any Affiliate of any Guarantor or any
          other person or entity;

            (iii)   will conduct its own business in its own name and will hold
          all of its assets in its own name;

             (iv)   will remain solvent and pay its debts and liabilities
          (including employment and overhead expenses) from its assets as the
          same become due;

              (v)   will do all things necessary to observe corporate
          formalities, and preserve its existence as a single-purpose,
          bankruptcy-remote entity in accordance with the standards of the
          Rating Agencies providing ratings on the Notes or the Equity
          Certificates, as such standards are in effect on the date of issuance
          of the Notes and the Equity Certificates;

             (vi)   will enter into transactions with Affiliates only if each
          such transaction is commercially reasonable and on substantially
          similar terms as a transaction that would be entered into on an arm's
          length basis with a person or entity other than an Affiliate of the
          Depositor;

            (vii)   will pay the salaries of its own employees from its own
          funds and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of its
          contemplated business operations;

           (viii)   will compensate each of its consultants and agents from its
          own funds for services provided to it and pay from its own assets all
          obligations of any kind incurred;

             (ix)   will not guarantee, become obligated for, or hold itself or
          its credit out to be responsible for, or available to satisfy, the
          debts or obligations of any other person or entity or the decisions or
          actions respecting the daily business or affairs of any other person
          or entity;

              (x)   will not (i) acquire obligations or securities of any
          Affiliate or any of the stockholders of the Depositor or (ii) buy or
          hold any evidence of indebtedness issued by any other person or
          entity, other than cash, investment-grade securities and the
          Contracts;

             (xi)   will allocate fairly and reasonably and pay from its own
          funds the cost of (i) any overhead expenses (including paying for any
          office space) shared with any Affiliate of the Depositor and (ii) any
          services (such as asset management, legal and accounting) that are
          provided jointly to the Depositor


                                         -15-

<PAGE>

          and one or more of its Affiliates;

            (xii)   will maintain and utilize separate stationery, invoices and
          checks bearing its own name and allocate separate office space (which
          may be a separately identified area in office space shared with one or
          more Affiliates of the Depositor) and maintain a separate sign in the
          office directory of the building in which the Depositor maintains its
          principal place of business;

           (xiii)   will not make any loans or advances to, or pledge its assets
          for the benefit of, any other person or entity, including, without
          limitation, any Affiliate or Guarantor or any Affiliate of any
          Guarantor;

            (xiv)   will be, and at all times will hold itself out to the public
          as, a legal entity separate and distinct from any other person or
          entity;

             (xv)   will, in the event that any authorized officer knows of any
          misunderstanding regarding the separate identity of the Depositor,
          correct such misunderstanding;

            (xvi)   will not identify itself or any of its Affiliates as a
          division or part of any other entity; and

           (xvii)   will maintain adequate capital for the normal obligations
          reasonably foreseeable in a business of its size and character and in
          light of its contemplated business operations.

          (g)  PURCHASE AGREEMENT NOTICES.  The Depositor (i) shall promptly
     give the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee copies of any notices,
     reports or certificates given or delivered to the Depositor under the
     Purchase Agreement, (ii) shall not without the consents, approvals and
     opinions, if any, required by Section 11.1 hereof, as if Section 11.1
     related to the Purchase Agreement rather than this Agreement, enter into
     any amendment, supplement or other modification to, or waiver of any
     provision of, the Purchase Agreement and (iii) shall not permit the removal
     of a Contract from the operation of the Purchase Agreement unless there is
     a corresponding right or obligation of the Depositor to remove such
     Contract from the Trust.

          Section 2.11.  COVENANTS OF THE CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.  Each
Certificateholder by becoming a Certificateholder agrees:

          (a)  to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Certificates of
     which such Holder is the beneficial owner and of this Agreement, including
     any supplements or amendments hereto and to perform the obligations of a
     Holder as set forth therein or herein, in all respects as if it were a
     signatory hereto.  This


                                         -16-

<PAGE>

     undertaking is made for the benefit of the Trust, the Owner Trustee and all
     other Certificateholders present and future.

          (b)  not to, for any reason, institute proceedings for the Trust or
     the Depositor to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the
     institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Trust or
     the Depositor, or file a petition seeking or consenting to reorganization
     or relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy,
     or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
     sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Trust or the Depositor or a
     substantial part of its property, or cause or permit the Trust or the
     Depositor to make any assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or admit
     in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or
     declare or effect a moratorium on its debt or take any action in
     furtherance of any such action.


                                     ARTICLE III
                                   THE CERTIFICATES

          Section 3.1.  INITIAL OWNERSHIP.  Upon the formation of the Trust by
the contribution by the Depositor pursuant to Section 2.6 and until the issuance
of the Certificates, the Depositor shall be the sole beneficiary of the Trust.

          Section 3.2.  THE CERTIFICATES; AUTHORIZED DENOMINATIONS.

          (a)  The Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Owner Trustee
by manual or facsimile signature of any authorized signatory of the Owner
Trustee having such authority under the Owner Trustee's seal imprinted or
otherwise affixed thereon and attested on behalf of the Owner Trustee by the
manual or facsimile signature of any authorized signatory of the Owner Trustee.
Certificates bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were,
at the time when such signatures were affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of
the Owner Trustee shall be validly issued and entitled to the benefits of this
Agreement, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to
be so authorized prior to the authentication and delivery of such Certificates.

          (b)  On the Closing Date, one Equity Certificate, in the principal
amount of $__________, shall be issued to or upon the order of the Depositor.
Unless and until the Equity Certificate is transferred pursuant to the terms of
a pledge thereof (as permitted by Section 3.4(b) hereof), there shall at all
times be a single Equity Certificate.  In the event of any such transfer, Equity
Certificates may thereafter be issued in denominations of $250,000 initial
principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 thereof.

          (c)  One Equipment Certificate shall be issued on the Closing Date to
the Depositor.  There shall at all times be a single Equipment Certificate.


                                         -17-

<PAGE>

          Section 3.3.  AUTHENTICATION OF CERTIFICATES.  No Certificate shall
entitle its holder to any benefit under this Agreement, or shall be valid for
any purpose, unless there shall appear on such Certificate a certificate of
authentication substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A in the case of
an Equity Certificate or Exhibit B in the case of an Equipment Certificate,
executed by the Owner Trustee or the Authentication Agent, by manual or
facsimile signature; such authentication shall constitute conclusive evidence
that such Certificate shall have been duly authenticated and delivered
hereunder.  [Indenture Trustee/Revolver Trustee] is hereby initially appointed
Authentication Agent.  All Certificates shall be dated the date of their
authentication.

          Section 3.4.  REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF CERTIFICATES.

          (a)  The Certificate Registrar shall maintain, or cause to be
maintained, at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.8, a
Certificate Register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may
prescribe, the Owner Trustee shall provide for the registration of Certificates
and of transfers and exchanges of Certificates as provided in this Agreement.
[The Owner Trustee hereby initially appoints itself] [[Indenture Trustee] is
hereby initially appointed] Certificate Registrar for the purpose of registering
Certificates and transfers and exchanges of Certificates as provided in this
Agreement.

          (b)  The Depositor may transfer and/or pledge the Equity Certificate
to [Revolver Trustee], as Trustee under the Revolving Trust Agreement, and in
connection therewith may instruct the Certificate Registrar to register the sole
Equity Certificate in the name of the Depositor, [Revolver Trustee] or [Revolver
Trustee]'s nominee.  The Equity Certificate shall not thereafter be
transferable, except (i) as required by the terms of the Revolving Trust
Agreement, (ii) upon the termination of the Revolving Trust Agreement, and (iii)
as may be required to reflect the interest of a successor trustee under the
Revolving Trust Agreement.

          (c)  The Equipment Certificate shall initially be issued to the
Depositor.  Except as a result of a merger or similar change in corporate
structure of the Depositor, if and to the extent permitted by Article XVI of its
Certificate of Incorporation, the Equipment Certificate may not be transferred
and the Certificate Registrar shall not register any transfer of the Equipment
Certificate.

          (d)  If the registration of transfer of an Equity Certificate is
permitted by subsection (b), then, upon surrender for registration of transfer
of such Equity Certificate at the office or agency maintained pursuant to
Section 3.8, the Owner Trustee shall execute, authenticate and deliver (or shall
cause the Authentication Agent to authenticate and deliver), in the name of the
designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Equity Certificates in
authorized denominations and aggregate proportion of the Equity Certificate
Balance dated the date of authentication by the Owner Trustee or any
Authenticating Agent.  If the registration of transfer of an Equity Certificate
is permitted by subsection (b), then at the option of the Holder, such Equity
Certificate may be


                                         -18-

<PAGE>

exchanged for other Equity Certificates in authorized denominations of a like
aggregate amount upon surrender of the Equity Certificates to be exchanged at
the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.8.

          (e)  Every Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of
transfer or exchange must be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in
form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Certificate Registrar duly
executed by the Holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing.  Each
Certificate properly surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall
be canceled and subsequently disposed of by the Owner Trustee in accordance with
its customary practice.

          (f)  No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer
or exchange of Certificates, but the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar
may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge
that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Certificates.

          (g)  No Certificate may be acquired by or for the account of (i) an
employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA")) that is subject to the
provisions of Title 1 of ERISA, (ii) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1985, as amended, or (iii) any entity whose
underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan's investment in the
entity (each, a "Benefit Plan").  By accepting and holding a Certificate, the
Holder thereof shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not
a Benefit Plan.

          (h)  In addition to the restrictions of subsection (b) above, and
except for the transfer and/or pledge of the Equity Certificate to [Revolver
Trustee], no transfer of an Equity Certificate may be made by the Depositor or
any other Person unless such transfer is exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act"), as amended, and any
applicable state securities laws or is made in accordance with the Act and such
state laws.  In the event that any such transfer is to be made, (A) the
Depositor may require a written Opinion of Counsel acceptable to and in form and
substance satisfactory to the Depositor that such transfer may be made pursuant
to an exemption, describing the applicable exemption and the basis therefor,
from the Act and such state laws or is being made pursuant to the Act and such
state laws, which Opinion of Counsel shall not be an expense of the Owner
Trustee or the Depositor, and (B) the Owner Trustee shall require the transferee
to execute a representation letter substantially in the form of Exhibit C
attached hereto, which representation letter shall not be an expense of the
Owner Trustee or the Depositor.  The Certificateholder desiring to effect such
transfer shall, and does hereby agree to, indemnify the Owner Trustee, the
Depositor and the Certificate Registrar against any liability that may result if
the transfer is not so exempt or is not made in accordance with the Act and such
state laws.

          Section 3.5.  MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN CERTIFICATES.  If
(a) any


                                         -19-

<PAGE>

mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Certificate Registrar, or the
Certificate Registrar receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction,
loss or theft of any Certificate, and (b) there is delivered to the Certificate
Registrar and the Owner Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by
them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the
Certificate Registrar or the Owner Trustee that such Certificate has been
acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust
shall execute, authenticate and deliver (or the Authentication Agent shall
authenticate and deliver), in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like tenor and
portion of the Equity Certificate Balance (in the case of an Equity
Certificate).  In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under this
Section 3.5, the Owner Trustee may require the payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation
thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Owner
Trustee and the Certificate Registrar) connected therewith.  Any duplicate
Certificate issued pursuant to this Section 3.5 shall constitute conclusive
evidence of ownership of a beneficial interest in the Trust, as if originally
issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found
at any time.

          Section 3.6.  PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.  Prior to due presentation of a
Certificate for registration of transfer, the Owner Trustee, the Certificate
Registrar and any agent of the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may
treat the person in whose name any Certificate is registered as the owner of
such Certificate for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to Section
5.2 or Section 5.3, as applicable, and for all other purposes whatsoever, and
neither the Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar nor any agent of the Owner
Trustee or the Certificate Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the
contrary.

          Section 3.7.  ACCESS TO LIST OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' NAMES AND
ADDRESSES.  The Owner Trustee shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the
Servicer, within 15 days after receipt by the Owner Trustee of a written request
therefor, a list, in such form as the Servicer may reasonably require, of the
names and addresses of the Certificateholders as of the most recent Record Date
for payment of distributions to Certificateholders.  If three or more Equity
Certificateholders, or one or more Certificateholders evidencing not less than
25% of the Equity Certificate Balance, or the Equipment Certificateholder
(hereinafter referred to as "Applicants"), apply in writing to the Owner
Trustee, and such application states that the Applicants desire to communicate
with other Certificateholders with respect to their rights under this Agreement
or under the Certificates and is accompanied by a copy of the communication that
such Applicants propose to transmit, then the Owner Trustee shall, within five
Business Days after the receipt of such application, afford such Applicants
access, during normal business hours, to the current list of Certificateholders.
Every Certificateholder, by receiving and holding a Certificate, agrees that
none of the Servicer or the Owner Trustee, nor any agent thereof, shall be held
accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names
and addresses of the Certificateholders under this Agreement, regardless of the
source from which such


                                         -20-

<PAGE>

information was derived.

          Section 3.8.  MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.  The Owner Trustee
shall maintain an office or offices or agency or agencies where Certificates may
be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and
demands to or upon the Owner Trustee in respect of the Certificates and the
Related Documents may be served.  The Owner Trustee initially designates
__________ as its principal corporate trust office for such purposes.  The Owner
Trustee shall give prompt written notice to the Depositor and to the
Certificateholders of any change in the location of the Certificate Register or
any such office of agency.

          Section 3.9.  APPOINTMENT OF PAYING AGENT.  The Paying Agent shall
make distributions to Equity Certificateholders from the Equity Certificate
Distribution Account pursuant to Section 5.2, shall make distributions to the
Equipment Certificateholder from the Equipment Account pursuant to Section 5.3,
and shall report the amounts of such distributions to the Owner Trustee.  Any
Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Equity
Certificate Distribution Account and the Equipment Account for the purpose of
making the distributions referred to above.  The Owner Trustee may revoke such
power and remove the Paying Agent if the Owner Trustee determines in its sole
discretion that the Paying Agent shall have failed to perform its obligations
under this Agreement in any material respect.  The Paying Agent shall initially
be [Indenture Trustee/Revolver Trustee], and any co-paying agent chosen by
[Indenture Trustee/Revolver Trustee] and acceptable to the Owner Trustee.
[Indenture Trustee/Revolver Trustee] shall be permitted to resign as Paying
Agent upon 30 days' written notice to the Owner Trustee.  In the event that
[Indenture Trustee/Revolver Trustee] shall no longer be the Paying Agent, the
Owner Trustee shall appoint a successor to act as Paying Agent (which shall be a
bank or trust company).  The Owner Trustee shall cause such successor Paying
Agent or any additional Paying Agent appointed by the Owner Trustee to execute
and deliver to the Owner Trustee an instrument in which such successor Paying
Agent or additional Paying Agent shall agree with the Owner Trustee that as
Paying Agent, such successor Paying Agent or additional Paying Agent will hold
all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the Certificateholders in trust for
the benefit of the Certificateholders entitled thereto until such sums shall be
paid to such Certificateholders.  The Paying Agent shall return all unclaimed
funds to the Owner Trustee, and upon removal of a Paying Agent, such Paying
Agent shall also return all funds in its possession to the Owner Trustee.  The
provisions of Sections 7.1, 7.3, 7.4 and 8.2 shall apply to the Owner Trustee
also in its role as Paying Agent for so long as the Owner Trustee shall act as
Paying Agent and, to the extent applicable, to any other Paying Agent appointed
hereunder.  Any reference in this Agreement to the Paying Agent shall include
any co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise.


                                      ARTICLE IV
                               ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE


                                         -21-

<PAGE>

          Section 4.1.  RESTRICTION ON POWER OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.  No
Certificateholder shall have any right to vote or in any manner otherwise
control the operation and management of the Trust except as expressly provided
in this Agreement.

          Section 4.2.  PRIOR NOTICE TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS WITH RESPECT TO
CERTAIN MATTERS.  The Owner Trustee shall not take any of the following actions,
unless at least 30 days before the taking of such action, the Owner Trustee
shall have notified the Certificateholders in writing of the proposed action and
the Certificateholders shall not have notified the Owner Trustee in writing
prior to the 30th day after such notice is given that such Certificateholders
have withheld consent or provided alternative direction:

          (a)  the amendment of this Agreement, unless such amendment would not
     materially and adversely affect the interests of the Certificateholders;

          (b)  the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture in
     circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is required unless such
     amendment would not materially and adversely affect the interests of the
     Certificateholders;

          (c)  the amendment of any other Related Document, unless such
     amendment would not materially and adversely affect the interests of the
     Certificateholders; or

          (d)  the initiation or settlement of any material claim, proceeding or
     lawsuit affecting the Trust or the Trust Assets.

          Section 4.3.  ACTION BY CERTIFICATEHOLDERS WITH RESPECT TO BANKRUPTCY.
The Owner Trustee shall not have the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in
bankruptcy relating to the Depositor or the Trust without the unanimous prior
approval of all Equity Certificateholders and the Equipment Certificateholder
and the delivery to the Owner Trustee by each such Equity Certificateholder and
Equipment Certificateholder of a certificate certifying that such Equity
Certificateholder or Equipment Certificateholder, as the case may be, reasonably
believes that the Depositor or the Trust, as appropriate, is insolvent.

          Section 4.4.  RESTRICTIONS ON CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' POWER.  No
Certificateholder shall have any right by virtue or by availing itself of any
provisions of this Agreement to institute any suit, action, or proceeding in
equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Agreement or any Related
Document, unless (i) the Equity Certificateholders and the Equipment
Certificateholder have provided instruction to the Owner Trustee pursuant to
Section 6.3, (ii) an Equity Certificateholder and the Equipment
Certificateholder previously shall have given to the Owner Trustee a written
notice of default under or breach of this Agreement or any Related Document and
of the continuance thereof, as provided in this Agreement, and (iii) Equity
Certificateholders evidencing not less than


                                         -22-

<PAGE>

25% of the Equity Certificate Balance represented by the Equity Certificates or
the Equipment Certificateholder shall have made written request upon the Owner
Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Owner
Trustee under this Agreement and shall have offered to the Owner Trustee such
reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and
liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby, and the Owner Trustee, for 30
days after its receipt of such notice, request, and offer of indemnity, shall
have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit, or proceeding, and
during such 30-day period no request or waiver inconsistent with such written
request has been given to the Owner Trustee pursuant to and in compliance with
this Section or Section 6.3; it being understood and intended, and being
expressly covenanted by each Certificateholder with every other
Certificateholder and the Owner Trustee, that no one or more Holders of
Certificates shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue or by
availing itself or themselves of any provisions of this Agreement to affect,
disturb, or prejudice the rights of the Holders of any other of the
Certificates, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any
other such Holder, or to enforce any right under this Agreement, except in the
manner provided in this Agreement and for the equal, ratable, and common benefit
of all Certificateholders.  For the protection and enforcement of the provisions
of this Section 4.4, each and every Certificateholder and the Owner Trustee
shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.


                                      ARTICLE V
                      APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS; CERTAIN DUTIES

          Section 5.1.  TRUST ACCOUNTS.

          (a)  The Owner Trustee shall establish and maintain the Equity
Certificate Distribution Account in the name of the Trust for the benefit of the
Equity Certificateholders.  The Equity Certificate Distribution Account shall be
an Eligible Account and initially shall be a segregated trust account
established with the Owner Trustee and maintained with the Owner Trustee.

          (b)  The Owner Trustee shall establish and maintain the Equipment
Account in the name of the Trust for the benefit of the  Equipment
Certificateholders.  The Equipment Account shall be an Eligible Account and
initially shall be a segregated trust account established with the Owner Trustee
and maintained with the Owner Trustee.

          (c)  The Owner Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in
all funds on deposit from time to time in the Certificate Accounts and in all
proceeds thereof.  If, at any time, any Certificate Account ceases to be an
Eligible Account, the Owner Trustee shall within 5 Business Days (or such longer
period, not to exceed 30 calendar days, as to which each Rating Agency may
consent) establish a new Equity Certificate Distribution Account and Equipment
Account as Eligible Accounts and shall transfer any cash and/or any investments
to such new Certificate Account.


                                         -23-

<PAGE>

          (d)  All amounts held in the Certificate Accounts shall, to the extent
permitted by applicable laws, rules and regulations, be invested by the Owner
Trustee at the direction of the Depositor in Eligible Investments that mature
not later than one Business Day prior to the immediately following Payment Date.
Such investments shall not be sold or disposed of prior to their maturity.  All
investments of funds in a Certificate Account shall be held by a financial
institution in accordance with the following requirements:

         (i)   all Eligible Investments shall be held in an account with such
     financial institution in the name of the Owner Trustee;

        (ii)   with respect to securities held on such account, such securities
     must be:

               (A)  certificated securities (as such term is used in N.Y. UCC
            Section 8-313(d)(i)), securities deemed to be certificated
            securities under applicable regulations of the United States
            government, or uncertificated securities issued by an issuer
            organized under the laws of the State of New York or the State of
            Delaware;

               (B)  either (I) in the possession of such financial institution,
            (II) in the possession of a clearing corporation (as such term is
            used in Section 8-102(5) of the Uniform Commercial Code of the
            State of New York, registered in the name of such clearing
            corporation or its nominee, not endorsed for collection or
            surrender or any other purpose not involving transfer, not
            containing any evidence of a right or interest inconsistent with
            the Owner Trustee's security interest therein, and held by such
            clearing corporation in an account of such financial institution,
            (III) held in an account of a financial institution with the
            Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or (IV) in the case of
            uncertificated securities, issued in the name of such financial
            institution; and

               (C)  identified, by book entry or otherwise, as held for the
            account of, or pledged to, the Owner Trustee on the records of such
            financial institution, and such financial institution shall have
            sent the Owner Trustee a confirmation thereof;

       (iii)   with respect to repurchase obligations held in a Certificate
     Account, such repurchase obligation must be identified by such financial
     institution, by book entry or otherwise, as held for the account of, or
     pledged to, the Owner Trustee on the records of such financial institution,
     and the related securities must be held in accordance with the requirements
     of clause (ii) above;

        (iv)   with respect to any Eligible Investments other than securities
     and


                                         -24-

<PAGE>

     repurchase agreements, such Eligible Investments must be held in a manner
     acceptable to the Owner Trustee.

          Subject to the other provisions hereof, the Owner Trustee shall have
sole control over each such investment and the income thereon, and any
certificate or other instrument evidencing any such investment, if any, shall be
delivered directly to the Owner Trustee or its agent, together with each
document of transfer, if any, necessary to transfer title to such investment to
the Owner Trustee in a manner which complies with this Section 5.1.  All
interest, dividends, gains upon sale and other income from, or earnings on
investment of funds in such Certificate Account shall be deposited in the Equity
Certificate Distribution Account and distributed on the next Payment Date
pursuant to Section 5.2(d).  The Depositor shall deposit in such Certificate
Account an amount equal to any net loss on such investments immediately as
realized.

          Section 5.2.  APPLICATION OF FUNDS IN THE EQUITY CERTIFICATE
DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT.

         (a)   On each Payment Date the Paying Agent will, based on the
information contained in the Servicer's Certificate delivered on the related
Determination Date pursuant to Section 3.9 of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement, distribute to Equity Certificateholders, to the extent of the funds
available, amounts deposited in the Equity Certificate Distribution Account
pursuant to Sections 8.03 and 8.06 of the Indenture with respect to such Payment
Date in the following order of priority:

         (i)   first, from the amounts deposited in the Equity Certificate
     Distribution Account pursuant to Sections 8.03 and 8.06 of the Indenture,
     to the Equity Certificateholders, on a pro rata basis, an amount equal to
     the Equity Certificate Interest Distributable Amount;

        (ii)   second, from the amounts deposited in the Equity Certificate
     Distribution Account pursuant to Sections 8.03 and 8.06 of the Indenture,
     to the Equity Certificateholders, on a pro rata basis, an amount equal to
     the Equity Certificate Principal Distributable Amount;

       (iii)   third, from amounts, if any, deposited in the Equity Certificate
     Distribution Account pursuant to Section 8.06 of the Indenture, to the
     Equity Certificateholders, on a pro rata basis, an amount equal to the
     Principal Deficiency Amount, if any, allocable to the Equity Certificates;
     and

        (iv)   fourth, from amounts, if any, deposited in the Equity Certificate
     Distribution Account pursuant to Section 8.03(viii) of the Indenture, to
     the Equity Certificateholders on a pro rata basis, all such amounts.

         (b)   On the Payment Date following the date on which amounts received


                                         -25-

<PAGE>

in respect of the Depositor's exercise of its option to purchase the corpus of
the Trust pursuant to Section 5.1(a) of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement are
deposited in the Equity Certificate Distribution Account pursuant to Section
8.03 of the Indenture, the Paying Agent will distribute such funds (taking into
account any concurrent distribution made pursuant to Section 5.2(a)) in the
following order of priority:

         (i)   first, to Equity Certificateholders, on a pro rata basis, an
     amount equal to the Equity Certificate Interest Distributable Amount; and

        (ii)   second, to Equity Certificateholders, on a pro rata basis, the
     remaining Equity Certificate Balance.

         (c)   On the Payment Date following each date on which the Indenture
Trustee makes payments of money or property in respect of liquidation of the
Trust Assets pursuant to Section 5.06 of the Indenture and deposits funds
received in connection with such liquidation in the Equity Certificate
Distribution Account, the Paying Agent will distribute such funds (taking into
account any concurrent distribution made pursuant to Section 5.2(a)) in the
following order of priority:

         (i)   first, to Equity Certificateholders, on a pro rata basis, an
     amount equal to the Equity Certificate Interest Distributable Amount; and

        (ii)   second, to Equity Certificateholders, on a pro rata basis, for
     amounts in respect of principal on the Equity Certificates.

         (d)   Any funds remaining in the Equity Certificate Distribution
Account after distribution of all other amounts specified in this Section 5.2
shall be distributed to the Equity Certificateholders, pro rata.

         (e)   On each Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall send to each Equity
Certificateholder the statement required pursuant to Section 7.05(b) of the
Indenture.

         (f)   In the event that any withholding tax is imposed on the Trust's
payment to a Certificateholder, such tax shall reduce the amount otherwise
distributable to the Certificateholder in accordance with this Section.  The
Paying Agent is hereby authorized and directed to retain from amounts otherwise
distributable to the Certificateholders sufficient funds for the payment of any
tax that is legally owed by the Trust (but such authorization shall not prevent
the Owner Trustee from contesting any such tax in appropriate proceedings, and
withholding payment of such tax, if permitted by law, pending the outcome of
such proceedings).  The amount of any withholding tax imposed with respect to a
Certificateholder shall be treated as cash distributed to such
Certificateholders at the time it is withheld by the Trust and remitted to the
appropriate taxing authority.  If there is a possibility that withholding tax is
payable with respect to a distribution (such as a distribution to a non-U.S.
Certificateholder), the Owner Trustee


                                         -26-

<PAGE>

may in its sole discretion withhold such amounts in accordance with this
paragraph (f).  In the event that a Certificateholder wishes to apply for a
refund of any such withholding tax, the Owner Trustee shall reasonably cooperate
with such Certificateholder in making such claim so long as such
Certificateholder agrees to reimburse the Owner Trustee for any out-of-pocket
expenses incurred.

          Section 5.3.  DISTRIBUTION OF FUNDS IN THE EQUIPMENT ACCOUNT AND
TRANSFER OF EQUIPMENT.

          (a)  On each Business Day the Owner Trustee will distribute to the
Equipment Certificateholder all funds deposited in the Equipment Account
pursuant to Sections 4.2(a), 4.2(d) or 4.5 of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

          (b)  Pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement,
the Owner Trustee will, as promptly as practicable, transfer to the Equipment
Certificateholder all Equipment released from the lien of the Indenture (other
than upon a sale or other disposition by the Servicer).  The Owner Trustee is
authorized to execute such bills of sale and other instruments of transfer as
the Equipment Certificateholder deems necessary to transfer title in such
Equipment to or upon the order of the Equipment Certificateholder.

          Section 5.4.  METHOD OF PAYMENT.  Subject to Section 9.1(c),
distributions of funds required to be made to Certificateholders on any Payment
Date shall be made to each Certificateholder of record on the preceding Record
Date either by wire transfer, in immediately available funds, to the account of
such Holder at a bank or other entity having appropriate facilities therefor,
provided that such Certificateholder shall have provided to the Certificate
Registrar appropriate written instructions at least five Business Days prior to
such Payment Date and such Holder's Certificates in the aggregate evidence an
initial denomination of not less than $1,000,000 (or if such Certificateholder
is [Revolver Trustee], the Depositor or an Affiliate thereof), or, if not, by
check mailed to such Certificateholder at the address of such holder appearing
in the Certificate Register.

          Section 5.5.  NO SEGREGATION OF MONIES; NO INTEREST.  Subject to
Section 5.1, monies received by the Owner Trustee hereunder need not be
segregated in any manner except to the extent required by law or by the
Indenture and may be deposited under such general conditions as may be
prescribed by law, and the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for any interest
thereon.


                                      ARTICLE VI
                        AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE

          Section 6.1.  GENERAL AUTHORITY.  The Owner Trustee is authorized and
directed to execute and deliver the Related Documents to which the Trust is to
be a party


                                         -27-

<PAGE>

and each certificate or other document attached as an exhibit to or contemplated
by the Related Documents to which the Trust is to be a party and any amendment
thereto, and on behalf of the Trust, to direct the Indenture Trustee to
authenticate and deliver the Class A Notes in the aggregate principal amount of
$__________, the Class B Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $__________,
and the Class C Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $__________.  In
addition to the foregoing, the Owner Trustee is authorized, but shall not be
obligated, to take all actions required of the Trust pursuant to the Related
Documents.

          Section 6.2.  GENERAL DUTIES.  It shall be the duty of the Owner
Trustee to discharge (or cause to be discharged through such agents as shall be
appointed) all of its responsibilities pursuant to the terms of this Agreement
and the Related Documents and to administer the Trust in the interest of the
Certificateholders, subject to the Related Documents and in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement.

          Section 6.3.  ACTION UPON INSTRUCTION.

          (a)  Subject to Article IV, the Certificateholders shall have the
exclusive right to direct the actions of the Owner Trustee in the management of
the Trust, so long as such instructions are not inconsistent with the express
terms set forth herein or in any Related Document, and provided that if the
Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders or the Servicer are entitled, pursuant to the
Indenture or the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, to direct any actions of the
Owner Trustee, such directions shall control.  The Certificateholders may not
instruct the Owner Trustee in a manner inconsistent with this Agreement or the
Related Documents.

          (b)  The Owner Trustee shall not be required to take any action
hereunder or under any Related Document if the Owner Trustee shall have
reasonably determined, or shall have been advised by counsel, that such action
is contrary to the terms hereof or of any Related Document or is otherwise
contrary to law.

          (c)  Whenever the Owner Trustee is unable to decide between
alternative courses of action permitted or required by the terms of this
Agreement or any Related Document, and the Owner Trustee has not received
instructions with respect to such matter from the Indenture Trustee, the
Noteholders or the Servicer pursuant to the terms of the  Indenture or the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Owner Trustee shall promptly give notice
(in such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the
Certificateholders requesting instruction as to the course of action to be
adopted, and to the extent the Owner Trustee acts in good faith in accordance
with any written instruction received from the Certificateholders, the Owner
Trustee shall not be liable on account of such action to any Person.  If the
Owner Trustee shall not have received appropriate instruction within ten days of
such notice (or within such shorter period of time as reasonably may be
specified in such notice or may be necessary under the circumstances) it may,
but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action, not


                                         -28-

<PAGE>

inconsistent with this Agreement or the Related Documents, as it shall deem to
be in the best interests of the Certificateholders, and shall have no liability
to any Person for such action or inaction.

          (d)  In the event that the Owner Trustee is unsure as to the
application of any provision of this Agreement or any Related Document or any
such provision is ambiguous as to its application, or is, or appears to be, in
conflict with any other applicable provision, or in the event that this
Agreement permits any determination by the Owner Trustee or is silent or is
incomplete as to the course of action that the Owner Trustee is required to take
with respect to a particular set of facts, the Owner Trustee may give notice (in
such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the
Certificateholders requesting instruction and, to the extent that the Owner
Trustee acts or refrains from acting in good faith in accordance with any such
instruction received, the Owner Trustee shall not be liable, on account of such
action or inaction, to any Person.  If the Owner Trustee shall not have received
appropriate instruction within 10 days of such notice (or within such shorter
period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary
under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain
from taking such action, not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Related
Documents, as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the
Certificateholders, and shall have no liability to any Person for such action or
inaction.

          Section 6.4.  NO DUTIES EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN
INSTRUCTIONS.  The Owner Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to
manage, make any payment with respect to, register, record, sell, dispose of, or
otherwise deal with the Trust Assets, or to otherwise take or refrain from
taking any action under, or in connection with, any document contemplated hereby
to which the Trust is a party, except as expressly provided by the terms of this
Agreement (including as provided in Section 6.2) or in any written instruction
received by the Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 6.3; and no implied duties or
obligations shall be read into this Agreement or any Related Document against
the Owner Trustee.  The Owner Trustee shall have no responsibility for
preparing, monitoring or filing any financing or continuation statements in any
public office at any time or otherwise to perfect or maintain the perfection of
any security interest or lien granted to it hereunder or to record this
Agreement or any Related Document; however, the Owner Trustee will from time to
time execute and deliver such financing or continuation statements as are
prepared by the Servicer and delivered to the Owner Trustee for its execution on
behalf of the Trust for the purpose of perfecting or maintaining the perfection
of such a security interest or lien or effecting such a recording.  The Owner
Trustee nevertheless agrees that it will, at its own cost and expense (and not
at the expense of the Trust), promptly take all action as may be necessary to
discharge any liens on any part of the Trust Assets that are attributable to
claims against the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity that are not related
to the ownership or the administration of the Trust Assets.

          Section 6.5.  NO ACTION EXCEPT UNDER SPECIFIED DOCUMENTS OR
INSTRUCTIONS.


                                         -29-

<PAGE>

The Owner Trustee shall not manage, control, use, sell, dispose of or otherwise
deal with any part of, the Trust Assets except (i) in accordance with the powers
granted to and the authority conferred upon the Owner Trustee pursuant to this
Agreement, (ii) in accordance with the Related Documents and (iii) in accordance
with any document or instruction delivered to the Owner Trustee pursuant to
Section 6.3.

          Section 6.6.  RESTRICTIONS.  The Owner Trustee shall not take any
action (a) that is inconsistent with the purposes of the Trust set forth in
Section 2.3 or (b) that, to the actual knowledge of the Owner Trustee, would
result in the Trust's becoming taxable as a corporation for Federal income tax
purposes.  The Certificateholders may not direct the Owner Trustee to take
action that would violate the provisions of this Section.


                                     ARTICLE VII
                             CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE

          Section 7.1.  ACCEPTANCE OF TRUST AND DUTIES.  The Owner Trustee
accepts the trusts hereby created and agrees to perform its duties hereunder
with respect to such trusts but only upon the terms of this Agreement.  The
Owner Trustee also agrees to disburse all monies actually received by it
constituting part of the Trust Assets upon the terms of the Related Documents
and this Agreement.  The Owner Trustee shall not be answerable or accountable
hereunder or under any Related Document under any circumstances, except (i) for
its own willful misconduct or gross negligence, (ii) in the case of the
inaccuracy of any representation or warranty contained in Section 7.3, (iii) for
liabilities arising from the failure of the Owner Trustee to perform obligations
expressly undertaken by it in the last sentence of Section 6.4 hereof, (iv) for
any investments issued by the Owner Trustee or any branch or affiliate thereof
in its commercial capacity or (v) for taxes, fees or other charges on, based on
or measured by, any fees, commissions or compensation received by the Owner
Trustee in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement or any Related Document.  In particular, but not by way of limitation
(and subject to the exceptions set forth in the preceding sentence):

          (a)  the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
     made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Owner Trustee;

          (b)  the Owner Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action
     taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the
     instructions of the Certificateholders;

          (c)  no provision of this Agreement or any Related Document shall
     require the Owner Trustee to expend or risk funds or otherwise incur any
     financial liability in the performance of any of its rights or powers
     hereunder or under any Related Document if the Owner Trustee shall have
     reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate
     indemnity against such risk or liability is


                                         -30-

<PAGE>

     not reasonably assured or provided to it;

          (d)  under no circumstances shall the Owner Trustee be liable for
     indebtedness evidenced by or arising under this Agreement or any of the
     Related Documents, including the principal of and interest on the Equity
     Certificates or the Notes;

          (e)  the Owner Trustee shall not be responsible for or in respect of
     the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement (except as provided in
     Section 7.3 hereof) or for the due execution hereof by the Depositor or for
     the form, character, genuineness, sufficiency, value or validity of any of
     the Trust Assets or for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of the
     Related Documents, other than the certificate of authentication on the
     Certificates, and the Owner Trustee shall in no event assume or incur any
     liability, duty, or obligation to, the Indenture Trustee, any Noteholder or
     to any Certificateholder, other than as expressly provided for herein and
     in the Related Documents;

          (f)  the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the default or
     misconduct of the Indenture Trustee or the Servicer under any of the
     Related Documents or otherwise and the Owner Trustee shall have no
     obligation or liability to perform the obligations of the Trust under this
     Agreement or the Related Documents that are required to be performed by the
     Indenture Trustee under the Indenture or the Servicer under the Transfer
     and Servicing Agreement; and

          (g)  the Owner Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of
     the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement, or to institute,
     conduct or defend any litigation under this Agreement or otherwise or in
     relation to this Agreement or any Related Document, at the request, order
     or direction of the Certificateholders, unless such Certificateholders have
     offered to the Owner Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it
     against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by the
     Owner Trustee therein or thereby.  The right of the Owner Trustee to
     perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Agreement or in any
     Related Document shall not be construed as a duty, and the Owner Trustee
     shall not be answerable for other than its gross negligence or willful
     misconduct in the performance of any such act.

          Section 7.2.  FURNISHING OF DOCUMENTS.  The Owner Trustee shall
furnish to the Certificateholders promptly upon receipt of a written request
therefor, duplicates or copies of all reports, notices, requests, demands,
certificates, financial statements and any other instruments furnished to the
Owner Trustee under the Related Documents unless the Certificateholders have
previously received such items.

          Section 7.3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The Owner Trustee
hereby represents and warrants to the Depositor and the Certificateholders that:


                                         -31-

<PAGE>

          (a)  It is a _________________ duly organized and validly existing in
     good standing under the laws of __________.  It has all requisite corporate
     power and authority and all franchises, grants, authorizations, consents,
     orders and approvals from all governmental authorities necessary to
     execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each
     Related Document to which the Trust is a party.

          (b)  It has taken all corporate action necessary to authorize the
     execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and each Related Document to
     which the Trust is a party, and this Agreement and each Related Document
     will be executed and delivered by one of its officers who is duly
     authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on its behalf.

          (c)  Neither the execution nor the delivery by it of this Agreement,
     nor the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby nor
     compliance by it with any of the terms or provisions hereof will contravene
     any Federal or New York law, governmental rule or regulation governing the
     banking or trust powers of the Owner Trustee or any judgment or order
     binding on it, or constitute any default under its charter documents or
     by-laws or any indenture, mortgage, contract, agreement or instrument to
     which it is a party or by which any of its properties may be bound or
     result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance on
     the Trust Assets resulting from actions by or claims against the Owner
     Trustee individually which are unrelated to this Agreement or the Related
     Documents.

          Section 7.4.  RELIANCE; ADVICE OF COUNSEL.

          (a)  The Owner Trustee shall incur no liability to anyone in acting
upon any signature, instrument, notice, resolution, request, consent, order,
certificate, report, opinion, bond, or other document or paper believed by it to
be genuine and believed by it to be signed by the proper party or parties.  The
Owner Trustee may accept a certified copy of a resolution of the board of
directors or other governing body of any corporate party as conclusive evidence
that such resolution has been duly adopted by such body and that the same is in
full force and effect.  As to any fact or matter the method of the determination
of which is not specifically prescribed herein, the Owner Trustee may for all
purposes hereof rely on a certificate, signed by the president or any vice
president or by the treasurer or other authorized officers of the relevant
party, as to such fact or matter, and such certificate shall constitute full
protection to the Owner Trustee for any action taken or omitted to be taken by
it in good faith in reliance thereon.

          (b)  In the exercise or administration of the trusts hereunder and in
the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement or the
Related Documents, the Owner Trustee (i) may act directly or through its agents
or attorneys pursuant to agreements entered into with any of them, and the Owner
Trustee shall not be liable for


                                         -32-

<PAGE>

the conduct or misconduct of such agents or attorneys if such agents or
attorneys shall have been selected by the Owner Trustee with reasonable care,
and (ii) may consult with counsel, accountants and other skilled persons to be
selected with reasonable care and employed by it.  The Owner Trustee shall not
be liable for anything done, suffered or omitted in good faith by it in
accordance with the written opinion or advice of any such counsel, accountants
or other such persons and not contrary to this Agreement or any Related
Document.

          Section 7.5.  NOT ACTING IN INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY.  Except as provided
in this Article VII, in accepting the trusts hereby created
_____________________ acts solely as Owner Trustee hereunder and not in its
individual capacity and all Persons having any claim against the Owner Trustee
by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Related
Document shall look only to the Trust Assets for payment or satisfaction
thereof.

          Section 7.6.  OWNER TRUSTEE NOT LIABLE FOR CERTIFICATES, NOTES OR
CONTRACTS.  The recitals contained herein and in the Certificates (other than
the signature and counter-signature of the Owner Trustee on the Certificates)
shall be taken as the statements of the Depositor (other than the signature or
counter-signature of the Owner Trustee on the Notes), and the Owner Trustee
assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof.  The Owner Trustee makes
no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement, of any
Related Document or of the Certificates (other than the signature and
counter-signature of the Owner Trustee on the Certificates) or the Notes (other
than the signature or counter-signature of the Owner Trustee on the Notes), or
of any Contract or related documents.  The Owner Trustee shall at no time have
any responsibility or liability for or with respect to the legality, validity
and enforceability of any Contract, or the perfection and priority of any
security interest created by any Contract in any Equipment or the maintenance of
any such perfection and priority of any security interest created by any
Contract in any Equipment, or for or with respect to the sufficiency of the
Trust Assets or its ability to generate the payments to be distributed to
Certificateholders under this Agreement or the Noteholders under the Indenture,
including, without limitation:  the existence, condition and ownership of any
Equipment; the existence and enforceability of any insurance thereon; the
existence and contents of any Contract or any computer or other record thereof;
the validity of the assignment of any Contract to the Trust or of any
intervening assignment; the completeness of any Contract; the performance or
enforcement of any Contract; the compliance by the Depositor or the Servicer
with any warranty or representation made under any Related Document or in any
related document or the accuracy of any such warranty or representation or any
action of the Indenture Trustee or the Servicer taken in the name of the Owner
Trustee.

          Section 7.7.  OWNER TRUSTEE MAY OWN CERTIFICATES AND NOTES.  The Owner
Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee
of Certificates or Notes and may deal with the Depositor, the Indenture Trustee
and the Servicer in banking or other transactions with the same rights as it
would have if it were


                                         -33-

<PAGE>

not Owner Trustee.


                                     ARTICLE VIII
                            COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE

          Section 8.1.  OWNER TRUSTEE'S FEES AND EXPENSES.  The Servicer,
pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, has covenanted and agreed to
pay to the Owner Trustee, and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to, certain
annual fees and to reimburse the Owner Trustee for all ordinary and reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including the reasonable
compensation, expenses and disbursements of such agents, representatives,
experts and counsel as the Owner Trustee may employ in connection with the
exercise and performance of its rights and its duties hereunder; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Owner Trustee shall only be entitled to reimbursement for
expenses hereunder to the extent such expenses (i) are fees of outside counsel
engaged by the Owner Trustee in respect of the performance of its obligations
hereunder or (ii) relate to the performance of its obligations pursuant to
Section 5.4 hereof.

          Section 8.2.  INDEMNIFICATION.  Antigua Funding Corporation shall be
liable as primary obligor for, and shall indemnify the Owner Trustee in its
individual capacity and its successors, assigns, agents and servants, and any
co-trustee (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties") from and against, any and
all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, taxes, claims, actions and suits,
and any and all reasonable costs, expenses and disbursements (including
reasonable legal fees and expenses) of any kind and nature whatsoever
(collectively, "Expenses") which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by, or
asserted against the Owner Trustee or any Indemnified Party in any way relating
to or arising out of this Agreement, the Related Documents, the Trust Assets,
the administration of the Trust Assets or the action or inaction of the Owner
Trustee hereunder, except only that Antigua Funding Corporation shall not be
liable for or required to indemnify the Owner Trustee from and against Expenses
arising or resulting from any of the matters described in the third sentence of
Section 7.1.  The indemnities contained in this Section shall survive the
resignation or termination of the Owner Trustee or the termination of this
Agreement.

          Section 8.3.  NON-RECOURSE OBLIGATIONS.  Notwithstanding anything in
this Agreement or any Related Document, the Owner Trustee agrees in its
individual capacity and in its capacity as Owner Trustee for the Trust that all
obligations of the Trust to the Owner Trustee individually or as Owner Trustee
for the Trust shall be recourse to the Trust Assets only and specifically shall
not be recourse to the assets of any Certificateholder.


                                      ARTICLE IX
                                     TERMINATION


                                         -34-

<PAGE>

          Section 9.1.  TERMINATION OF THE TRUST.

          (a)  The respective obligations and responsibilities of the Depositor
and the Owner Trustee created by this Agreement and the Trust created by this
Agreement shall terminate upon the earliest of (i) the maturity or other
liquidation of the last Contract (including the purchase by the Depositor at its
option of the corpus of the Trust as described in Section 5.1 of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement or the liquidation of the Trust Assets pursuant to
Section 5.06 of the Indenture) and the subsequent distribution of amounts in
respect of such Contracts as provided in the Related Documents, (ii) the
circumstances described in subsection (b) below, or (iii) the payment to
Certificateholders of all amounts required to be paid to them pursuant to this
Agreement and the payment to the Lenders of all amounts due under the Cash
Collateral Account Agreement.  In any case, there shall be delivered to the
Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies an Opinion of
Counsel that all applicable preference periods under federal, state and local
bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws have expired with respect to the
payments pursuant to clause (iii); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall the
trust created by this Agreement continue beyond the expiration of 21 years from
the death of the last survivor of the descendants living on the date of this
Agreement of Rose Kennedy of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts; and PROVIDED,
FURTHER, that the rights to indemnification under Section 8.2 shall survive the
termination of the Trust.  The Servicer shall promptly notify the Owner Trustee
of any prospective termination pursuant to this Section 9.1.  The bankruptcy,
liquidation, dissolution, termination, resignation, expulsion, withdrawal, death
or incapacity of any Certificateholder shall not (x) operate to terminate this
Agreement or the Trust, nor (y) entitle such Certificateholder's legal
representatives or heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action or
proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of all or any part of the
Trust or Trust Assets nor (z) otherwise affect the rights, obligations and
liabilities of the parties hereto.

          (b)  In the event of

         (i)   the commencement of an involuntary case in respect of the
     Depositor under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereinafter in
     effect, or another present or future federal or state bankruptcy,
     insolvency or similar law and such case is not dismissed within 60 days;

        (ii)   the entry of a decree or order for relief by a court or
     regulatory authority having jurisdiction in respect of the Depositor in an
     involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter in
     effect, or another present or future federal or state bankruptcy,
     insolvency or similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
     trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Depositor
     or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or
     liquidation of the affairs of the Depositor; or

       (iii)   the commencement by the Depositor of a voluntary case under the


                                         -35-

<PAGE>

     federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter in effect, or any other
     present or future federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law,
     or the consent by the Depositor to the appointment of or taking possession
     by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or
     other similar official of the Depositor or of any substantial part of its
     property, or the making by the Depositor of an assignment for the benefit
     of creditors, or the failure by the Depositor generally to pay its debts as
     such debts become due, or the taking of corporate action by the Depositor
     in furtherance of any of the foregoing;

and the Indenture Trustee, as required by Section 5.04 of the Indenture, has
foreclosed upon its security interest in the Trust Estate granted pursuant to
the Indenture, the respective obligations and responsibilities of the Depositor
and the Owner Trustee created by this Agreement and the Trust created by this
Agreement shall terminate.  All Persons who were Certificateholders on the date
of such termination shall thereupon be entitled to receive distributions
directly from the Indenture Trustee in the manner and order of priority
specified in Section 5.06(EIGHTH) the Indenture.

          (c)  Except as provided in Section 9.1(a), neither the Depositor nor
any Certificateholder shall be entitled to revoke or terminate the Trust.

          (d)  Within five Business Days of receipt of notice of final
distribution on the Certificates from the Depositor or the Servicer given
pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Owner
Trustee shall mail written notice to the Certificateholders specifying (i) the
Payment Date upon which final payment of the Certificates shall be made upon
presentation and surrender of Certificates at the office of the Paying Agent
therein specified, (ii) the amount of any such final payment, and (iii) that the
Record Date otherwise applicable to such Payment Date is not applicable,
payments being made only upon presentation and surrender of the Certificates at
the office of the Paying Agent therein specified.  The Owner Trustee shall give
such notice to the Certificate Registrar at the time such notice is given to
Certificateholders.  In the event such notice is given, the Indenture Trustee
shall make deposits into the Equity Certificate Distribution Account and the
Equipment Account in accordance with Section 8.03 of the Indenture, or, in the
case of an optional purchase of Contracts pursuant to Section 5.1 of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, shall deposit the amount specified in Section
5.1 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.  Upon presentation and surrender of
the Certificates, the Paying Agent shall cause to be distributed to
Certificateholders amounts distributable on such Payment Date pursuant to
Sections 5.2 and 5.3.

          (e)  In the event that all of the Certificateholders shall not
surrender their Certificates for cancellation within six months after the date
specified in the above-mentioned written notice, the Owner Trustee shall give a
second written notice to the remaining Certificateholders to surrender their
Certificates for cancellation and receive the final distribution with respect
thereto.  If within one year after the second notice all the Certificates shall
not have been surrendered for cancellation, the Owner Trustee may


                                         -36-

<PAGE>

take appropriate steps, or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to
contact the remaining Certificateholders concerning surrender of their
Certificates, and the cost thereof shall be paid out of the funds and other
assets that remain subject to this Agreement.  Any funds which are payable to
Certificateholders remaining in the Trust after exhaustion of such remedies
shall be distributed by the Owner Trustee to The United Way (but only upon
termination of this Agreement), and the Certificateholders, by acceptance of
their Certificates, hereby waive any rights with respect to such funds.


                                      ARTICLE X
                SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL OWNER TRUSTEES

          Section 10.1.  ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR OWNER TRUSTEE.  The Owner
Trustee shall at all times be a corporation (i) authorized to exercise corporate
trust powers; (ii) having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000
and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authorities; and
(iii) having (or having a parent which has) a long-term debt rating of at least
___ by Moody's or  ___ by Standard & Poor's.  If such corporation shall publish
reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements
of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purpose of
this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be
deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent
report of condition so published.  In case at any time the Owner Trustee shall
cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the
Owner Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect
specified in Section 10.2.

          Section 10.2.  RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF OWNER TRUSTEE.  The Owner
Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged from the trusts hereby created
by giving written notice thereof to the Depositor and the Servicer at least 30
days before the date specified in such instrument.  Upon receiving such notice
of resignation, the Depositor shall promptly appoint a successor Owner Trustee
meeting the qualifications set forth in Section 10.1 by written instrument, in
duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning
Owner Trustee and one copy to the successor Owner Trustee, provided that the
Depositor shall have received written confirmation from each of the Rating
Agencies that the proposed appointment will not result in a reduction,
qualification or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to the Notes and the
Equity Certificates by any of the Rating Agencies.  If no successor Owner
Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30
days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Owner Trustee
may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
successor Owner Trustee.

          If at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in
accordance with the provisions of Section 10.1 and shall fail to resign after
written request therefor by the Depositor or if at any time the Owner Trustee
shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or a
receiver of the Owner Trustee or of its property shall


                                         -37-

<PAGE>

be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Owner
Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation,
conservation or liquidation, then the Depositor may remove the Owner Trustee.
If the Depositor shall remove the Owner Trustee under the authority of the
immediately preceding sentence, the Depositor shall promptly appoint a successor
Owner Trustee meeting the qualification requirements of Section 10.1 by written
instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the
outgoing Owner Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor Owner Trustee
and payment of all fees owed to the outgoing Owner Trustee.

          Any resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee and appointment of a
successor Owner Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall
not become effective until all fees and expenses, including any indemnity
payments, due to the outgoing Owner Trustee have been paid and until acceptance
of appointment by the successor Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 10.3.  The
Depositor shall provide notice of such resignation or removal of the Owner
Trustee to each of the Rating Agencies.

          Section 10.3.  SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEE.  Any successor Owner Trustee
appointed pursuant to Section 10.2 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the
Depositor and to its predecessor Owner Trustee an instrument accepting such
appointment under this Agreement, and thereupon the resignation or removal of
the predecessor Owner Trustee shall become effective and such successor Owner
Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested
with all the rights, powers, duties, and obligations of its predecessor under
this Agreement, with like effect as if originally named as Owner Trustee.  The
predecessor Owner Trustee shall deliver to the successor Owner Trustee all
documents and statements and monies held by it under this Agreement; and the
Depositor and the predecessor Owner Trustee shall execute and deliver such
instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and
certainly vesting and confirming in the successor Owner Trustee all such rights,
powers, duties, and obligations.

          No successor Owner Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in
this Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Owner Trustee
shall be eligible pursuant to Section 10.1.

          Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Owner Trustee pursuant
to this Section, the Depositor shall mail notice of the successor of such Owner
Trustee to all Certificateholders, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and
the Rating Agencies.  If the Depositor shall fail to mail such notice within 10
days after acceptance of appointment by the successor Owner Trustee, the
successor Owner Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of
the Depositor.

          Section 10.4.  MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE.  Any
corporation into which the Owner Trustee may be merged or converted or with
which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger,
conversion or consolidation to which the Owner Trustee shall be a party, or any
corporation succeeding to all or


                                         -38-

<PAGE>

substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Owner Trustee, shall be
the successor of the Owner Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be
eligible pursuant to Section 10.1, without the execution or filing of any
instrument or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything
herein to the contrary notwithstanding, and provided further that the Owner
Trustee shall mail notice of such merger or consolidation to the Rating
Agencies.

          Section 10.5.  APPOINTMENT OF CO-TRUSTEE OR SEPARATE TRUSTEE.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the
purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part
of the Trust Assets may at the time be located, the Owner Trustee shall have the
power and shall execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more
Persons approved by the Owner Trustee to act as co-trustee, jointly with the
Owner Trustee, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of
the Trust Assets, and to vest in such Person, in such capacity, such title to
the Trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this
Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Owner
Trustee may consider necessary or desirable.  No co-trustee or separate trustee
under this Agreement shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a
successor trustee pursuant to Section 10.1 and no notice of the appointment of
any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required pursuant to Section 10.1.

          Each separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by
law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

         (i)   all rights, powers, duties, and obligations conferred or imposed
     upon the Owner Trustee shall be conferred upon and exercised or performed
     by the Owner Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it
     being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized
     to act separately without the Owner Trustee joining in such act), except to
     the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular
     act or acts are to be performed the Owner Trustee shall be incompetent or
     unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights,
     powers, duties, and obligations (including the holding of title to the
     Trust Assets or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be
     exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but
     solely at the direction of the Owner Trustee;

        (ii)   no trustee under this Agreement shall be personally liable by
     reason of any act or omission of any other trustee under this Agreement;
     and

       (iii)   the Owner Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or
     remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

          Any notice, request or other writing given to the Owner Trustee shall
be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and
co-trustees, as


                                         -39-

<PAGE>

effectively as if given to each of them.  Every instrument appointing any
separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions
of this Article.  Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of
the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in
its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Owner Trustee or
separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this
Agreement, specifically including every provision of this Agreement relating to
the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the
Owner Trustee.  Each such instrument shall be filed with the Owner Trustee.

          Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time appoint the Owner
Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the
extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this
Agreement on its behalf and in its name.  If any separate trustee or co-trustee
shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates,
properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the
Owner Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new
or successor trustee.


                                      ARTICLE XI
                               MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

          Section 11.1.  AMENDMENT.

          (a)  This Agreement may be amended by the Depositor and the Owner
Trustee, without the consent of any of the Certificateholders or Noteholders,
but with prior notice to the Rating Agencies and the Indenture Trustee, for any
of the following purposes:

         (i)   to correct or amplify the description of the Trust Assets;

        (ii)   to cure any ambiguity;

       (iii)   to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be
     inconsistent with any other provision herein;

        (iv)   to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions
     arising under this Agreement, provided that such amendment shall not, as
     evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any material
     respect the interests of any Noteholder or Certificateholder; or

         (v)   to avoid a reduction or withdrawal of any rating of the Notes or
     the Equity Certificates.

         (b)   This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the


                                         -40-

<PAGE>

Depositor and the Owner Trustee with the consent of a Certificate Majority and,
unless such amendment does not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel,
materially and adversely affects the interests of Noteholders, the consent of a
Note Majority (which consent of any Holder of a Certificate or Note given
pursuant to this Section or pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement
shall be conclusive and binding on such Holder and on all future Holders of such
Certificate or Note and of any Certificate or Note issued upon the transfer
thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof whether or not notation of
such consent is made upon the Certificate or Note) for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
this Agreement, or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of
Certificates or Notes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such amendment shall (i)
increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the
timing of, collections of payments on Contracts or distributions that shall be
required to be made on any Certificate or Note or (ii) reduce the aforesaid
percentage required to consent to any such amendment or any waiver hereunder,
without the consent of the Holders of all Certificates and Notes then
outstanding.

         (c)   Prior to the execution of any such amendment or consent, the
Depositor shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment
or consent to each Rating Agency.

         (d)   Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent,
the Owner Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such
amendment or consent to each Certificateholder and the Indenture Trustee unless
such parties have previously received such notification.

         (e)   It shall not be necessary for the consent of Certificateholders
or Noteholders pursuant to Section 11.1(b) to approve the particular form of any
proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall
approve the substance thereof.  The manner of obtaining such consents (and any
other consents of Certificateholders and Noteholders provided for in this
Agreement) and of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof by
Certificateholders shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Owner
Trustee may prescribe, including the establishment of record dates.

         (f)   Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, the
Owner Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel
stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or permitted by this
Agreement and that all conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of
such amendment have been satisfied.  The Owner Trustee may, but shall not be
obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects the Owner Trustee's
own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

          Section 11.2.  NO RECOURSE.  Each Certificateholder by accepting a
Certificate


                                         -41-

<PAGE>

acknowledges that such Certificateholder's Certificates represent beneficial
interests in the Trust only and do not represent interests in or obligations of
the Depositor, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or any
Affiliate of any of the foregoing and no recourse may be had against such
parties or their assets, except as may be expressly set forth or contemplated in
this Agreement, the Certificates or the Related Documents.

          Section 11.3.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to
the principles of conflicts of laws thereof and the obligations, rights and
remedies of the parties under this Agreement shall be determined in accordance
with such laws.

          Section 11.4.  SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.  If any one or more of the
covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any
reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or
terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements,
provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or
enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the Certificates
or the rights of the Holders thereof.

          Section 11.5.  CERTIFICATES NONASSESSABLE AND FULLY PAID.
Certificate-holders shall not, except as expressly provided for herein with
respect to the Depositor, be personally liable for obligations of the Trust, the
beneficial interests in the Trust represented by the Certificates shall be
nonassessable for any losses or expenses of the Trust or for any reason
whatsoever, and Certificates upon authentication thereof by or on behalf of the
Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 3.3 are and shall be deemed fully paid.

          Section 11.6.  THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  This Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.  Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, no other Person shall have any right or obligation hereunder.

          Section 11.7.  COUNTERPARTS.  For the purpose of facilitating its
execution and for other purposes, this Agreement may be executed simultaneously
in any number of counterparts, each of which counterparts shall be deemed to be
an original, and all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same
instrument.

          Section 11.8.  NOTICES.  All demands, notices and communications under
this Agreement shall be in writing, personally delivered or mailed by certified
mail-return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon
receipt (a) in the case of the Depositor, at the following address:  Antigua
Funding Corporation, [address], Attention:  Chief Financial Officer, (b) in the
case of the Owner Trustee, at the Corporate Trust Office, and (c) in the case of
each Rating Agency, Moody's Investors Service, Inc., 99 Church Street, New York,
New York 10007; Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, 26 Broadway, New York, New York
10004 Attention:  Asset-Backed Surveillance; Fitch Investors Services, L.P., One
State Street Plaza, New York, New York 10004; Duff &


                                         -42-

<PAGE>

Phelps Credit Rating Co., 17 State Street, New York, New York 10004; or at such
other address as shall be designated by any such party in a written notice to
the other parties.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice required or
permitted to be mailed to a Certificateholder shall be given by first class
mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Holder as shown in the Certificate
Register, and any notice so mailed within the time prescribed in this Agreement
shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the
Certificateholder receives such notice.


                                         -43-

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Depositor and the Owner Trustee have caused
this Trust Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the
day and year first above written.

                                                  ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION


                                                  By
                                                       Name:
                                                       Title:


                                                  [OWNER TRUSTEE]

                                                  By
                                                       Name:
                                                       Title:


                                         -44-

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                             [FORM OF EQUITY CERTIFICATE]

                      CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1

                               ___% EQUITY CERTIFICATE

               evidencing a beneficial interest in the Trust, as defined below,
          the property of which includes a pool of equipment leases, installment
          sale contracts, promissory notes, loan and security agreements and
          similar types of receivables and the Equipment related thereto, all
          transferred to the Trust by Antigua Funding Corporation.

               This Equity Certificate does not represent an obligation of, or
          an interest in, Antigua Funding Corporation or any affiliate thereof.

                  THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE EXCEPT UNDER
                  THE CIRCUMSTANCES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 3.4 OF THE
                         TRUST AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.

          THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY
NOT BE RESOLD OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS IT IS REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SUCH ACT AND
LAWS OR IS SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN TRANSACTIONS WHICH ARE EXEMPT FROM
REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE LAW AND IS TRANSFERRED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 3.4 OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT REFERRED TO
HEREIN.


Certificate No. ____                    Denomination:  $________

Cut-Off Date:                           Aggregate Denomination of all
September 1, 1996                       Equity Certificates:  $_________

First Payment Date:                     Pass-Through Rate:  _____%
October ___, 1996
                                        Final Scheduled Payment Date:
Servicer:                               ______________, 199_
AT&T Capital Corporation


                                         A-45

<PAGE>

                                        CUSIP:  ___________


                                         A-46

<PAGE>

                    OWNER TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

          This is one of the Equity Certificates referred to in the
within-mentioned Trust Agreement.

__________________________________,     _____________________________,
not in its individual capacity but           not in its individual capacity but
solely as Owner Trustee                 or   solely as Owner Trustee

                                             By ________________________,
                                             Authenticating Agent
by _____________________________________________
                                             by _______________________________


          THIS CERTIFIES THAT _______________________________ is the registered
owner of a nonassessable, fully-paid, beneficial interest in the Capita
Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1 (the "Trust").  The Trust was created
pursuant to a Trust Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1996 (the "Trust
Agreement"), between Antigua Funding Corporation and __________________________,
not in its individual capacity but solely as owner trustee (the "Owner
Trustee"), a summary of certain of the pertinent provisions of which is set
forth below.  To the extent not otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms
used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Trust Agreement or the
Indenture, dated as of September 1, 1996 (the "Indenture"), between the Trust
and ________________, as Indenture Trustee.

          This Certificate is one of the duly authorized Certificates designated
as "___% Equity Certificates" (herein called the "Equity Certificates").  The
Trust is also issuing a single Equipment Certificate (the "Equipment
Certificate").  The Trust has also issued, under the Indenture, Notes designated
as ______% Receivable-Backed Notes, Class A (the "Class A Notes"), ___%
Receivable-Backed Notes, Class B (the "Class B Notes") and ______%
Receivable-Backed Notes, Class C (the "Class C Notes" and, together with the
Class A Notes and the Class B Notes, the "Notes").  This Equity Certificate is
issued under the Trust Agreement and is subject to the terms, provisions and
conditions of the Trust Agreement and the Indenture, to which Trust Agreement
and Indenture the holder of this Equity Certificate by virtue of the acceptance
hereof assents and by which such holder is bound.  The property of the Trust
includes (as more fully described in the Trust Agreement) a pool of equipment
leases, installment sale contracts, promissory notes, loan and security
agreements and similar types of receivables (the "Contracts"), an assignment of
the Depositor's ownership or security interest in the Equipment related to the
Contracts, certain monies received thereunder after the Cut-Off Date, certain
bank accounts, proceeds from certain insurance policies and proceeds of all of
the foregoing.


                                         A-47

<PAGE>

          Under the Trust Agreement, there will be distributed on the ___ day of
each month or, if such ___ day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding
Business Day (the "Payment Date"), commencing on October __, 1996 to the person
in whose name this Certificate is registered at the close of business on the
last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the month in which such
Payment Date occurs (the "Record Date"), such Certificateholder's fractional
undivided interest in the sum of (a) the Equity Certificate Interest
Distributable Amount and (b) the Equity Certificate Principal Distributable
Amount, to the extent of the funds available therefor.  As provided in the
Indenture, interest hereon is subordinated in right of payment to the payment of
interest on the Notes, and principal hereon is subordinated in right of payment
to the payment of principal on the Notes.

          Each Certificateholder, by its acceptance of a Certificate, covenants
and agrees that such Certificateholder will not at any time institute against
the Depositor or join in any institution against the Depositor or the Trust of
any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation
proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or state
bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the
Certificates, the Notes, the Trust Agreement or any of the Related Documents.

          Except as provided in the Trust Agreement, distributions on this
Certificate will be made by the Owner Trustee by check or money order mailed to
the Certificateholder of record in the Certificate Register without the
presentation or surrender of this Certificate or the making of any notation
hereon.  Except as otherwise provided in the Trust Agreement and notwithstanding
the above, the final distribution on this Certificate will be made after due
notice by the Owner Trustee of the pendency of such distribution and only upon
presentation and surrender of this Certificate at the office or agency
maintained for that purpose by the Owner Trustee.  The Record Date otherwise
applicable to distributions shall not be applicable to such final distribution.

          The Certificates do not represent an obligation of, or an interest in,
the Depositor, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee or any Affiliate of any of them.
The Certificates are limited in right of payment to certain collections and
recoveries respecting the Contracts, all as more specifically set forth in the
Trust Agreement and the Indenture.  A copy of the Trust Agreement and the
Indenture may, upon request, be examined by any Certificateholder during normal
business hours at the principal office of the Depositor and at such other
places, if any, designated by the Depositor.

          The Trust Agreement permits, with certain exceptions therein provided,
the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
parties thereto and the rights of the Certificateholders under the Trust
Agreement at any time by the Depositor and the Owner Trustee.  In certain
limited circumstances, the Trust Agreement may only be amended with the consent
of the Holders of Equity Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the
Equity Certificate Balance and, in certain circumstances,


                                         A-48

<PAGE>

100% of the Equity Certificate Balance.  Any such consent by the Holder of this
Equity Certificate shall be conclusive and binding on such Holder and on all
future Holders of this Equity Certificate and of any Equity Certificate issued
upon the transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether or not
notation of such consent is made upon this Equity Certificate.

          Under the limited circumstances specified in Section 3.4 of the Trust
Agreement, the transfer of this Equity Certificate is registrable in the
Certificate Registrar upon surrender of this Equity Certificate for registration
of transfer at the offices or agencies of the Certificate Registrar maintained
by the Owner Trustee in __________, ___________ accompanied by a written
instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the
Certificate Registrar duly executed by the holder hereof or such holder's
attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Equity
Certificates of authorized denominations evidencing the same aggregate
beneficial interest in the Trust of the same class will be issued to the
designated transferee.  The initial Certificate Registrar appointed under the
Trust Agreement is __________________.  Under such circumstances, the Equity
Certificates are issuable only as registered Certificates without coupons in
denominations of $250,000 initial principal amount and integral multiples of
$1,000 thereof, and Equity Certificates are exchangeable for new Equity
Certificates of authorized denominations of a like aggregate initial principal
amount, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.  No service charge
will be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Owner
Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental
charges payable in connection therewith.

          The Equity Certificates may not be acquired by (a) an employee benefit
plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the provisions of
Title 1 of ERISA, (b) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code or (c)
any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan's
investment in the entity (each, a "Benefit Plan").  By accepting and holding
this Equity Certificate, the Holder hereof shall be deemed to have represented
and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan.

          The Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar and any agent of the
Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may treat the person in whose name
this Certificate is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving
distributions and for all other purposes, and neither the Owner Trustee, the
Certificate Registrar nor any such agent shall be affected by any notice to the
contrary.

          The obligations and responsibilities created by the Trust Agreement
and Trust created thereby shall terminate upon the payment to Certificateholders
of all amounts required to be paid to them pursuant to the Trust Agreement and
the disposition of all property held as part of the Trust.  The Depositor may at
its option purchase the corpus of the Trust at a price specified in the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement, and such purchase of the Contracts and other property
of the Trust will effect early retirement of the Certificates; provided,
however, such right of purchase is exercisable only as of a


                                         A-49

<PAGE>

Record Date as of which the aggregate principal balance of  the Notes and the
Equity Certificates is less than 10% of the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal
Balance.

          The recitals contained herein shall be taken as the statements of the
Depositor or the Servicer, as the case may be, and the Owner Trustee assumes no
responsibility for the correctness thereof.  The Owner Trustee makes no
representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Certificate or of any
Contract or related document.

          Unless the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been
executed by an authorized officer of the Owner Trustee, by manual or facsimile
signature, this Certificate shall not entitle the holder hereof to any benefit
under the Trust Agreement or the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or be valid
for any purpose.


                                         A-50

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust and not
in its individual capacity has caused this Certificate to be duly executed.

Dated: _________, 199                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES
                                        TRUST 1996-1



                                        By:                  ,
                                             not in its individual capacity but
                                             solely as Owner Trustee


                                        By:
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

Attest:



Name:
                                        Title:


                                         A-51

<PAGE>

                                      ASSIGNMENT


          FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY
OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER
OF ASSIGNEE

(Please print or typewrite name and address, including postal zip code, of
assignee)


the within Certificate, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably
constituting and appointing


Attorney to transfer said Certificate on the books of the Certificate Registrar,
with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated:
                                             *__________________________
                                               Signature Guaranteed:


                                             *__________________________


*NOTICE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as it
appears upon the face of the within Certificate in every particular, without
alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.  Such signature must be
guaranteed by a member firm of The New York Stock Exchange, Inc. or a commercial
bank or trust company.


                                         A-52

<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT B

                           [FORM OF EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATE]

                      CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1

                                EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATE

    evidencing a beneficial interest in the Trust, as defined below, the
property of which includes a pool of equipment leases, installment sale
contracts, promissory notes, loan and security agreements and similar types of
receivables and the Equipment related thereto, all transferred to the Trust by
Antigua Funding Corporation.

    This Equipment Certificate does not represent an obligation of, or an
interest in, Antigua Funding Corporation, or any affiliate thereof.

         THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE EXCEPT UNDER
         THE CIRCUMSTANCES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 3.4 OF THE
              TRUST AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.

         THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY
NOT BE RESOLD OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS IT IS REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SUCH ACT AND
LAWS OR IS SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN TRANSACTIONS WHICH ARE EXEMPT FROM
REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE LAW AND IS TRANSFERRED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 3.4 OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT REFERRED TO
HEREIN.


Certificate No.                   First Payment Date:
                                  October ___, 1996
Cut-Off Date:
September 1, 1996                 Servicer:
                               AT&T Capital Corporation


                                         B-53

<PAGE>

                    OWNER TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

         This is the Equipment Certificate referred to in the within-mentioned
Trust Agreement.

_______________________                ___________________________
not in its individual capacity but     not in its individual capacity but
solely   solely as Owner Trustee            or   as Owner Trustee
                                       By _______________________,
                                       Authenticating Agent
by
  _________________________________________

                                       by______________________________________
_________

         THIS CERTIFIES THAT_________________________________is the registered
owner of a nonassessable, fully-paid, beneficial interest in the Capita
Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1 (the "Trust").  The Trust was created
pursuant to a Trust Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1996 (the "Trust
Agreement"), between Antigua Funding Corporation and
____________________________, not in its individual capacity but solely as owner
trustee (the "Owner Trustee"), a summary of certain of the pertinent provisions
of which is set forth below.  To the extent not otherwise defined herein, the
capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Trust
Agreement or the Indenture, dated as of September 1, 1996 (the "Indenture"),
between the Trust and ____________, as Indenture Trustee.

         This Certificate is the sole Certificate of the duly authorized class
of Certificates designated as the "Equipment Certificate" (herein called the
"Equipment Certificate").  The Trust is also issuing ______% Equity Certificates
(the "Equity Certificates").  The Trust has also issued, under the Indenture,
Notes designated as ______% Receivable-Backed Notes, Class A (the "Class A
Notes"), ______% Receivable-Backed Notes, Class B (the "Class B Notes") and
______% Receivable-Backed Notes,  Class C (the "Class C Notes" and, together
with the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes, the "Notes").  This Equipment
Certificate is issued under the Trust Agreement and is subject to the terms,
provisions and conditions of the Trust Agreement and the Indenture, to which
Trust Agreement and Indenture the holder of this Equipment Certificate by virtue
of the acceptance hereof assents and by which such holder is bound.  The
property of the Trust includes (as more fully described in the Trust Agreement)
a pool of equipment leases, installment sale contracts, promissory notes, loan
and security agreements and similar types of receivables (the "Contracts"), an
assignment of the Depositor's ownership or security interest in the Equipment
related to the Contracts, certain monies received thereunder after the Cut-Off
Date, certain bank accounts, proceeds from certain insurance policies and
proceeds of all of the foregoing.

         Under the Trust Agreement, there will be distributed on the ___ day of
each


                                         B-54

<PAGE>

month or, if such ___ day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business
Day (the "Payment Date"), commencing on October __, 1996, to the person in whose
name this Certificate is registered at the close of business on the last
Business Day immediately preceding such Payment Date (the "Record Date"), a
portion (determined in the manner specified in the Indenture) of the proceeds of
the disposition of the related Equipment following a default or early
termination of certain Contracts, and all Equipment related to any Lease
Contracts that were terminated during the prior month.

         Each Certificateholder, by its acceptance of a Certificate, covenants
and agrees that such Certificateholder will not at any time institute against
the Depositor or the Trust or join in any institution against the Depositor or
the Trust of any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or
liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or
state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to
the Certificates, the Notes, the Trust Agreement or any of the Related
Documents.

         Except as provided in the Trust Agreement, distributions of monies on
this Equipment Certificate will be made by the Owner Trustee by check or money
order mailed to the Certificateholder of record in the Certificate Register
without the presentation or surrender of this Certificate or the making of any
notation hereon.  Except as otherwise provided in the Trust Agreement and
notwithstanding the above, the final distribution on this Equipment Certificate
will be made after due notice by the Owner Trustee of the pendency of such
distribution and only upon presentation and surrender of this Equipment
Certificate at the office or agency maintained for that purpose by the Owner
Trustee.  The Record Date otherwise applicable to distributions shall not be
applicable to such final distribution.

         This Equipment Certificate does not represent an obligation of, or an
interest in, the Depositor, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee or any Affiliate of
any of them.  This Equipment Certificate is limited in right of payment to
certain collections and recoveries respecting the Equipment, all as more
specifically set forth in the Trust Agreement and the Indenture.  A copy of the
Trust Agreement and the Indenture may, upon request, be examined by any
Certificateholder during normal business hours at the principal office of the
Depositor and at such other places, if any, designated by the Depositor.

         The Trust Agreement permits, with certain exceptions therein provided,
the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
parties thereto and the rights of the Certificateholders under the Trust
Agreement at any time by the Depositor and the Owner Trustee.  In certain
limited circumstances, the Trust Agreement may only be amended with the consent
of the Holder of the Equipment Certificate.  Any such consent by the Holder of
this Equipment Certificate shall be conclusive and binding on such Holder and on
all future Holders of this Equipment Certificate and of any Equipment
Certificate issued upon the transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu
hereof whether or not notation of such consent is made upon this Equipment
Certificate.


                                         B-55

<PAGE>

         As provided in the Trust Agreement, this Equipment Certificate is not
transferable except under certain limited circumstances.  Under such
circumstances, and subject to certain limitations set forth in the Trust
Agreement, the transfer of this Equipment Certificate is registrable in the
Certificate Registrar upon surrender of this Equipment Certificate for
registration of transfer at the offices or agencies of the Certificate Registrar
maintained by the Owner Trustee in __________, ___________ accompanied by a
written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the
Certificate Registrar duly executed by the holder hereof or such holder's
attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon a new Equipment Certificate
will be issued to the designated transferee.  The initial Certificate Registrar
appointed under the Trust Agreement is _______________.  No service charge will
be made for any such registration of transfer, but the Owner Trustee may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charges payable in
connection therewith.

         This Equipment Certificate may not be acquired by (a) an employee
benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the
provisions of Title 1 of ERISA, (b) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of
the Code or (c) any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason
of a plan's investment in the entity (each, a "Benefit Plan").  By accepting and
holding this Equipment Certificate, the Holder hereof shall be deemed to have
represented and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan.

         The Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar and any agent of the
Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may treat the person in whose name
this Equipment Certificate is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of
receiving distributions and for all other purposes, and neither the Owner
Trustee, the Certificate Registrar nor any such agent shall be affected by any
notice to the contrary.

         The obligations and responsibilities created by the Trust Agreement
and Trust created thereby shall terminate upon the payment to the Equipment
Certificateholder of all amounts required to be paid to it pursuant to the Trust
Agreement and the disposition of all property held as part of the Trust.  The
Depositor may at its option purchase the corpus of the Trust at a price
specified in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, and such purchase of the
Contracts and other property of the Trust will effect retirement of the
Equipment Certificate; provided, however, such right of purchase is exercisable
only as of a Record Date as of which the aggregate principal balance of the
Notes and the Equity Certificates  is less than 10% of the Cut-Off Date Contract
Pool Principal Balance.

         The recitals contained herein shall be taken as the statements of the
Depositor or the Servicer, as the case may be, and the Owner Trustee assumes no
responsibility for the correctness thereof.  The Owner Trustee makes no
representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Equipment Certificate
or of any Contract or related document.


                                         B-56

<PAGE>

         Unless the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been
executed by an authorized officer of the Owner Trustee, by manual signature,
this Equipment Certificate shall not entitle the holder hereof to any benefit
under the Trust Agreement or the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or be valid
for any purpose.


                                         B-57

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust and not
in its individual capacity has caused this Equipment Certificate to be duly
executed.


Dated: _________, 199                  CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES
                                       TRUST 1996-1



                                       By:            ,
                                          not in its individual capacity but
                                          solely as Owner Trustee


                                       By:
                                          Name:
                                          Title:


Attest:



Name:
Title:


                                         B-58

<PAGE>

                                      ASSIGNMENT


         FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY
OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER
OF ASSIGNEE

(Please print or typewrite name and address, including postal zip code, of
assignee)


the within Certificate, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably
constituting and appointing


Attorney to transfer said Certificate on the books of the Certificate Registrar,
with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated:
                                       *__________________________
                                       Signature Guaranteed:


                                       *__________________________


*NOTICE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as it
appears upon the face of the within Certificate in every particular, without
alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.  Such signature must be
guaranteed by a member firm of The New York Stock Exchange, Inc. or a commercial
bank or trust company.


                                         B-59

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT C

                            FORM OF REPRESENTATION LETTER


[Owner Trustee]
[address]

Antigua Funding Corporation
[address]

    RE:  Capita Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1
         Equity Certificates

         The undersigned purchaser (the "Purchaser") understands that the
purchase of the above-referenced certificates (the "Certificates") may be made
only by (a) institutions which are "Accredited Investors" under Rule 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D, as promulgated under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), or an entity in which all of the equity
owners meet such requirements, which includes banks, savings and loan
associations, registered brokers and dealers, insurance companies, investment
companies, and organizations described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal
Revenue Code, corporations, business trusts and partnerships, not formed for the
specific purpose of acquiring the Certificates offered, with total assets in
excess of $5,000,000, or (b) "Qualified Institutional Buyers" under Rule 144A,
as promulgated under the 1933 Act.  The undersigned represents on behalf of the
Purchaser that the Purchaser is an "Accredited Investor" or a "Qualified
Institutional Buyer" within the meaning of such definitions.  The Purchaser is
urged to review carefully the responses, representations and warranties it is
making herein.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         The Purchaser makes the following representations and warranties in
order to permit the Owner Trustee and the Depositor to determine its suitability
as a purchaser of Certificates and to determine that the exemption from
registration relied upon by the Depositor under Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act is
available to it.

         1.   The Purchaser understands that the Certificates have not been and
will not be registered under the 1933 Act and may be resold (which resale is not
currently contemplated) only if registered pursuant to the provisions of the
1933 Act or if an exemption from registration is available, that the Depositor
is not required to register the Certificates and that any transfer must comply
with Section 3.4 of the Trust Agreement relating to the Certificates.

         2.   The Purchaser will comply with all applicable federal and state


                                         C-60

<PAGE>

securities laws in connection with any subsequent resale of the Certificates.

         3.   The Purchaser is a sophisticated institutional investor and has
knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and is capable of
evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Certificates and is
able to bear the economic risk of such investment.

         4.   The Purchaser is acquiring the Certificates as principal for its
own account (or for the account of one or more other institutional investors for
which it is acting as duly authorized fiduciary or agent) for the purpose of
investment and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any
distribution thereof, subject nevertheless to any requirement of law that the
disposition of the Purchaser's property shall at all times be and remain within
its control.

         5.   The Purchaser does not qualify as (i) an employee benefit plan (a
"Plan") as defined in section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), whether or not it is subject to the
provisions of Title I of ERISA, (ii) a plan described in section 4975(e)(1) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (also a "Plan"), or (iii) an entity whose
underlying assets are deemed to be assets of a Plan by reason of such Plan's
investment in the entity (as determined under Department of Labor Regulations,
29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101 (1990)).

         6.   The Purchaser understands that such Certificate will bear a
legend substantially as set forth in the form of Certificate included in the
Trust Agreement.

         7.   The Purchaser agrees that it will obtain from any purchaser of
the Certificates from it the same representations, warranties and agreements
contained in the foregoing paragraphs 1 through 6 and in this paragraph 7.

         The representations and warranties contained herein shall be binding
upon the heirs, executors, administrators and other successors of the
undersigned.  If there is more than one signatory hereto, the obligations,
representations, warranties and agreements of the undersigned are made jointly
and severally.

         Executed at____________________,___________________, this___________

day of_______________,__________________.

                                       Purchaser's Name (Print)

                                       By ____________________________
                                          Signature
                                       Its  ____________________________


                                         C-61

<PAGE>



                                       Address of Purchaser

                                       ______________________________
                                       Purchaser's Taxpayer
                                       Identification Number


                                         C-62


<PAGE>

                                                                Draft of 8/8/96

                             PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT


                                        among


                             ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
                                      Purchaser


                               AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION
                      In its individual capacity and as Servicer


                                         and


                         AT&T CAPITAL LEASING SERVICES, INC.
                               AT&T CREDIT CORPORATION
                                   NCR CREDIT CORP.
                         AT&T COMMERCIAL FINANCE CORPORATION
                                       Sellers






                            Dated as of September 1, 1996
<PAGE>

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

    ARTICLE I   DEFINITIONS .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     1
         SECTION 1.1    General  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     1
         SECTION 1.2    Specific Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2
         SECTION 1.3    Usage of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2
         SECTION 1.4    Certain References . . . . . . . . . . . . .     3
         SECTION 1.5    No Recourse  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     3
         SECTION 1.6    Action by or Consent of Noteholders or Equity
                         . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Certificateholders .  3

    ARTICLE II  CONVEYANCE OF THE CONTRACTS. . . . . . . . . . . . .     3
         SECTION 2.1    Conveyance of the Contracts  . . . . . . . .     3
         SECTION 2.2    Purchase Price of Contracts  . . . . . . . .     4

    ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . . . . . . . . . . .     4
         SECTION 3.1    Representations and Warranties of TCC  . . .     4
         SECTION 3.2    Representations and Warranties of AT&T Capital
                        Leasing Services, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . .     6
         SECTION 3.3    Representations and Warranties of AT&T Credit
                         . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Corporation.  .  8
         SECTION 3.4    Representations and Warranties of
                         NCR Credit Corp.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .    10
         SECTION 3.5    Representations and Warranties of AT&T Commercial
                                . . . . . . . . . . . .Finance Corporation. . 12
         SECTION 3.6    Representations and Warranties of Antigua  .    14

    ARTICLE IV  COVENANTS OF the Sellers  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     16
         SECTION 4.1    Protection of Title of Antigua and the Trust    16
         SECTION 4.2    Other Liens or Interests . . . . . . . . . .    17
         SECTION 4.3    Costs and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . .    18
         SECTION 4.4    Indemnification  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    18

    ARTICLE V   REPURCHASES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    20
         SECTION 5.1    Repurchase of Contracts Upon Breach
                         of Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    20
         SECTION 5.2    Reassignment of Purchased Contracts  . . . .    21
         SECTION 5.3    Waivers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    21

    ARTICLE VI  MISCELLANEOUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    21
         SECTION 6.1    Liability of the Sellers and TCC . . . . . .    21
         SECTION 6.3    Limitation on Liability of the Sellers,
                         TCC and Others  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    22
         SECTION 6.4    . . . The Sellers and TCC May Own Notes or Certificates


                                          2

<PAGE>

                         22
         SECTION 6.5    Amendment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    22
         SECTION 6.6    Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    23
         SECTION 6.7    Merger and Integration . . . . . . . . . . .    24
         SECTION 6.8    Severability of Provisions . . . . . . . . .    24
         SECTION 6.9    Intention of the Parties . . . . . . . . . .    24
         SECTION 6.10   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .Governing Law
                         25
         SECTION 6.11   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Counterparts
                         25
         SECTION 6.12   . . . . .Conveyance of the Contracts to the Trust
                         25
         SECTION 6.13   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nonpetition Covenant
                         25



                                      SCHEDULES

Schedule A-1   --  Schedule of Lease Contracts

Schedule A-2   --   Schedule of Loan Contracts

          Schedule B--Representations and Warranties of the Sellers and TCC


                                          3

<PAGE>

                             PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT


         THIS PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT, dated as of September 1, 1996,
executed between Antigua Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as
purchaser ("Antigua"), AT&T Capital Corporation, a [  ] corporation, in its
individual capacity ("TCC"), and as servicer (the "Servicer"), AT&T Capital
Leasing Services, Inc., a [   ] corporation, AT&T Credit Corporation, a [  ]
corporation, NCR Credit Corp., a [   ] corporation and AT&T Commercial Finance
Corporation, a [   ] corporation, as sellers (each a "Seller" and, together,
"the Sellers").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, the Sellers own certain Lease Contracts and Loan Contracts as
are more particularly described in Schedule A-1 and Schedule A-2, respectively,
attached hereto; and

         WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of a Transfer and Servicing Agreement,
dated as of September 1, 1996 (the "Transfer and Servicing Agreement"), by and
among Capita Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1, as issuer (the "Trust"),
Antigua, as depositor, and TCC, in its individual capacity and as Servicer, to
be executed concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Antigua will
convey the Contracts to the Trust; and

         WHEREAS, Antigua has agreed to purchase the Contracts from the Sellers
and the Sellers, pursuant to this Agreement, are selling the Contracts to
Antigua;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein
contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which
is acknowledged, Antigua, TCC, the Servicer and the Sellers, intending to be
legally bound, hereby agree as follows:


                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

         SECTION 1.1  GENERAL.  The words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder"
and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to
any particular Article, Section or other subdivision, and Article, Section,
Schedule and Exhibit references, unless otherwise specified, refer to Articles
and Sections of and Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement.  All capitalized
terms used herein without definition shall have the respective meanings assigned
to such terms in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or, if not defined in the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, in the Indenture, dated as of


                                          4

<PAGE>

September ___, 1996, (the "Indenture") between the Trust, as Issuer, and
__________, as Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION 1.2  SPECIFIC TERMS.  Whenever used in this Agreement, the
following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have
the following meanings:

         "AGREEMENT" shall mean this Purchase and Sale Agreement and all
amendments hereof and supplements hereto.

         "CLOSING DATE" means September __, 1996.

         "RELATED DOCUMENTS" means the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Equity Certificates, the Notes and the
Cash Collateral Account Agreement.  The Related Documents to be executed by any
party are referred to herein as "such party's Related Documents," "its Related
Documents" or by a similar expression.

         "REPURCHASE EVENT" means, with respect to any Contract, the occurrence
of a breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth in the
Schedule of Representations that materially and adversely affects the value of
such Contract.

         "SCHEDULE OF CONTRACTS" means, collectively, the schedules of Lease
Contracts and Loan Contracts attached hereto as Schedule A-1 and Schedule A-2,
respectively.

         "SCHEDULE OF REPRESENTATIONS" means the Schedule of Representations
and Warranties attached hereto as Schedule B.

         "TRUST" means the trust created by the Trust Agreement, the estate of
which consists of the Trust Property.

         "TRUST PROPERTY" means the property and proceeds of every description
conveyed pursuant to Section 2.5 of the Trust Agreement and Section 2.1 of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, together with the Trust Accounts (including
all Eligible Investments therein and all proceeds therefrom).

         SECTION 1.3  USAGE OF TERMS.  With respect to all terms used in this
Agreement, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; words
importing any gender include the other gender; references to "writing" include
printing, typing, lithography, and other means of reproducing words in a visible
form; references to agreements and other contractual instruments include all
subsequent amendments thereto or changes therein entered into in accordance with
their respective terms and not prohibited by this Agreement or the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement; references to


                                          5

<PAGE>

Persons include their permitted successors and assigns; and the terms "include"
or "including" mean "include without limitation" or "including without
limitation."

         SECTION 1.4  CERTAIN REFERENCES.  All references to the Contract
Principal Balance of a Contract as of an Accounting Date shall refer to the
close of business on such day, or as of the first day of a Monthly Period shall
refer to the opening of business on such day.  All references to the last day of
a Monthly Period shall refer to the close of business on such day.

         SECTION 1.5  NO RECOURSE.  Without limiting the obligations of the
Sellers or TCC hereunder, no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly,
under this Agreement or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection
herewith or therewith, against any stockholder, officer or director, as such, of
any of Antigua, the Sellers, TCC, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee or the
Owner Trustee, or of any predecessor or successor of any of Antigua, the
Sellers, TCC, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee.

         SECTION 1.6  ACTION BY OR CONSENT OF NOTEHOLDERS OR EQUITY
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.  Whenever any provision of this Agreement refers to action
to be taken, or consented to, by Noteholders or Equity Certificateholders, such
provision shall be deemed to refer to Noteholders or Equity Certificateholders,
as the case may be, of record as of the Record Date immediately preceding the
date on which such action is to be taken, or consent given, by such Noteholders
or Equity Certificateholders, as the case may be.  Solely for the purposes of
any action to be taken, or consented to, by Noteholders or Equity
Certificateholders, any Note or Equity Certificate registered in the name of any
of the Sellers or TCC, or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed not to be
outstanding, and the related Principal Balance, as applicable, evidenced thereby
shall not be taken into account in determining whether the requisite Principal
Balance necessary to effect any such action or consent has been obtained;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, solely for the purpose of determining whether the
Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee is entitled to rely upon any such action or
consent, only Notes or Equity Certificates which the Indenture Trustee or Owner
Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.


                                      ARTICLE II

                             CONVEYANCE OF THE CONTRACTS

         SECTION 2.1  CONVEYANCE OF THE CONTRACTS.  Subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, each of the Sellers and TCC hereby sells,
transfers, assigns, and otherwise conveys to Antigua, without recourse (but
without limitation of its obligations in this Agreement), and Antigua hereby
purchases, all right, title and interest of each of the Sellers and TCC in and
to the Contracts, including, without limitation, all


                                          6

<PAGE>

monies at any time paid or payable thereon or in respect thereof from and after
the Cut-Off Date (whether in the form of (i) Scheduled Payments (including those
Scheduled Payments due prior to, but not received as of, the Cut-Off Date, but
excluding those Scheduled Payments due on or after, but received prior to, the
Cut-Off Date), (ii) Prepayments, (iii) payments made after the original term of
such Contracts, (iv) payments to be applied by the Servicer to the payment of
insurance premiums, maintenance, taxes or other similar obligations, (v)
payments to be retained by the Servicer in payment of Administrative Fees, or
otherwise), all rights of the lessor or the secured party, as the case may be,
in the related Equipment, Insurance Policies and any other security for the
payment of amounts due under the Contracts, all funds on deposit from time to
time in the Trust Accounts and all investments therein and proceeds thereof, all
items contained in the related Contract Files, any and all other documents that
are kept on file in accordance with TCC's [the Seller's] customary procedures
relating to the Contracts, and all proceeds of the foregoing.  The parties
hereto intend that the transfer and assignment contemplated by this Agreement
shall constitute a sale of the Contracts from each of the Sellers and TCC to
Antigua, conveying good title thereto free and clear of any Liens, and the
Contracts shall not be part of any Seller's or TCC's estate in the event of the
filing of a bankruptcy petition by or against any Seller or TCC under any
bankruptcy or similar law.

         SECTION 2.2  PURCHASE PRICE OF CONTRACTS.  Simultaneously with the
conveyance of the Contracts to Antigua, Antigua has paid or caused to be paid to
or upon the order of the Sellers approximately $____________ by wire transfer of
immediately available funds (representing the proceeds to Antigua from the sale
of the Notes and the Equity Certificates after deducting expenses of $_________
incurred by Antigua in connection with such sale).


                                     ARTICLE III

                            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         SECTION 3.1  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF TCC.  TCC makes the
following representations and warranties, on which Antigua relies in purchasing
the Contracts and in transferring the Contracts to the Trust under the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement.  Such representations are made as of the execution and
delivery of this Agreement, but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment
of the Contracts hereunder and the sale, transfer and assignment thereof by
Antigua to the Trust under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.  TCC and
Antigua agree that Antigua will assign to the Trust all of Antigua's rights
under this Agreement and that the Trust will thereafter be entitled to enforce
this Agreement against TCC in the Trust's own name.

    (a)  SCHEDULE OF REPRESENTATIONS.  With respect to each Contract, the
representations and warranties set forth on the Schedule of Representations are
true


                                          7

<PAGE>

and correct.

     (b)  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.    TCC has been duly organized and is
validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State
of [__________], with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct
its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is
currently conducted, [and had at all relevant times, and now has, power,
authority and legal right to acquire, own and sell the Contracts transferred to
Antigua].

     (c)  DUE QUALIFICATION.  TCC is duly qualified to do business as a foreign
corporation in good standing, and has obtained all necessary licenses and
approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of its property
or the conduct of its business requires such qualification.

     (d)  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  TCC has the power and authority to execute and
deliver this Agreement and its Related Documents and to carry out its terms and
their terms, respectively; [TCC has full power and authority to sell and assign
the Contracts to be sold and assigned to and deposited with Antigua hereunder
and has duly authorized such sale and assignment to Antigua by all necessary
corporate action]; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
and all of TCC's Related Documents have been duly authorized by TCC by all
necessary corporate action.

     (e)  VALID SALE; BINDING OBLIGATIONS.  This Agreement and each of TCC's
Related Documents have been duly executed and delivered, shall effect a valid
sale, transfer and assignment of the Contracts, enforceable against TCC, and
creditors of and purchasers from TCC; and this Agreement and each of TCC's
Related Documents constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of TCC,
enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability
may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws
affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by equitable
limitations on the availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such
enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

     (f)  NO VIOLATION.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement and the Related Documents and the fulfillment of the terms of
this Agreement and the Related Documents shall not conflict with, result in any
breach of any of the terms and provisions of or constitute (with or without
notice or lapse of time, or both) a default under, the articles of incorporation
or bylaws of TCC, or any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other
instrument to which TCC is a party or by which it is bound, or result in the
creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the
terms of any such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other
instrument, other than this


                                          8

<PAGE>

Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture, or violate
any law, order, rule or regulation applicable to TCC of any court or of any
federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
instrumentality having jurisdiction over TCC or any of its properties.

     (g)  NO PROCEEDINGS.  There are no proceedings or investigations pending
or, to the knowledge of TCC, threatened against TCC, before any court,
regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental
instrumentality having jurisdiction over TCC or any properties of TCC (i)
asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (ii)
seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes or the Equity Certificates or the
consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of
the Related Documents, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that might
materially and adversely affect the performance by TCC of its obligations under,
or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the Related
Documents or (iv) seeking to affect adversely the federal income tax or other
federal, state or local tax attributes of, or seeking to impose any excise,
franchise, transfer or similar tax upon, the transfer and acquisition of the
Contracts hereunder or under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

     (h)  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICES.  The chief executive office of TCC is located
at [__________].

          SECTION 3.2  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF AT&T CAPITAL LEASING
SERVICES, INC.   AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc. makes the following
representations and warranties, on which Antigua relies in purchasing the
Contracts and in transferring the Contracts to the Trust under the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.  Such representations are made as of the execution and
delivery of this Agreement, but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment
of the Contracts hereunder and the sale, transfer and assignment thereof by
Antigua to the Trust under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.  AT&T Capital
Leasing Services, Inc. and Antigua agree that Antigua will assign to the Trust
all of Antigua's rights under this Agreement and that the Trust will thereafter
be entitled to enforce this Agreement against AT&T Capital Leasing Services,
Inc. in the Trust's own name.

          (a)  SCHEDULE OF REPRESENTATIONS.  With respect to each Contract sold
     by AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc. to Antigua hereunder, the
     representations and warranties set forth on the Schedule of Representations
     are true and correct.

          (b)  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.    AT&T Capital Leasing Services,
     Inc. has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in
     good standing under the laws of the State of [__________], with power and
     authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such
     properties are currently


                                          9

<PAGE>

     owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all relevant
     times, and now has, power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and
     sell the Contracts sold by AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc. to Antigua
     hereunder.

          (c)  DUE QUALIFICATION.  AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc. is duly
     qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing, and has
     obtained all necessary licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in
     which the ownership or lease of its property or the conduct of its business
     requires such qualification.

          (d)  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc. has the
     power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and its Related
     Documents and to carry out its terms and their terms, respectively; AT&T
     Capital Leasing Services, Inc. has full power and authority to sell and
     assign the Contracts to be sold and assigned to and deposited with Antigua
     hereunder and has duly authorized such sale and assignment to Antigua by
     all necessary corporate action; and the execution, delivery and performance
     of this Agreement and all of AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc.'s Related
     Documents have been duly authorized by AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc.
     by all necessary corporate action.

          (e)  VALID SALE; BINDING OBLIGATIONS.  This Agreement and each of AT&T
     Capital Leasing Services, Inc.'s Related Documents have been duly executed
     and delivered, shall effect a valid sale, transfer and assignment of the
     Contracts, enforceable against AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc., and
     creditors of and purchasers from AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc.; and
     this Agreement and each of AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc.'s Related
     Documents constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of AT&T Capital
     Leasing Services, Inc., enforceable in accordance with their respective
     terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
     reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of
     creditors' rights generally and by equitable limitations on the
     availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such
     enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

          (f)  NO VIOLATION.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated
     by this Agreement and the Related Documents and the fulfillment of the
     terms of this Agreement and the Related Documents shall not conflict with,
     result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of or constitute
     (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) a default under, the
     articles of incorporation or bylaws of AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc.,
     or any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to
     which AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc. is a party or by which it is
     bound, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its
     properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement,
     mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, other than this Agreement, the
     Transfer and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture, or violate any law,
     order, rule


                                          10

<PAGE>

     or regulation applicable to AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc. of any
     court or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or
     other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over AT&T Capital
     Leasing Services, Inc. or any of its properties.

          (g)  NO PROCEEDINGS.  There are no proceedings or investigations
     pending or, to the knowledge of AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc.,
     threatened against AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc., before any court,
     regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental
     instrumentality having jurisdiction over AT&T Capital Leasing Services,
     Inc. or any properties of AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc. (i) asserting
     the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (ii)
     seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes or the Equity Certificates or
     the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
     or any of the Related Documents, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling
     that might materially and adversely affect the performance by AT&T Capital
     Leasing Services, Inc. of its obligations under, or the validity or
     enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the Related Documents or (iv)
     seeking to affect adversely the federal income tax or other federal, state
     or local tax attributes of, or seeking to impose any excise, franchise,
     transfer or similar tax upon, the transfer and acquisition of the Contracts
     hereunder or under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

          (h)  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICES.      The chief executive office of AT&T
     Capital Leasing Services, Inc. is located at [________].

          SECTION 3.3  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF AT&T CREDIT
CORPORATION.   AT&T Credit Corporation makes the following representations and
warranties, on which Antigua relies in purchasing the Contracts and in
transferring the Contracts to the Trust under the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.  Such representations are made as of the execution and delivery of
this Agreement, but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the
Contracts hereunder and the sale, transfer and assignment thereof by Antigua to
the Trust under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.  AT&T Credit Corporation
and Antigua agree that Antigua will assign to the Trust all of Antigua's rights
under this Agreement and that the Trust will thereafter be entitled to enforce
this Agreement against AT&T Credit Corporation in the Trust's own name.

          (a)  SCHEDULE OF REPRESENTATIONS.  With respect to each Contract sold
     by AT&T Credit Corporation to Antigua hereunder, the representations and
     warranties set forth on the Schedule of Representations are true and
     correct.

          (b)  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  AT&T Credit Corporation has been
     duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing
     under the laws of the State of [__________], with power and authority to
     own its


                                          11

<PAGE>

     properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently
     owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all relevant
     times, and now has, power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and
     sell the Contracts sold by AT&T Credit Corporation to Antigua hereunder.

          (c)  DUE QUALIFICATION.  AT&T Credit Corporation is duly qualified to
     do business as a foreign corporation in good standing, and has obtained all
     necessary licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the
     ownership or lease of its property or the conduct of its business requires
     such qualification.

          (d)  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  AT&T Credit Corporation has the power and
     authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and its Related Documents
     and to carry out its terms and their terms, respectively; AT&T Credit
     Corporation has full power and authority to sell and assign the Contracts
     to be sold and assigned to and deposited with Antigua hereunder and has
     duly authorized such sale and assignment to Antigua by all necessary
     corporate action; and the execution, delivery and performance of this
     Agreement and all of AT&T Credit Corporation's Related Documents have been
     duly authorized by AT&T Credit Corporation by all necessary corporate
     action.

          (e)  VALID SALE; BINDING OBLIGATIONS.  This Agreement and each of AT&T
     Credit Corporation's Related Documents have been duly executed and
     delivered, shall effect a valid sale, transfer and assignment of the
     Contracts, enforceable against AT&T Credit Corporation, and creditors of
     and purchasers from AT&T Credit Corporation; and this Agreement and each of
     AT&T Credit Corporation's Related Documents constitute legal, valid and
     binding obligations of AT&T Credit Corporation, enforceable in accordance
     with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by
     bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the
     enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by equitable limitations on
     the availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such
     enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

          (f)  NO VIOLATION.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated
     by this Agreement and the Related Documents and the fulfillment of the
     terms of this Agreement and the Related Documents shall not conflict with,
     result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of or constitute
     (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) a default under, the
     articles of incorporation or bylaws of AT&T Credit Corporation, or any
     indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which
     AT&T Credit Corporation is a party or by which it is bound, or result in
     the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant
     to the terms of any such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or
     other instrument, other than this Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing
     Agreement and the Indenture, or violate any law, order, rule or regulation


                                          12

<PAGE>

     applicable to AT&T Credit Corporation of any court or of any federal or
     state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
     instrumentality having jurisdiction over AT&T Credit Corporation or any of
     its properties.

          (g)  NO PROCEEDINGS.  There are no proceedings or investigations
     pending or, to the knowledge of AT&T Credit Corporation, threatened against
     AT&T Credit Corporation, before any court, regulatory body, administrative
     agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality having
     jurisdiction over AT&T Credit Corporation or any properties of AT&T Credit
     Corporation (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the
     Related Documents, (ii) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes or the
     Equity Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions
     contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (iii)
     seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely
     affect the performance by AT&T Credit Corporation of its obligations under,
     or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the Related
     Documents or (iv) seeking to affect adversely the federal income tax or
     other federal, state or local tax attributes of, or seeking to impose any
     excise, franchise, transfer or similar tax upon, the transfer and
     acquisition of the Contracts hereunder or under the Transfer and Servicing
     Agreement.

          (h)  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICES.      The chief executive office of AT&T
     Credit Corporation is located at [________].

          SECTION 3.4  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF NCR CREDIT CORP.  NCR
Credit Corp. makes the following representations and warranties, on which
Antigua relies in purchasing the Contracts and in transferring the Contracts to
the Trust under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.  Such representations are
made as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, but shall survive the
sale, transfer and assignment of the Contracts hereunder and the sale, transfer
and assignment thereof by Antigua to the Trust under the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement. NCR Credit Corp. and Antigua agree that Antigua will assign to the
Trust all of Antigua's rights under this Agreement and that the Trust will
thereafter be entitled to enforce this Agreement against NCR Credit Corp. in the
Trust's own name.

          (a)  SCHEDULE OF REPRESENTATIONS.  With respect to each Contract sold
     by NCR Credit Corp. to Antigua hereunder, the representations and
     warranties set forth on the Schedule of Representations are true and
     correct.

          (b)  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING. NCR Credit Corp. has been duly
     organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under
     the laws of the State of [__________], with power and authority to own its
     properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently
     owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all relevant
     times, and now has, power, authority


                                          13

<PAGE>

     and legal right to acquire, own and sell the Contracts sold by NCR Credit
     Corp. to Antigua hereunder.

          (c)  DUE QUALIFICATION. NCR Credit Corp. is duly qualified to do
     business as a foreign corporation in good standing, and has obtained all
     necessary licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the
     ownership or lease of its property or the conduct of its business requires
     such qualification.

          (d)  POWER AND AUTHORITY. NCR Credit Corp. has the power and authority
     to execute and deliver this Agreement and its Related Documents and to
     carry out its terms and their terms, respectively; NCR Credit Corp. has
     full power and authority to sell and assign the Contracts to be sold and
     assigned to and deposited with Antigua hereunder and has duly authorized
     such sale and assignment to Antigua by all necessary corporate action; and
     the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all of NCR
     Credit Corp.'s Related Documents have been duly authorized by NCR Credit
     Corp. by all necessary corporate action.

          (e)  VALID SALE; BINDING OBLIGATIONS.  This Agreement and each of NCR
     Credit Corp.'s Related Documents have been duly executed and delivered,
     shall effect a valid sale, transfer and assignment of the Contracts,
     enforceable against NCR Credit Corp., and creditors of and purchasers from
     NCR Credit Corp.; and this Agreement and each of NCR Credit Corp.'s Related
     Documents constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of NCR Credit
     Corp., enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as
     enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
     other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally
     and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies,
     regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in
     equity or at law.

          (f)  NO VIOLATION.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated
     by this Agreement and the Related Documents and the fulfillment of the
     terms of this Agreement and the Related Documents shall not conflict with,
     result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of or constitute
     (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) a default under, the
     articles of incorporation or bylaws of NCR Credit Corp., or any indenture,
     agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which NCR Credit
     Corp. is a party or by which it is bound, or result in the creation or
     imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of
     any such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument,
     other than this Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and the
     Indenture, or violate any law, order, rule or regulation applicable to NCR
     Credit Corp. of any court or of any federal or state regulatory body,
     administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having
     jurisdiction over NCR Credit Corp. or any of its properties.


                                          14

<PAGE>

          (g)  NO PROCEEDINGS.  There are no proceedings or investigations
     pending or, to the knowledge of NCR Credit Corp., threatened against NCR
     Credit Corp., before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or
     other tribunal or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over NCR
     Credit Corp. or any properties of NCR Credit Corp. (i) asserting the
     invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (ii) seeking
     to prevent the issuance of the Notes or the Equity Certificates or the
     consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or
     any of the Related Documents, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling
     that might materially and adversely affect the performance by NCR Credit
     Corp. of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this
     Agreement or any of the Related Documents or (iv) seeking to affect
     adversely the federal income tax or other federal, state or local tax
     attributes of, or seeking to impose any excise, franchise, transfer or
     similar tax upon, the transfer and acquisition of the Contracts hereunder
     or under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

          (h)  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICES.  The chief executive office of NCR
     Credit Corp. is located at [________].

          SECTION 3.5  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF AT&T COMMERCIAL FINANCE
CORPORATION.  AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation makes the following
representations and warranties, on which Antigua relies in purchasing the
Contracts and in transferring the Contracts to the Trust under the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.  Such representations are made as of the execution and
delivery of this Agreement, but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment
of the Contracts hereunder and the sale, transfer and assignment thereof by
Antigua to the Trust under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement. AT&T Commercial
Finance Corporation and Antigua agree that Antigua will assign to the Trust all
of Antigua's rights under this Agreement and that the Trust will thereafter be
entitled to enforce this Agreement against AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation
in the Trust's own name.

          (a)  SCHEDULE OF REPRESENTATIONS.  With respect to each Contract sold
     by AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation to Antigua hereunder, the
     representations and warranties set forth on the Schedule of Representations
     are true and correct.

          (b)  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING. AT&T Commercial Finance
     Corporation has been duly organized and is validly existing as a
     corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of [__________],
     with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business
     as such properties are currently owned and such business is currently
     conducted, and had at all relevant times, and now has, power, authority and
     legal right to acquire, own and sell the Contracts sold by AT&T Commercial
     Finance Corporation to Antigua hereunder.


                                          15

<PAGE>

          (c)  DUE QUALIFICATION. AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation is duly
     qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing, and has
     obtained all necessary licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in
     which the ownership or lease of its property or the conduct of its business
     requires such qualification.

          (d)  POWER AND AUTHORITY. AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation has the
     power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and its Related
     Documents and to carry out its terms and their terms, respectively; AT&T
     Commercial Finance Corporation has full power and authority to sell and
     assign the Contracts to be sold and assigned to and deposited with Antigua
     hereunder and has duly authorized such sale and assignment to Antigua by
     all necessary corporate action; and the execution, delivery and performance
     of this Agreement and all of AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation's Related
     Documents have been duly authorized by AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation
     by all necessary corporate action.

          (e)  VALID SALE; BINDING OBLIGATIONS.  This Agreement and each of AT&T
     Commercial Finance Corporation's Related Documents have been duly executed
     and delivered, shall effect a valid sale, transfer and assignment of the
     Contracts, enforceable against AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation, and
     creditors of and purchasers from AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation; and
     this Agreement and each of AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation's Related
     Documents constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of AT&T
     Commercial Finance Corporation, enforceable in accordance with their
     respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy,
     insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement
     of creditors' rights generally and by equitable limitations on the
     availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such
     enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

          (f)  NO VIOLATION.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated
     by this Agreement and the Related Documents and the fulfillment of the
     terms of this Agreement and the Related Documents shall not conflict with,
     result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of or constitute
     (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) a default under, the
     articles of incorporation or bylaws of AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation,
     or any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to
     which AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation is a party or by which it is
     bound, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its
     properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement,
     mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, other than this Agreement, the
     Transfer and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture, or violate any law,
     order, rule or regulation applicable to AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation
     of any court or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative
     agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over AT&T


                                          16

<PAGE>

     Commercial Finance Corporation or any of its properties.

          (g)  NO PROCEEDINGS.  There are no proceedings or investigations
     pending or, to the knowledge of AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation,
     threatened against AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation, before any court,
     regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental
     instrumentality having jurisdiction over AT&T Commercial Finance
     Corporation or any properties of AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation (i)
     asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents,
     (ii) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes or the Equity
     Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by
     this Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (iii) seeking any
     determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the
     performance by AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation of its obligations
     under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the
     Related Documents or (iv) seeking to affect adversely the federal income
     tax or other federal, state or local tax attributes of, or seeking to
     impose any excise, franchise, transfer or similar tax upon, the transfer
     and acquisition of the Contracts hereunder or under the Transfer and
     Servicing Agreement.

          (h)  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICES.   The chief executive office of AT&T
     Commercial Finance Corporation is located at [________].

          SECTION 3.6  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ANTIGUA.  Antigua makes
the following representations and warranties, on which each of the Sellers and
TCC relies in selling, assigning, transferring and conveying the Contracts to
Antigua hereunder.  Such representations are made as of the execution and
delivery of this Agreement, but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment
of the Contracts hereunder and the sale, transfer and assignment thereof by
Antigua to the Trust under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

          (a)  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  Antigua has been duly organized
     and is validly existing and in good standing as a corporation under the
     laws of the State of Delaware, with the power and authority to own its
     properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently
     owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all relevant
     times, and has, full power, authority and legal right to acquire and own
     the Contracts and to transfer the Contracts to the Trust pursuant to the
     Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

          (b)  DUE QUALIFICATION.  Antigua is duly qualified to do business as a
     foreign corporation in good standing, and has obtained all necessary
     licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions where the failure to do so
     would materially and adversely affect (i) Antigua's ability to acquire the
     Contracts, (ii) the validity or enforceability of the Contracts or (iii)
     Antigua's ability to perform its obligations


                                          17

<PAGE>

     hereunder and under the Related Documents.

          (c)  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  Antigua has the power, authority and legal
     right to execute and deliver this Agreement and its Related Documents and
     to carry out the terms hereof and thereof and to acquire the Contracts
     hereunder; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
     and its Related Documents and all of the documents required pursuant hereto
     or thereto have been duly authorized by Antigua by all necessary action.

          (d)  NO CONSENT REQUIRED.  Antigua is not required to obtain the
     consent of any other Person, or any consent, license, approval or
     authorization or registration or declaration with, any governmental
     authority, bureau or agency in connection with the execution, delivery or
     performance of this Agreement and the Related Documents, except for such as
     have been obtained, effected or made.

          (e)   BINDING OBLIGATION.  This Agreement and each of Antigua's
     Related Documents constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of
     Antigua, enforceable against Antigua in accordance with its terms; and this
     Agreement and each of Antigua's Related Documents constitute legal, valid
     and binding obligations of Antigua, enforceable in accordance with their
     respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy,
     insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement
     of creditors' rights generally and by equitable limitations on the
     availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such
     enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

          (f)  NO VIOLATION.  The execution, delivery and performance by Antigua
     of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by
     this Agreement and the Related Documents and the fulfillment of the terms
     of this Agreement and the Related Documents do not and will not conflict
     with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of or
     constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) a default
     under the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Antigua, or any
     indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which
     Antigua is a party or by which Antigua is bound or to which any of its
     properties are subject, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien
     upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture,
     agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument (other than the
     Transfer and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture), or violate any law,
     order, rule or regulation, applicable to Antigua or its properties, of any
     federal or state regulatory body or any court, administrative agency, or
     other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over Antigua or any
     of its properties.

          (g)  NO PROCEEDINGS.  There are no proceedings or investigations
     pending, or, to the knowledge of Antigua, threatened against Antigua,
     before any court,


                                          18

<PAGE>

     regulatory body, administrative agency, or other tribunal or governmental
     instrumentality having jurisdiction over Antigua or its properties:  (i)
     asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents,
     (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions
     contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (iii)
     seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely
     affect the performance by Antigua of its obligations under, or the validity
     or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the Related Documents or
     (iv) that may adversely affect the federal or state income tax attributes
     of, or seeking to impose any excise, franchise, transfer or similar tax
     upon, the transfer and acquisition of the Contracts hereunder or the
     transfer of the Contracts to the Trust pursuant to the Transfer and
     Servicing Agreement.

In the event of any breach of a representation and warranty made by Antigua
hereunder, each of the Sellers and TCC covenants and agrees that it will not
take any action or pursue any remedy that it may have hereunder, in law, in
equity or otherwise, until a year and a day have passed since the date on which
all Notes and Certificates issued by the Trust, or a trust or similar vehicle
formed by Antigua, have been paid in full.  Each of the Sellers, TCC and Antigua
agree that damages will not be an adequate remedy for breach of the foregoing
covenant and that this covenant may be specifically enforced by Antigua or by
the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE IV

                               COVENANTS OF the Sellers

          SECTION 4.1  PROTECTION OF TITLE OF ANTIGUA AND THE TRUST.

          (a)  At or prior to the Closing Date, with respect to Equipment
located in the State of New Jersey, each Seller shall have filed or caused to be
filed a UCC-1 financing statement, executed by the applicable Seller, as seller
or debtor, naming the Owner Trust as secured party and describing the applicable
Equipment, with respect to such Seller and this Agreement, being sold by it to
Antigua as collateral, with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of
New Jersey.  Each Seller shall, with respect to the Contracts for Equipment
located in the State of New Jersey that it has sold to Antigua hereunder,
deliver (or cause to be delivered) to Antigua, the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document
filed as provided above, as soon as available following such filing.  In the
event that any Seller fails to perform its obligations under this subsection,
Antigua or the Owner Trustee may do so at the expense of [such Seller/TCC].

          (b)  None of the Sellers [or TCC] shall change its name, identity, or
corporate structure in any manner that would, could or might make any financing


                                          19

<PAGE>

statement or continuation statement filed by such Seller [or TCC] (or by Antigua
or the Owner Trustee on behalf of such Seller [or TCC]) in accordance with
paragraph (a) above seriously misleading within the meaning of Section 9-402(7)
of the UCC, unless it shall have given Antigua and the Owner Trustee at least 60
days' prior written notice thereof, and shall promptly file appropriate
amendments to all previously filed financing statements and continuation
statements.

          (c)  Each of the Sellers and TCC shall give Antigua, the Indenture
Trustee and the Owner Trustee at least 60 days' prior written notice of any
relocation of its principal executive office if, as a result of such relocation,
the applicable provisions of the UCC would require the filing of any amendment
of any previously filed financing or continuation statement or of any new
financing statement.  Each of the Sellers and TCC shall at all times maintain
each office from which it services Contracts and its principal executive office
within the United States of America.

          (d)  Each of the Sellers and TCC shall maintain its computer systems
so that, from and after the time of sale under this Agreement of the Contracts
to Antigua, and the conveyance of the Contracts by Antigua to the Trust, the
master computer records (including archives) of each of the Sellers and TCC that
shall refer to a Contract indicate clearly that such Contract has been sold to
Antigua and has been conveyed by Antigua to the Trust.  Indication of the
Trust's ownership of a Contract shall be deleted from or modified on any of the
Sellers' or TCC's computer systems when, and only when, the Contract shall
become a Purchased Contract in accordance with Section 5.1 or shall have been
paid in full.

          (e)  If at any time any of the Sellers or TCC shall propose to sell,
grant a security interest in, or otherwise transfer any interest in lease
contracts or loan contracts of a character similar to the Contracts to any
prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee, such Seller or TCC, as
applicable, shall give to such prospective purchaser, lender, or other
transferee computer tapes, records, or print-outs (including any restored from
archives) that, if they shall refer in any manner whatsoever to any Contract,
shall indicate clearly that such Contract has been sold to Antigua and is owned
by the Trust.

          SECTION 4.2  OTHER LIENS OR INTERESTS.  Except for the conveyances
hereunder, with respect to any Contract, the Seller and TCC will not sell,
pledge, assign or transfer to any other Person, or grant, create, incur, assume
or suffer to exist any Lien on such Contract or any interest therein, and such
Seller and TCC shall defend the right, title, and interest of Antigua and the
Trust in and to such Contract against all claims of third parties claiming
through or under such Seller or TCC.

          SECTION 4.3  COSTS AND EXPENSES.  Each Seller and TCC shall pay all
reasonable costs and disbursements in connection with the performance of its
obligations hereunder and its Related Documents.


                                          20

<PAGE>

          SECTION 4.4  INDEMNIFICATION.

          Each of the Sellers, acting severally and not jointly, and TCC, as
applicable, shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Antigua, the Trust, the
Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and the Equity
Certificateholders from and against:

          (a)  any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims, and
liabilities, arising out of or resulting from any breach of any representations
and warranties of such Seller or TCC, as applicable, contained herein;

          (b)  [any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims, and
liabilities, arising out of or resulting from the use, ownership or operation of
any item of Equipment;]

          (c)  any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and
liabilities arising out of or resulting from any action taken, or failed to be
taken, by it in respect of any portion of the Trust Property other than in
accordance with this Agreement or the Transfer and Servicing Agreement;

          (d)  [any taxes that may at any time be asserted against Antigua, the
Trust, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and the Equity
Certificateholders with respect to the transactions contemplated in this
Agreement, including, without limitation, any sales, gross receipts, general
corporation, tangible or intangible personal property, privilege, or license
taxes (but not including any taxes asserted with respect to, and as of the date
of, the sale, transfer and assignment of the Contracts to Antigua and of the
Trust Property to the Trust or the issuance and original sale of the Notes or
the Equity Certificates, or asserted with respect to ownership of the Contracts
or the Trust Property which shall be indemnified by the Sellers pursuant to
clause (e) below, or federal, state or other income taxes, arising out of
distributions on the Notes or the Equity Certificates or transfer taxes arising
in connection with the transfer of the Notes or the Equity Certificates) and
costs and expenses in defending against the same, arising by reason of the acts
to be performed by such Seller or TCC, as applicable, under this Agreement or
imposed against such Persons;]

          (e)  [any taxes which may at any time be asserted against such Persons
with respect to, and as of the date of, the conveyance or ownership of the
Contracts and the conveyance or ownership of the Trust Property under the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement or the issuance and original sale of the Notes
and the Equity Certificates, including, without limitation, any sales, gross
receipts, personal property, tangible or intangible personal property, privilege
or license taxes (but not including any federal or other income taxes, including
franchise taxes, arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby or transfer
taxes arising in connection with the transfer of Notes or Equity Certificates)
and costs and expenses in defending against the same, arising by reason of the


                                          21

<PAGE>

acts to be performed by such Seller or TCC, as applicable, under this Agreement
or imposed against such Persons;]

          (f)  [any and all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages, and
liabilities to the extent that such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage, or
liability arose out of, or was imposed upon Antigua, the Owner Trustee, the
Trust, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and the Equity Certificateholders
through the negligence, willful misfeasance, or bad faith of such Seller or TCC,
as applicable, in the performance of its duties under this Agreement or by
reason of reckless disregard of the obligations and duties of such Seller or
TCC, as applicable, under this Agreement;]

          (g)  any loss, liability or expense incurred by reason of the
violation by such Seller or TCC, as applicable, of federal or state securities
laws in connection with the registration or the sale of the Notes and the Equity
Certificates; and

          (h)  any loss, liability or expense imposed upon, or incurred by,
Antigua, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Trust, the Noteholders or
the Equity Certificateholders as a result of the failure of any Contract, or the
sale of the related Equipment, to comply with all requirements of applicable
law.

          Indemnification under this Section 4.4 shall include reasonable fees
and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation and shall survive termination
of the Trust.  The indemnity obligations hereunder shall be in addition to any
obligation that any Seller or TCC, as applicable, may otherwise have.


                                      ARTICLE V

                                     REPURCHASES

          SECTION 5.1  REPURCHASE OF CONTRACTS UPON BREACH OF WARRANTY.  Upon
the occurrence of a Repurchase Event, TCC shall, unless such breach shall have
been cured in all material respects, repurchase such Contract from the Trust
and, on or before the related Deposit Date, TCC shall pay the Purchase Amount to
the Servicer on behalf of the Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 2.6 of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement.  It is understood and agreed that, except as
set forth in the following paragraph, the obligation of TCC to repurchase any
Contract as to which a breach has occurred and is continuing shall, if such
obligation is fulfilled, constitute the sole remedy against TCC and the
applicable Seller for such breach available to Antigua, the Noteholders, the
Equity Certificateholders, the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Equity
Certificateholders and the Equipment Certificateholders or the Indenture Trustee
on behalf of the Noteholders.  The provisions of this Section 5.1 are intended
to grant the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee a direct right against TCC
to demand performance hereunder, and in connection


                                          22

<PAGE>

therewith, TCC waives any requirement of prior demand against Antigua with
respect to such repurchase obligation.  Any such purchase shall take place in
the manner specified in Section 2.6 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement to the contrary, the obligation of TCC under this Section
shall not terminate upon a termination of TCC as Servicer under the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement and shall be performed in accordance with the terms hereof
notwithstanding the failure of the Servicer or Antigua to perform any of their
respective obligations with respect to such Contract under the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

          In addition to the foregoing and notwithstanding whether the related
Contract shall have been purchased by TCC, TCC shall indemnify Antigua, the
Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Trust, the Noteholders and the Equity
Certificateholders against all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and
liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, which may be
asserted against or incurred by any of them as a result of third party claims
arising out of the events or facts giving rise to such Repurchase Events.

          SECTION 5.2  REASSIGNMENT OF PURCHASED CONTRACTS.  Upon deposit in the
Collection Account of the Purchase Amount of any Contract repurchased by TCC
under Section 5.1, Antigua and the Owner Trustee shall take such steps as may be
reasonably requested by TCC in order to assign to TCC all of Antigua's and the
Trust's right, title and interest in and to such Contract and all security and
documents conveyed to Antigua and the Trust directly relating thereto, without
recourse, representation or warranty, except as to the absence of liens, charges
or encumbrances created by or arising as a result of actions of Antigua or the
Owner Trustee.  Such assignment shall be a sale and assignment outright, and not
for security.  If, following the reassignment of a Purchased Contract, in any
enforcement suit or legal proceeding, it is held that TCC may not enforce any
such Contract on the ground that it shall not be a real party in interest or a
holder entitled to enforce the Contract, Antigua and the Owner Trustee shall, at
the expense of TCC, take such steps as TCC deems reasonably necessary to enforce
the Contract, including bringing suit in Antigua's or the Owner Trustee's name
or the names of the Noteholders or Equity Certificateholders.

          SECTION 5.3  WAIVERS.  No failure or delay on the part of Antigua, the
Trust or the Owner Trustee as assignee of Antigua, in exercising any power,
right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor
shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or remedy preclude
any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right
or remedy.


                                      ARTICLE VI


                                          23

<PAGE>

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

          SECTION 6.1  LIABILITY OF THE SELLERS AND TCC.  Each of the Sellers
and TCC shall be liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the
obligations in this Agreement specifically undertaken, individually and not
jointly, by each Seller and TCC, and the representations and warranties of each
Seller and TCC.

          SECTION 6.2  MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF A SELLER, TCC OR ANTIGUA.  Any
corporation or other entity (i) into which any Seller, TCC or Antigua may be
merged or consolidated, (ii) resulting from any merger or consolidation to which
any Seller, TCC or Antigua is a party or (iii) succeeding to the business of any
Seller, TCC or Antigua, shall be the successor to such Seller, TCC or Antigua,
as the case may be (without relieving such Seller, TCC or Antigua of its
responsibilities hereunder, if it survives such merger or consolidation) without
the execution or filing of any document or any further act by any of the parties
to this Agreement.  Such Seller, TCC or Antigua shall promptly inform the other
party, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee of such merger, consolidation
or purchase and assumption.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, as a condition to
the consummation of the transactions referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)
above, (x) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no
representation or warranty made pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2 and this
Agreement shall have been breached (for purposes hereof, such representations
and warranties shall speak as of the date of the consummation of such
transaction), (y) such Seller, TCC or Antigua, as applicable, shall have
delivered written notice of such consolidation, merger or purchase and
assumption to the Rating Agencies prior to the consummation of such transaction
and shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee an
Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such
consolidation, merger or succession and such agreement of assumption comply with
this Section 6.2 and that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this
Agreement, relating to such transaction have been complied with, and (z) such
Seller, TCC or Antigua, as applicable, shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee
and the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, stating that, in the opinion of
such counsel, either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements
and amendments thereto have been executed and filed that are necessary to
preserve and protect the interest of the Owner Trustee in the Trust Property and
reciting the details of the filings or (B) no such action shall be necessary to
preserve and protect such interest.

          SECTION 6.3  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF THE SELLERS, TCC AND OTHERS.
Each Seller and TCC, and any director, officer, employee or agent thereof, may
rely in good faith on the advice of counsel or on any document of any kind prima
facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters
arising under this Agreement.  Each Seller and TCC shall not be under any
obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that is not
incidental to its obligations under this Agreement or its Related Documents and
that in its reasonable judgment may involve it in any expense or liability.


                                          24

<PAGE>

          SECTION 6.4  THE SELLERS AND TCC MAY OWN NOTES OR CERTIFICATES.
Subject to the provisions of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, each of the
Sellers and TCC, and any Affiliate of any Seller or TCC, may in its individual
or any other capacity become the owner or pledgee of Notes or Equity
Certificates with the same rights as it would have if it were not a Seller, TCC
or an Affiliate thereof.

          SECTION 6.5  AMENDMENT.

          (a)  This Agreement may be amended by the Sellers, TCC and Antigua
without the consent of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or any of the
Equity Certificateholders or Noteholders (A) to cure any ambiguity or (B) to
correct any provisions in this Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such action
shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Owner Trustee
and the Indenture Trustee, adversely affect in any material respect the
interests of any Equity Certificateholder or Noteholder.

          (b)  This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the
Sellers, TCC and Antigua, with the prior written consent of the Owner Trustee,
the Indenture Trustee, a Note Majority and an Equity Certificate Majority, for
the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating
any of the provisions of this Agreement, or of modifying in any manner the
rights of the Equity Certificateholders or the Noteholders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that no such amendment shall (i) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of,
or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on Contracts,
distributions that shall be required to be made on any Equity Certificate or
Note or the applicable rate of interest payable thereon or (ii) reduce the
aforesaid percentage required to consent to any such amendment or any waiver
hereunder, without the consent of the Holders of all Notes or Equity
Certificates then Outstanding and affected thereby.

          (c)  Prior to the execution of any such amendment or consent, the
Sellers, TCC and Antigua shall have furnished written notification of the
substance of such amendment or consent to each Rating Agency.

          (d)  Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent,
the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, shall furnish written
notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to each Equity
Certificateholder and Noteholder.

          (e)  It shall not be necessary for the consent of Equity
Certificateholders or Noteholders pursuant to this Section to approve the
particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient
if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.  The manner of obtaining
such consents and of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof by
Equity Certificateholders or Noteholders shall be subject to such


                                          25

<PAGE>

reasonable requirements as the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as
applicable, may prescribe, including the establishment of record dates.  The
consent of any Holder of an Equity  Certificate or Note given pursuant to this
Section or pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive
and binding on such Holder and on all future Holders of such Equity Certificate
or Note and of any Equity Certificate or Note issued upon the transfer thereof
or in exchange thereof or in lieu thereof whether or not notation of such
consent is made upon the Equity Certificate or Note.

          SECTION 6.6  NOTICES.  All demands, notices and communications to the
Sellers, TCC or Antigua hereunder shall be in writing, personally delivered, or
sent by telecopier (subsequently confirmed in writing), reputable overnight
courier or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, and shall be
deemed to have been given upon receipt:

          (a)  in the case of AT&T Capital Corporation, to [
], or such other address as shall be designated by AT&T Capital Corporation in a
written notice delivered to the other parties and to the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee;

          (b)  in the case of AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc., to [
        ], or such other address as AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc. shall be
designated by a written notice delivered to the other parties and to the Owner
Trustee and the Indenture Trustee;

          (c)  in the case of AT&T Credit Corporation, to [
], or such other address as shall be designated by AT&T Credit Corporation in a
written notice delivered to the other parties and to the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee;

          (d)  in the case of NCR Credit Corp., to [                      ], or
such other address as shall be designated by NCR Credit Corp. in a written
notice delivered to the other parties and to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture
Trustee;

          (e)  in the case of AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation, to [
           ], or such other address as AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation shall
be designated by  AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation in a written notice
delivered to the other parties and to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture
Trustee; and

          (f)  in the case of Antigua, to [
     ].

          SECTION 6.7  MERGER AND INTEGRATION.  Except as specifically stated
otherwise herein, this Agreement and the Related Documents set forth the entire
understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all
prior understandings, written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement and the
Related Documents.  This Agreement may not be modified, amended, waived or
supplemented


                                          26

<PAGE>

except as provided herein.

          SECTION 6.8  SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.  If any one or more of the
covenants, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any reason
whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, provisions or terms shall be
deemed severable from the remaining covenants, provisions or terms of this
Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other
provisions of this Agreement.

          SECTION 6.9  INTENTION OF THE PARTIES.  The execution and delivery of
this Agreement shall constitute an acknowledgment by each of the Sellers, TCC
and Antigua that they intend that each assignment and transfer herein and
therein contemplated constitute a sale and assignment outright, and not for
security, of the Contracts, conveying good title thereto free and clear of any
Liens, from the Sellers to Antigua, and that no Contract shall be a part of the
estate of any Seller or TCC in the event of the bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding, or other proceeding under any
federal or state bankruptcy or similar law, or the occurrence of another similar
event, of, or with respect to, any Seller or TCC.  In the event that such
conveyance is determined to be made as security for a loan made by Antigua, the
Trust, the Equity Certificateholders or the Noteholders to the Sellers or TCC,
the parties intend that the Sellers and TCC shall have granted to Antigua a
security interest in all of the Sellers' and TCC's right, title and interest in
and to the Contracts, conveyed pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof, and that this
Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law.

          SECTION 6.10  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to
the principles of conflicts of laws thereof, and the obligations, rights and
remedies of the parties under this Agreement shall be determined in accordance
with such laws.

          SECTION 6.11  COUNTERPARTS.  For the purpose of facilitating the
execution of this Agreement and for other purposes, this Agreement may be
executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which
counterparts shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which counterparts
shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

          SECTION 6.12  CONVEYANCE OF THE CONTRACTS TO THE TRUST.  the Sellers
and TCC acknowledge that Antigua intends, pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement, to convey the Contracts, together with its rights under this
Agreement, to the Trust on the date hereof.  The Sellers and TCC acknowledge and
consent to such conveyance and waive any further notice thereof and covenant and
agree that the representations and warranties of the Sellers and TCC contained
in this Agreement and the rights of Antigua hereunder are intended to benefit
the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Trust, the Noteholders and the
Equity Certificateholders.  In furtherance of the foregoing, the Sellers and TCC
covenant and agree to perform their duties and obligations hereunder, in
accordance with the terms hereof, for the benefit of the Owner



                                          27

<PAGE>

Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Trust, the Equity Certificateholders and the
Noteholders and that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Agreement, the Sellers and TCC shall be directly liable to the Owner Trustee and
the Trust (notwithstanding any failure by the Servicer or Antigua to perform its
duties and obligations hereunder or under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement)
and that the Owner Trustee may enforce the duties and obligations of the Sellers
or TCC under this Agreement against the Sellers or TCC for the benefit of the
Trust, the Equity Certificateholders and the Noteholders.

          SECTION 6.13  NONPETITION COVENANT.  Neither the Sellers, TCC nor
Antigua shall petition or otherwise invoke the process of any court or
government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against
the Trust (or, in the case of the Sellers or TCC, against Antigua) under any
federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official
of the Trust (or Antigua) or any substantial part of its property, or ordering
the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Trust (or Antigua).


                                          28

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Purchase and Sale
Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and
year first above written.

                                        ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION,
                                        as Purchaser

                                        By
                                           Name:
                                           Title:

                                        AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION,
                                          In its individual capacity and as
                                           Servicer

                                        By
                                           Name:
                                           Title:


                                        AT&T CAPITAL LEASING SERVICES, INC.,
                                          as a Seller

                                        By
                                           Name:
                                           Title:


                                        AT&T CREDIT CORPORATION,
                                          as a Seller

                                        By
                                           Name:
                                           Title:

                                        NCR CREDIT CORP.,
                                          as a Seller

                                        By
                                          Name:
                                          Title:


                                          29

<PAGE>

                                        AT&T COMMERCIAL FINANCE
                                        CORPORATION,  as a Seller

                                        By
                                          Name:
                                        Title:


                                          30

<PAGE>

                                     SCHEDULE A-1


                             SCHEDULE OF LEASE CONTRACTS
<PAGE>

                                     SCHEDULE A-2



                              SCHEDULE OF LOAN CONTRACTS
<PAGE>

                                      SCHEDULE B


                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS AND TCC

          With respect to each Contract as of the Cut-Off Date, the applicable
Seller and TCC represent and warrant as follows :

          A.   CHARACTERISTICS OF CONTRACTS.  Each Contract (i) constitutes a
valid, binding and enforceable payment obligation of the Obligor in accordance
with its terms (except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or
other similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors' rights generally
and the availability of equitable remedies), (ii) was originated by one of the
Sellers in the ordinary course of such Seller's business, or (in the case of any
contract purchased by one of the Sellers) was acquired by such Seller for proper
consideration and was validly assigned to such Seller by the originator of such
Contract, and (iii) contains customary and enforceable provisions adequate to
enable realization against the Obligor and/or the related Equipment (although no
representation or warranty is made with respect to the perfection or priority of
any security interest in such related Equipment).

          B.   ADVERSE SELECTION.  No selection procedures adverse to the
Noteholders were utilized in selecting the Contract from those lease and loan
contracts owned by the Seller on the Cut-Off Date.

          C.   COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  All requirements of applicable Federal,
state and local laws, and regulations thereunder, in respect of all of the
Contracts, have been complied with in all material respects.

          D.   NO DEFAULT.  There has been no default, breach, violation or
event permitting cancellation or termination of the Contract by the lessor (in
the case of Lease Contracts) or by the secured party (in the case of Loan
Contracts) under the terms of any Contract (other than payment delinquencies (in
excess of 10% of the periodic payment due) of not more than 59 days), and
(except for administrative extensions in the case of certain Contracts which, in
proportion to the aggregate of all Contracts, is not material) there has been no
waiver of any of the foregoing; and as of the Cut-Off Date, no related Equipment
had been repossessed.

          E.   GOOD TITLE.  Immediately prior to the sale, assignment and
conveyance of each Contract by a Seller to Antigua, such Seller had good title
to such Contract conveyed to Antigua and was the sole owner thereof, free of any
Lien; and immediately prior to the transfer and conveyance of the Contracts to
the Owner Trust, Antigua had good title thereto and was the sole owner thereof,
free of any Lien created by the applicable Seller.


B-33
<PAGE>

          F.   NO IMPAIRMENT.  No person has a participation in or other right
to receive Scheduled Payments under any Contract, and neither [Antigua] nor any
of the Sellers has taken any action to convey any right to any Person that would
result in such Person having a right to Scheduled Payments received with respect
to any Contract.

          G.   NO FRAUD OR MISREPRESENTATION.  Each Contract was originated or
purchased by a Seller [and was sold by such Seller to Antigua] without any fraud
or misrepresentation on the part of such Seller.

          H.   THE OBLIGORS.  Each Obligor (i) is located in the United States,
and (ii) is not (a) the United States of America or any State or local
government or any agency, department, subdivision or instrumentality thereof or
(b) Antigua, the  Sellers, TCC or any subsidiaries thereof.

          I.   LAWFUL ASSIGNMENT.  No Contract was originated in, or is subject
to the laws of, any jurisdiction the laws of which would make unlawful, void or
voidable the sale, transfer and assignment of such Contract from a Seller to
Antigua under this Agreement [or the transfer and conveyance from Antigua to the
Owner Trust under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement].

          J.   ALL FILINGS MADE.  All filings and other actions required to be
made, taken or performed by any Person in any jurisdiction to give the Owner
Trust a first priority perfected lien or ownership interest in the Contracts has
been made, taken or performed.

          K.   CONTRACT FILES COMPLETE.  There exists a Contract File pertaining
to each Contract, and such Contract File contains the Contract or a facsimile
copy thereof.

          L.   ONE ORIGINAL.  There is only one original executed copy of each
Contract or, if there are multiple originals, all such originals are in the
possession of the Seller or the signed original in the possession of the Seller
is noted thereon as being the only copy that constitutes chattel paper.

          M.   CHATTEL PAPER.  The Contracts constitute chattel paper within the
meaning of the UCC as in effect in the States of New Jersey and Massachusetts
(other than those Contracts in which the lessor is financing the Obligor's
software license or maintenance contract for leased Equipment, which Contracts,
in proportion to the aggregate of all of the Contracts are not material).

          N.   OBLIGOR BANKRUPTCY.  Each Contract was entered into by an Obligor
who, at the Cut-Off Date, has not been identified on the records of TCC, the
Seller or Antigua as being the subject of a current bankruptcy proceeding.

[         O.   COMPUTER TAPE.  The Computer Tape containing information with


B-34
<PAGE>

respect to the Contracts that was made available by Antigua to the Owner Trustee
and the Indenture Trustee on the Closing Date and was used to select the
Contracts (the "Computer Tape") was complete and accurate in all material
respects as of the Cut-Off Date and includes a description of the same Contracts
that are described in the Schedule of Contracts to the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.]

          P.   MARKING RECORDS.  By the Merger Consummation Date, the portions
of the electronic master record of  TCC [and the Depositor] (the "Electronic
Ledger") relating to the Contracts will have been clearly and unambiguously
marked to show that the Contracts constitute part of the Trust Assets and are
owned by the Owner Trust in accordance with the terms of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

          Q.   PAST DUE.  No Contract has a payment delinquency (in excess of
10% of the periodic payment due) of more than 59 days past due as of the Cut-Off
Date.

          R.   ASSIGNMENT TO THE OWNER TRUST.  Each Contract may be sold,
assigned and transferred by the Seller to Antigua, and may be assigned and
transferred by Antigua to the Owner Trust without the consent of, or prior
approval from, or any notification to, the applicable Obligor, other than (i)
certain Contracts (which, in proportion to the aggregate of all of the
Contracts, is not material) that require notification of the assignment to the
Obligor, which notification will have been given by the Servicer not later than
30 days following the Merger Consummation Date and (ii) Contracts which require
the consent of the Obligor, which consent has been obtained prior to the Merger
Consummation Date.

          S.   CONTRACT NOT ASSUMABLE.  Each Contract prohibits the sale,
assignment or transfer of the Obligor's interest therein, the assumption of the
Contract by another person in a manner that would release the Obligor thereof
from the Obligor's obligation, or any sale, assignment or transfer of the
related Equipment, without the prior consent of the lessor (in the case of Lease
Contracts) or the lender (in the case of Loan Contracts), other than Contracts
which may (i) permit assignment to a subsidiary, corporate parent or other
affiliate, (ii) permit the assignment to a third party, provided the Obligor
remains liable under the Contract, or (iii) permit assignment to a third party
with a credit standing (determined in accordance with the underwriting policy
and practice at the time for an equivalent contract type, term and amount) equal
to or better than the original Obligor.

          T.   PAYMENTS IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS.  The Obligor under each
Contract is required to make payments thereunder (i) in United States dollars,
and (ii) in fixed amounts and on fixed and predetermined dates.

          U.   MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR.  Each Contract requires the Obligor to
assume responsibility for payment of all expenses in connection with the
maintenance and repair of the related Equipment, the payment of all premiums for
insurance of such


B-35
<PAGE>

Equipment and the payment of all taxes (including sales taxes) relating to such
Equipment.

          V.   SCHEDULED PAYMENTS.  Each Contract requires the Obligor
thereunder to make all scheduled payments thereon under all circumstances and
regardless of the condition or suitability of the related Equipment and
notwithstanding any defense, set-off or counterclaim that the Obligor may have
against the lessor or lender (as the case may be).

          W.   REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGED EQUIPMENT.  Under each Lease
Contract, if the Equipment is damaged or destroyed, the Obligor is required
either (i) to repair such Equipment, (ii) to make a termination payment to the
lessor in an amount not less than the Contract Principal Balance, or (iii) in
some cases, to replace such damaged or destroyed Equipment with other equipment
of comparable use and value.

          X.   NO TERMINATION BY LESSEE.  None of the Lease Contracts permit the
Lessee to terminate the Lease Contract prior to the Final Scheduled Payment Date
or to otherwise prepay the amounts due and payable thereunder, other than
certain Lease Contracts which do permit an early termination or prepayment, but
in such cases, the amount to be paid in connection with such termination or
prepayment is not less than the Contract Principal Balance (plus any delinquent
payments and the next Scheduled Payment).

          Y.   PREPAYMENT OPTION.  Each Loan Contract permits the prepayment of
the amount due thereunder, at the option of the Obligor, but any such prepayment
must be in an amount not less than the principal amount then outstanding plus
accrued interest thereon to the date of such prepayment.

          Z.   NO TRANSFER OF TITLE REQUIRED.  It is not a precondition to the
valid transfer or assignment of the Depositor's interest in any of the Equipment
related to any Contract that title to such Equipment be transferred on the
records of any governmental or quasi-governmental agency, body or authority.


B-36


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission